Chapter 1: Seeds of Faith Astrain found himself floating above the vast expanse of the continent called Talmar.

He floated higher and higher and from this perspective, he could see the whole world 1. He could see the deserts that constituted the northern lands and the lush green valleys and lakes that made up the southern lands. The Arathos Mountains that divided north from south looked small and strange from this perspective, far less imposing than usual. Cool crisp air flowed all around Astrain, producing a feeling of freedom and exhilaration. He felt a thrill and a sense of power well up inside him. He felt connected to all of Talmar and its people. The lights from the cities across Talmar sent out their illumination into the sky, as nighttime gradually spread over the surface of the world. He noticed that the illumination was not merely a product of the cities and their lights, but that it originated from the very souls of the inhabitants of Talmar, each shining soul a bright spark in the darkness. He turned his attention to the western oceans beyond the land mass. There he could see the vast Island chain of Wendarog. He noticed that the islands formed a circular pattern and it appeared as though something had broken away amidst these islands, long ago. It almost seemed as if they had formed part of a larger land mass at some point. Yet, this was not what had drawn his attention to the islands. The waters in the centre of the chain were disturbed, swirling and bubbling. Something was stirring beneath the surface. Suddenly a voice spoke to Astrain. It seemed to originate from the point of the disturbance in the water, yet he could hear it clearly even from his position. A mature female voice echoed from the west and the islands. The voice filled Astrain with a sense of peace and tranquillity, like the voice of a mother comforting her child. Astrain! Astrain! She called, You are one marked by fate! The World Heart has re-awoken and the old powers are stirring once again - they come to contest the fate of all Talmar! Seek out the truth about your world, unearth the secrets long buried and forgotten! Do not

The name Talmar refers both to the world and to the single large continent dominating its surface. According to Laverney in Zakkar: The Late Empire (2148: 225) the name Talmar is of Zakkarian origin and means Jewel, possibly a reference to the World Heart or Stone which was so central to Zakkarian culture. Evidence shows that there were other continents on Talmar, once long ago, but they all disappeared after dramatic natural shifts.

succumb to the seductions of the great lie! The Veil shall not stand long and the Lords shall return! The voice trailed off and a great silence filled the air. Astrain now experienced a deep, dead silence as the air suddenly became very cold and produced a feeling similar to the one before a great thunderstorm breaks out, a sense of building anticipation. Astrain noticed a build up of energy, accompanied by an uneasy feeling of anxiety and distress welling up inside him. On the surface of Talmar, he saw a thick dark mist creeping over the land. The thick mist was black in appearance. It seemed to flow from Cephaloria, the capital of southern Talmar2. The dark mist continued to spread all over Talmar, almost as if it had a sense of awareness and a ravenous hunger to consume everything in its path. It drowned out the brilliant lights of the souls and Astrain could hear a strange, wailing noise as the blackness overwhelmed them. A new voice emerged, seemingly from all around Astrain. As the icy coldness of the storm clouds surrounds him completely, he hears a deep male voice in an almost chant like tone saying: Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak. As soon as those words were uttered, Astrain felt himself losing control over the astral form he was moving around in. Be careful in who you place your trust. The deceiver has many forms. The old hag is merely trying to manipulate you! The voice said. Astrain noticed that he no longer controlled the visions he beheld and that he was falling! He fell into the abyss of clouds and blackness and kept falling and falling... Astrain found himself back in his physical form. He was quite shaken by what he had just experienced and had a slight headache, yet here he was, safely back in his magical circle. The candle flames were still dimly burning and the wafts of incense smoke still filled the air. On Talmar, so-called Astral Projection or Travel was a rare occurrence reported only by the very few and usually only by those trained in the magical arts. Unfortunately, very few modern Talmarians believed that such things were even possible. Most of them scoffed at the very notion of travelling outside the body in a spiritual form. On the other hand, the more religious Talmarians would call such things deceptions of the Adversary. Therefore, on Talmar the concept of Astral Projection was

Cephaloria is situated in the centre of the continent and at the base of the Arathos Mountains.

either laughed at, or otherwise loathed as something devilish. Astrain however, had been practicing these techniques for many years. Astrain did not seem to fit the profile or stereotype of a magician at all. In the deeply religious south of Mallar, claiming to be a magician would instantly lead to one being associated with Adversary worship anyway. The elusive Adversary worshippers supposedly dressed in black all the time, were very pale and had bloodshot eyes. Astrain looked more like your average nerdy eighteen year-old and at best, plain in appearance. He had brown hair and blue eyes. He was a scrawny fellow with a pale complexion, since most of his days were spent indoors reading. Astrain could not care less about fashion or the trends Mallar society seemed so eager to follow. He appeared to be just a regular guy, though this didnt stop people from inventing all kinds of stories about him. Astrain picked up his magical journal and proceeded to make the entries for the day. He started to record the strange visions he had beheld during his astral journey... What kind of garbage was my mind throwing out? One marked by fate? I should guard more carefully against these kinds of ego trips and delusions! Yet, the vision seemed so real. The language spoken by the mysterious voice sounded almost like a form of Zakkarian, only slightly related though. I will have to investigate what it could mean...if it means anything. Strange, I was merely randomly wandering about in astral form when this force seized me and pulled me upwards. I was not trying to have a vision about anything specific. What did the warning mean? Who was the old hag that the voice had referred to? Astrain scribbled these thoughts in his magical journal and prepared to leave his makeshift magical circle of protection, formed of various kinds of stones. He blew out the candles and turned on the electrical lights in his room. It was time to face the everyday world of Talmar again. There was a knock on the door, followed by his twin sister Elizabeth calling his name. Astrain! Have you completed your studies in the Book of Mallar for tomorrow?

Just a second, Astrain quickly packed up his circle and the rest of his magical paraphernalia, then unlocked the door. Elizabeth entered, carrying a large and thick black book with the words The Holy Book of Mallar written in gold lettering on its cover. Despite the fact that they were twins, Elizabeth was quite the opposite of Astrain. She was always popular in school and known in their hometown as an exemplary young woman. Elizabeth had long luxurious brown hair and light blue eyes and definitely cared much more about her appearance. She readily followed the fashions and trends that Astrain loathed as something shallow and worldly. The large number of male suitors that always hung around their house definitely attested to Elizabeths popularity among their peers. So? Did you finish your homework and studies in the Book of Mallar for tomorrow? Elizabeth asked again. The Book of Mallar was the Holy Book of the Mallarim faith, as practiced by a vast majority of Talmarians living in the southern lands. The southern lands themselves were also named Mallar and both the book and the land derived their names from the prophet and founder of the faith Mallar - who had lived and preached over six thousand years ago. Svag! Astrain said and Elizabeths eyes widened. Watch that language! That is such an awful word. Clearly, you did not even look at the lessons for tomorrow. One of the chapters dealt with keeping our minds, hearts and therefore our speech pure. Astrain ignored Elizabeth and continued with his sentence. Svag! I cannot believe that it is Svaren Day again so soon! This week just sped by and in all honesty, I would rather enjoy the rest of my weekend than doing homework for church! Elizabeth was not at all surprised by Astrains sudden outburst. In fact, she was quite used to it. You know how strict Mr. Patterson can be. Besides, this is our year of formal acceptance into the Church. Please, do not go stirring trouble now. We all know that rejection by the church could have some serious repercussions for you and for your future. Without the backing of the church, you will never find work and earn a good living.

That may be true in this backwater small town. However, need I remind you that this is the MODERN world? I am going to Cephaloria to enrol at the Academy of Knowledge. I am going to study Zakkarian History and Archaeology under the great professor Laverney himself! 3 Elizabeth was aware of her brothers ambitions, but she also knew how dangerous that avenue of investigation was to pursue. The Book of Mallar warns against delving into that kind of knowledge. The Lord Jabal cursed the Empire of Zakkar for their sins you know of course that they were utterly obliterated in the end. Trying to dig up that past is toying with dangerous forces, Elizabeth said. The stories in the Book of Mallar have always frightened Elizabeth, but she never dared to question them openly. Astrain was always asking questions, and this often got him into trouble. He desperately wanted Elizabeth to understand his antagonism towards the Book of Mallar. You will find the actual history a little more complex than that recounted in that book of fables you hold there. The accounts written in the Book of Mallar cannot be substantiated by any written records, or actual evidence of any kind. I will admit the Zakkarian historical record is still rather scanty, Astrain noticed that Elizabeth was rolling her eyes as he moved into his little academic zone. He ignored her and continued. What we do know is that Zakkar was a sophisticated and highly advanced society, quite unlike the sinful bloodthirsty barbarians described in the Book of Mallar, Astrain said. Elizabeth did always listen to what Astrain had to say and sometimes it even made a strange kind of sense to her. However, her own fears always prevented her from wanting to delve any deeper. She sighed. You read all those books by Laverney and accept everything that he has to say. The man is a self-professed atheist. I really do not understand how you could believe everything that he has to say and then reject the authority of Jabals Word, Elizabeth said. Astrain shook his head furiously. This has nothing to do with belief though. Professor Laverney publishes his works based on actual evidence that can be corroborated by others in his field.
3

Cephaloria was once the most important religious centre to both the major Talmarian faiths Kandumoth and Mallarim, however modern Cephaloria is largely a secular city known and criticized by the religious for its liberal values. The grasp of the Church of Mallar has waned there in recent years.

Elizabeth noticed a change in tone and knew that Astrain was becoming a little impatient with having to explain everything to her again. For the record, he continued, I have studied many works on Zakkar by other authors and scholars. Laverney is just the leading authority on Zakkarian studies and his research has been very important. Elizabeth noticed the sweet smell of incense. She looked around the room and saw the residue of the sticks Astrain had burnt earlier. This annoyed her. I cant believe you are still busy with that magical mumbo-jumbo. What nonsense! The Book of Mallar makes it clear that such things are a deception from the Adversary. It makes you lose your soul in the end. Everything Elizabeth had to say Astrain had heard before. He knew the Book of Mallar well - he just did not believe it. Which is it though? Are my magical studies nonsense? Or is magic actually strong enough to cause me to lose my soul? I cannot fathom why I am having this discussion with someone who just defended a book where animals can talk and people can fly. Now THAT is rational and logical! He said sarcastically. Both of them were angry now at having to defend what they believed to be the truth. You know what Astrain? Goodnight! I am through with this discussion. I will pray for you tonight and I really do hope that you will wake up before it is too late. We still need to finish school this year and you are just going to make things harder on yourself if you continue to stir up trouble, like you always seem to do! Elizabeth said as she left the room. Once she was gone, Astrain looked at the books in his personal library and a sense of joy and pride filled his heart. How he loved knowledge. He was always reading and learning about new things and about the world. He looked through his collection of books on history and archaeology and then turned his attention to a locked chest where he kept his forbidden books on magic and the occult. Some of his favourite books were the scholarly works of Laurence Laverney, which dealt with the practice of magic in the Zakkarian Empire. He already knew all the old tales and legends about the great feats of the Zakkarian mages and sorcerers. Zakkar was indeed a civilization where a belief in magic was pivotal.

Astrain was still a little upset after his discussion with Elizabeth. The discussion reminded him of a strange contradiction he observed in Talmarian society. In Mallar, people valued reason, rationalism and logic above all else, but even mention the subject of faith and the very same logic and reason no longer seemed to apply. The people of Mallar seemed to be selectively sceptical and even highly educated Talmarians still clung onto the stories in the Book of Mallar.

Modern Mallar was indeed a place of technological marvels and scientific advances. However, in a time of reason, more and more people actually rejected the Mallarim faith and openly proclaimed themselves atheists or agnostics. In opposition to faith, a philosophy of materialism soon arose which made it clear that the physical reality of Talmar was the only one that really mattered. Naturally, there soon developed an ever-widening rift between the non-believers and the religious, who saw this apostasy as one of the signs of the end. The religious side blamed the decline of society on the newer ideas of secularism and humanism and in response, a rallying call for religious revival soon spread all over Mallar. This revival implied a return to the fundamental values and literal interpretations of the Book of Mallar. Astrain found that he disliked both the materialism and the religious fundamentalism. He rather sought his answers to the great questions of life in mysticism and in the practice of his own reconstructed version of the Zakkarian magic. He learned the ancient language of Zakkar by himself, along with the ancient system of glyphs that served as the Zakkarian alphabet. Based on Laverneys research, Astrain soon found a key to a version of the Zakkarian language used specifically for magical and sacred incantations. He also discovered that he had some natural gifts. Astrain had always had a gift for what was called clairvoyance or second sight. He remembered seeing as a child, spirits frolicking in the ancient Hernestein Forest that used to border Illium. Later, he also learned that for some reason, these spirits responded to the magical form of the Zakkarian language. Quite by accident, he discovered the art of what in modern Talmar was known as, astral projection. He had his first out-of-body experience years ago, during a time when he was seriously ill. Through practice,

research and by nurturing these gifts, Astrain knew that the ancient magic was still around, albeit hidden. He soon moved on to advanced practices including spirit evocation, where he found he could call upon the ancient spirits from the forest to come to him and provide him with hidden information. Magic on Talmar still worked, however it did not seem to work too well at all and it even became unpredictable at times. Astrain had tried his hand at working various kinds of spells before. Some subtle effects and changes others would describe as coincidence would frequently follow his workings. However, the slight and subtle changes in reality never matched the great feats of magic described in the Zakkarian stories. Astrain had once tried to help cure his aunt who was suffering from a terminal disease using magic. He worked his secret ritual to help the ailing woman and while she may have shown signs of improvement initially, she later died of other complications. Despite Astrains interest, magic was still a forbidden subject to both the major Talmarian faiths and believed to be a deception sent by the Adversary itself to lead the unwary astray. In Ancient Zakkar on the other hand, magic was a means of growth and part of the true potential of all Talmarians. Magic was said to illuminate the Divine Spark that each carried within. Astrain prepared for bed and quickly called goodnight to his parents and to Elizabeth. He lay down on his bed and turned on the television in his room. He was startled by a sudden commotion, as his half-closed door flung open. Arthos! Come here boy! The large golden retriever entered the room and walked over to the bed in preparation to jump on top. He snuggled up next to Astrain and settled in for the night. Svag, Arthos. Tomorrow is Svaren Day again and I have to go to the church. You can be really glad that you dont need to put up with this crap! Astrain said as he petted Arthoss coat. At least I can see Derrick tomorrow. I suppose. Astrain continued stroking Arthos as he listened to the news on the television.

Peace talks in Rashun have failed again and today we saw a new eruption of violence in the city, as the forces of Kalahar and Rashdan clashed yet again. The conflict between the two rival religious leaders continues... Emperor Rashdan has recently suggested that he wants to employ more

accommodating policies towards the south and that he wants peace, both in Kandum and with Mallar. Kalahar on the other hand has called for a holy war against the unbelievers and all Kandumoth including Rashdan, who seek to negotiate with the enemy. It seems the war torn lands of northern Talmar still have a long way to go before there will ever be peace. Cephalorian authorities are on high terror alert again and fear more attacks after the new threats issued by Kalahar. Kalahar has also recently made headlines for his controversial execution of the three scholars who had delved into and questioned the historical accuracy of the Book of Kandum. That concludes the news from Kandum... Astrain watched a scene that showed the three scholars blindfolded and lined up for the public execution. The news did not show the actual beheading. Some commercials started playing, including one about a new brand of ice cream. Astrain must have dozed off for a moment, as he had a quick and odd dream about a large stick of ice cream with Kalahars long beard. The Kalahar shaped ice cream was chasing him with a machete, calling him an infidel and telling him to repent. The news continued... As for news from the Mallar front, some say that the long awaited religious revival of the Mallarim faith has finally come. Thousands have turned up today for the unveiling of the Pastor Karl Von Heilsigs new mega church in Cephaloria, construction of which constituted over ten million Darim. The news showed a large crowd gathered around the huge structure, known as the Mallar Revival Church. Von Heilsig had prepared a quick speech to address the crowds of which the news only contained a snippet. The time has come to repent and turn to Jabal if we are to heal our land The crowd cheered as President Dave Stone shook Von Heilsigs hand and cut the ribbon to mark the inauguration of the Church. The scene jumped back to the news studio where the newsreader continued. Pastor Von Heilsig will be travelling all through southern Mallar this month on his nationwide campaign to spread his message of revival. Pastor Von Heilsig, also known as the Baron Von Heilsig, is a descendent of the sainted Von Heilsig family, historical champions of the Mallarim faith. Von Heilsig is further known for his close ties to president Dave Stone and he has served in an advisory capacity to the president ever since Stones election two years ago...

The news flashes became ever more garbled and distorted as Astrain drifted off to sleep...

The next morning the Julienne family prepared themselves for church Attendance, which usually involved dressing in their finest clothes and gathering up any extra money as a donation to the church. The drive to the church was spent listening to religious broadcasting on the radio, usually a sombre affair. I see the Mallar Revival Church in Cephaloria is finally complete. Apparently, Von Heilsig is organizing a Revival Rally here in Illium soon. I am really looking forward to it. It actually looks like a lot of fun, Elizabeth said and she looked at Astrain. He recognized the look and knew that Elizabeth intended to get him to go along so that his soul would be saved. The Revival is certainly spreading. Soon all the other churches will have to adapt their marketing strategies as well. Such fun! Singing, dancing, clapping hands and then Von Heilsig starts babbling in tongues with others following his lead, no one really even knowing what they are saying. Actually, they remind me of the Wendarog Ecstatics when they go into trance. As Astrain continued talking, the rest of the family rolled their eyes. They knew that Astrain was a smart kid, but he was just a little long winded sometimes. They did not even know what Wendarog Ecstatics were to begin with. Astrain continued...The missionaries call the Wendarog rituals primitive and heathen practices sent by the Adversary. At least the Wendarog identify the spirits as ancestors or elemental emissaries. Astrain! Dont talk about things you know nothing about! Von Heilsig calls upon the holy spirit of Jabal and everything that comes from Jabal is pure and clean. You must not question these things, Astrains father said. Astrain knew that his parents, David and Beth were good people and that they always strove to do the right thing as best they were able. Their faith was a simple one as passed down to them from the generations before them, without question. Beth was always keen to help around the Church. When there was baking to be done for fundraising, she would always be the first in line to volunteer. When church events needed to be organized, she was always eager to please. She was also the chairperson of the Committee for Concerned Mothers Who Pray, and always actively involved with the schools PTA.

10

David was one of the churchs deacons and took his job very seriously. While the duties of deacons mostly involved helping with administrative tasks or collecting money from the congregation members, David always prepared a short sermon when he went to visit the homes of churchgoers. Many members found this rather odd, because this definitely was not part of his duties. He had actually always dreamed of becoming a pastor himself. This was a dream he had never had the time to pursue though. Everyone is talking about Von Heilsigs abilities to heal the sick and ailing. The blind see again and the disabled walk again! So many people who do not know the Lord come back from these gatherings completely transformed, Elizabeth said and looked at Astrain again. The only problem I have with Von Heilsigs ministry is his constant focus on the Adversary and his works. He seems a little too obsessed with rooting out the Adversary. I certainly understand where his concern is coming from. During our last PTA meeting, Joanne Walsh told us some shocking accounts about Adversary Worship - right here in Illium! Instances of Adversary worship among the youth seem to be growing more than ever now. Joanne also told us that there have been pet killings and mutilations all around town recently. They suspect a coven of Adversary worshippers to be involved, Beth said. I read about the animal mutilations in the paper. Some of the vets who examined the carcasses found it to be the work of wolves. With all the development projects going on and larger parts of the forests cleared, the animals are forced to wander closer to the towns in search of food. The whole thing has a perfectly logical explanation, Astrain said. Joanne did say that they frequently prayed over the issue and that it was the Lord who revealed to them that the shadow of the Adversary had fallen over our town. If you kids see anything suspicious at school or anywhere else, please be sure to report it immediately. We will root out the undesirable elements in our town and continue praying. The Adversary knows that his time is growing short, Beth said, simply ignoring Astrain. The car stopped in the church parking lot.

11

Astrain found the church to have a rather stuffy atmosphere. The Illium Church had no air conditioning and it was usually very hot inside during the summer months. The heat coupled with the mixed smell of expensive perfumes and cheaper scents all added to the stuffiness. Furthermore, the women bedecked themselves in expensive jewellery and the men dressed in their best suits. As the family sat down in one of the long wooden benches, Astrain fiddled with his tie, as he always felt like he was going to suffocate4. The Pastor Pat McGee entered the Church with a musical accompaniment and the churchgoers had to stand as he walked by. Pastor McGee was a short, plump and balding man with only a few grey hairs left. Though he was a respected and esteemed man in the Illium community, Astrain could not help but have an inward chuckle whenever he saw him. All Astrain could think about when seeing him, was an episode he remembered from years ago, during one of the big church bazaars and the barbecue afterwards. The pastors wife had asked Astrain to go and get the collection box from the churchs office. Meanwhile, Mr. McGee must not have been expecting anyone in the office at that time and went there for a little privacy, accompanied by the young church secretary. Astrain walked in on them and saw Pastor Pat making strange thrusting motions over the woman, who was spread over the desk. Yes! Yes! I have been such a bad girl! Plough me hard pastor Pat! Astrain remembered her screaming these words. He merely stood by the door in shocked silence, until Pastor Pat noticed him. Astrain then grabbed the collection box and ran. Astrain! Wait! This is not what you think! Astrain remembered Pastor Pat calling behind him. Astrain never told anyone about what he saw that day. Besides, the Pastors wife was a nice person who was always very good to him and to Elizabeth. Before the sermon began, the congregation sat around singing hymns in long drawn out tones.
4

The Church of Illium was a New Reformed Church of Mallar. All the Churches across Mallar were New Reformed Churches in those days. The Old Church of Mallar was prevalent when a Patriarch still reigned in Cephaloria assisted by the noble families who were descendents of the Mallarim saints. Each noble family reigned over a region of Mallar and enforced obedience to the laws of the Church. From among the nobles, a Patriarch of the faith would be elected. The Old Church was overthrown during the so-called Enlightened Revolt of the year 1760. The citizens of Mallar increasingly questioned faith and the absolute power of the Church during the dawn of an age of science, reason and inquiry. The Church violently tried to suppress the new spirit of inquiry, however it was too late to stem the tide and the last Patriarch was overthrown in the revolt. Mallar became a democracy espousing a separation between Church and State and freedom of religion. The New Revival seems to be the next big trend in the still deeply religious culture of Mallar.

12

The pastors sermon usually consisted out of taking a passage from the Book of Mallar and interpreting how the Mallarim should direct their lives accordingly. Astrain did sometimes enjoy the occasional heart-warming message and the words would even affect him for a while afterwards. Usually though, these feelings disappeared after he got some sleep and as the time away from church passed. Astrain, who had read the Book of Mallar in depth, found it fascinating that Pastor Pat managed to focus on the spiritual jewels, which were actually few and far in between. Most of the Book of Mallar consisted out of stories of war and slaughter. Jabal continuously commanded war as the Mallarim tried to fight the Empire of Zakkar and set themselves apart as the Chosen of Jabal. On the other hand, Pastor McGee did on occasion enjoy preaching about the parts that condemned the unbelievers to eternal damnation, along with warnings of the coming judgement of Jabal. Under the direction of Pastor Pat, the congregation began singing the hymn of Jabal:

Oh, Lord Jabal, the One and only God Oh, Lord Jabal, our saviour and our master. Oh, Lord who reigns supreme; let your kingdom come! Mighty Creator of us all, we must serve eternally. Protect us from the might of the Adversary Oh, Lord Jabal, come to cleanse our world of sin. And we will eternally praise the name of your prophet Mallar.

Fifteen hymns later, Pastor McGee began the sermon. The sermon was usually enough to put even the most hyperactive kids in the Church to sleep as Pastor Pat began talking in his usual monotonous

13

tone. He began with his usual formulaic greeting. Dear community of the faithful, most holy ones of Illium! Let us honour and remember the sainted and divine prophet Mallar, who first heard the voice of Jabal and later served as his avatar. Let us honour and remember the last and sainted Emperor of Zakkar - Conrad who first made our faith the official religion of the state and brought the end of the reign of darkness. He, who freed us from the yoke of Zakkar! Let us honour the saints and their descendents still amongst us! Praise be to the Lord Jabal! Praise Be! The congregation replied in chorus. Astrain sometimes liked to phase out during the church service. As a form of entertainment, he would focus his clairvoyant sight and view what was taking place in the spiritual realm as the church service progressed. He did not usually find the spiritual atmosphere of the church very interesting either. Occasionally as the congregation prayed, they would raise a cone of energy around them and this energy would disperse as they uttered the final Praise Be! Astrain could never tell what happened to this energy, but it did seem to go somewhere else. On that day however, he did notice something different. Behind the podium where the pastor was standing, something was stirring in the shadows. There seemed to be a form that wanted to manifest, but struggled to do so. Astrain was startled and broke his concentration when a skeletal hand shrouded in shadow emerged from the darkness and reached out towards Pastor Pat. Pastor Pat continued with his sermon... Today I dont have an ordinary sermon prepared for you. For last night as I was praying for guidance, I received a vision from the Lord. Hear now Brothers and sisters! Mallarim! We are indeed living in the last days! All the signs are there already and it is clear now that the Adversary has come to walk amongst us in the guise of a man! The time of the fulfilment of prophecy is at hand and Jabal soon comes to judge the world for its crimes! The Adversary, the deceiving dragon of old and his rebellious children shall be purged from the world! Hear me now and listen well! Disbelief and doubt are the greatest weapons the Adversary holds against us. He would seek to divide us! Turn brother against brother! The greatest sin is disobedience against Jabal and Jabal has no more room for the lukewarm Mallarim amongst us! If you are lukewarm, know that Jabal will expunge you from

14

amongst us! Is it not written in the Book of Mallar that whoever denies Jabal and the divine Mallar has the spirit of the Adversary? Have you denied Jabal even if only in your heart? We must be on our guard against the enemy! It is written that all those who stand with the Adversary shall be cast into the lake of ever burning FIRE! Turn back now to the Lord of Righteousness! Turn back before it is too late! Revival must come to Mallar! Revival must come to Illium! We must turn back to God! Pastor Pat continued with his sermon and his words of doom and at last concluded the service, with news and messages for the congregation. As many of you already know, the Baron Karl Von Heilsig is coming to Illium soon where he will be hosting a Revival Rally. Our Church must be prepared for the time of revival and the coming harvest. I would highly recommend that all of you attend the revival rally next weekend at the Hernestein camping grounds. Von Heilsig comes with a message of love and rebirth of faith. He comes to immerse us all in the waters of purification! Praise his inspired message! Praise the Lord Jabal! Praise Be! The congregation repeated again. The service was over and Pastor McGee left the Church, followed by the congregation streaming out through the doors in an orderly fashion. The adults left and the children had to remain behind for their religious education classes. Attendances of Svaren Day Classes were compulsory to all children in the congregation and a roll call was always conducted before class woe to the one who missed either the church service or classes without valid excuse! Miss a class without valid reason and you would receive a mark against your name. Five marks usually meant a youth leader would visit you or that your parents would be called in. If anything was found untoward concerning your life or activities, you would be sent to a camp for troubled youths. Astrain dreaded the thought of those camps. The rebellious kids that went there never really came back as themselves. They were suddenly obedient and silent and usually became over eager to spread the word of Jabal and preach to others, many even became missionaries. For some reason, some of the other kids sent away never came back. Rumours circulated that the repeat transgressors had been rejected by the church and were no longer able to be part of the community. They were excommunicated, as the Old Church of Mallar used to call it.

15

Elizabeth found Astrains conspiracy theory laughable ever since he suggested to her that they actually brainwashed the kids who were sent away. Still, Astrain had reason to be worried himself. He already had four marks that he had accumulated over the course of the year and he felt that Mr. Patterson really had it in for him. The classes used for the religious education of the youth were small cell-like rooms, without any windows. Classes were divided into the different age groups and Astrain and Elizabeth were in the final year class, ready to be accepted into the folds of the church. Derrick joined Astrain and Elizabeth and they took their places on one of the long benches in the classroom. Derrick was Astrains best friend and they had always been together, even from before they started school. Derrick had blue eyes and brown hair and was physically quite unlike Astrain. He was taller and physically stronger and enjoyed participation in all kinds of sports and activities at school. Clarissa took a seat next to Derrick and Astrain was annoyed at the idea that she was trying to get close to him again. Derrick simply ignored her. The blonde haired and blue-eyed Clarissa was known in Illium as an exemplary and faithful Mallarim and an upstanding future leader of Mallar. She was a prefect in their school and very popular. Her work for the church seemed to nullify the other rumours about her running rampant at school, concerning her sexual adventures with nearly the entire schools football team, excluding Derrick. Astrain and Clarissa did not get along at all and the feeling of animosity was definitely mutual. Astrain never knew exactly why Clarissa did not like him or why she started the feud between them. She certainly did try to get him into trouble on numerous occasions... With the rumours of Adversary Worship running rampant in Illium, the school made a new rule that forbade any occult involvement or any signs associated with Adversary Worship. To be caught with any forbidden literature, symbols or strange items became one of the worst offenses possible. Only two strikes meant severe disciplinary action and even possible expulsion. The school never really clarified what qualified as involvement with the occult or Adversary Worship but the fear and rumours were apparently enough to warrant the new rules.

16

One day Astrain had been sitting by himself reading an Academic work on Zakkarian magic that dealt with ancient demon traps and other popular rites to expel evil. Clarissa saw the book and immediately reported Astrain to the principle. Despite his best efforts to explain the situation, his parents were called in. Johannes Patterson, who was also a teacher at their school, had been called in as well, since he was the resident expert on Adversary Worship. Astrain had to sit through a lecture on the dangers of Adversary Worship and while he could easily refute the facts recited by Mr. Patterson, he knew it best to keep his mouth shut. Mr. Patterson went on and on about vast Adversary Worship conspiracies and how the evil cultists had penetrated every facet of society. Through the following weeks, many other guest speakers came to the school to talk about Adversary Worship and its dangers. In addition, Astrain received a warning that another transgression would result in his expulsion. Mr. Patterson, a tall bald man with glasses, entered the classroom with his thick Book of Mallar and his attendance registry. He was a strong advocate of the revival movement and had already been actively involved with bringing the revival to Illium. Mr. Patterson, who preferred to be called Doctor Patterson by his students, had a Doctorate in Mallarim theology and was a teacher of history at Astrains school. Mr. Patterson liked to talk about various topics he considered himself an expert on before starting with the actual lesson. Of course, he especially liked talking about the subject of Adversary Worship and the dangers it held for society. Mr. Pattersons students soon figured out that if they could get him talking on the subjects he felt so passionate about, that they could effectively skip most of the lesson. That was such a wonderful sermon today. So relevant. Just look at how rapidly society is declining! Look at all the homosexuals who have all so suddenly infiltrated our society. Now they even want to get married and adopt children atrocious! Our very faith is under attack from all sides. Just look at all the atheists in our own government now and they even want us to teach Zakkarian history in our schools and remove prayer from our public gatherings! It is exactly as written in the Book of Mallar, that in the last days we will be oppressed and persecuted for following the path of truth, light and righteousness, Mr. Patterson said with a sigh. The barbarous people of Kandum still shut themselves away from the one truth and constantly have to fight each other and us.

17

All they need is the love that Mallar can provide. Do not even get me started on the Wendarog, who lack both the light of our faith AND our civilization. All these things are signs of the times, Mr. Patterson said and then he noticed Clarissa putting up her hand to ask a question. Yes Clarissa? Doctor Patterson, I have heard on a documentary recently that the Wendarog are direct descendents of Zakkar. I also heard that they still cling to the ancient foolishness and superstition and that they have a secret society that still worships the Zakkarian dragon. Is this true? Even if it is, how can they still simply deny Jabals plan for them? The Wendarog are indeed a barbarous people and so far our attempts at sharing the love of Jabal have proven fruitless. They do indeed still cling to their own superstitious beliefs in ancestors and nature spirits. I was on a couple of missionary expeditions there myself and even stayed with the Wendarog for a few months. They were inhospitable and resisted every effort at education! As for their inner cult - I bore the Seal of Authority of the Church with me and asked them directly to reveal the leaders of the cult and they made it clear to me, even in my position, that the cult was a mere rumour. The Wendarog definitely believe themselves descendents of Zakkar and they even say that their islands were formed when Tal-Mu sank beneath the waves during the time of the great cataclysm nonsense obviously. These Wendarog dont seem to want to be saved and it just clearly shows that only some are chosen for salvation by Jabal, Astrain, who was well read on the subject of Zakkarian history from an academic perspective, became annoyed that their teacher was so blatantly twisting facts. Derrick knew that Astrain liked to speak his mind and he placed his hand on Astrains shoulder to try to calm him down. He knew that trouble was coming when Astrain lifted up his hand. Yes Astrain? You have a question or want to share something with the class? The Wendarog are descendents of Zakkar, but then again so are all of us here today. The Mallarim, the Kandumoth and the Wendarog, are all Zakkarian descendents. Mallar himself was Zakkarian, so was Conrad and even the prophet Kandum, Astrain said.

18

You are being purposefully antagonistic again it seems. You know full well that what you just said borders on heresy! The Mallarim are distinctive and set aside by Jabal based on his ancient covenants! If you had lived only six hundred ago, you would have been stoned to death for speaking such blasphemy. I suggest we change the subject. Clarissa lifted up her hand again and Astrain was quite thankful to her for delaying the class. He never did finish his homework. Yes Clarissa? Did you hear about the graffiti they found in the old tunnel in West Park? The police believe it to be the work of Adversary Worshippers. They are moving uncomfortably close to the school grounds. They could be planning something, Clarissa said. None of you should be walking home alone in these dark times. Adversary Worshippers murder thousands upon thousands of people every year in their ritualistic sacrifices! They are a murderous and blood drinking cult and are also said to be responsible for the recent animal mutilations. We can no longer feel safe in our own town! The Adversary Worshippers may one night murder us all in our sleep! They hate the Mallarim and the light we can bring to the world. They are indeed a great threat against our society and against our values, Astrain snickered. Mr. Patterson flushed red. Do you have anything you want to share with the class? You find this funny, do you? Elizabeth and Derrick gave each other a quick nervous glance. Actually the stories of Adversary worship have already been thoroughly debunked years ago. The Cephalorian Bureau of Investigation examined all the claims about crimes, human sacrifice and ritualistic abuse and they never found a single piece of evidence to support the accounts. All the socalled survivors, who claimed to have been involved with Adversary Worship, could never even supply law enforcement with any names and dates, Astrain said. He took a moment to catch his breath; he had been waiting a long time to let it all out. These so-called occult experts frequently show that they know nothing about real occult practices or alternative contemporary religions anyway. There simply is no evidence for this vast conspiracy. It seems that most of the survivors are ultra religious Mallarim anyway, who had their own agendas to begin with. Mr. Patterson turned redder, this usually happened when he was about to lose his temper. Astrain ignored him. These

19

stories of Adversary worship have so much in common with folklore anyway. Interestingly enough, the late Empire Zakkarians accused the Mallarim of the exact same crimes. Adversary Worship is nothing but a modern myth! A modern myth still readily believed in backward small towns like Illium5. Mr. Pattersons eyes widened at hearing these words. How can you call Adversary Worship a myth? We have an Adversary Worship coven right here in Illium and what about the graffiti in West Park? That is some clear evidence. Millie Storm said she was taken to the tunnels by the Adversary worshippers and she saw them for herself, Clarissa interrupted. I saw the graffiti. Most of it looked like immature doodles and very few of the symbols had anything whatsoever to do with the occult. The rest were well known symbols associated with occult practices and were likely used by dabbling teens for their shock value, Astrain said. I do not know where you get this information from. What can you possibly know? A mere child? It seems you have fallen into one of the oldest traps of the Adversary denying his existence. I on the other hand, have a doctorate in Mallarim theology and I do assure you class, that Adversary Worship is real and a real threat. We must continue to pray and we must be ever vigilant, Mr. Patterson said. He looked at his watch and saw that their time had run out. It seems we are out of time. I hope I will see you all at the Revival Rally next weekend! Let us conclude our gathering with prayer. I also want us to pray for the missionaries who are doing the Lords work in the world. We are sending new expeditions to Wendarog and to Kandum very soon. Pray that these people open their hearts to the one truth, Mr. Patterson said. He closed his eyes and moved his pen along the list of student names. Astrain. It seems you will be praying for us today. Remember to pray for the missionaries too. Astrain hesitated and groaned inwardly. He really did not feel comfortable praying for something he found so disagreeable. I dont like the missionaries. Dont the Wendarog have the right to believe
5

Astrain is well aware of the fact that there is an actual Church of the Adversary, which was founded in Cephaloria a few years back. However, the Church of the Adversary does not match the description of the folkloric Adversary worshippers in the least. The Church of The Adversary espouses a philosophy of placing man before the needs of gods - A form of humanism. The Adversarial Church denies the existence of Jabal or the Adversary in the literal sense. They do not condone animal or human sacrifice either.

20

what they want? The Kandumoth already think they have the absolute truth anyway. These people just want to be left alone. How can we leave them alone? We have the truth and we need to share the love of Jabal with all. He commanded us to do so! Either you will pray here today or I will have to give you your final warning! Mr. Patterson said. Derrick quickly put up his hand. Just let me pray. Astrain does not like praying in front of people, Derrick said. No. Astrain will pray. He will pray for the work of the missionaries and he will ask Jabal for forgiveness, here before the entire class. We should all pray for Astrain too. It seems he has lost his way, Mr. Patterson said. Astrain sat silently for a while, wondering if he should just say a quick prayer and then leave. What? Has the Adversary got your tongue? Mr. Patterson asked. Astrain stood up, glared at Mr. Patterson and walked out of the class. You walk out of this class and you turn your back on the Lord this day! Let us see how you will end up without the support of the church and the light of truth to guide your path! Mr. Patterson said. Astrain left the church grounds and sat down under a nearby tree. He took a cigarette out from his shirts pocket. He knew he had time for a smoke since Derrick and Elizabeth would still be a while listening to Mr. Pattersons announcements and perhaps something new to gossip about. Astrain looked at the Church building and he was relieved that he could finally be done with it. The Church of Illium was a very modern building and it did not really look much like a church at all on the outside. It was quite unlike the great cathedrals in Cephaloria and other major Mallar cities. In fact, the Church of Illium looked more like a large community hall simply adapted as a Church. Astrain found it rather dull and uninspiring. However, he felt it fit in quite well with the dull and uninspiring landscape of Illium itself. There were no mountains or spectacular scenes of nature anywhere nearby and the last remnants of the ancient Hernestein forest were rapidly dwindling. Illium was still a relatively new suburb and development and more developments and communities constantly sprung up nearby. To build Illium and several of the other nearby communities, vast parts

21

of the ancient Hernestein forest was demolished and where Illium now stood was once the heart of the ancient forest. As development expanded, the forest dwindled until only patches remained on the outskirts of town. The forest used to stretch for miles to the east up to the very base of the Dragons Claw Mountains and now even the forest there had to be cleared away for more large malls and holiday resorts. Astrain had some fond memories of the days when they used to play in the forested remnants around Illium. Later the forest became a sanctuary and refuge, where he could sit and meditate for hours under the cool canopy of trees. It was in the forest that he first had a glimpse of the elemental kingdoms and their denizens. Sylphs and Fey would sometimes play around as wispy forms gliding through the air. Sometimes the gnomes would emerge from their underground boroughs. Near the Arath River, Astrain once saw the elusive Undines of the water emerging from their watery abode to bask in the sun. The years crept on however and the insatiable developments continued. More and more of the forests vanished and in time, more magic would be lost to the world. The spirits themselves retreated from the encroachment of man and fled further and further away. Any small patches of forest still left far on the outskirts were now too dangerous. Some blamed Adversary Worshippers, but Astrain knew from his own time spent in the forest that it was due to the large amount of the homeless and poor people from Illium who sought refuge there. Ifraan! He will be able to help me with the vision. He will certainly know what those ancient words meant! Astrain thought. Ifraan was an aerial spirit he had met in the forest and in time, he came to form a bond of trust and friendship with the ancient spirit. Ifraan was a rather powerful sylph, a spirit of the air element and as a sylph, Ifraan had quick access to any kind of knowledge from anywhere in the world. I will need to summon Ifraan. Astrain! Derrick called to him. Astrain was startled at the sudden interruption while he was so deep in thought. Derrick could not help but laugh at Astrains jumpy reaction. Sorry man. You were somewhere else there. You should have heard how Mr. Patterson went on after you left. He made it

22

sound like you were possessed by the Adversary or something. Your parents are not going to like this at all! Nah, Im glad I did what I did. I feel liberated! Like I finally stood up for myself. I am no longer going to live a lie. Fine by me. I will always be there for you no matter what. Are you still coming to my house for the day? Yes. Lets get out of here, Astrain said. Usually Astrain, Elizabeth and Derrick always walked home together after church. However, that day Elizabeth was meeting with some of her friends and Astrain was going with Derrick. They would have the house all to themselves, as Derricks father had joined a missionary expedition and his mother had a Concerned Mothers meeting at the church. How is your studying going? Just a few more months before we are finally free, Derrick said. Pretty well. Think I am making good progress. Have you applied to the Academy of Knowledge yet? You still want to go study medicine? Astrain asked. I have not applied yet but I really think that is what I want to do, Derrick said. You will make a good doctor. And at least we can be together at the Academy, Astrain said. You still havent given up on the Zakkarian Archaeology? I suppose you dont need a church certificate to do that! That is certainly going to fuel the gossip mills here in town though, Derrick said. Gossip mills? Yeah, some people say you are an Adversary Worshipper already. Just imagine how you studying the forbidden history would further fuel these rumours! Derrick said. He put his arm around Astrain and gave him a quick awkward hug. Astrain almost lost his balance.

23

I know you are not though. Just stop with your nocturnal pet killings already. Derrick said and laughed. Funny, Astrain said as he and Derrick reached the stately Illium home of the Defoe family. Once inside, Derrick went to the kitchen to pour them some drinks and Astrain turned on the television expecting his favourite show to start. Laurence Laverney was presenting a special program about the long lost and obscure Zakkarian Prophecies. Derrick joined Astrain on the couch with the drinks. The Mallarim and Kandumoth both believe that we are living in the end days and that soon Jabal or Jalu will return to the world to judge us all for our past deeds. Many of us today may even scoff at such notions. However, with the recent discovery of the ancient library at Kalosh-Tal, we have learned that end time prophecies were very important to the Zakkarian culture as well. Chillingly, their prophecies of doom extended far beyond the destruction of their own civilization, which it would seem that they managed to predict. Incidentally, the Zakkarian prophecies seem to match the prophecies in both books of Mallar and Kandum, however with some different twists and outcomes. Let our sensitive viewers be aware of the highly controversial and perhaps blasphemous things that we are about to reveal from these long lost prophecies! The Zakkarians divided the world into four ages, each age ending with some dramatic event or upheaval. According to the lore, we are living in the fourth and final age and based on the elaborate Zakkarian system of dating, the age will come to an end in the year Twenty-one fifty - Yes, only one year from now! The scene changed to show Laverney walking among some ancient ruins near Cephaloria. To understand the Zakkarian prophecies better, we need to understand the Zakkarian concept of time. The Zakkarians had two means by which they established the periods of their prophecies. Firstly, they observed their ancient and venerated artefact known as the world-stone, the heart of the world or the tablet of creation. The stone was a mystery even to the Zakkarians themselves. Some believed that it came from the heavens while others believed that the original inhabitants of our world left it behind! Some even say it is an egg of a cosmic dragon. The Zakkarians believed the stone had cycles of its

24

own and at the end of each cycle; the stone awakens and begins to emanate strange noises and energies. They believed that the stone was active at the start of our current world and that the stone will be active again at its end. Each of the stones cycles was believed to last for twenty-five thousand years. Such a cycle of the stone was called an Epoch. The scene changed to show a computer graphic rendition of the mysterious world stone set atop a Zakkarian stepped pyramid. The Zakkarian priests of the Ophite Sect, who were said to be guardians of the stone were also the ones to write down the prophecies for posterity. They formed an elaborate calendar of prophecies based on the stones cycle. The priests further believed that the stone granted them visions of the future. These visions, coupled with their astute observations of the heavens resulted in the Zakkarian prophecies. Based on astrology and the visions, they subdivided the stone cycle into the four ages. Some commercials started playing and Derrick went back to the kitchen to get them some more snacks and drinks. By now, you are probably wondering what all these strange methods of time keeping may even mean. What do the prophecies say about our world and our fates? The Zakkarian prophecies state that the stones awakening marks the return of the creator. Incidentally, the creator was a feared figure in the Zakkarian lore and his return an ominous event. Through the four ages, the world of Talmar would become more real and solid and its people would forget the spiritual spark that they carried within themselves. The world becomes more materialistic as the ages go by. The prophecies indicate that in our materialistic age, natural disasters would sweep the lands and that a great earthquake will cause Tal-Mu to rise from the waves once more, along with the worldstone and the sacred pyramid. As most of you probably know, Tal-Mu was the legendary capital city of Zakkar, situated on the now lost western continent. Tal-Mu was named after the Zakkarian dragon and the name literally translates as World Mother. It is said that a great war will break out and brother will turn against brother. It is said that the creator will then return amidst the chaos and finally destroy Talmar in one final blast of fire. Of course, the Mallarim and Kandumoth see the return of the

25

creator as a positive event that will mark the beginning of paradise for the faithful and punishment for the unbelievers. The Zakkarian prophecies are unclear as to what exactly happens after this destruction and this last part of the prophecy contradicts other ancient sources. It seems we will just have to wait and see. I would however, caution our viewers not to be alarmed by these words of doom and gloom, as these prophecies are still open to interpretation and many academics remain sceptical. Some remain sceptical of prophecies in general and seek alternative interpretations. Astrain and Derrick sat quietly for a while as the end credits started playing. That was interesting, but I think it will only add to the whole end of the world paranoia already going on. Derrick said. It is like Laurence said: there are other interpretations as well. One thing though, that world heart he mentioned? I think I heard about that before from a rather unconventional source. Something warned me about it during an astral journey, Astrain said. Derrick knew all about his magic related activities and Astrain could usually share anything with his friend. Derrick was a little sceptical at times but he always listened respectfully. Derrick would never tell a soul but he actually saw some strange things himself on occasion. He remembered that one day when they were playing in the forest, how he had glimpsed a woman dressed in white staring at them. When she noticed Derrick seeing her, she merely smiled and disappeared again in the blink of an eye. Derrick also saw the dead on occasion and he still clearly remembered his grandmother waving and smiling at him from afar during her funeral, before disappearing in a flash of light. Derrick was afraid of the things he saw, he knew that the Book of Mallar forbade such things... Astrain went on to describe the rest of the vision to Derrick, who listened intently. You sure you did not read about it somewhere before and it somehow influenced your vision? Derrick asked. Not as far as I know. I think I may have an idea on how I can find out more and learn what that strange language meant. I am going to have to wait until after the exams though, Astrain said. Exams are more important than the possible fate of the world? Derrick asked.

26

Oh cmon! I dont think I take it all that seriously, Astrain said. After a pause, Derrick changed the subject. Clarissa asked me to go with her to Von Heilsigs Revival Rally next weekend. I would ask you along, but I know how you feel about such things. Do you think you will go? Astrain asked. He did not know why but he felt desperately that he did not want Derrick to go, either to the rally or as Clarissas date. Astrain tried to hide his disappointment. I will see how I feel next weekend. I just hope Clarissa wont get the wrong idea if I do decide to go with her, Derrick said. Ok. You enjoy your weekend of church then! Astrain said. Derrick and Astrain spent the rest of their Svaren Day afternoon doing some studying and homework. For the next couple of weeks studying would be their only priority. The last weeks of the year 2149 went by slowly and Astrain found the days to have a rather dreamy and unreal feel about them. The very atmosphere bathed in a strange reddish hue, likely due to the massive amounts of air pollution in Illium. The oil refining industry did after all, form the backbone of the Illium economy.

Far, far away in the northern regions of Talmar known as Kandum, dawn was breaking in the city of Rashun. Rashun was one of the capital cities of Kandum 6 and situated far beyond the Arathos Mountains and even farther beyond the vast Zakkarian desert. The suns warm rays peering in through his window awakened the young royal agent called Ishmar. He opened the balcony doors of his seaside apartment and took in the ocean air, thankful for his brief respite.

Rashun was one capital city of Kandum situated in the northeast of the country. The Emperor Rashdan rules from Rashun and he is known in Mallar as a benevolent ruler with lenient policies towards the south. Rashdan is also a strong advocate for religious tolerance and co-operation. The other capital city of Kandum is known as Jukash and the city is located in the northwest of the country. The two cities are separated by the Zakkarian Desert. Rashun is an important trade centre and on one of the most important ports in Kandum, situated on the Issakar Sea.

27

Ishmar was a tall, dark haired and athletically built young man. Years of training in the ancient martial arts tradition of the Nin-Kai had helped to keep him strong and fit. Under the Nin-Kai monks, he learned the arts of unarmed combat as well as various weapon-fighting styles. He was also well trained in the arts of stealth and served as the chief agent of the Emperor Rashdans Secret Service. Ishmar quickly showered and got dressed in preparation for an important meeting with the emperor. Kalahar seemed to be mobilizing again and there have been reports of disturbances in the desert among the Baku tribes...7 Ishmar left his apartment and walked through the quiet and narrow streets of the beach side residences. He always found the ocean air and sounds soothing and with the constant threats of war and terrorism, he allowed himself that bit of peace. As Ishmar peacefully walked towards the main road, he saw some men scrambling in a nearby alleyway. Walking towards them, he noticed several police officers accosting an old man. The five officers were pushing and hitting the man and Ishmar quickly rushed to investigate. Old man you have made a big mistake coming here today! This is the Kandumoth quarter and your kind is not welcome here! One officer screamed at the terrified man. Please, please. I just walked through here by mistake. I was on my way to my home in the Mallarim quarter. I swear! The old man pleaded. Silence! Mallarim dog! Infidel! I think you are planning something nefarious! The Mallarim occupy the holy city and they seek to corrupt us with their decadent ways and false faith. You let your women

Rashdan was the emperor only of Eastern Kandum while Kalahar was the Emperor of western Kandum in his capital of Jukash. There were two royal families in Kandum, each claimed to be the true descendents of the prophet Kandum himself, and therefore each family claimed the right to rule and control the faith of the people. The two families have subsequently always been at war. Kalahar is notorious in the south (Mallar) for his ties to terrorist groups and his religious extremism.

28

dress as whores on the street! How do you answer to that pig? 8 One of the officers said. The men continued tugging and pushing the man around when Ishmar stepped in to stop them. Stop this! What has this man done? Ishmar demanded. He is a heretical dog of the Adversary and blasphemes the Lord Jalu with his belief in additional gods! Now he has moved out of his designated section of the city, The officer said. If that is all, let him go immediately! Ishmar commanded. Would you take the unbelievers as your friends? Then you are no better than them! The five officers came towards Ishmar, armed with their batons. True to his Nin Kai training, Ishmar remained calm as one of the men rushed at him. He seized the mans weapon carrying hand, disarmed him and then flung him to the ground. The man was stunned and groaning in pain. The other four officers hesitated and then another one of them rushed at Ishmar. In mere moments, the man was disarmed and groaning on the ground with his friend. Anyone else? Ishmar asked as the three remaining officers hesitated. Lets get out of here. This one has had some kind of special ops training! One of the three remaining officers said. The three men ran away and one of their compatriots on the ground got up to limp after them, hurrying to get away from Ishmar. Ishmar placed his boot on the chest of the other fallen officer, pinning him to the ground. He bent down and lifted the man up by his collar. Tell me your name officer, Ishmar commanded.
8

Like Mallar. The country of Kandum is named after the founding prophet of the faith. The central text of the Kandumoth faith is the Book of Kandum. While the name of God is Jabal in the Mallarim faith, in the Kandumoth faith, he is known as Jalu. Most scholars agree that both names come from the same Zakkarian root word JBLU that simply means God or Supreme Being. While scholars note many similarities between the two faiths and the same characters and stories found in both, there are still key differences in culture and essential beliefs. Mallarim believe that during the ministry of the prophet Mallar he became an avatar of Jabal and manifestation of Jabal in the physical world. The Kandumoth faith finds the idea of an incarnate Jalu as blasphemous and bordering on severe heresy. While the Kandumoth acknowledge Mallar as a prophet, they deny his divinity. Most conservative Kandumoth, while acknowledging a certain shared heritage with the Mallarim, still consider the Mallarim as unbelievers, heretics and potentially dangerous enemies. They decry the decadent ways of secular Mallar culture and they consider Cephaloria, occupied by the Mallarim, as their holy territory. Most conservative Mallarim on the other hand quote the Book of Mallar He who would deny the Divine prophet Mallar comes to you with the spirit of the Adversary. Most conservative Mallarim also disagree that Jalu is the same as Jabal and they will readily call Jalu a, false heathen god or even idol.

29

Jonas Jonas Sempre, sir, the man replied after some hesitation. Ishmar checked the mans pockets for his identity card and saw that he was telling the truth. Well Jonas, I hope you know that attacking an agent of the crown is a serious offence. I will have to report this. Emperor Rashdan is advocating religious reforms for the Kandumoth and he will not tolerate this kind of behaviour from law enforcement in this city, Ishmar said. He allowed Jonas to get up. Jonas gave Ishmar a terrified nod and then ran off. At least Kalahar knows the truth and values our ancient traditions! Rashdan is weak! Jonas called back through the alleyway as he ran away. Ishmar turned his attention the old man he had rescued. Are you all right? Yes, thank you for your kindness. Not too many kind people around these days. There is a lot of hate in this world right now. I was lost and walked into the Kandumoth quarter by mistake, and then these men accosted me. Come, I will take you home. Thank you. However, you may need to be careful in the Mallarim quarter. They have recently started to attack Kandumoth as well.9 Ishmar escorted the old man to his home without any further problems. He then continued on his way to Rashdans palace. The palace was situated on the mountainside, overlooking the city and the sea. Ishmar greeted the guards at the gates and they let him pass without question. He continued through the vast and lavish halls of the palace. The hall was decorated with golden treasures and Rashdans collection of Zakkarian relics recovered from archaeological digs in the desert. There were winged Zakkarian sphinxes 10 and decorated vases still remarkably intact. The carpeting in the palace was handmade and came from the desert city of Shullimar, a city known for its exquisite textile work. Ishmar entered the throne room where Rashdan was already awaiting him. The emperor sat on a throne flanked by two golden Zakkarian sphinxes.
9

The citizens had to wear identification tags, clearly indicating their religious affinity. Rashdan was in the progress of changing these old rules. 10 Zakkarian sphinxes are usually depicted as winged animals. They were mostly lions however, other animals were also frequently depicted in such a manner. Other sphinxes were made with depictions of the heads of Zakkarian emperors with the bodies of lions and the wings of eagles

30

Rashdan was dressed in lavish robes of gold and red silks. On his head, he wore a turban like headdress decked with rubies and precious stones. He also wore several rings with inset gems. Ishmar! It is so good to see you! I am glad to see you are back safe! My Lord, it is good to see you too, Ishmar said with a quick bow. Ishmar and Rashdan had been friends for a long time. They grew up together in the Nin-Kai monastery where they had spent most of their youth. They trained together and studied together under the order. Ishmar later learned that Rashdan was the last surviving heir to the throne, hidden in the monastery by his father to protect him from Kalahars ambitions. After Rashdans father Emperor Abdalah was assassinated during the civil war against Kalahar, Rashdan ascended the throne and made Ishmar his most trusted agent and confidant. The monks at the monastery and Rashdan were the closest thing Ishmar ever had to a family. His own family was killed during a terrorist attack on Rashun, the same attack that initially sparked the civil war. The monks took Ishmar in and gave him training and an exclusive education. In the vast libraries of the monastery, the monks preserved many ancient and long forgotten texts of Zakkar and Ishmar even knew quite a bit about Zakkarian lore and language 11. He had many fond memories of the monastery and the desert. Ishmar noticed that Rashdan did not seem his usual jovial self. His face looked grim. Ishmar, my old friend. I am afraid we will have little time to catch up today. Some serious and disturbing matters have been brought to my attention. Something stirs in the Zakkarian desert! The nomads tell tales of ancient spirits beginning to wander the deserts again. I do not know the facts behind these superstitious tales, but something is clearly disturbing the Baku and driving them away. It would seem that the problems are coming from the ancient city of the desert cliffs.

11

The monks of the Nin-Kai order, while Kandumoth in religious orientation, are also mystics. They hold some rather unconventional ideas that most Kandumoth would find dangerous. The monks believe in direct experience of the divine through meditation and secret rites. The monks are considered controversial due to their protection and preservation of the Zakkarian heritage. A further controversy surrounds their martial arts, which acknowledges the flow of a life force through all things and the monks have secret methods of harnessing this force for feats of combat and strength. Rashdans tolerance and liberal policies are sometimes accredited to the monks who weaned the boy for the throne. However, many conservative Kandumoth still remain critical and opposed to Rashdan.

31

Maligor? Ishmar said and he felt his stomach churn nervously at the thought of the ancient Zakkarian city. Yes, the Baku claim that the City of Wails, has awoken again and now djinn and Var-Lokkur roam the desert at night. The Baku claim that there have been attacks on livestock and on people. They also say that the water of the oases is poisoned by the presence of the ancient spirits. These people are suffering under drought and starvation and have petitioned us for help. I further find it rather strange that Mallar Intelligence has recently taken an interest in Maligor and they have begun excavations there. They were followed by an expedition sent by Kalahar, Rashdan said. Do you think they know the ancient legends? Ishmar asked. Yes, they must be searching for the ancient weapon buried there. If the old tales are true, this weapon is not something of this world and it will be dangerous should our enemies get their hands on it. I need you to go and investigate what is happening in the desert. Go to Fort Okkur and gather information there from the people. The Baku and especially the Nin-Kai will also prove helpful. I need you to leave right away. We sent aid to the Baku and then the aid workers disappeared on route to the Kalimer oasis. This is very disturbing indeed, Rashdan said. I will leave immediately, Ishmar said. Then go with my blessings! Rashdan said. He stood up and hugged Ishmar. I fear that Kalahar may make another attempt on my life soon. If the weapon of Maligor does indeed exist, perhaps we can finally turn the tide against the tyrant, Rashdan said. Ishmar left the palace and began walking back to his home to pack for the long journey ahead. He entered the silent apartment and for a moment, he really missed having company around. His work and travels prevented him from settling down into a serious relationship. He did long for some peace and quiet one day. However, with the current political situation, this was simply not to be. Ishmar packed his bags and collected the necessary provisions for the long journey ahead. He packed all the

32

equipment into his trusty Desert Voyager truck and then drove off. The Desert Voyager left Rashun and set off down the highway leading west and into the desert...

The final year students in Illium had already written most of their exams and the school year was coming to an end. Astrain knew that Derrick was very busy with his studies, but he seemed to be going to great lengths to avoid him after the Revival Rally. They had barely spoken during the last few weeks. Derrick did not return his calls and was never available when Astrain went to his house. On the other hand, Derrick seemed to be spending more and more time with Clarissa and the Mallar Revival Youth. Astrain gathered up his courage as he was going to confront Derrick directly about whatever it was that seemed to be bothering him. He took a deep breath as he rang the doorbell of the Defoe house. Derricks mother, Kim, opened the door. Sorry, Derrick is not here, She said and then prepared to close the door. Wait! Please! I need to speak with Derrick. There is something going on between us and I need to find out what it is, Astrain said. Derrick does not want to see you or speak with you. It is just as well, we have forbidden him to see you anyway, Kim said. What? Why? What did I do? You are no longer a member of our church and we believe you to have a bad influence on our son. The entire town knows your reputation as a troublemaker! The school and the police are investigating you as a potential threat and Adversary Worshipper. Did you know that? We were very concerned that Derrick never showed any interest in girls and we believe that you influenced him with your impure thoughts! We are sending him to Von Heilsigs next youth camp. He will be cleansed there. No son of ours is going to be some queer or Adversary Worshipper! Kim said. Kim reached for something inside the house on a table. We found this in his room! She lifted up a magazine for Astrain to see.

33

Astrain saw a half-naked man on the cover and the title Studleys Studs of the Year. We have been praying ever since. Let me talk to Derrick, please. He is old enough to decide for himself who he wants to see and be friends with, Astrain said. You dont seem to understand. Derrick does not want anything to do with you. He saw the light at the Revival Rally and knows what you are! Kim said. Derrick came down the stairs to see what the commotion was about and then he saw Astrain standing at the front door. Derrick! Astrain called and waved to his friend. Perhaps he should just come down here and tell you himself! Kim said. She called to Derrick to join them. I will leave you two alone. She left and Derrick came down the stairs. Astrain, you really shouldnt be here. I cant be your friend anymore, Derrick said. Why? What happened? We can talk about this! Astrain said, frowning. Von Heilsig told us to distance ourselves from corrupting influences and people in our lives. The magical things you do are pure evil. Those things come from the Adversary and it corrupts not only you but everyone around you as well. I want to be saved. I have had some unnatural feelings and the Book of Mallar calls such things an abomination. We are supposed to be real men and not give in to the unnatural desires of the Adversary, Derrick said. I cant believe I am hearing this! This is insane. What are you talking about? Astrain said. There was more that happened at the Revival Rally I need to tell you. Von Heilsig asked if anyone was ready to be saved and Clarissa nudged me forward to the stage. Von Heilsig came towards me and laid his hand upon my forehead. As he did this, I saw the spiritual world and I saw a vision of suffering, torture and burning fire. A shadowy form then entered the tent... Derrick paused and Astrain noticed he was turning pale. The shadowy form came and I saw something out of a nightmare. It looked like a skeleton, but only vaguely human. It had horns on its head and it had no

34

lower body. Only the head, a spine hanging down and then claws - terrible sharp claws - and all shrouded in its body formed from shadow. The whole tent turned cold as it entered, all life and warmth seemed to drain away. I realized it was a a Var-Lokkur. 12 A Var-Lokkur. That is impossible! It knew about you Astrain. It pointed that bony claw right at me as it spoke your name. It said that you were the Adversary and that you were going to bring evil into our world. It warned me to break all ties with you! It told me that Jabal would remove his blessings from me and my family if I did not do this. I looked up the passage in the Book of Mallar that makes it very clear we must have nothing whatsoever to do with the forbidden arts or its practitioners. These things are an abomination before Jabal, Derrick said. Astrain was shaking and struggling to hold back his tears. You believed it? Derrick, you have known me my whole life. You know I am not THAT bad. Please dont do this, Astrain pleaded. This is no longer a game Astrain. The judgement of Jabal is coming and I have to do what is right. I will go to Von Heilsigs camp and I will be purified. Please, leave me alone now. We will not speak again, Derrick saw that Astrain was about ready to cry. Dont cry, for that is weakness and Jabal wants us to be real men, Derrick said and then he went back inside and closed the door behind him. Astrain felt devastated and walked back home with his head bowed down and holding back his tears until he was back in his room and could hold back the tears no longer. Soon the helpless sorrow turned into anger and rage. I curse the Mallarim! Every last one of them! Jabal, if I am to be your Adversary than do not think I will give in without a fight! If you do exist and if I ever find you, I swear I will destroy you! Astrain knew he was venting in anger and even if he really was the Adversary, he knew that the prophecies in the Book of Mallar made his future look rather bleak. According to the prophecies, Jabal would destroy the Adversary and doom him to eternal torture.

12

Var-Lokkur are spirits described in both Books of Mallar and Kandum. They are spirits who will punish the unbelievers when Jabal/Jalu returns to judge the world.

35

The last exam for the year did not go so well for Astrain. He found it rather hard to concentrate and constantly felt numb inside. On the day of their final exam, it was Clarissas turn to open with prayer and prepare a short sermon from the Book of Mallar. My passage is from the very last book in our holy text, the Book of End Days. It seems fitting for we may well be the last generation of Talmar. Clarissa began reading the passage. Now hear brothers of the faith. Do not intermingle with those not of the faith or those who have already rejected the path of truth and righteousness. Shun them from among you for there can be no co-mingling of the good and evil of this world, Clarissa concluded the passage. I think this is a relevant message to us all as we go out into this world. We must remain spiritually clean and keep ourselves pure of any corrupting influences. Through Jabal and the divine Mallar is the only way to salvation and any who deny this most basic truth has the spirit of the Adversary. Let the kingdom of Jabal come soon. Astrains heart sank and he felt numb when Clarissa joined her group of friends amidst praise and jubilation for her message. Her group of friends now included Derrick as well. The exams were over and so was the school year. Astrain knew that he now had the time to summon Ifraan. The moons were in the correct positions and the conditions were ideal to conduct a ritual of evocation and call upon the spirit. Astrain did not need to use a full ritual, since he and Ifraan had already built an established relationship. Ifraan would come readily enough. Astrain decided to summon Ifraan to appear within a magic mirror. 13 Astrains magic mirror merely consisted out of a piece of glass, the one side of the glass he had sealed thoroughly with a black paint leaving the other side blank. He then made a wooden frame and painted the frame too, adding some Zakkarian runes for decoration. After assembly, he had a magic mirror, an item of sinister beauty and mysterious depths. Astrain formed his magical circle from stones again, to provide some protection. Karosh, Lagor, Hlermu Arthos! Astrain recited. These words formed part of a Zakkarian protection ritual to expel evil and keep it bay. He placed candles around the circles circumference and prepared some incense, which he knew a being of airy nature
13

A magic mirror was not an inherently magical device. It was simply a focal point for a seer to focus upon, observe visions and activate the clairvoyant astral sight. In Zakkarian magic, crystal spheres were frequently employed for the same effect. Magic mirrors were usually dark black in colour and some Zakkarian mirrors were made from brightly polished obsidian.

36

would find pleasing and harmonious. The magic mirror stood on a table outside the circle. All was ready to begin the conjuration. Lees Habok Rek Vepo Karosh! Lees Habok Rek Vepo Karosh Ifraan! Come Ifraan, I summon thee. Appear before me within in this mirror! Astrain felt a sudden draft move through the otherwise sealed room and a vague shape began to form in the mirror. The shape assumed the form of a small winged humanoid. The strange being had a muscular frame and wings that looked like those of an insect. Astrain recognized the being as Ifraan. Astrain! It is good to see that your skills have improved since the last time we spoke! Thank you. I have been practicing my clairvoyant sight for a while now. Thank you for hearing my call, Astrain said. He could sense that Ifraan was anticipating his request. I need your help to decipher a vision I had and a strange language I heard, Astrain said. He told Ifraan all the details about his astral vision and recited the words. Do not recite those accursed words so casually, The image of Ifraan began to blur and break up. Our time is running out! There is interference with our connection. He can see us and knows what we are doing! There are many other things happening right now in your world and many powers are moving! The vision of Ifraan became even more distorted and Astrain heard a strange static noise fill the room. He is here! Who is here? What is going on? Must be quick. Contact the spirit Svarok, he has knowledge of the worlds beyond and has dealt with the Var-Lokkur and their masters. It may no longer be safe to communicate like this, Ifraan let out a terrible cry and his image dissolved completely. Astrain heard a deep male voice quite clearly in his head repeating the words from the vision. Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak! Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak! Astrain felt cold and nauseous. Foolish boy! I can see you! Be warned! Astrain felt a sudden sharp pain in his head and his vision blurred. He collapsed onto the ground and tried to resist the loss of consciousness. He saw many garbled scenes and visions of robed figures chanting the same words

37

and laughing at him. He saw a beast, horned, clawed, and formed from shadow. The beast was covered in thick black leather armour that seemed to form its very skin and yet within the armour was nothing but a sense of never-ending blackness and despair. Astrain saw into its empty helm, where two fiery red eyes burned with hatred and malice. The beast then roared and Astrain saw Cephaloria engulfed in flames. Astrain still felt dazed when he heard a persistent knocking on his door, gradually increasing in intensity. Oww. My head. Astrain looked at his bedside alarm clock and saw that he had been unconscious for several hours. The knocking continued and then turned into hard pounding. Astrain unlock this door at once! His father called. Astrain still felt confused and dizzy and found himself unable to stand. Astrain saw the door swing open with great violence as his father kicked it open. What are you doing in here? I have been trying to talk to you for hours now! Astrains father entered the room, followed by Johannes Patterson and a man Astrain only recognized from television, Von Heilsig himself. Von Heilsig was dressed in a suit, just as he usually appeared on television. He had white hair and yet did not appear very old. Astrain could sense a strange aura around the man that filled him with revulsion and made him uneasy. Mr. Pattersons eyes widened at the occultic scene before him. Johannes just came over to talk to us about your recent behaviour. You are to be expelled from the Church. However, Von Heilsig has negotiated that they can offer you lenience if you would attend one of the youth camps, Astrains father said. That is right Astrain. I have helped hundreds of troubled young men such as yourself. I can see that the Adversary has a strong hold on your life, Von Heilsig said and then he moved closer and closer towards Astrain. Astrain stood up and backed up until he was against the wall. Von Heilsig placed his face directly in front of Astrains and he could feel his breath on his face. No matter how dark things may seem now, there is a way out The Lord Jabal and his prophet Mallar. Embrace the love and the light!

38

Meanwhile, Mr. Patterson began searching through the room and discovered Astrains chest of forbidden books on Zakkarian magic and the occult. These are occult books. Clear evidence of Adversary Worship right here! We will need to burn all of those! Burn all the occult tools and weapons as well. We will leave no further entry point for the Adversary! Von Heilsig said. Johannes left the room and after a few moments, he returned with a large refuse bag. He collected the books along with any other items he found questionable. Other questionable items included Astrains collection of dragon statues; some of his music cds and even his collection of superhero action figurines 14. Mr. Patterson looked particularly disgusted when he found the books of a recent popular fantasy series. The story centred on a boy wizard, who joined an invisible Zakkarian Sorcerers College. Astrain felt his nose twitch as he tried to keep back the tears. Von Heilsig placed his hands on his shoulders and held him tightly. You will come with me and you will find the light. It is not too late to turn from evil! Von Heilsig said. Astrain began to struggle, kicking and punching against the restraint. Von Heilsig loosened his grip when Astrain kicked him hard in the groin area. Astrain seized this opportunity and ran from the room and from the house. The evil is trying to resist, Astrain. It is not too late to turn back and find salvation! Von Heilsig called after Astrain. He will come back, David said. Johannes and Von Heilsig continued collecting the occult books and items. Astrain fled into the street and ran. He took a moment to catch his breath and he was relieved to see that they were not coming after him. He noticed Arthos running towards him. I will be back for you boy. I promise. Astrain said as he stroked the dog. Astrain. Wait! Astrain heard Elizabath calling to him as she ran towards him. This whole town has gone completely mad after that Revival Rally. I cannot believe what they are doing to you! I am ashamed to be associated with such loons! Some call you an Adversary Worshipper and others even the Adversary himself! Elizabeth said.
14

Illium recently went through a craze where certain childrens and youth programming were suddenly labelled as inappropriate and as containing symbols or references pertaining to Adversary worship. Johannes Patterson organized a big gathering where concerned families could burn action figurines, dolls or other merchandise to rid their homes of evil. Some onlookers even claimed they heard some of the figurines scream as the flames consumed them the work of demons.

39

Thank you for understanding, sis. Dont get me wrong, I believe that everyone needs the light of Jabal. However, I know that you are a good and decent person, despite of what everyone is saying right now. I know you are simply in search of truth and not some dark power. That does mean a lot to me. Thank you. Nevertheless, I need to go for now. I promise I will call as soon as I am able, Astrain said and pointed to Arthos. Please take him home with you. I will miss you, my brother. Elizabeth said and they shared a quick but tight hug. I will try to salvage some of your stuff and will send it to you once you are safe. Astrain saw Johannes and Von Heilsig in the distance where they were standing in the driveway of their house. I need to go. Bye sis. Elizabeth held Arthos as Astrain walked away. Once he was certain that no one was following him anymore, he turned into various quiet streets through the neighbourhood. He suspected Johannes and Von Heilsig were likely driving through the area. Astrain made his way to the Illium Train Depot and found that the station was eerily silent at night. He checked his wallet and noted he had some Darim on him, at least enough for a ticket to Cephaloria. He slept on a bench at the station and bought his ticket as soon as the ticket offices opened. He boarded the train and began his journey to Cephaloria, the holy city.

CHAPTER 2: ONWARD TO CEPHALORIA, THE MOST HOLY CITY IN THE WORLD! It was nighttime in Cephaloria and the full moons cast their eerie glow over the city. There in an apartment belonging to Frank Rose, a gathering was taking place for a purpose many in Talmar would consider strange, dangerous or even devilish... Franks apartment was situated on the fifteenth floor in one of the many tall apartment buildings that dominated the landscape of Cephaloria. 15
15

Cephaloria had quite a long history. It was built on the ruins of the ancient Zakkarian city of Kalosh-Tal. Kalosh Tal used to be one of the most important terrestrial cities and served as a halfway and trading station between the floating cities of the north and Tal-Mu on the western continent. The old city was raided and destroyed by the Mallarim and they built Cephaloria on the

40

Frank Rose was the leader of a Cephalorian based witches coven. Moreover, the coven was preparing for an important ritual. Under secular Mallar laws, witchcraft and magic could be practiced quite freely. Modern Mallar law provided freedom of religion after all and most modern citizens of Mallar would scoff at the very notion of magic and witchcraft anyway. Franks very religious Mallarim neighbours could complain and perhaps accuse Frank and the other coven members of Adversary Worship. However, that was all they could do, complain and accuse. Once, they did try to call the police after they had heard strange noises and said that they believed a baby was about to be sacrificed. When the police barged in to investigate, all they found was Frank and his girlfriend Crystal. They were merely getting a little rowdy in their experimentation with postures from the Boldoth-Tah, an ancient Zakkarian love manual. The modern day version of witchcraft was based on some surviving Zakkarian rites and on some of the accounts that came from Wendarog. Frank belonged to a tradition that closely worked with the primal elemental deities and their kingdoms and his group specialized in the evocation of powerful beings. By contacting these powers, they would work their magic over Talmar, whether for personal gain and power or simply to gather information and learn more about the hidden mysteries of the world. Recently, the coven had been noticing odd things going on with magic all over Talmar. Magic was already a weak force in Talmar and now something was interfering with it on a grand scale. It was almost as if all the magic generated was being drained away to power some mysterious cause. Some of the coven members had already tried moving into the astral plane to investigate the disturbance and they found that actual rifts were opening in the astral realm of Talmar. These rifts seemed to be
location to suppress the dark pagan power that they sensed resided there. The Mallarim considered the city of Cephaloria a holy site, since Mallar was believed to have been born in Kalosh-Tal. Later the Kandumoth considered the city holy as well, because the prophet Kandum was said to have started his ministry in the city of Cephaloria. Scholars today highly doubt that either Mallar or Kandum ever even set foot in Kalsoh-Tal or Cephaloria. However, regardless of historical fact, the history of Cephaloria has always been long and bloody. According to tradition, the Mallarim took the city from the Zakkarians under the direction of Jabal (the event was recorded in the Book of Mallar). The Kandumoth then took the city from the Mallarim. Later the Mallarim launched another attack to retake Cephaloria, finally succeeding in driving the Kandumoth north of the Arathos Mountains and cementing their authority over the city. The first patriarch established his seat of power there and the Mallarim have controlled the city ever since. The Kandumoth still feel some bitter animosity over the loss of the holy city. Cephaloria has remained a key issue of contention between north and south.

41

portals to other worlds, ripped into the very fabric of the astral plane. All their further attempts at astral travel failed when a powerful force simply forced them back into the physical world. That night, Frank and his coven were planning to contact the ancient spirit Svarok, a world travelling spirit that had a long history of dealing with Talmar and even other worlds beyond. They hoped that this ancient being could provide some clarity on the situation. The apartment was prepared and all was ready. Franks spacious living room had been cleared of all furnishings. The expensive leather furniture along with his television and entertainment centre had all been moved to one side of the room. Only candles illuminated the whole room and the Copal incense preferred by Svarok was correctly prepared and already burning thickly from inside a hanging censer. The group of seven robed figures entered the room and stepped into their prepared circle, their faces obscured by their hoods and the dim light. Frank Rose led the procession. He was a young man, who was well read and knowledgeable in his art. Another member was Laurence Laverney, the famed archaeologist. His knowledge on Zakkarian practices helped immensely with many of the rituals, although no one would have ever guessed that this serious man of science would have an interest in magic. Glen and Sarah was a married couple and they lived in the same building as Frank. The couple showed a great interest in all things mystical and Sarah was a trance medium. She claimed to be able to channel spirits and help them manifest better and she was a good addition to the group for these very reasons. Sarah also regularly gave readings at a spiritualists church that she and Glen attended. Crystal was reluctant to have Sarah join the coven. She was concerned that Sarah sometimes seemed over sensitive to various energies. Crystal was Franks long time girlfriend and she had years of experiences with magic and especially divination and scrying. Gareth was the down to earth type of the group and he was the least sensitive, but the group found that sometimes necessary too. He always sought the rational explanations for phenomena first, before jumping to any kind of supernatural conclusions. Gareth had some raw power about him and therefore was still a valuable asset to the coven. Finally, Esmeralda acted as the high priestess for the group. She had an interesting background

42

since she came from the Wendarog tribes. Much of her knowledge on the Wendarog rites she brought to the coven. The circle used for the ritual was painted on a large piece of cloth. The circle was formed from two concentric rings, forming a band in between. Zakkarian words of power were written in the band and all around the circumference in order to protect the circle from any interference. In the middle of the circle sat a table they used as an altar on which to place ritual equipment. The most important piece of equipment to this coven was their large ceremonial knife called a Dathom, along with the tools representing the elemental kingdoms: the cup of water, wand of fire, dagger of air and pentacle disk of earth. Through their consecrated ritual dathom, they could gain control and authority over the summoned spirits. 16 Esmeralda traced pentagrams upon the air at each cardinal quarter of the circle. These shapes could be seen only by clairvoyant sight, as they were made on the astral plane through visualization. She chanted the words of power that formed part of an ancient Zakkarian protection ritual with each pentagram in each quarter. She started in the east and moved clockwise Karosh! Lagor! Hlermu! Arthos. The circle would now be protected against any interference from unwanted spiritual powers, both due to the virtue of the circle as a symbol and due to the magical protection ritual Esmeralda had just performed. 17

16

According to the philosophy and lore of Zakkarian magic, spirits were subject to magic and magic was the one power that touched and connected all the worlds. Magic used properly and with a pure heart, could connect the Talmarians to the divine spark they had within. Spirits, other denizens of the worlds and even the immortal races all had to pay homage to this divine spark. In Zakkarian mystical lore the Source of All marked the mortal races with something different something special. They were mortal and physical beings, yet at the same time, they were immortal spirits. By experiencing the physical worlds, they had the potential to grow to a maturity and power never seen before. There was believed to be some great mystery and purpose to all this but perhaps this purpose is only known to the very Source of All. Spirits were said to be magical beings and they used and shaped magic.

17

The circle used by the ritualists had an important role in Zakkarian magic since the circle was the universal symbol of the infinite, of completion, eternity and wholeness.

43

In front of the circle, on the outside in the east, there stood a triangle with more words of power written inside it.18 In the middle of the triangle was another bowl of incense for Svarok, along with a special sign that would draw his presence - a sigil representing the name of the being and its very essence. 19 Frank began reciting in the magical form of Zakkarian: Lees Habok! Ekem Ra! SVAROK! Lees Hae Ymak Felo Ou! SVAROK! Svarok we conjure thee, come and appear here before us! The coven waited for a while but there was no response. Frank repeated the conjuration again, but still nothing happened. Sarah shifted around nervously when she noticed something around the circle. Something is moving around the circle. A thick darkness surrounds us, a spiritual blackness. It is slamming at the edge of our circle, testing our bonds, Sarah said. The other coven members could hear from the tone of her voice that she was terrified. Glen tried to take her hand to try to calm her down and he noticed that she was trembling. Suddenly, the whole group felt a spiritual force slam on the invisible barrier formed by the circle and the protection ritual. The force slammed the astral circle a second time and this time wailing noises followed from every direction. Crystal and Esmeralda gave each other concerned looks and they were worried about Sarah. She was sitting with her legs crossed. She hunched forward and rocked back and forth, as she held her eyes closed with her hands. The rest of the coven could hear that she was humming. Cmon we need to hold this circle at all costs! Esmeralda, redo the protection ritual while I try to banish this thing! Frank commanded, trying to regain control of the situation. The circle will hold while it is still physically anchored. I will help Esmeralda reinforce it astrally, Crystal said and she and Esmeralda began the protection ritual again.
18

The triangle and the number three also played an important role in Zakkarian mysticism. In some contexts, it was associated with restriction of form and manifestation into matter. It was in the triangle that they awaited the appearance of the spirit. The spirit did not always manifest in a physical form. Sometimes the spirit built itself a form from the thick smoke of the incense or otherwise appeared in some form of scrying medium. A scrying medium would be akin to the magic mirror used by Astrain in his encounter with Ifraan.
19

According to Zakkarian lore, a spirit could further be summoned and commanded by knowing its True Name. It was said that only physical man had the power to name and to define. The name was believed to contain the very essence of a being. In Zakkar, words themselves were believed to have the great power to define and build form.

44

Glen tried to comfort Sarah as she sank deeper into delirium. She seemed to be having a panic attack. These forms are hideous! They despise us all! They will kill us all! Sarah screamed. Glen tried to stop Sarah and hold her back as she jumped up and tried to escape the circle it was too late. Sarahs foot had crossed the circle threshold and thereby its integrity was broken, both physically and astrally. The coven tensely watched as some strange force overcame Sarah. Her face contorted into a horrific expression. Her very eyes filled with deep blackness. Crystal gazed into her eyes and saw spiritual emptiness and long deep despair. Sarah stood in silence on the outside of the circle, watching the coven with her black eyes. Foolish mortals! Unfortunately, Svarok is a little bit...detained at this moment. I saw your little ritual and came instead to deliver a message... Sarah said. Suddenly her voice and tone changed, a deep male voice replaced her own. WE WILL FEAST UPON YOUR ENTRAILS AND WHAT REMAINS SHALL DECORATE THE SUMMER PALACE OF OUR LORD! THE TIME OF TALMAR IS OVER! FOR THE VAR-LOKKUR! FOR THE EMPIRE! Sarah screamed as she rushed towards the terrified coven. She grabbed Glen, who was the nearest and in a feat of strength she lifted him up into the air with her hand clasped around his neck. Glen struggled back as best he could and tried to kick Sarah to get her to release him. Sarah! Its me, Glen! I love you! The spirit tightened its grip on Glens throat and began to suffocate him. Frank grabbed the Dathom and pointed it at Sarah. Begone, vile beast! In the name of Tal-Mu, you are cast from this world! Let the balance be restored! Frank commanded. The Var-Lokkur screamed and seemed somewhat weakened as Sarah loosened her grip on Glen. Curse Tal-Mu and her wretched designs! I sense that she is still so weak. This time she will not interfere! The wretched walls of your world will not stand against us for long! We will return to claim what is OURS by right! I thank you for helping me gain access to this world. Long has it been since I experienced the pleasures of living flesh. Now I will relish slaughtering the lot of you! Sarah said. A sudden draft blew through the room accompanied by sweet smelling fragrances. WHAT! How is this possible! This is not over! I will kill these mortals as commanded! Sarah said. The astonished coven watched as Sarah began to lift into the air. She tightened her grip on Glens throat again and lifted him up with her. It seems this is goodbye for now! Sarah said. Everything happened so fast as Sarah

45

with Glen in her grip smashed through the balcony windows. They flew right over the balcony and then the spirit simply let gravity take its toll. Frank rushed to the balcony to see what had happened and saw both of them dead on the ground. A dark shadowy form emerged from Sarahs body and quickly disappeared into the shadows of the night. Oh Svag! What just happened here?! This cant be happening?! Frank yelled. The other members of the coven tried to comfort each other and gather their senses. To everyones surprise, a female voice suddenly spoke audibly in the room and her voice seemed to bring with it calm and peace. Gradually, the form of a woman dressed in white robes began to take on form. She seemed to be bathed in a glow of light. Listen. I am still very weak and I cannot remain. What you are trying to do is unsafe for now. I have seen the one that can help you. One in whom the spark of magic is strong. However, he is trapped amidst a gathering storm and resides far to the south. In Illium, you will find the spark of magic. With these words, the woman in white faded away and the ritual chamber returned to normal.

Astrain had already spent two days on his journey to Cephaloria. He spent most of the trip sleeping, trying to forget the last few days. The train stopped in the city of Karos and Astrain got off to buy some food with the little Darim he had left and to do some leg stretching. He constantly felt the need to watch his back, afraid that someone may come after him and drag him off to Von Heilsigs camps. Astrain felt that something was watching him and he kept thinking he saw a shadowy form in the corner of his eye. However, when he turned to look directly at it there was nothing. The train moved on from Karos and its next stop would be Cephaloria. Astrain knew that his running away would hardly be a matter the police would be bothered about. He was a man now and old enough to make his own decisions. He felt sad about leaving his family under the circumstances, but he also felt that he had no other option. Finally, Astrain saw the vast towering Arathos Mountains in the distance. At the foothills lay the glorious gem of Talmar, Cephaloria. The large city was dwarfed by the mountains. Astrain admired the fertile green hills of the Muelo Valley as the train approached Cephaloria. The train then passed Lake Muelo, the largest lake on Talmar.

46

Large rivers and canals drained from the lake and connected Cephaloria to a system of lakes across Mallar. Through this system, Cephaloria eventually connected to the western sea of Lastrir and the system formed an important route for trade and commerce. Cephaloria had many minarets of Kandumoth temples and towers of Mallarim churches amidst its many tall skyscrapers, a blend of the old traditions and the new. The train moved into the city and Astrain disembarked at its first stop. Astrain immediately felt lost in the big city and had no clue what he was to do. He had no place to stay and he had very little Darim left anyway. As Astrain walked through the station, he again felt that someone was watching. Eerily, the station had quickly turned silent as the other commuters left and the train moved on to its next stop. Looking behind him, he noticed a man with a hooded cloak and his face concealed. Astrain walked a little faster and quickly peered over his shoulder again. The hooded man had picked up his own pace and was still following him. Astrain left the station at the nearest exit and walked out into one of the busy Cephalorian streets, filled with people going about their daily business. The large crowds along with the noise from the droves of traffic and the tall shadows of the buildings formed quite an intimidating scene to someone used to life in one of the small southern towns. Astrain tried to lose his pursuer in the dense crowd. When he looked behind him again, he saw that the man was gone. He was relieved. Suddenly, someone grabbed him by the shoulder. The hooded man placed his finger on his lips, signalling Astrain to keep quiet. Please, dont be alarmed. I am a friend. Why are you following me? We need to get out of here. I will tell you everything once we are safe at the Academy, The cloaked man said. No. I am not going anywhere with some stranger. Back off! We have no time for this. Anyone here can be the carrier! We need to hurry! The man grabbed Astrain by the wrist and Astrain resisted. Passersby began to stare at the strangely dressed man struggling with the young man. Astrain felt a sickening feeling in his stomach and sensed some terrible energy. An old woman stopped to see what the commotion was about. You there! Let him

47

go! I am calling the police! She said. She opened her handbag and scoured through it. She stopped and when she looked up again, Astrain saw empty black eyes. The woman smiled at Astrain with her hand still in the bag. She took out a nail file from the bag and rushed towards them. For the VarLokkur! For the Empire! Die! She screamed as she ran towards them with the sharp object, her face contorted into a frightening gesture. Astrain and the mysterious man had no time to think or move away as it all happened so fast. The woman stabbed the hooded man and kept on stabbing him relentlessly. Astrain had to act quickly and he immediately spoke the words of the Zakkarian protection ritual. Karosh! Lagor! Hlermu! Arthos! The old woman collapsed and fell down. She seemed to have lost consciousness and she laid there, her hands covered in blood. Astrain turned to the mysterious man who was lying in a pool of blood. He was still alive, but rapidly losing blood and consciousness. Other passersby stopped to see what had happened. Someone help us! Call an ambulance! Astrain called and one of the bystanders immediately dialled an emergency number. The cloaked man groaned and reached out to Astrain. Listen, go find Frank Rose or Laurence Laverney at the Academy of Knowledge. Tell them that Gareth sent you...I I found the spark of magic. Stay with me! Help is coming! Astrain said and he held the mans hand. He tried to apply pressure to the wounds. The Var-Lokkur assassin will not stop until we are all dead. Run! It could be in anyone now! Run! Gareth seemed to lose consciousness and Astrain nervously scanned through the crowd. He heard the sirens of an approaching ambulance. He felt bad about leaving the man behind, however the situation would have been tricky to explain to the authorities anyway. You will be fine. Help has arrived. Astrain fled from the scene and ran until he put some distance between himself and the scene. He hid in a nearby park, taking some trees as cover and watched the ambulance stop. He was relieved that at least the man would be fine once the paramedics helped him and got him to hospital. A paramedic climbed out of the vehicle and Astrain sensed the same gut wrenching awful energy from before. Astrain saw the same black emptiness in the paramedics eyes and the man seemed to look directly at

48

him. He felt unnerved that the creature seemed aware of his presence. The paramedic walked over to Gareth and snapped his neck with a quick twist. The surrounding crowd was horrified. One man tried to pull the paramedic away from Gareth and the man was thrown back with tremendous force. He flew through the air and crashed down a short distance further. Astrain could see that he was seriously injured and others among the crowd rushed to his aid. Amidst terrified screams, the paramedic collapsed and Astrain saw a black mist move out of his mouth and quickly disappear into the nearby shadows. Astrain ran deeper into the park, only hoping he could escape the creatures sight. Astrain was in shock. He felt numb and aimlessly wandered the park for a while. He was covered in blood and drew quite a few stares. He tried to wash the blood off under one of the taps in the park, but simply did not care at that moment what anyone thought anymore. An old woman out walking her poodle shook her head and gave Astrain a disgusted look. She was repulsed at the sight of yet another bum washing himself in one of the clean parks and especially the park dedicated to St. Conrad. Laurence Laverney will have the answers. I wonder how he is connected to all of this, Astrain thought. He quickly rinsed the blood from his shirt. There was no further sign of the Var-Lokkur and Astrain continued through the city streets. He asked some passersby for directions to the Academy of Knowledge. Much to his chagrin, he learned that it was located completely on the other side of the city. Astrain did not have enough Darim to take a bus or the subway, so he began his long walk. On the bright side, at least he had an opportunity to see more of the city. Astrain could see the conflict between the Cephalorian Atheist and Freethinkers Society and the Revival Movement all around. All around town, billboards were put up to advertise Von Heilsigs Church services and many signs contained quotes from the Book of Mallar, clearly instructing the people of Mallar to repent or face the consequences. One sign read, Only a fool could possibly say that there is no Jabal. Another sign that caught Astrains attention showed the difference between the afterlife for unbelievers and believers. The electronic sign switched between two scenes. One was of a paradise and its golden cities and another of a tortuous pit of fire and suffering. The sign asked its target audience, Where are you going? The Atheist and Freethinkers society started a campaign of their own with slogans

49

such as, Wake up and think for yourselves. The truth shall set you free . Or, Logical deduction and reason suggests that Jabal does not exist. Let us rather build a better world in the here and now. Astrain had some difficulty finding the Academy of Knowledge. The walk turned out to be even longer than he anticipated and the sun was setting by the time he reached the Academy gates. The academy was situated on a hill overlooking the city. Nearby were other important historical and government buildings such as the town hall, parliamentary buildings and courts of law. Higher up on the mountain slopes, stood the presidential mansion, which used to be the holy seat of the Mallarim Patriarch. Astrain walked through the gates of the Academy. The campus was huge, though signs pointed the way to the various educational departments. The old stone buildings on the campus were built in a classical Cephalorian style with its characteristic pointed arches and large spacious windows and interiors. The Academy was well known for its library, the National Cephalorian Library. It was one of the largest repositories of knowledge on Talmar, excluding the Nin-Kai collection of ancient Zakkarian texts not available elsewhere. Astrain walked past the library as he followed the signs to the historical department. He always wanted to see the famous circular library of the Academy. He noticed its friezes, which had always been a subject of controversy. One frieze depicted a dragon-like serpent that wound itself around the building. Other friezes depicted images of Zakkarian Emperors and sphinxes. All these images were rather controversial since they were carved during a time when a Patriarch still ruled in Cephaloria. The architect was charged with heresy for his creation. He defended himself stating that the dragon was the symbol of wisdom and freedom in the Zakkarian Empire. He claimed it to be a suitable symbol for a place of great knowledge. 20 The Emperor statues were defaced and replaced with depictions of the Mallarim saints, led by Conrad. The entire scene was changed to show the dominance of the Church of Mallar, as the saints trampled the dragon underfoot. A statue of Conrad with his sword lifted in the air stood atop the domed ceiling of the building. Astrain found the gardens of the campus very soothing with all the trees and bubbling
20

The Architect, Bruno Giordani was actually a member of a secret society known as the Order of the Dawn Star. A highly secretive magical order, while suppressed by the Old Mallar Church the Order survived into modern times due to their secrecy. The Order tried to revive Zakkarian magic and the Pagan Religions. The rich, affluent and highly educated were approached by the Order to serve as patrons and become initiates. Frank Roses father, the affluent Cephalorian businessman Gerald Rose was the last hierophant of the Order, with Laurence Laverney as his successor. However, the order was decimated and its members killed off under mysterious circumstances two years ago. Laurence and Frank are the only two surviving members.

50

streams all around. Neatly trimmed hedges were formed into mazes or trimmed into all sorts of artistic shapes. Astrain reached the Archaeological and Historical Department and was immediately entranced. The architecture incorporated Zakkarian architectural elements into its design, including features such as Zakkarian sphinxes and obelisks lining the path to the entrance. Large stone slabs with Zakkarian writing stood on the outside of the building. The slabs were actual excavated relics from the nearby ruins of Kalosh-Tal and Astrain could figure out that the slabs told the story of a Zakkarian sorcerer king, Mingar, who supposedly aided his people through his control of the weather. The department grounds also had a small replica of a Zakkarian stepped pyramid. Astrain entered the Department Building and noticed signs indicating the way to a museum, classes and offices. Stairs led up and out of the entrance hall on both sides. A receptionist sat at a desk near the front entrance to help with any enquiries. Behind her desk stood another stone slab with more of the exploits of Mingar. She looked up briefly as Astrain entered the building. Hello maam. I am here to see Professor Laverney, You can go right through. Just go up the stairs on the left. His room is the one at the end of the hall. Astrain walked to the office and knocked on the door. His heart was pounding. He was about to meet his lifelong mentor. Come on in! Astrain entered the office and noticed that Professor Laverney was having a heated discussion with a younger man. The professor had grey hair, a long grey beard and green eyes. Astrain immediately thought of the stories of the great and wise wizards from Zakkarian lore. The younger man was tall and had black hair and brown eyes. Astrain felt a charge in the air as he entered the office and both men seemed to radiate a feeling Astrain recognized all too well - A feeling of magic in the air. The office was a spacious room with its walls completely covered with shelves of books. Between the shelves, the walls were decorated with more Zakkarian language tablets and some old statues of the Zakkarian Emperors in their regal poses. The regal poses showed the emperors with their hands crossed over their chests and with the royal regalia of dagger and wand in their hands. Astrain noticed

51

that one of the statues was of the empress Shakim, the mother of Conrad. Shakim was the last Zakkarian ruler who opposed the Mallarim and she was notorious as one of the rulers who actively sought to suppress the new faith through laws and edicts. She feared the Mallarim and the unrest they caused in the Empire in their quest for independence and ever more political power. Rumours circulated that Conrad had his mother assassinated and it was Conrad or Saint Conrad who made the Mallarim faith the new state religion and compulsory to all. Astrain was fascinated by the rich history before him, an interesting history unfortunately forgotten and ignored by most Talmarians. Astrain saw a large statue of the Zakkarian Dragon behind Laurences desk. The dragon in its regal pose with its outstretched wings was a symbol of the Empire and a symbol of freedom from oppression. Professor Laverney? Astrain said and walked up to the desk. Laurence and Frank Rose ended their discussion and turned their attention to the visitor. Yes, can I help you my good man? Please, call me Laurence. Gareth sent me. He met me at the train station, Astrain said, he hesitated for a moment. I am sorry to have to tell you this, but Gareth is dead. They were stunned to silence for a moment. What?! How? The thing called itself a Var-Lokkur. It seemed to move into different people and possess them. Gareth was murdered by that that thing, Astrain said. Laurence shook his head sadly. I warned Gareth that he should not leave our warded areas. He still insisted on going. He believed that the one he was looking for would be in danger from the assassin as well. Did Gareth tell you anything else? He mentioned something about a spark of magic. To tell you that he found it, Astrain said. Hmmm... Astrain felt rather uncomfortable, as Laurence stared. This is very interesting indeed. You do have a rather unique magical signature. What is your name?

52

Astrain, sir. It seems we will need your help if we are to make any sense of our current predicament, Laurence said. Poor Gareth, he was a good friend and a valuable member of our coven, Frank said as he broke out of his silent sorrowful stare. I am sorry about Gareth, Frank. We will all miss him. I knew you two were close friends, Laurence said. Should I leave you alone at this time? Astrain asked. No, please stay. This matter has become quite urgent and we will need your help. We are all in danger from that Var-Lokkur and it is relentless in its pursuit, Frank said. It is an honour to finally meet you Professor. I have been studying your works for most of my life. Though, I always thought you were an atheist, Astrain said. People today want to label and categorize everything it seems. I dont quite know how I got my reputation as an atheist. Perhaps the idea of a scientist into forbidden research naturally led to the conclusion, Laurence grinned, indicating for Astrain to have a seat. It is good to meet a fellow magic user in the world of academia. How can I help you exactly? I dont think I understand why you need me, Astrain said. Surely you must have sensed or experienced that something is happening with magic all over Talmar. It has become more unstable than ever. There have been some strange anomalies, Frank said. The astral plane has become turbulent and shrouded in obfuscation. We even found that some powerful force was tearing rifts into the very astral fabric of our world. However, each time we have attempted to find out why all this is happening, powerful magical forces have tried to stop us, Laurence said.

53

Scrying, astral projection and even remote viewing, all these methods are subject to interference and turbulence and it is almost as if some power wants to prevent any attempts at gathering information magically. Something wants us to stay in the dark, Frank said. He looked thoughtfully at Astrain before continuing. We strongly suspect that whatever is responsible for these disturbances is also responsible for the Var-Lokkur. The Var-Lokkur did mention its master. Some powerful force is behind all of this. It must have great power indeed if it could command Var-Lokkur! I think I know what you are talking about. I have encountered a powerful force trying to interfere twice now. The first time was during a projection and then again during an evocation, Astrain said. Laurence and Frank listened intently as he described his vision to them and revealed the details about his evocation of Ifraan. Laurence smiled and Astrain hoped that he was putting the pieces together. I have been hearing more and more about these Var-Lokkur recently. I never even knew they existed and I have never encountered one of them in the astral plane before. All I do know about them is that they are mentioned in both the Book of Mallar and the Book of Kandum. They will torment the unbelievers and carry out Jabals judgement, Astrain said. Ah, but the term means quite a bit more than the description in the holy texts. Original references to Var-Lokkur can be found in numerous Zakkarian sources21. Most of these sources are unfortunately incomplete, as Conrad and Mallar took special care to destroy them during their reforms, Laurence said. Astrain noticed that his face lit up at the opportunity to talk about his favourite subject and share his knowledge. We do know that the Zakkarians feared and hated the Var-Lokkur and their king NinGursai. The texts reveal that the Var-Lokkur came from worlds beyond our own and manifested physically in our world. They caused chaos and destruction and tried to enslave the Zakkarians, perhaps they even succeeded. Most scholars, including myself, always thought these stories were just that stories. Myths the Zakkarians developed to explain certain phenomena, Laurence said. Frank stared at the shelves, deep in his own thoughts. Something Astrain mentioned from his own encounters got him thinking. Astrain, you say you saw dark robed figures chanting? Frank turned
21

The term Var-Lokkur is usually used in the plural to refer to a group or race of beings called VarLokkur. Though the singular use of Var-Lokkur to refer to a specific individual of the race is also attested in surviving Zakkarian accounts.

54

his attention to Laurence. Laurence, do you think The Brotherhood can be connected to all of this somehow? That would mean that our current problems actually started quite a while ago. Our very laxity at striking back at the Brotherhood could have caused all of this! Frank said. If we had tried to take on the Brotherhood we would have been dead as well! We knew nothing about them or their numbers. You are not responsible for what happened to your father and the others. They knew the risks involved! Laurence said. Astrain stared blankly at the two men. What are you talking about? What Brotherhood? Astrain asked. Laurence and Frank looked at each other apprehensively. Laurence nodded to Frank. No use in still keeping the orders existence a secret. Franks father and I used to belong to an order that has always worked behind the scenes to guide Mallar society. We worked for the values of freedom and equality. Our predecessors were even involved in the Enlightened Revolt itself. The Order of the Dawn Star was formed from the new rising elite of Cephalorian society, Laurence said. Frank continued: The order always had an interest in the Zakkarian religions and in its magic and the order was to form a last line of defence between our world and those beyond, should trouble ever threaten from beyond, as the Zakkarians seemed to suspect would be the case. The Order of the Dawn Star is the same as the Brotherhood? Astrain asked. No. The Brotherhood was something even more ancient and something very dark indeed. A few years ago, Franks father discovered a corrupt ritual performed by The Brotherhood, while he was searching the astral plane. Their rituals caused disruption and it seemed to be aimed at weakening the barrier between our world and others, Laurence said. My father even tried to disrupt their ritual, but they were far more powerful than any of us ever suspected. They launched a magical war against the Order and all the members died, one by one in mysterious accidents. All the deaths were ruled out as accidental, a car crash in one case or a fall in another. However, all the deceased members had their eyes gouged out by means the police could

55

never exactly determine. The eyes had been scorched out of their sockets. We figured that this was a message from the Brotherhood to stop investigating their affairs, Frank said. Frank and I are all that remains of the Order. We still know next to nothing about the Brotherhood or their true motives, Laurence said. This Brotherhood almost sounds like the Adversary Worship conspiracies that so many Mallarim seem obsessed with, Astrain said. The Brotherhood is much worse and they are well organized. We suspect they have been influencing events through Talmarian history for a long time. Frank said. Laurence went to pour them some drinks from a fridge in his office. Astrain was thankful, as he had not had anything to eat or drink the whole day. So, what do you guys think we should do next? Arent you worried about the Var-Lokkur attacking you here? Astrain said. This area is warded by magical glyphs. The wards have been doing a good job so far at keeping the creature at bay. We never took the extra precautions when the creature first attacked and this mistake has taken its toll in the lives of our friends. However, we should be safe now as long as we remain within a magically protected area, Laurence said and he pointed Astrain to several Zakkarian runes inconspicuously written around the room. Gareth was trying to conceal his appearance. Is it possible to hide from the Var-Lokkur like that? Astrain asked. Well...The surviving Zakkarian accounts confirm that Var-Lokkur can move in two forms. As a spirit, it has access to all its senses and can lock onto and trace a persons unique energy signature. Except for powerful magic, it will be impossible to ever really hide from the Var-Lokkur in that form. On the other hand, when the Var-Lokkur enters the body of a host, they become restricted by the restraints of the body and its senses, Laurence said.

56

So, Gareth must have thought that the Var-Lokkur was using a human host while tracking him. He did not know that the Var-Lokkur could so readily move from body to body, Frank said sadly. We did conclude that the Var-Lokkur seem to relish the physical form in a mockery of the human condition, Laurence said. Why dont the Var-Lokkur simply possess their victims and make them kill themselves? Astrain asked. That is exactly what happened to one of the members of our coven, Sarah. I have no idea why the Var-Lokkur has not simply tried to possess the rest of us directly. Perhaps they can possess only certain individuals. Yet, we dont know what the common denominator is here, Frank said. Laurence walked over to one of his many shelves and picked up an old leather bound tome. Astrain noticed that the book was labelled simply as Kalosh-Tal Transcriptions. There is one rare inscription I remember that references the Var-Lokkur directly. The so called Giral-Gatom inscription, Laurence said and paged through the text. Ah, here it is. Still, it is rather vague. The inscription goes on about the horrors brought into the world by Var-Lokkur and a rebellion in the first age against their oppression. It also says that when the Var-Lokkur were banned from the world, they could only return when Talmarians willingly submit to them and give up their free will. Laurence closed the book. Not very helpful. At least we know that this means that one has to do something before falling prey to these creatures. Luckily, we still seem fine, Laurence said. What do you think my vision means? Do you think that this ties in to everything that has happened? Astrain asked. It is too early to be sure. You mentioned the worldstone and you heard those strange words, which is interesting. The words I do recognize. They are from a spell, a rather dark piece of poetry supposedly written by Mallar himself. Those words you heard are only a small part of the larger invocation. The dialect is Old Empire Zakkarian. Very ancient. The spell was an invocation that called the end of Talmar. Literally it translates: The works of man shall be as naught and his dwelling places shall become the habitations of the beasts of the field, Laurence said.

57

Harsh, Astrain said. As for the worldstone, you probably know as much about it as we do. There is no real evidence for its existence or even for the existence of the Zakkarian capital of Tal-Mu. No one would willingly seek the ire of the religious factions by actually funding an expedition to the western islands either. The worldstone therefore remains a myth. There is no clear surviving evidence on what it was really supposed to do either. Some old Zakkarian stories however say the stone held the power of creation; others say that it granted visions of things to come or allowed travel between worlds, Frank said. Astrain noticed that Laurence looked at Frank quite proudly. Frank did his Masters thesis on the Zakkarian myths surrounding the stone. The Wendarog do still believe that the stone sunk beneath the waves with Tal-Mu and that it remains on the bottom of the ocean to this day, Laurence said. Another key to the puzzle may actually involve Tal-Mu. Not the city, but the Zakkarian dragon itself. You say you heard a female voice speaking to you from the Wendarog islands? Well, we encountered a similar force during the evocation when the Var-Lokkur attacked. Instinctively I commanded the Var-Lokkur to leave in the name of Tal-Mu, the protector of Zakkar and it seemed to work. The VarLokkur left and an apparition of a woman in white appeared to us, Frank said. And you suspect this woman could have been Tal-Mu herself? Laurence asked. Stranger things have happened before. I feel that my abjuration in the name of Tal-Mu and the apparition are somehow connected, Frank said. This brings us to the issue of the spark of magic she referred to, Laurence said. The three men continued their discussion as they tried to make sense of the recent events.

Meanwhile, the Var-Lokkur assassin was frantically trying to trace the remainder of the coven. It watched the many spiritual sparks that inhabited the city of Cephaloria as it scanned for the unique energy signatures of its victims. Amidst the busy astral byways, the Var-Lokkur made its way to the

58

astral counterpart of the Academy of Knowledge. Yet, it felt itself repelled by a powerful force field surrounding the Historical and Archaeological Department. Fool! You let them escape you. Now they hide behind their magic! I also see that Kaleiha has been on Talmar, working magic of his own. Eliminate the boy called Astrain and the entire coven. Need I remind you how dangerous this boy is? Fail me again and you will suffer the consequences, A voice thundered through the astral plane. I understand master. I will not fail you again, The Var-Lokkur said. There was no way he could penetrate the magical barrier, so his spiritual form dispersed back into shadow to bide his time...

I heard Gareth mention the spark of magic. He believed he found it with me. What exactly was he talking about? Astrain asked. It is an obscure part of the Zakkarian prophecies we uncovered recently from the library of KaloshTal. It prophesied that a child would be born who would be destined to return magic to the world and return Talmar to a golden age of true spirituality. This child would be a child of Kaleiha, the ancient god of magic. Magic would be drawn to this child and pool around him and he will have great control over magic and command over all spirits. However, this prophecy is out of place and even contradicted by the other parts of the prophecy. The prophecies are rather clear that the creator will destroy Talmar. Perhaps the Zakkarians expected a saviour of their own, Laurence said. That is twisted. This saviour of the Zakkarians sounds almost like the Adversary in the Holy Books. He will lead the world astray with signs and wonders, Astrain said. He stared out the large window behind Laurences desk. The idea actually made him feel rather important, even special. Indeed. Yet, the holy books say that the Adversary will be destroyed by the righteous. All of this is very strange indeed and we would be wise to treat such things with caution, Laurence said. Frank looked at his watch. We should be headed back to your apartment. Esmeralda and Crystal will meet us there, Frank said.

59

Yes. I suspect Astrain must be quite tired and hungry after his ordeal, Laurence looked at Astrain. Esmeralda and Crystal are the other two coven members and they have been attempting more investigations of their own. When we meet, we can discuss how we are to proceed with the situation, Laurence said. The three men left the Historical Department building and once outside, Astrain could hear Laurence recite a quick Zakkarian incantation to shield them. Laurences apartment was situated on the campus grounds. It formed part of an apartment block that provided housing to some of the lecturers at the Academy and to the heads of the various residences. The apartment building was built in the same classical style as the rest of the Academy. Inside Laurences apartment, Astrain noticed that it was quite spacious. It was minimalistically decorated, with only the most basic items a home would need, in order to still be called a home. Stacks of books and papers lay all about the apartment. It was not that Laurence did not want to be tidy or neat; rather he was constantly doing research in his pursuit of knowledge. Archaeological relics stood and lay all over the apartment, as Laurence was busy classifying the items from a recent dig. Astrain noticed more magical protection symbols all over the apartment. Laurence opened a bottle of wine for them and Astrain felt right at home with his new friends. He felt like he belonged. They shared stories about magical experiments, their successes and failures. Astrain told them all about his ordeals in Illium and how he had fled to Cephaloria. You are of course welcome to stay here with me as long as you need, Laurence offered. Frank noticed that Astrain looked rather uncomfortable. Dont worry. Laurence only seems like a lonely old man. I assure you he has no interest in younger men whatsoever, Frank laughed. I wasnt thinking about anything like that. I just dont want to impose is all, Astrain said. Nonsense. You will not be imposing at all! I would welcome the company of a fellow scholar. You can even help me sort through these shards, Laurence said and pointed at a box filled with shards from a broken tablet. Oh. Ok. Thank you very much. I will stay until I can make an alternative arrangement, Astrain said.

60

You can always enrol at the academy now. You can even help around the department and with excavations. Everything will work out fine, Laurence said. Listen guys. I have to get back to my own apartment. I will join you again later with Esmeralda and Crystal. I think Astrain may like to meet other magic users, probably a rarity in a small town like Illium. We would love to welcome you as part of our little family, Frank said and he saw himself out of the apartment. I think you should at least call your parents and let them know that you are safe. There is nothing quite as terrible as not knowing whether your child is safe. You can use my phone, Laurence said and showed Astrain to the phone. He noticed that Laurence seemed sad for a moment when he mentioned children. Astrain had noticed many pictures of Laurence with a woman and a child around the apartment. However, he did not want to pry. Astrain dialled the number for their house in Illium. His heart was beating faster. What was he going to say to them? Elizabeth answered Hello, Juliene residence. Hi, sis. How are you? She gasped when she heard his voice. It is good to hear from you! Where are you? I am safe and everything is fine. I am with professor Laverney and will be staying with him for a while. Laverney? So you finally got to meet your life long mentor. Thats wonderful. Mom and Dad will be so happy to hear that you are safe. Are they there? Unfortunately not. They are at a meeting at the church. I will tell them you called. I may be passing through Cephaloria soon and I will bring you some of your stuff. You will never believe where I am going. You will probably hate the idea though, Elizabeth said. Where are you going?

61

You will have to wait. I will tell you when I meet you. I suppose I can reach you on this number? Yes. This is Laurences home phone number, Mom and Dad feel pretty bad about what happened. I think they would like to talk to you. Dad feels guilty about involving Mister Patterson in our family affairs, How is Arthos? He is doing well. But he lies around the whole day staring out at the street. I think he misses you, Goodbye sis. I will speak to you again later. Tell Mom and Dad that I am ok, Laurence came back into the room after leaving Astrain to some privacy. He carried a bundle of clothes with a new toothbrush. I have some extra items you can use and I do have some clean clothes that may fit. Make yourself right at home, Laurence said. Thank you Laurence. You have been really kind, Astrain said. Laurence showed him to a spare room where he could sleep. Astrain lay down on the bed for a moment and thought about the events of the day. He soon drifted off to sleep, only to have a nightmare about a bony hand constantly tapping on his window. In the dream, he stood up to investigate and the terrifying face of a VarLokkur stood by the window staring at him. Its eyes filled with black emptiness. You cant escape me forever. I will kill you all! Astrain heard the Var-Lokkur say in his mind. The Var-Lokkur banged on the magical shield generated by the glyphs with increasing violence. I am coming for you! Astrain awoke to hear a banging on the window, but it was only a branch from a nearby tree blowing in the wind. A storm was brewing. Chapter 3: Var-Lokkur In Illium, Derrick was alone in his upstairs bedroom. His father had just come back from the missionary expedition in Kandum the previous day. Derrick would have usually been overjoyed at seeing his father, but that particular day a heavy atmosphere hung over him and the entire Defoe household. Derrick felt that he just wanted to be alone and so, there he sat in his room, clutching the

62

small-inscribed iron amulet Astrain had once given to him. Derrick recalled Astrains words from the time he had given him the amulet as a gift, This will protect you and keep you safe from all harm and danger. Derrick never really believed in the magic of the amulet, but Astrain did have it specially made for him. Derrick did appreciate the sentiments behind it. He clutched the amulet tightly as he thought about his friend and he realized how much he actually missed him. Numerous times Derrick wanted to pick up the phone and call Astrain. He wanted to tell him that he was sorry about his harsh words. Derrick knew it was too late though, he had heard from Elizabeth that Astrain had run away to Cephaloria and Derrick had no idea how he could possibly reach him there. Derrick just sat in his room waiting anxiously. Soon Von Heilsig would be there at the house to pick him up and take him away to the camp that supposedly cured deviant behaviour and helped troubled youths. His bag with some clothing was already packed. Now he had to wait, a long drawn out wait, for Von Heilsig to come. Derrick had some misgivings about attending the camp, but when he expressed his concerns to his father, a big fight had erupted between the two of them. You will go to that camp and you will come back cured of your unnatural impulses! It was that damn Astrain who had such a bad influence on you! Derrick heard his fathers words as he re-played their argument in his head. The Book of Mallar forbids this kind of behaviour! Those that try to convince the world that this behaviour is somehow natural, are all deceived by the Adversary and they are on the road to perdition. You have no choice You are going to this camp! Derrick recalled the words his mother added to the argument. Derricks parents had confiscated all the gifts Astrain had given him over the years earlier that day. They did this at the instruction of Von Heilsig, apparently to cleanse the occult influence around Derrick and any spell Astrain may have used to keep him in bondage. The small iron amulet Derrick still grasped, survived only because he had kept it hidden in a chest under his bed. The doorbell rang and Derrick could hear his father opening the door and greeting the guest, most likely Von Heilsig had arrived. He anxiously listened as he heard footsteps ascending the stairs and then he heard the doorknob rattling as someone tried to open the door. Derrick had locked the door when he came into his room. Derrick! Open this door immediately! His father called. Come on Derrick, we just want to help you, we can cure you of your confusion. Derrick recognized

63

Von Heilsigs voice. Derrick hesitated for a moment and then stood up to unlock the door. Von Heilsig and his father burst into the room and stood there in the doorway. You have to come with me Derrick, Von Heilsig said as he extended his hand towards Derrick and smiled. Derrick seemed hesitant for a moment. A part of him did want to go to the camp. A part of him did want the confusion to cease..."Cmon Derrick, you arent going to make this harder for everyone, now are you? Von Heilsig said as two large, muscled men entered the room. I suggest you come with us now without making a scene, Von Heilsig said and then turned to Derricks father. You wouldnt believe the fight some of these kids put up. We will return your son to you as a productive member of society, Von Heilsig said. Derrick looked at the two burly escorts. Fine. I will go with you, Derrick said, he then hid the amulet in the pocket of his trousers. The two men escorted him out of the room and house and to a white van parked outside. Von Heilsig followed them. The two bodyguards opened the back of the van where two other young men were already waiting. One of the guards nudged Derrick to get in while Von Heilsig shared some words with his father. Derrick took a seat on the uncomfortable floor in the back of the van. The young man next to him extended his hand in greeting. Hi, I am Christopher, Derrick shook his hand. Derrick. Nice to meet you. Christopher was a tall guy with brown hair and brown eyes. Derrick could not see what was wrong with him according to Von Heilsigs standards. He looked like a regular guy. A pale figure joined the two of them. The scrawny young man greeted both of them by hand. Hi, Im Jason. Derrick thought his handshake a little limp - not as firm as it should be for a real man. Jason was dressed in black and had black hair and blue eyes. His hair looked like it was dyed at one point. Jasons eyes had some dark colouration around it. Derrick almost thought it was make up. On closer inspection though, Jason looked spent, as if he had been crying recently. Derrick could not help but feel sorry for him - it seemed a heavy burden was weighing him down. No talking! One of Von Heilsigs guards joined them in the back of the van and closed the doors behind him. The other guard climbed in the front with Von Heilsig and the van drove off. The long drive was spent in silence as the guard kept an angry watch over the vans three occupants. The back of the van had no windows and Derrick had no way of seeing where they were headed. After a drive of what seemed to be hours, the

64

van finally stopped. The guard from the front opened the doors and motioned for the young men to climb out. Derrick recognized the area. He saw the Dragons Claw Mountains in the distance. The camp was on the shores of a Lake, which Derrick figured to be Lake Atrius. He had been on holiday in the area before, though now he saw the Lake and Mountains from another angle entirely. The compound consisted out of several dorm buildings and a large hall for religious meetings. Von Heilsig also had a small office on the compound. The camp had an electrified fence all around and guards by the gates. Guards had locked the gate once the van was inside. We need the extra security to keep undesirables out. Besides, we get all types of troubled kids out here. Some of them have drug or other serious problems. We cannot have them running around in the woods! I do assure you, the Lord has worked wonders in the lives of many of these young men, Von Heilsig said when he noticed Derrick looking at the fence. Christopher, Derrick and Jason joined another group of young men standing in single file with the few items they were allowed to bring along. It is good to have you all here. The Lord has revealed to me that he can work wonders in your lives if you merely open your hearts and minds. This weekend we are going to have fun and we are going to learn. Ultimately, you will come away from this experience transformed! New people bathed in the glory of the Lord! Von Heilsig said. Derrick became nervous as he saw a swirling shadowy shape stirring in the shadows of one of the dorm buildings. The Lord Jabal wants you to take responsibility in the world. He wants you to be real men. Heads of the household. Future leaders of Talmar! The Lord has commanded us to rule and subjugate the earth as part of our responsibility as men! This weekend we will stop shying away from our responsibilities! You will learn to be god-fearing men. You will learn what it means to be obedient unto the Lord! Von Heilsig said. Another man came out of the office to join Von Heilsig. Derrick recognized the mans uniform as from the Mallar Armed Forces. Based on the amount of insignia on the uniform, the man was obviously of very high rank. This is General Lafayette, currently the highest ranking member of the Mallar Armed Forces. He will be joining us for the weekend and he also has a few words to share, Von Heilsig said. As Von Heilsig has said, the Book of Mallar makes it clear that men should take the leading role in the home and that men should serve their nation as productive citizens. We must be willing to fight

65

for what is right! What better way to learn these values than by joining the army! You will not only serve this great nation of ours, but you will also have an opportunity to see the world. Even such faraway places as the ancient Zakkarian desert or the Wendarog Islands. Seriously consider this over the course of the weekend. Thank you, Lafayette said. We will now have a praise and worship session in the hall. After that, you will be divided into your quarters for the weekend. Tonight I will call on several of you for a private session, where I will plummet into the depths of your psyche. We will root out any taint the Adversary may yet have on you! Derrick tried to listen to the bubbling waters of the lake. He watched the golden glow on the water from the sunset. He tried to grasp onto any pleasant image, as he saw Var-Lokkur continuously moving in the shadows. He could hear them whisper. This one is dangerous. He has the taint of magic. I suspect he can see us, One Var-Lokkur whispered in the shadows. Do you think the goymar can hear us as well? We had better report this. This is a bad sign, Another Var-Lokkur whispered from the darkness. The other boys prepared to leave for the hall. Derrick! Are you all right? Von Heilsig asked. I am fine sir, Derrick said. You have the sight, dont you? You can see the Var-Lokkur? Yes how do you know? Dont worry about the Var-Lokkur. They may be grotesque, but I do assure you that things are not always as they appear. You do know your Book of Mallar? Yes, probably not as well as I should but I do know it, Derrick said. Then you know the Var-Lokkur are mere emissaries of Jabal. They hold no power on their own and I assure you they mean us no harm. They may bring the judgement of Jabal upon unbelievers who persist in their wicked ways. However, a faithful Mallarim has nothing to fear. We do need to rid you of the sight though. The Lord does not desire us to see such things. He never intended for us to

66

witness the spiritual world, Von Heilsig said. He escorted Derrick to the hall to join the rest of the boys in the praise and worship session. A popular Mallarim rock band from Lyonas, Righteous Light came to guide the praise and worship session. Their theme was - Bring back the Lord. Derrick noticed that Jason seemed very annoyed and he only reluctantly joined in the song and dance after he noticed Von Heilsig was watching him. Von Heilsig had also prepared a short sermon for the boys. You are the last generation, living in the last hours of the last days. I believe that the Lord will work wonders in the lives of this generation. You will bear witness to some amazing things and you may even be the generation to witness the return of the Lord in all his glory! Beware of the snares of the Adversary, for he is always ready to pounce on and seize the unwary in his jaws. However, The Book of End Days gives us the promise that the time of the Adversary will end. This end may only come after much tribulation, but the judgement of Jabal will descend upon the world and the Adversary and all his servants will be cast into the lake of everburning fire. All those that did not accept Jabal and Mallar will be counted among the servants of the Adversary, as well as those that betrayed the true faith. Their fate would be the fire! The Book of End Days makes the promise that the righteous warriors of Jabal, the warriors of light, will strike down the Adversary. They will free the world from darkness. Perhaps the warriors of light will be from among this very generation! Perhaps these warriors may even be the fine young men before me. Will you become warriors of the light? The crowd cheered. Righteous Light started playing again. After the worship session and dinner, the boys were divided into groups. Each group was assigned to one of the dormitories. Derrick was quite relieved that he was placed with Jason and Christopher. At least he already knew them somewhat. The groups split up and one of the camp attendants led Derrick and his group to their small room. Three bunk beds awaited them and they quickly unpacked their essential items. Soon all three of them were taking some time to relax on their beds. So, why are you guys here? Derrick asked. I live with my grandparents. They flipped when I once said I found the Book of Mallar a little hard to believe at times, Christopher said.

67

And you got sent here for that? Derrick said. I dont think it is just that. They already forced me to have a long talk with our pastor over that. They also have a problem with me drinking and smoking. I suppose they are worried about me and they think I may be turning out like my father, Christopher said. Your father? Jason said. I never even knew the guy. Apparently, he was an Adversary Worshipper. My grandparents gained custody when he was deemed an unfit parent. I think I am here just to make sure I am not tainted by the Adversary any longer, Christopher said. How about you Jason? Derrick asked. I dont even want to be here. My parents had me kidnapped by Von Heilsig and his goons. They said it was for my own good. I come from Noragen22. That should say quite a bit, Jason said. Why? What should the fact you come from there tell us? Christopher asked. You guys probably dont follow all the news. Noragen always makes the headlines for acts of religious violence. We have had gay men bashed up and even killed and abortion clinics bombed, recently a doctor was shot. Its a crazy place! Jason said and hesitated a moment. I was sent here after my boyfriend got beaten up near the church. My stepfather said they feared for my own safety. Derrick noticed that Jason was getting angry. I really do not need to be here. I am happy with how things are. I should be with Gary right now - he needs me at this time. They even forbade me to see him! Svagging turds You have a boyfriend? Derrick asked. Jason could see that both of his roommates seemed shocked and moved uncomfortably. They were probably not used to meeting someone so open about his sexuality.

22

Noragen is situated on the south coast of Mallar. South of Illium. It is one of the large port cities along the coastline. Well known for its fishing industry and automobile manufacture.

68

The Book of Mallar says that homosexuality is an abomination. Jabal even instructed the first Mallarim to kill such people. How can you justify your actions and your reluctance to change? Derrick said. Oh, the people of Noragen know that passage in their holy book all too well. I think the Book of Mallar is a relic of a bygone age! Jason watched again as his roommates shifted even more uncomfortably. Cmon! We know much more today than the barbarians who wrote the holy texts ever did. Homosexuality is actually found in nature. We had a male penguin couple in the Noragen Zoo recently. They even adopted an abandoned chick. My real father is a biologist at the Academy of Knowledge. He even did research that showed species without occurrences of homosexuality are actually the exception, Jason said. Humans are not animals. We are the crown of Jabals creation and we must act according to his will. We can choose between what is right and wrong, Christopher said. Well if the guy found homosexuality so abominable, why would he allow it to occur naturally? Jason said. I think I know the answer to that. The guy DOES NOT EVEN EXIST! Surely, if he existed, we would have had some evidence of his existence or we would have met him by now, Jason said. Just look around you at nature. Surely that proves he exists, Christopher said. You can use that argument to prove the existence of any of the Zakkarian gods too, Jason said. Christopher was getting annoyed. At least I know I will be safe when I die! Yes and apparently fear and afterlife assurance is your only reason to believe, Jason said. Derrick, this guy is impossible! Christopher said. Derrick had become silent a while back during the conversation. Why were you sent here Derrick? Jason asked. I dont want to talk about it right now, Derrick said.

69

The boys heard a knock on the door. One of the camp attendants entered. Jason Kohl, Von Heilsig wants to see you in his office. Please come with me, The attendant said. This is going to be interesting. Perhaps I can expose him for the money grubbing charlatan that he is! Jason said. He left with the attendant who escorted him to Von Heilsigs office.

Astrain was disturbed by his recent dream. During the dream, he could feel the same terrible energy he first experienced when the Var-Lokkur attacked him and Gareth. He found Laurence sitting in the living room scribbling some notes and sorting through the box of tablet shards. Good to see you are awake. I could use some help with this, Laurence said. The doorbell rang. Must be Frank and the girls. This will have to wait, Laurence said and he stood up to answer the door. Laurence invited the new arrivals inside. Crystal had long red hair and blue eyes. Astrain though she really looked like a magical being, like from the old tales. An elven queen perhaps. Astrain could sense a deep well of magic in her and some old sadness as well. She wore a silver pentagram around her neck along with other jewellery. Esmeralda had long black hair and brown eyes. She wore a turquoise necklace around her neck with a turquoise pendant of a serpent biting its own tail - a symbol of the Wendarog and their supposed secret society of Ophites. Astrain remembered from one of Laurences books that apparently turquoise was frequently used in the cult of Tal-Mu. Both Esmeralda and Crystal were dressed in black. If only Mr. Patterson were here to see this! Astrain thought. Esmeralda and Crystal took turns to hug Laurence. They both seemed sad. The traces of red in Crystals eyes revealed she had been crying recently. We heard about what happened to Gareth. It is just terrible. I really feel sorry for his family, Crystal said. Just last night Gareth was still helping us to perform a divination. I cant believe he is gone, Esmeralda said. Your divination worked, Laurence said and he motioned for Astrain to join them. Gareth managed to trace the individual mentioned by the woman in white. I would like you to meet Astrain, Laurence moved away so that Astrain could greet the two women. A pleasure to meet you, Astrain said and shook both their hands. Lets go sit down, Laurence said and the girls went to sit down in the living

70

room. Frank also followed them into the apartment. I had to spend the whole evening giving a statement at the police station. I think our cover story on Glen and Sarah will work, Frank said. When everyone was seated the coven could begin their meeting. Have you learnt anything new about our assailant or the disturbances? Laurence asked. We are now officially dry docked astrally. Astral projection no longer seems to work, Esmeralda said. Neither does scrying. The whole astral plane is turbulent and disrupted. Everything shrouded in darkness. The situation is deteriorating fast, Crystal said. What can actually prevent astral projection? I thought it was a natural skill accomplished by good concentration and trance, Astrain said. We dont know exactly. Perhaps the astral turbulence does not allow the ideal conditions for projection. It is even hard to meditate. Lots of strange energy around. We have never encountered anything like this before, Crystal said. The divination you did last night seemed to work, Frank said. Yes, but with difficulty. Took a few attempts to read the runes. We kept getting vague answers at first. When we asked about Astrain though, the runes pointed us in the right direction, Crystal said. It seems you are a bright light amidst the gathering darkness. Magic is still strong around you, even drawn to you, Esmeralda said. And what about the Var-Lokkur? Laurence asked. The divination did indicate that the Var-Lokkur are directly tied to the disturbances. The Zakkarian runes we drew to learn of its purpose or alliances were Teleph and Bakal. Divine Justice and War. No idea what that part meant though, Crystal said.

71

The Var-Lokkur is watching us even now. We saw him outside the building trying to shatter the magic generated by the wards. He seems to be gaining strength. It will only be a matter of time before he breaks through. We should at least renew the wards, Esmeralda said. I saw the Var-Lokkur earlier as well. We cannot hide from it forever. I say we confront it directly and find out what it wants! If what you say is true and magic is strong around me. Perhaps I can still pierce the veil and enter the astral world. I have enough reasons of my own to want to get back at this Var-Lokkur. If I can somehow learn its true name, we can even summon it to us and interrogate it! Astrain said. How do you propose we learn its true name? Frank asked. Astrain may be onto something here. This reminds me of another section of the Giral-Gatom inscription. The Var-Lokkur apparently have their own codes of honour. They may even be challenged by mortals into a duel. A duel either of combat or of wits. Refusal to accept such a challenge is considered highly dishonourable. There are numerous Zakkarian stories where mortals challenged Var-Lokkur. Usually to seal some sort of deal. You know, rescue the soul of a loved one or gain some power. If the mortal challenger failed, the Var-Lokkur could claim their life and soul. If, on the other hand they succeeded, the Var-Lokkur would be bound to fulfil their duty, Laurence said. Even if those stories have a grain of truth, in none of them does the mortal challenger ever actually succeed. The stories usually end with the discovery of the mangled corpse of the challenger, Frank said. I think we should try it. Our only other option is hiding behind wards all the time. We can set up the necessary magical defences against the Var-Lokkur. I will then enter the astral plane to investigate the disturbance and find answers. If the Var-Lokkur tries to stop me, I will challenge it and learn its true name. Once we have the true name we can command the Var-Lokkur, summon it to appear and interrogate it on its motives, Astrain said. Are you sure you want to do this? It will be dangerous, Laurence said.

72

I am sure. I think the Var-Lokkur have issues with me. They tried to turn my friend against me. I think I need to resolve this matter. I need to find answers for myself, Astrain said. Frank was watching the evening news and he turned up the volume to listen to an interesting snippet. Tragedy in the city of Lyonas. Today, the city of Lyonas was witness to a severe blow against religious freedom and the freedom of speech. Thirty-two year old Joseph Kann was brutally murdered today in what appears to have been an attack by a Kandumoth extremist. Kann, a resident of Lyonas, was on his way to the Lyonas Library when the attack occurred. He was stabbed multiple times. Some surveillance footage outside the library captured the event. We apologize for the quality of the footage. Sensitive viewers, please be aware of the graphic nature of the content... The surveillance camera footage began playing. Kann was walking up the steps outside the library. Suddenly an inconspicuous man pulled out a knife and rushed at Kann. The man continued stabbing even as Kann collapsed onto the steps. The attacker then screamed For the Lord Jalu! For the most holy prophet Kandum! For the Kandumoth! Back in the studio, the female newsreader continued her report. The attacker was identified as Petrus Shaldun. Police have confirmed that he has known ties to Kandumoth terror cells. Shaldun was arrested earlier today in his home near the Lyonas harbour and is currently undergoing more questioning. Kann was a well-known writer in Lyonas. In his writings, he frequently criticized the Kandumoth faith as prone to violence. He was also frequently critical of Kalahar and his open support of terrorist groups. Kanns recent description of the prophet Kandum as a little dictator prone to violent outbursts, sparked protests all around Kandum and among the Kandumoth population in Lyonas. The scene changed to show angry Kandumoth protesters take to the streets brandishing signs. Death to those who insult the Kandumoth faith! one of the signs read. The protesters screamed in chorus Jalu the only Lord is great! Jalu the only the Lord is great! Kann must pay for his blasphemy! Kann must pay for his blasphemy! Some angry young men burned a flag of Mallar. They waved the burning flag around while screaming, Death to the infidels! Death to the corrupt faith of Mallar! Cephaloria for the Kandumoth! Back in the studio, the newsreader continued her report. One week after these protests and Kann is dead. Murdered in cold

73

blood. Rashdan has condemned the attack as an act of barbarism, while Kalahar has expressed his support for Petrus Shaldun. The next scene showed Kalahar attending a press conference as he addressed the nation of Jukash. He was dressed in white robes and his face covered with a hood. He removed the hood to reveal his long grey beard and unkempt grey hair. Petrus Shaldun is a faithful Kandumoth! He has carried out his mission, as any good Kandumoth should. Yes, I placed the bounty on the head of Joseph Kann. The time has come to stand against our great enemy in the south! To fight our righteous crusade against the infidel who occupy our holy city of Cephaloria! The people of Mallar attack our children and they steal our lands. Let the judgement of the Lord be brought upon them! May the Var-Lokkur suck the marrow from their bones! Frank muted the television. Did you guys just hear that? Frank asked. He mentioned the Var-Lokkur, Astrain said. Not too strange considering that the Var-Lokkur are referenced in both the holy texts. He may have referred to the general lore, Laurence said. Esmeralda and I tried scrying him recently, just when the disturbances began. He has made these kinds of references before. He is impossible to scry. Something shielded him and it was very powerful, Crystal said, she seemed distracted for a moment. The Var-Lokkur is trying to breach the wards again, Then it is time to face this thing and find answers, Astrain said. Let us prepare the living room. We will need to set up a magical circle for additional protection, Laurence said. The three men began moving furniture and making space for the ritual.

Derrick watched the rising moon illuminate the waters of Lake Atrius in a silvery glow. Jason had been gone for hours. He and Christopher were starting to worry. One of the camp attendants blew a whistle and the young men had to wait outside the rooms as the attendants searched their rooms for

74

any forbidden items. Derrick felt his trouser pockets and he discovered the amulet was gone. Oh, Svag! What is wrong? Christopher asked. I forgot take my amulet out of my other trousers when I changed. They are going to find it! Amulet? Nevermind. I am going to be in a lot of trouble, Derrick said. He watched the two attendants in their room searching through their bags and going through their clothes. Derrick felt his stomach twist when he saw one of the attendants pick up the small pendant. One of the attendants called Lafayette to come and see. Lafayette grabbed the pendant and walked up to Derrick. What do you think this is? Lafayette asked. It is an amulet, Mallarim do not put their faith in such superstitious trinkets! We will teach you boys some discipline yet this weekend. And you will address me as SIR! Stand upright and at attention when talking to me! Lafayette said. Yes, Sir, I am going to have to confiscate this and report this incident to His Eminence! Lafayette said and walked away. Get back to your rooms! Lights out! the camp attendant commanded and blew his whistle. Derrick and Christopher walked back into the room and lay down on their beds. It is still so early. How are we supposed to sleep? What are they doing with Jason anyway? Christopher asked. All the lights in the dorm rooms turned off automatically and eventually Derrick and Christopher drifted off to sleep. Later during the night, Derrick was startled when someone shook him awake. Derrick. Derrick. Help me, Jason whispered. It was hard to see in the dark, the moonlight provided the only illumination. However, Derrick could see that Jason had bruises on his arms and over his

75

body. What did they do to you? Derrick asked. Christopher stirred in his sleep in response to the noise. I thought Von Heilsig was insane when he said I was in bondage to a spirit of homosexuality. He said he would cure me of my affliction. I tried to resist and Lafayette held me down. I tried to fight as Von Heilsig began speaking in tongues. I had some kind of hallucination. I went into some sort of trance, Jason said. Derrick noticed he was breathing erratically. I saw a bright light and I was surrounded by warmth and peace. Two majestic beings of light surrounded me. The light told me all I needed to do was embrace it and love it. Give up my sin and follow it, Jason said. He paused for a moment. What then? Derrick asked. I felt such peace. I told the light that it was all just a figment of my mind. It then showed me terrible things. I could feel pain and torment. Var-Lokkur tore into me with their claws. They tore me to shreds and I felt it! I could feel the pain, even if only a figment in my mind! Jason said. Derrick noticed that he looked around fearfully and he started when they heard a bang on the roof. It is just an owl or something. Go on, Derrick said. He touched Jason on the shoulder. The light said that the torment could end and I could evade such a fate if I embraced it and recognized its sovereignty. I almost wanted to embrace that warm peace then I thought of Gary. Derrick noticed that Jason was crying. Jason took a moment to collect himself before continuing. I love Gary in all sincerity. I know that now. However, in the presence of the Var-Lokkur I felt dirty and ashamed. The light told me that I must turn away from sin. When I told it that I loved Gary, I must have angered it - It hurt so much! Jason said. The banging on the roof continued and Derrick was scared now too. It didnt sound like an owl at all. It sounded like a battlefield on the roof of their dorm room. I managed to escape and I awoke. I feel so confused now. I dont know what is right or real anymore. I cant have these feelings for Gary. I dont want to go back to that place! Please dont make me go back! Jason said. The banging ruckus intensified and Derrick was surprised that Christopher could sleep through it. The hounds are chasing me! The Var-Lokkur are coming for me! Help me Derrick! Everything can change! Jason said. The noises became even louder and Derrick was startled when

76

Jason grabbed him tightly by the shoulders and did not want to let go. Youre hurting me Jason! Let me go! Derrick pleaded. I cant go back! Help me Derrick!

Derrick awoke the next morning when a camp attendant blew a whistle. The sun was not even up yet. Make your beds and get dressed! We will be having an inspection! Report to the square in five minutes and stand at attention! The attendant ordered. Jason was here last night. Did you see him? Derrick asked as Christopher stood up to get dressed. No. How did he get in? I heard the attendants locking the doors at one point during the night. I didnt hear anything else after that, Christopher said. It sounded like we were in the middle of a war and you slept through all that? Derrick said. What are you talking about? I slept soundly and no, I didnt hear a thing, Christopher said. After making their beds and getting dressed as neatly as they were able in a short amount of time, Derrick and Christopher joined the other boys outside in the square and stood at attention. While they waited outside, Lafayette and the camp attendants inspected their dorms to see if their beds were neatly made. Lafayette then inspected the boys. He looked at their hair, nails and clothing. Hair was to be short and neat. Nails to be trimmed and clothes neat, tidy and without questionable symbols or art. Derrick noticed that there was no sign of Jason. Not that he would have passed Lafayettes test anyway. Derrick! His Eminence wants to see you. Report to his office immediately! Lafayette said. Derrick walked over to Von Heilsigs office and knocked on the door. Come on in! Derrick opened the door to find Von Heilsig sitting behind his desk. The office had many portraits of the Von Heilsig family adorning the walls. Behind Von Heilsigs desk was a fireplace with antique swords mounted above. Above the swords, Derrick noticed a stuffed bust of a Cephor lion. I shot that one myself, Von Heilsig said proudly when he noticed Derrick looking at his trophy. I thought they were close to extinction, Derrick said. Von Heilsig merely smiled. You probably know why I have called you

77

here. It is time for our private session. I will heal you of your afflictions. Your unnatural desires will be gone and we will rid you of the sight, Von Heilsig said. Where is Jason? What did you do to him? Derrick asked. I am afraid Jason persisted in his rebellion. He tried to escape the camp last night. We have some camp attendants looking for him right now, Von Heilsig said. I saw him last night. He came back to the room, Derrick said. Von Heilsig ignored him and changed the subject. He held up Derricks protective amulet. What were you thinking bringing this here? Do you think this can protect you from the Lords sight? I will have Lafayette destroy this thing of darkness, Von Heilsig said. Please step into the back room with me. He stood up and opened a door at the back of his office. Derrick followed him to find a room with a comfortable looking couch. It looked comfortable, except for the fact that it had restraints for the body strapped into it. The minds of the youth today are poisoned with evil. Tainted by the Adversary. Today you will be set free Derrick, Von Heilsig said. Lafayette entered the room from behind and Derrick was surprised when he grabbed him and held him tightly. Strap him in! We can still save him! Derrick struggled but Lafayette proved much stronger. He forced Derrick down into the chair and tightened the straps around his chest, hands and feet. You see? The demons inside you are resisting! They fear the change you are about to undergo! Von Heilsig said. He began praying and soon began speaking in tongues. NO! Please! Derrick pleaded, but Lafayette gagged him. Repent Derrick! Let all that filthy sin come out of you! I have seen that the Lord will use you for great things. You will touch many lives, Von Heilsig said. Derrick felt his body shake involuntarily. He felt his limbs turn rigid. He found that he could not move anymore. With a sudden whooshing sound, Derrick experienced a strange sensation. He found himself out of his body and looking back at himself. He was still strapped into the couch and shaking violently. He could see Var-Lokkur all around the room. Derrick panicked when the Var-Lokkur circled his hapless physical body. Renounce the curse of sight! Renounce your unnatural feelings! You will be saved! Derrick heard a voice announce from above. Suddenly the

78

whole scene froze. Von Heilsig, Lafayette and the Var-Lokkur - all stood motionless. A sphere of light entered the room and stopped near Derricks body. Derrick had a strange sense of familiarity and he saw a woman dressed in white materialize where the light stopped. Things are not as they appear Derrick. Do not listen to Von Heilsig. He started his path in search of truth and then became consumed by his obsession and misplaced fervour. He made a dark bargain, the extent of which not even he realizes! I implore you Derrick. Do not renounce your gift of second sight! The sight will reveal the works of the enemies of Talmar. The enemy will try to keep you blinded! The woman said. The whole room filled with a roaring sound and it drowned out her voice. ENOUGH! Derrick heard a male voice announce. A bright illumination descended from above. Derrick looked up to see that the roof of the room had disappeared and it was replaced by a swirl of golden clouds, ascending far into the distance. At the end of this long tunnel of golden light, a figure was seated upon a golden throne. Derrick could make out a vague anthropomorphic form, but the figure had no distinct features. It seemed to be formed out of the brightest light. Derrick could not bear to look at the figure for too long. Its luminescence was far too bright. Derrick. Who is truly trying to deceive you here? This creature this woman here before you, even has to hide her true form and identity from you. Tal-Mu, why dont you reveal yourself in your full grotesque glory? Afraid the truth may be too much for this boy to handle? The figure of light said. Blind one! In your arrogance, you may think your victory assured. Tell the blind Lords of the Veil that their days are numbered! Talmar will not be one of the worlds that you consume! Have you forgotten that Kaleiha can see the strands of fate? Do your worst Sakla 23! Tal-Mu said. I find it fascinating how you always twist things around as you weave your deceptions. Derrick! Gaze upon the form of the mother of the Adversary! Serpent of Old! Deceiving Dragon! Liar from the very beginning! The figure of light said. Derrick noticed Tal-Mu scream in agony and her form began to change. Reptilian scales erupted on her neck and then all over her body. Derrick saw her serpentine eyes. He was horrified at the grotesque sight the woman in white had become. Derrick,

23

Old Zakkarian, translates to blind archon.

79

this form is of no consequence. Do not renounce your gift of sight! Do not give up your pursuit of truth, wisdom and knowledge. Seek the truth for yourself! Tal-Mu said. Derrick I am the truth and the only truth! It is through me that you obtain salvation. It is I who had made you. It is I who love you! The figure of light said. The walls of the room around Derrick were completely gone. His body still lay asleep on the couch. Tal-Mu had transformed completely. He could see the form of a vast dragon. It had large wings and horns on its head and its mouth was filled with rows of sharp teeth. Renounce your wicked ways Derrick! Renounce the sight! The figure of light said. Derrick noticed the Var-Lokkur moving again. He felt a suffocating sensation as the VarLokkur turned into black mist and moved into his mouth. Renounce the things of the wicked! The figure of light said again. Jabal? Is that you Lord? Derrick asked. Mortal minds cannot bear to gaze upon me in my full glory. I send an aspect of my being, Jabal said. Derrick panicked as the choking sensation intensified. Embrace me now Derrick. Time is running out. Only I can save you from the Var-Lokkur. You will do great things in this world. Great things in my name! Jabal said. Derrick! Everything will be fine. Do as he says, Tal-Mu said. You have been busy my Adversary. It is time I shut you back in your hole! You have caused enough trouble for now, Jabal said and with that, Tal-Mu disappeared. I renounce the sight! I renounce my sin! Unto Jabal will I give myself! Derrick said. After these words, he immediately found himself back in his body. Lafayette held him down and Von Heilsig approached and smiled at him. You have seen the light. How do you feel? Von Heilsig asked. I have never felt better. I feel such peace. I feel this strong inner joy! Derrick said. The blessings of the Lord are bountiful indeed! Von Heilsig said.

80

Lafayette escorted Derrick from the office. He was surprised to see the flashing lights from police vehicles around the camp. All the boys were standing around, their faces grim. Derrick went to find Christopher. He noticed he was pale. What is going on? Derrick asked. They found Jasons body. Apparently, his session with Von Heilsig ended early. He stole some rope from the shed and then hung himself from a tree in the woods at the far end of the camp. Some camp attendants just found his body, Christopher said. Derrick felt sick, his stomach twisted again. I saw him last night! He was in our room. He asked for my help! Derrick said. I told the attendants about what you think you saw and they say that they never unlocked the doors for him. He was supposed to have been back before the inspection. You must have been dreaming, Christopher said. This is terrible. Poor Jason! Derrick felt cold and numb. He noticed that he had goose bumps as the realization of what happened dawned on him. I hope Jason finds his peace. I think he was actually a good guy, Derrick said. It is unlikely that he will find peace. He died in his sins, denying Jabal even to his dying moment. It may sound harsh, but The Book of Mallar is very clear on where he ended up, Von Heilsig said as he approached the boys from behind with Lafayette. Excuse me, I need to go talk to the police and explain the situation. Dont worry. They wont cause us any trouble, Von Heilsig said. What exactly happens during those sessions? He killed himself over that? I think his parents can sue Von Heilsig for malpractice or something, Christopher said. Jason was a deeply disturbed young man. Von Heilsig knows exactly what he is doing,Derrick said

The coven had everything prepared to send Astrain into the astral world. They took out one of Laurences cloth circles and laid it out on the living room floor. Esmeralda and Crystal took some time to reinforce the wards around the apartment. Are you ready for this Astrain? Frank asked.

81

I am ready, Astrain said. He entered the circle and the coven members followed. Astrain lay down in the middle of the circle and the four members of the coven sat around him and joined hands. Now your light will pierce the darkness. We will continue chanting the words of the protection ritual. We will shield you from the Var-Lokkur as long as we are able, Laurence said. Remember Astrain, you can return to your body at any time if you are in danger. Merely think of your body and try to feel it, Crystal said. What you visualize on the astral plane becomes reality. Change your form and create weapons to protect yourself. Use the protection ritual when necessary, all magic works stronger on the astral plane, Laurence said. Good luck Astrain. We will be sending our support, Esmeralda said. Cmon guys. I have done this a thousand times before. I will be fine. Astrain said. The coven began chanting the words of the protection ritual repeatedly. Karosh, Lagor, Hlermu, Arthos. Astrain visualized his astral duplicate above him. He switched his awareness into this duplicate and with intense concentration looked back upon his physical body. The shift of awareness caused a sense of vertigo in his stomach and affected the actual astral body. After a few more moments of intense concentration, Astrain found himself floating up and out of his body. He was aware of his astral form as a secondary body and a duplicate of his actual physical body. He looked at his physical form down on the ground and could hear the coven chanting. As they chanted, a glowing light surrounded all of them and filled the circle. Astrain could see the glyphs of warding on the walls of the apartment. Astrally, they glowed with a spiritual fire and vitality. The physical world was sometimes difficult to perceive from the astral perspective, parts of the apartment appeared garbled and distorted. Astrain moved through the walls and outside he could see the effects of the disturbance. All of Cephaloria was shrouded in a thick, roaring astral storm. The powerful astral winds blew so strongly that Astrain found it difficult to move. The storm was like a thick dust storm that one could occasionally encounter in the Zakkarian desert. It obscured all vision. For a moment, Astrain lost focus and thereby control of his astral form. The powerful wind swept him away and over the city. Astrain could now see the

82

origin of the astral storm and therefore the origin of the disturbance it was Von Heilsigs Revival Church. A great funnel of dark clouds emerged from the church, reaching up into the sky. The funnel drew in energy from all around and at the same time released the powerful astral winds in all directions. Astrain tried to peer through the turbulent astral environment and could make out the forms of moving cars down below on the street. Many citizens were out walking the streets and Astrain noticed something moving among the crowds. A black mass was writhing like a shadowy snake among the people. The black mass stopped and Astrain turned cold, for he knew that the thing was aware of his presence. The Var-Lokkur sped upwards at great speed and Astrain had no chance to get away. A bony hand seized him by his astral throat and he was sure he could feel the pain even in his physical body. The Var-Lokkur ripped Astrain upwards into the air and they sped upwards until Talmar itself was a speck in the distance. Astrain was scared. He tried thinking of his physical body but it was to no avail. You thought you could escape my sight? The Var-Lokkur said with a voice Astrain could only describe as alien and piercing. Astrain felt pain through his astral form when the Var-Lokkur spoke. Mortal scum! Insignificant speck! Goymar! Now I have you in my grasp. You will be tormented for eternity on the planet Angorlax, there in the Halls of Abandoned Hope! The Lord Nin-Gursai will take great pleasure in slowly tearing you apart for countless aeons! Once I rip you from this world, your body will slowly languish and fall into an endless coma. Astrain noticed that they were flying through empty space with many stars down below them. They continued moving upwards as Astrain recited the words of the protection ritual. Karosh! Lagor! Hlermu! Arthos! A powerful burst of light issued from his astral form and the Var-Lokkur lost its grip and fell backwards. Astrain tried thinking of his body again, but found himself unable to return. The Var-Lokkur stopped falling and took a moment to regain its composure. It sped back upwards. I challenge you VarLokkur! I challenge you to reveal your true name! A mortal dares to challenge me? You shall be mine, body and soul! We will play MY game! The Var-Lokkur said and its shape changed into that of a lion. The lion roared and circled Astrain, ready to strike. Astrain tried to concentrate on any form that could defeat the lion - perhaps something larger and stronger. He concentrated hard and found himself turned into - a mouse! Oh, Svag! Astrain

83

thought. The lion tried to snap the mouse up in its jaws, but the nimble mouse quickly scurried in between its legs and evaded the attack. The Var-Lokkur then changed into a cobra and prepared to strike. Astrain focussed again and found himself transformed into an eagle. He flew upwards to evade the cobra and prepared to swoop down on the serpent with his talons out. The Var-Lokkur changed into an even larger bird of prey, a roc24. The roc charged towards the eagle, readying its own talons. Astrain quickly flew out of the way to evade the rocs charge. The roc turned around for another attack. Astrain thought of the Zakkarian dragon and began to change. The Var-Lokkur hesitated at the sight of its ancient enemy and tried to escape. The dragon seized the roc in its jaws and shook it around until it went limp. The lifeless body of the roc fell down and the Var-Lokkur reverted to its original form. Astrain also turned back into a human form. Beast! I command you! Tell me your true name! You command nothing, Goymar filth! I am not beat yet! Nin-Gursai will soon walk your world again. In blood and war, he shall pave the way! When the master comes, your world shall be no more! For the Var-Lokkur! For the Empire! Die! A sword with a blade formed from flames appeared in the Var-Lokkurs claw. The Var-Lokkur moved in quickly for its kill. Astrain visualized a shield before him and it deflected the Var-Lokkurs strike. The shield shattered, but Astrain had a moment to recite the words of the protection ritual again. The burst of light blinded and stunned the Var-Lokkur for an instant and in that moment, Astrain knew he had to act. He visualized a flaming sword in his own hand and it took on form and substance. Astrain had never wielded a sword before and clumsily brandished the heavy weapon. He gathered his strength and struck the sword right into the shadowy exterior that surrounded the Var-Lokkur. The creature seemed to experience pain as the weapon pierced its outer layer. Beast! I command thee! Reveal your true name! You have won this duel mortal. I am bound to oblige. My name is Fiska... Before the Var-Lokkur could finish its name, something interrupted. Astrain became aware of a presence that felt vaguely familiar. A deep voice then thundered through the astral plane. Stop! My son, I cannot have you
24

The Talmarian Roc is a very large and ancient species of eagle. They are commonly found in the Zakkarian desert and live in the crags of the Aruk Mountains. They generally avoid humans and feed on other large mammals, desert Grak being a favourite prey. Stories about attacks on humans have circulated through the years especially among the Baku tribes.

84

reveal your name and fall under the command of these goymar filth. However, you have failed me. You know well that I cannot tolerate failure! YOU will be the one who will suffer eternally on Angorlax! You have served your purpose! The voice said. Please NO! The Var-Lokkur pleaded. Astrain could hear it emit a wailing noise. It sounded like it was in agony. The Var-Lokkur burned up from the inside and dissolved into golden dust. The dust simply scattered through the darkness of space. We meet yet again Astrain, and yet again you have ignored my warnings. My patience is wearing thin and my mercy is certainly not without limit. I assure you, no one shall rise to protect you and your friends. Pursue this path further and you will know what it means to suffer. All those around you will suffer for your insolence! You will find the dragon to be a fickle ally! I am watching your sister Elizabeth even now as we speak. You will see her soon as she heads towards the Zakkarian desert. I would tell Elizabeth to avoid Maligor, the City of Wails. I have seen that she will find only death there. Derrick is having a wonderful time at Von Heilsigs camp. In fact, I believe that he has finally seen the light. Derrick is one of mine now. He will join the army as a proud warrior! the voice thundered. Are you threatening me? Why are you hiding? We know you are trying to hide your activities! We know you are interfering with magic on Talmar! Astrain said. Your simple mind cannot even begin to fathom these things. As for magic, I do not simply seek to interfere with it. Magic shall be purged from this world! Who are you? What do you want? Astrain asked. The wheels are in motion and the process has begun. You cannot change this fate, the voice said and deep laughter filled the empty void where Astrain found himself. I grow tired of you. Leave my presence before I forget myself! The voice said.

85

Astrain tried to resist. He tried to fight as a powerful feeling overcame him. He found himself involuntarily back in his own body. Astrain are you all right? You had us worried there for a moment. We thought you were having a seizure! Esmeralda said and she wiped a cloth under his nose. Astrain noticed his nose was bleeding. I know I know where we will find answers. I know where the anomaly started! It comes from the Mallar Revival Church! Astrain managed to get out the words, but he was moving in and out of consciousness. Finally, he collapsed into a deep sleep. Chapter 4: What stirs in the desert? Ishmars journey lasted for four days. Kandum was a land of great climatic extremes and contrasts. He drove right through the tropical zone of Rashun with its dense jungles and straight into the semi-arid conditions of the Kaltu Badlands. He passed a few towns on his way. However, population and plant density diminished as he approached the Zakkarian Desert proper. On the border between Kaltu and the great desert stood the old Fort of Okkur and the town that had grown up around it. The sandstone fort at Okkur used to guard Eastern Kandum from the Western regions and raiding desert tribes. Now, the abandoned fort stood as a silent sentinel watching over the village, which shared its namesake. The village formed a last bastion of civilization before the vast golden sands of the Zakkarian desert. Ishmar knew Okkur would be a good place to start his investigation and catch up on desert rumours and stories. Okkur was a trade post on the overland route between east and west and the modern village had remained neutral during the civil war. All sorts of travellers passed through Okkur. Travellers from Kandum and even beyond - Baku traders, prospectors, treasure hunters, archaeological expeditions and even occasionally Mallarim missionaries all moved through Okkur on their way further into the desert.

86

Ishmar parked the Desert Voyager near the Lizards Tail Tavern. He looked out over the desert and he felt a shiver when he thought of Maligor, still so far away beyond the many dunes25. Maligor was a city carved into the very cliffs of the Aruk Mountains - A wondrous feat of Zakkarian craftsmanship. However, the city had always had a reputation as an accursed place. The Baku and the Nin-Kai steered clear of it and no archaeological expeditions ever delved its mysteries. The City of Wails belonged to the desert spirits and the spirits alone knew its secrets26. Rashdan always thought the tales of the desert spirits mere superstitious stories to frighten children. Ishmar used to agree with him... Ishmar thought back to his youth at the Nin-Kai monastery. He remembered how on moonlit nights the most frightening screams and wailing emerged from Maligor and echoed throughout the desert. The monks at the monastery always explained these sounds as mere desert animals. Ishmar was quite happy to believe that as well. However, regardless of these attempts at explaining away the mysterious sounds, the monks always warned the young novices of the order to never to out into the desert alone at night. They further warned never to answer the call if you heard your name whispered upon the desert wind. This call would be a call from the desert spirits, the spirits that dwelled in the city of wails and their call was an omen of death... One moonlit night, the young Ishmar did accidentally find himself outside the monastery and all alone at night. He had been tending the herd of grak 27 during the day. Soon an unexpected sandstorm emerged over the desert dunes and
25

Maligor is but one of many Zakkarian ruins found throughout the desert. Many ruins lie scattered all across the desert and many more still await discovery. 26 Maligor was closed to archaeological investigation after frequent reports of disappearances and accidents. The site is forbidden by both factions of the Kandum government. Neither Kalahar or Rashdan would condone excavations there. 27 Species of Talmarian desert sheep

87

Ishmar had no choice but to find shelter for him and the animals in a cliffside cave. When the dust settled it was already dusk. In the eerie darkness, Ishmar made his way back to the monastery. He froze when he heard a screeching call from Maligor. Promptly, a shadowy shape dashed in among the terrified herd. The shape grabbed one of the animals and leapt up at great speed this must have taken tremendous strength. Ishmar watched the creature land a short distance away as it tore into the flesh of the sheep. He was surprised to see a pale naked young woman. She was the most beautiful thing he had ever seen. She had long dark hair, an athletic build and voluptuous assets, a young boys fantasy fulfilled. The woman noticed Ishmar and looked up. She seemed to transform before his eyes. Ishmar was not sure what he was looking at anymore. The womans eyes glowed red, shining through the darkness. She opened her large mouth of long razor sharp teeth, the blood from the grak still dripped from her jaws. Where her hands were only seconds before, Ishmar now noticed sharp vicious claws. The upper body still appeared human. However, the lower body had scales like a snake. Her feet became sharp owl like pinchers. The creature spread its bat-like wings and flew up with the grak still clasped in its pinchers. With another terrifying screech, the creature sped off in the direction of Maligor. The haunting image imprinted itself in Ishmars subconscious mind. He was never able to forget it. The mere thought of Maligor and whatever lurked there still filled him with dread. Ishmar snapped out of his memory and walked over to the Lizards Tail. The tavern was one of the local hotspots. However, this tavern was not what one would usually expect from a tavern in a conventional sense. Most northern Talmarian men of Kandumoth persuasion did not drink alcoholic beverages due to the purity laws of the Kandumoth faith. The Lizards Tail did keep some

88

alcohol for patrons travelling from the south, even though this was frowned upon and the prices remained steep. The tavern did have numerous other services available to cater to Kandumoth men. They had all sorts of tobaccos and teas available from all over Talmar. Women in the establishment were a rare and inappropriate sighting. The women of Okkur kept themselves preoccupied with activities centred on running the household and left the social sphere to the men.
28

Ishmar entered the tavern. Sweet smelling smoke from the various pipes used by the patrons hung thick in the air. The wooden interiors gave the tavern a warm welcoming feel. Ishmar knew that all sorts frequented the Lizards Tail and at a bench in the far corner of the establishment, he noticed two of Kalahars elite guards having a conversation. Ishmar took a seat in a nearby bench, close to his targets but not too close. Ishmar ordered some tea and honed his hearing. A third man, a high-ranking member of Kalahars elite, judging by his uniform, joined the two men. Ishmar figured out their names were Joshua, Samuel and Abbu, the one in the uniform. This assignment is a waste of our time. Kalahar has us chasing fables! Joshua said. Stay your tongue! You have not seen what I have seen. I have been to Maligor. Be grateful you were assigned here! Abbu said. What have you seen? We have heard stories and we have heard the noises out in the desert. The Baku no longer come here to trade, Samuel said.
28

It should be noted that Kandumoth purity laws and the strictness of their enforcement differ from era to era and through various regions. Generally, the laws are enforced strictly in western Kandum under Kalahar and less so in eastern Kandum. Okkur lies in between the two and still allow pastimes like smoking. The role of woman in Kandumoth society is also not homogenous. Kalahar believes that woman should not even receive an education and remain at home. Women are not even allowed to learn to read or write. Under Rashdans dominion woman have already entered the spheres usually reserved for men.

89

I saw the Kalimer village attacked last night. I saw the village burning! I have seen the spirits of Maligor with my own eyes! The judgement of Jalu has surely come upon this world! Abbu said. Ishmar was shocked to hear of the Kalimer village. He had some fond memories of the place. He and Rashdan used to play with the Baku children when they were sent to do some trading there. Who would want to attack the Kalimer Baku? They have always been a peaceful people, Ishmar thought. Then Kalahar is right. Jalu is angered and we will face the Lords wrath. We have too long been complacent after we allowed the infidels to take the holy city. We have to take back the holy lands and drive the infidel from it. Their atrocities are a declaration of war! Samuel said. Jalu, bless his holy name - Formed the true covenant with us and with his most blessed prophet, Kandum. We should have known he would not let his name be mocked by the Mallarim for long! Abbu said. Our forces grow by the day. Many men are drawn to Kalahars side, willing to fight in this holy war. We will soon have amassed enough forces for a massive offensive against the apostates of the east and then Mallar itself, Samuel said. I still think Kalahar has spent too much time in the desert sun. He is a strange one. These new recruits are easily swayed by his promises of rewards in paradise. An attack on Cephaloria would have far-reaching consequences. The man is mad! Joshua said and his two companions looked at him angrily. Ishmar agreed with Joshua who seemed less zealous than his compatriots did. He knew that if Kalahar were to attack Cephaloria, he would only succeed in isolating himself. He would face war on two fronts, from Rashdan and Mallar.

90

Kalahar is a true holy man! You would do well not to question him. You do remember what happened to Balim? Samuel said. You are right. We should not talk about our liege like this, Joshua seemed unnerved. Ishmar noticed he quickly changed his tone. How are things in Maligor? Joshua asked. We have won a victory against the Mallar forces. We have driven them back. We have finally uncovered the way to the final seal. However, no one has been able to open it so far, Abbu said. And why has Hassiri sent you all the way back here? Joshua asked. That I cannot say. The order came from Kalahar himself, Abbu said. Ishmar finished his tea and paid his bill. He was worried about the Kalimer settlement. The oasis and the settlement there was an important stop on the way through the desert. Ishmar visited some of the supply stores in Okkur and stocked up on necessary items for the journey. None of the shopkeepers seemed to know anything more about the disturbances in the desert other than that they lost contact with the Baku and the Nin-Kai completely, a short while back. The Kalimer oasis was a few hours away from Okkur and Ishmar had to drive through the intense desert heat to get there. The sun was setting when Ishmar approached the Baku settlement29. From the distance, he could see smoke rising from the still smouldering fires and the shattered mud-brick houses. Ishmar stopped near the ominous scene of the empty village. As soon as he opened the door of the truck, he was overcome by a powerful stench - A smell of decay and even worse things. The waters of the oasis were befouled and covered in a layer of filth and slime. Ishmar slowly walked on through the eerily silent village. The
29

The Baku , while usually nomadic had built a permanent settlement and trade post near the Kalimer Oasis. Eventually the Baku in that area settled down with their herds of Grak.

91

only sound he could hear was the sound of buzzing flies. Carcasses of grak and gamal lay strewn about through the village, some of them were partially eaten and others torn apart. The Baku would never leave their livestock behind like this, Ishmar thought. He walked into the village centre and to his horror; he found what had happened to the Kalimer Baku. Bodies lay scattered about throughout the village. Some bodies hung down from the palm trees and others were piled into the well at the village centre. Blood was spattered everywhere on the crumbling walls of the houses. What could have done this? Ishmar wondered. In his years as an agent of the crown, he had seen some horrific scenes and acts of violence. Nothing could compare to what he saw there. Women and children were amongst the dead. Some bodies had been mutilated or even partially eaten. Ishmar felt sick. Whatever did this had no mercy or remorse, Ishmar thought. He was startled when he heard a noise from one of the intact houses. He walked over to investigate and readied his pistol. His heart pounded as he swung open the door. Everything seemed quiet. Anyone in here? He called. He slowly entered the empty house and looked around. A young Baku boy jumped out at Ishmar from behind the door. He had a short sword in his hand. The startled Ishmar had his gun pointed at the boy. Svag! I almost shot you! Ishmar said. I thought they had come back. They said they would be back, The boy said. The young boy had black hair and green eyes. He looked no older than thirteen years. The clothing he wore looked old and worn; Baku children usually did not have an extensive wardrobe. Their lifestyle provided little time for luxuries. He stared at Ishmar with fearful eyes and seemed to assess the situation. Everything is going to be all right. You are safe now. I am Ishmar, Ishmar said, to his surprise, the boy jumped up and gave him a tight hug. Its you! She said a

92

true hero would come. She even told me your name, The boy extended his hand towards Ishmar and they shook hands. I am Maran, It is nice to meet you Maran. Who is the woman you are referring to? Ishmar said. The woman in white. She drove off the desert demons, Maran said. Ishmar wanted to believe that Maran was still young and simply had an active imagination. He just had a traumatic experience and he was trying to make sense of it. A part of him really wished that were the truth. The thought of the desert demons roaming the desert freely was just too horrific to consider. Maran noticed Ishmar was silent and turning white. The desert demons came at night, screeching and yelling. It all happened so fast. They swooped down like the wind. The warriors tried to defend the village but they stood no chance. The female demons seemed to have some power. They sang and the warriors simply stood there, doing nothing as the creatures killed them, Maran said. He paused a moment. He tried to be strong in front of the strange man. Go on when you are able Maran. There is nothing to be afraid of now, Ishmar said. My father was also killed. The chieftain of the Kalimer Baku is dead, Maran said. Your father was the chieftain? Yes, he died trying to protect me, Maran looked down. I wanted to help fight. My father told me to run but I followed him. One of the creatures knocked me out with her claw. My father took me and put me in this house. He placed me under the bed. Hoping I would stay hidden. I awoke to see the demons kill him and the last of the warriors. Once the warriors were dead, the women and children were easy to kill. So much screaming. I hid under the bed again. Hoping it would go away, Maran said.

93

I am sorry Maran, Ishmar said. Demons of shadow then arrived. They helped drive out any of the Baku that survived. People were killed as they ran into the street; others were grabbed by the female demons and carried off. The shadow creatures laughed as they killed. They said that flesh is frail, so easily rent and torn. I heard one of the shadow demons command the women to take the captives to Maligor. They said they were going to sacrifice them! Maran said. They took them to Maligor? Ishmar asked. Yes. That is what they said. Apparently, they are going to use these people as sacrifices when the last phase of some process starts. One of the shadow demons came into the house where I was hiding. It it seemed to look right at me and it said terrible things. It recited a passage from the Book of Mallar. I think I heard it before from some missionaries, Maran said. Strange. Why would a Var-Lokkur recite the Book of Mallar? Ishmar thought. He knew quite a bit about the lore concerning the shadow demons of which Maran spoke, courtesy of his Nin-Kai education. It recited a passage where Jabal commands the victorious Mallarim to purge an entire Zakkarian village who did not want to repent and convert. He commands them to kill the men, women, children and all animals and then to burn the village. The shadow demon said that the time of Talmar was coming to an end and that they come to cleanse the world, Maran said. Something happened then. The shadow demons and the flying women fled and they seemed to be in pain. I went outside to see what was happening and I saw the woman in white. She walked through the village and she was glowing. She was so bright she lit up

94

the desert. I felt she was old, really old but also tired. I could hear her in my head, Maran said. You heard her in your head? Ishmar said. Yes and another voice. Something else was there with her. A mans voice though it sounded from far away. The man told me to be careful of the woman and that she would trick me and bring great disaster on us all! He told me that things happen for reasons we cannot always understand, Maran said. Ishmar did not know what to make of Marans strange account. The woman told me that darkness was coming to our world but if we can stand together in the end, we can still win. She then told me about you and that we should travel west to the Nin-Kai monastery. The monks will help us further. She said we should go into the heart of the demons lair in Maligor, we will find answers there. We can also go and rescue the captured Baku! We still have a few days before the demons kill their prisoners, Maran said. Dont worry we will help the Baku. I will call for reinforcements from Rashun. I will need to report the attack on Kalimer as well. Travellers should be warned that the desert may no longer be safe, Ishmar said. He walked towards the Desert Voyager with Maran following him. The woman in white taught me a spell. She said the demons do not like it. I told her magic was a tool of the adversary but she smiled and said that magic keeps the adversary at bay, Maran said. Ishmar smiled at him. He did not really know if he believed in magic. Though considering all that he had already heard and seen, perhaps Marans spell was not that implausible after all. Have you heard anything from the NinKai recently? Ishmar asked. No, not in a while, Maran said.

95

I fear for their safety so close to Maligor, Ishmar said. The creatures of Maligor were never this bold. What is driving them on now? Ishmar thought. Maran was excited when he saw the Desert Voyager. I have never been in one of these before. Ishmar picked up the radio and tried to call the headquarters in Rashun using their encrypted frequency. There was no response. Some static interference, strange noises and whispers was the only answer. How can anything be interfering with this frequency? Ishmar asked. Maran looked around nervously as it was getting darker. They heard a screeching call in the distance. We should get moving. It is not safe here after dark, Maran said. Ishmar! Look! Maran pointed to the west where a swarm of what seemed to be large bats were moving fast and headed in their direction. Ishmar recognized the creatures when they came into view. Maran! Get in! Ishmar quickly turned the ignition and the Desert Voyager sped off in the opposite direction of the approaching swarm.

Some hours later, in Rashun, the emperor Rashdan was asleep and dreaming blissfully. The harem girls were giving him a nice sensual massage. He was not pleased when a woman in white robes appeared. What are you doing here? I am in the middle of something! Go away! Rashdan said. Rashdan ignored the figure and asked the girls to carry on. A sudden loud bang shook him awake. Emperor! We have received word from Ishmar! This is urgent! Rashdan heard his palace guard calling. Rashdan quickly dressed in his night robe and opened the door. What is it Buhak? You say you have word from Ishmar? Perhaps you may want to take a seat your majesty? Has something happened to my old friend?

96

Rashdan walked over to his favourite chair and took a seat. Buhak entered and closed the door behind him. I would prefer it, if we can talk privately. This is a grave matter indeed, Buhak said. You are worrying me Buhak. What has happened? Rashdan asked. Well...nothing yet. Though I can tell you that the Shukkabath will soon be feasting on Ishmars corpse! Buhak. What are you talking about? You sound strange. Rashdan was getting nervous as Buhak approached him. He stood up. Stay where you are Buhak. You are making me uncomfortable! Rashdan said but still Buhak came closer. You have been a thorn in our side for quite some time. You are but a small obstacle to the greater plan. Fool! Did you really think Talmar could ever have peace? Buhak said. Buhak. What is this? I have known you for many years. I have always trusted you! Rashdan said and he backed up as Buhak still approached. Guards! Guards! Help me! Rashdan screamed. He backed up to his bedside cabinet. Buhak noticed him looking at the drawer. No one is going to hear you! You should see the faces of mortals as their long trusted friends suddenly stab them with a sword! It is priceless! Buhak said and laughed. Have you gone mad? Rashdan asked.

97

Rashdan reached for the drawer next to his bed where he kept his handgun. Buhak seized his arm and Rashdan was surprised at his strength. Buhak held him tightly. Kalahar sends his regards! I come at his behest! At least your death will bring long awaited unity to Kandum! Buhak said. Rashdan noticed that Buhaks eyes filled up with blackness. Buhak smiled at the expression of fear on Rashdans face when he pulled out a knife. I could just stab you and be done with it! Or I can tear off your limbs and watch you twitch as you die slowly and in agony. A proper treatment for an insect such as you! What are you? Rashdan asked. He struggled to escape but Buhak was too strong. I am but the Var-Lokkur sent here to kill you! Buhak said. He stabbed Rashdan in the chest and then kept stabbing multiple times more. Once Rashadan was dead the Var-Lokkur left Buhaks body in the form of a black mist. The Emperor and all his palace guards lay dead. Buhak was left behind unconscious and still clutching the murder weapon, covered in Rashdans blood. Lord Kalahar will be most pleased! The Var-Lokkur said as his spiritual form sped off into the shadows.

98

Chapter 5: Silence before the storm Astrain awoke with a gentle breeze blowing onto him from an open window. The wonderfully cool and fresh air must have entered into that state between sleeping and waking as Astrain had just awoken from a dream where he was floating above the lands of Talmar again. The translucent visage of the woman in white took on form before him. It is not too late to stem the tide; the wheels are moving as they should. You must come come and find me in the place where I am still bound. I am weakening with every passing day - as he grows stronger. Astrain, I will need your light to guide me back into your world! I have much to tell you. Hurry, before it is too late! The figure held out a dagger, its blade seemingly carved from some kind of red crystalline stone, the handle formed from silver was engraved with Zakkarian runes and other symbols. As Astrain reached out to touch the dagger, he felt this bolt of powerful energy surge through him. With that surge, Astrain shook as he awoke and found himself lying there on the bed under the open window. Astrain looked around the room where he found himself, still confused. The door to the room opened and Astrain saw Laurence enter. Ah, I see you are finally awake and just in time for breakfast as well. I will ask Esmeralda to bring you your breakfast. She stayed here for the night and has been a great help. We were quite worried about you, Laurence saw Astrain looking at him with a hazy stare. You have been out for quite a while, nearly twelve hours. The projection must have taken quite a toll on you but we can discuss that later. For now, you should have something to eat and perhaps some coffee and you will feel better in no time. Laurence left the room and the memories of the projection and the events that had transpired the

99

previous night came rushing back to Astrain. After a short while, Esmeralda entered the room, carrying a tray. The smell of the freshly brewed coffee was indeed a welcome one to Astrain. Last night was quite a night; you barely returned from the projection state when you collapsed into this deep sleep. We were all worried, it is good to see you are all right, though, Esmeralda said smiling. She put the tray down on a bedside table and turned to leave. Thank you Esmeralda, I do appreciate this Esmeralda turned around and smiled Oh, Its my pleasure. She said. Come and join us in the living room when you feel ready. Crystal and Frank have just arrived as well, Esmeralda left Astrain alone to finish his coffee and breakfast. Astrain was quite hungry after such a long night and quickly ate the breakfast that consisted out of toast, eggs, bacon and a tomato, a wonderful combination that actually reminded Astrain of the breakfasts they used to enjoy as a family back in Illium. For a moment, he really missed Illium and his family and especially Arthos. After the breakfast, Astrain got up and quickly got dressed. He cleaned himself up and joined the other coven members. They were already sitting in the living room and already having a discussion on how best to approach the situation with the Mallar Revival Church. Good morning everyone, Astrain said as he entered the room and sat down with the rest of the coven. What happened last night? Things seemed to get pretty intense for a moment there, Frank said. After I saw the Revival Church the Var-Lokkur found me. He pulled me from Talmar. I challenged him and I won the duel, Astrain said. Amazing, you managed to defeat a Var-Lokkur. Did you pry its true name from it? Laurence said.

100

Nope, something happened before he could tell me his name. I believe the force he was working for showed up and he was destroyed before he had a chance to reveal his name, Astrain said. Could you confirm what this force was? What it wants? Crystal asked. Not really. It did practically confess its connection to all the disturbances. I have encountered the same power two times before. I could sense something really old and powerful when it spoke to me. It also said it was going to purge this world of magic, Astrain said. Why would anything want to purge the world of magic? Magical energy is the very life force of all things, Esmeralda said. I dont know. It did not appreciate us delving into its affairs. It made all sorts of threats against my family and friends. I think my sister Elizabeth may be in some kind of danger now, Astrain said. Elizabeth is fine. She called here earlier this morning. She wanted me to tell you she was passing through Cephaloria today. You should meet her at the St. Conrads square around noon, Laurence said. Thanks Laurence. I will go and see her. Perhaps I can warn her to stay away from Maligor, Astrain said. Maligor? I wonder how Maligor ties into all this. We could never even gain permission to excavate there. Something about the city being unsafe after some excavators were killed during a cave in. Maligor has a long rich history, Laurence said. Frank quickly steered the subject back on topic. He knew what would happen if he got Laurence started on Maligor. So, our next step is to find out what is going on at the Mallar Revival Church? Frank said.

101

I may have an idea. Von Heilsig is hosting a huge service here for the day of Shurikal, Crystal said. Oh, I have seen it advertised all around town recently. They are expecting thousands of people, Esmeralda said. He is going to celebrate his return from the south and the culmination of the revival movement on Mallars birth date. Perhaps we should attend? Crystal said. Never thought I would ever set foot in the Mallar Revival Church, Astrain said. Dont worry. We are not going there for praise and worship. We are going to infiltrate them! I will try to see clairvoyantly what they are up to and how Von Heilsig is connected to the disturbances. My clairvoyant sight still works, at least, Crystal said. Frank took her hand in his and smiled at her. Crystal is one of the best clairvoyants in all of Talmar. She has a natural gift, Svagging Mallarim! I hate them all! I wish religion could just disappear from our world. The world will be better for it! Astrain said. We could use some tolerance rather than more hate. I cannot say I like Von Heilsigs philosophy or Kalahars for that matter. However, I dont think religion is all bad either, Laurence said. Laurence is right. While I do not necessarily believe in the Book of Mallar myself, I have seen faith can do some good things. It gives people meaning and hope when all seem lost, Crystal said. This meaning and hope comes at a steep price. Have you actually read the Book of Mallar? The religion is inherently corrupt because the text behind it is. The Mallarim have justified all their atrocities through history directly from that book.

102

The book does not even pretend to teach tolerance or respect. It is the same with the Book of Kandum. Astrain seemed to be getting angrier by the minute. I dont know how you can even defend it! Astrain said. Whoa there! Why so aggressive all of a sudden? We are all friends here. We can talk openly about these matters, Frank said. You probably know that the Book of Mallar was written down over long periods of time. Many parts should be interpreted by understanding their original context. Kalahar and Von Heilsig and their fundamentalism are another matter entirely I agree with you on that one, Laurence said. I think all of us here have some sort of baggage concerning religion. I should add I know many good religious people myself. Ultimately, I think these people are only searching for truth themselves. Religion is at least a guide and an attempt to strive towards something deeper and better. Some people take the Book of Mallar or Kandum and make the most of it. They can find inspiration where you may see only the darkness, Crystal said. I know the Book of Mallar has some spiritual jewels. However, this does not nullify the rest of it. I do not see why you can choose which parts you do want to believe and throw away the rest. People are good and can try to be good. Religion usually just twists this around! Astrain said. You are being very judgemental here. Not all Mallarim are the same and neither are all Kandumoth, Laurence said. The Kandumoth and Mallarim do frequently participate in charitable work, Frank added to the discussion. Sure they do a lot of charitable work and yet the religions always expect there to be charity. They do not really want to change the world. The religions prevent

103

any real change from ever taking place. If you have all the answers and the world is ending anyway then there is no need for change, Astrain said. The room was silent for a while. Astrain looked at the clock hanging on the wall and saw that it was almost time to meet Elizabeth. I am sorry everyone. It just feels that religion has taken a lot from me recently. I need to go, Astrain said. Do not even give it another thought! I will see you here later then, Laurence said. Wait. You dont need to walk. St. Conrads square is quite a distance. Crystal and I are leaving anyway, Frank said. The couple dropped Astrain off near the St. Conrads park and then drove back to Franks apartment. Astrain passed through the park on his way towards the square. There at the centre of the Park stood a huge statue dedicated to St. Conrad. He held his sword aloft in the air and trampled the Zakkarian dragon under his feet. A motto written at the base of the statue read: Through faith, we shall conquer all. Astrain took a seat on one of the benches under the statue. He felt at peace. He listened to the bubbling fountain and to the singing birds. There was no more Var-Lokkur. The horrors were over. Astrain! He was sure he heard Elizabeth calling his name from somewhere. Over here! Astrain saw Elizabeth waving at him. Elizabeth joined him at the statue. They shared a quick hug and then sat down on the bench. It is good to see you sis, Astrain said. I am happy to see you too. I brought some of your things along. Some clean clothes and some forms from the school, Elizabeth handed him a backpack with clothes inside and an envelope. There is a letter from mom and dad there as well. You should really talk to them again. Work things out with them, Elizabeth

104

said. Astrain looked at the other forms in the envelope, he noticed it was his certificate from the school. Our marks were released recently. Congratulations, you passed with distinction. I thought you may need all those forms when you enrol at the academy, Elizabeth said. Thanks Elizabeth. I dont see a church certificate in here anywhere? Astrain said. Oh, youre a funny one, arent you? Elizabeth said. So what are you going to the desert for? Astrain asked. Well. I told you, you are not going to like this, Elizabeth paused for a moment. What? I have decided to do a service year with the church before going on to my studies. We are going to do missionary work among the Baku. Apparently, they have been suffering under drought and famine. I am going along more for the aid work. Provide food packages and medicine, Elizabeth said. That sounds like a noble cause, Astrain said. Wait I never told you I was going to the desert Did I? You probably mentioned it on the phone, Astrain said. Please just promise me one thing, Astrains tone changed. He seemed serious all of a sudden. What? Elizabeth asked. Dont go anywhere near Maligor. I think something bad is going to happen there, Astrain said. Elizabeth looked confused. Maligor? What the svag is Maligor?

105

Just steer clear of all Zakkarian ruins, ok? I would not have intended to go near them anyway. Those places give me the creeps, Elizabeth said. Dont laugh at what I am about to tell you, Astrain said. What do you want to tell me? I will try not to laugh, Elizabeth said. I am going to teach you a ritual to protect yourself. If anything strange happens, you can use it. I have a bad feeling about the desert, Astrain said. Elizabeth did not look amused. You know I dont believe in that stuff. Neither do I feel comfortable using it, Elizabeth said. Please, sis. You are going to need to trust me for once. Use the ritual if you encounter anything out of the ordinary. Speak the words Karosh, Lagor, Hlermu, Arthos in that exact order. You can use visualization to help your mind shape and direct the energy unleashed. With practice, you do not even have to speak the words. You can simply say them mentally and feel their power, Astrain instructed. Well. Lets hope I dont need to ever use it. I do appreciate that you want to look out for me, Elizabeth gave Astrain another hug. I am sure everything will be fine. We are going to be far away from the war zones, Elizabeth said. What have you been up to all this time in Cephaloria? Elizabeth asked. You know. The usual. I have been fighting demons on the astral plane and working with Professor Laverney and his coven of witches trying to find the source behind some recent evil events. Elizabeth laughed. You are serious, arent you? You do realize how that sounds? What do you mean by Laurence and his coven of witches? Elizabeth said.

106

Laurence was more of a kindred spirit than I ever realized. Yes, he is part of witches coven and a magical order. They are very nice people, all of them, Astrain said. Never would have imagined the professor to be into that kind of thing. Everyone thinks he is an atheist and a serious scientist, Elizabeth said. She looked distracted. Mr. Patterson is probably waiting for me. I had better go before he starts blowing the horn and making a ruckus! Elizabeth said. You are stuck with him for this entire trip? Astrain said. You dont know the half of it! He never shuts up about the damn Adversary Worshippers. I cant even eat a packet of chips in peace anymore! He started telling me that the particular brand I was eating funds Adversary Worship activities. The CEO of the company is apparently an Adversary worshipper himself. He then asked us to boycott Potato Snackits, Elizabeth said. She and Astrain laughed. Sounds like he is getting even more paranoid than usual, Astrain said. I see the church van just drove up. I need to go, Elizabeth said. She and Astrain hugged again and said their goodbyes. You can always come to say hi if you like. I think I will pass, thanks, Astrain said. Elizabeth walked off and climbed in the van. She waved at Astrain one last time before they drove off. Astrain walked back all the way to Laurences apartment. Laurence was home. Astrain saw that he was meditating when he entered the living room. The puzzle of shards still lay uncompleted upon the table before him. Laurence came out of his relaxing

107

trance when he heard Astrain entering the apartment. I didnt know you meditated, Astrain said. It helps build mental strength and discipline. I am working on the Nin-Kai meditation of Dakahana. Used to clear the mind and achieve clarity. It is great to develop concentration and mind power, Laurence said. Astrain listened with interest. So, how did your meeting with Elizabeth go? It was nice to see her. She also brought me some of my stuff. I have my school certificate and can enrol as your student, Astrain said. Good. Any news from your parents? They sent a letter with Elizabeth. The situation is probably hard on them as well. Parents try to do what is best for their children based on what they know and believe to be right. Family is certainly more important than religious differences. I am sure you will work things out with them, Laurence said. Laurence, where is your family? I have seen the pictures around your place, Astrain said. He looked around the apartment at pictures that showed Laurence with a blond haired woman and a young boy. They seemed happy together. My beautiful wife, Lorraine died over twelve years ago. She died during a terrorist attack while she was in Rashun. She was with a Mallarim group that tried to negotiate peace between Kalahar and Aballah. They tried to stop the current civil war. She was a Mallarim?

108

Yes, and I was a young man involved with magic and studying forbidden history. Quite a match we were. Back in those days, Zakkarian history was even more of a forbidden subject than today. Of course, her family did not approve of the relationship, Laurence said. Did they try to keep you apart? Astrain asked. Oh, yes. They did not like my field of study, not only because of the religious implications but also because they did not think it very profitable. They tried to warn Lorraine to stay away from me. They even threatened to disown her, Laurence said. What happened? They forbade her to marry me - we eloped and got married anyway. Her family wanted nothing further to do with us, Laurence said. Astrain noticed that Laurence eyes appeared glassy. He held up the picture of the family. You had a son? Astrain could see that talking about his son was difficult for Laurence. Yes, when our son was born my in-laws took an interest in our lives again. They wanted to be a part of their grandsons life and insisted on giving him a proper education based on Mallarim values. He was eight when my wife left for Rashun. I had an excavation to supervise in the Zakkarian desert at that time. I had no choice but to leave Christopher with his grandparents, Laurence said. Astrain noticed Laurence was near tears but trying to keep his emotions to himself. He did not want to pry further if it was too painful. Laurence continued his tale, They turned my son against me. Openly accused me of Adversary Worship! They even claimed Christopher was the victim of ritual abuse. All this happened during the time of the great Adversary Worship scare. People felt threatened and afraid. They believed all sorts of stories and rumours.

109

They took Christopher away? Yes, even had a court declare me unfit as a parent and that it was safer for Christopher to stay with them. They took Christopher to a specialist Mallarim therapist who even hypnotized him and he actually recalled being drawn into Adversary Worship rituals and seeing terrible things all nonsense of course, Laurence said. They actually managed to use that as evidence in court? Astrain asked. It simply added to the damning evidence they already had available. They already knew of my Zakkarian studies and research into the occult. It was enough to convince the court that Christopher was in danger, Laurence said. What happened to him? His grandparents took him and disappeared. I tried to find them. I even hired a private investigator to track them down. They just vanished completely. Lorraines family had both the wealth and the influence to arrange such a disappearance. I was not surprised, Laurence said. Scrying? Crystal has tried. However, Christopher remains hidden to astral sight. Perhaps he does not even want to be found, Laurence said. This is terrible. Your story makes me feel angry. Yet, you still have no animosity towards the Mallarim? Even after all of this? Astrain said. I still have the memory of my dear Lorraine. We loved each other, Laurence said. Laurences attention was drawn to the radio in his kitchen and some breaking news.

110

Rashun is in mourning after the death of the Emperor Rashdan. The Emperor was murdered last night by one of his palace guards. The man, who had been in Rashdans employ for eight years, claims to remember nothing of the incident, while the actual evidence implicating him appears damning. Meanwhile, Kalahar has taken steps to cement his authority over all Kandum despite resistance from the remnants of the Rashun government. The government of Mallar have also expressed concerns over his claims. Kalahar has called on ancient tradition and declared that with the other royal line extinguished he must unite Kandum as its sole ruler. The most holy prophet desired for his descendents to rule after his passing and to always preserve the light of faith and truth. Fate and the holy Jalu have this day determined the true royal line. The responsibility passed down from the most holy prophet now falls to me and to me alone. Let the infidel in the south be aware that we have not forgotten the injustices of the past. After the shedding of much blood, the final hour shall come! The unbelievers will tremble before the Lord of the Day of Judgement! So sayeth our most holy scriptures, Kalahar said.

This is terrible news. You know what this means? Laurence said. Not really. I do know that Mallar seemed to like Rashdan better than Kalahar, Astrain said. Kalahar is a war-monger and a tyrant. With Rashdan out of the way and with all the resources of Kandum under his control there is no telling what that madman

111

will do next. Not to mention he may close Kandums borders entirely and we will not have access to the desert dig sites anymore, Laurence said. You think there is going to be a war? Astrain asked. He thought about Elizabeth and Derrick. I dont know. Lets hope not. The tensions between north and south have been brewing for a long time though. There is no telling what Kalahar may do, Laurence said. Why would he want a war though? A war between Mallar and Kandum today would take a heavy toll, Astrain said. I have some theories. Kalahar is obsessed with the end time prophecies. Perhaps that is why he wants a war so badly, Laurence said. Thats insane! Astrain said. Yes, but who knows. Nothing may come of this, Laurence said. We should go and enrol you at the academy. There may not be too much work left for us if Kalahar closes the borders though. And I did have an excavation planned this year to the ruins of Zaphik! Seems we are going to have to do a lot of classification of Kalosh-Tal pottery fragments this year, Laurence said. He noticed a worried look on Astrains face. If you are worried about money we can always sign you up as an assistant at the department. Frank and I could use the help and you can get paid. It is not exactly orthodox for a first year student to take such a position but it is not like we have that many people interested in Zakkarian history, Laurence said. Thank you Laurence. That would be great.

112

Crystal phoned earlier. She said she got us all tickets to the Shurikal Day service. Von Heilsig himself will be preaching that day. This is a prime opportunity to find out exactly how Von Heilsig is tied to the disturbances. Shurikal Day is in two days and we have plenty of work we can do at the department in the meanwhile. Frank can show you how things work, Laurence said. Astrain excused himself and went to his room where he took out the letter from his parents. He found some money in the envelope as well.

Dear Astrain We miss you son and we hope you can eventually find it in your heart to forgive us. We are sorry we acted so rashly without trying to talk to you personally first. We should have discussed the situation with you before calling in Mr. Patterson and Von Heilsig. We realize we had hurt you with our actions and we want to let you know that you are still our son and we will still love you no matter what. At first, we were angry, these are confusing times and the church demands that dissent must be rooted out. However, we now realize we should have placed family first. Elizabeth had a long discussion with us and we realize we should have seen the goodness you had inside you rather than jumping to our own conclusions. We should have known our own son better. Please, we hope you can someday forgive us for our mistakes. Perhaps you can come visit us when you have a holiday at the Academy? Elizabeth has told us that you are following your dream and have met up with Prof. Lavernay. We are happy you can pursue your dreams at the Academy of Knowledge. Arthos is doing very well but the poor dog really misses you! You must come and see him

113

too! We sent you some Darim in the envelope that came with Elizabeth. It should be enough to cover a few basic expenses. We will transfer some money into your bank account. Hope we will speak soon. Contact us when you are ready. Lots of Love Mom and Dad Astrain felt sad and guilty about running away as he read the letter. However, it did not take long for his sadness to develop into yet more rage. After all, he had no choice but to run. They cornered him; they allowed Von Heilsig to destroy his books and his other prized belongings. He wanted to forgive his parents he wanted to. However, he knew this was not going to be quite so simple. Astrain felt nothing but hatred at that moment towards the Mallarim religion and the influence it seemed to have on its followers.

Chapter 6: Desert Nights

114

Elizabeth and the missionary team had already travelled for many hours. As they continued through the Cephor Pass, Elizabeth noticed the famous views. She could see a large portion of Southern Talmar with many smaller towns far in the distance. After driving for some hours and moving through the winding mountain passes of Arathos, a new scene came into view as the travellers could finally see the stretching deserts of Kandum with nothing but seemingly endless golden sand dunes. Elizabeth tried to keep to herself during the trip. She had just about had enough of Mr. Patterson and his Adversary Worship Conspiracies. During the trip, Elizabeth had come to the conclusion that Mr. Patterson, the pillar of the community, was nothing but an ignorant, small minded and half-educated sot. She was especially disgusted with the conclusion of the recent Christine Johnson episode... Christine Johnson was the new girl in town. Rumours began spreading in Illium, as rumours in small towns tend to do, when Christine did not immediately register at the church. The Concerned Mothers Who Pray began seriously discussing the matter and asked Mr. Patterson to have a word with her. Mr. Patterson, always eager for an opportunity to share the one truth, went to her house to talk to her about church attendance and therefore the fate of her immortal soul. Every single Svaren Day Mr. Patterson would go to Christines house with his Book of Mallar and every single Svaren Day; Christine would shut the door on him. Due to his years of expertise in the field of the occult, Mr. Patterson soon concluded that Christine Johnson was an Adversary Worshipper, likely a high-ranking witch and perhaps a lesbian to boot. After all she lived alone without a man to care for her and rule over her as the head of the house. Mr. Patterson further pointed out the fact that she always wore black. He also made a big deal out of the occult jewellery she wore.

115

Thanks to Astrain, Elizabeth did know a few things about the occult and about occult symbolism. Kitten Meow and Butterfly pendants definitely did NOT have anything to do with the occult. Elizabeth thought Christine slightly fashion impaired but this did not necessarily mean she was an Adversary Worshipper! The situation escalated and the whispered rumours grew louder...Then one day Mrs. Owens cat simply disappeared - All fingers pointed at Christine Johnson. Emotions in the Illium community ran high. Mr. Patterson gathered a mob of concerned residents and they marched on over to Christines house. To Mr. Pattersons and the communitys horror they even found a small ginger cat matching Mrs. Owens description in Christines house. Despite Christines pleas that the cat was her own kitty Crystal, Mr. Patterson called the police. As soon as the police arrived, Mrs. Owens received a phone call from a neighbour that they had found her cat stuck up in a tree. In the end, Ginger was rescued by a kindly fireman with a ladder and not by Mr. Patterson and the Illium inquisitional squad. Mrs. Owens was reunited with Ginger, a happy conclusion. Unfortunately, Christine did not have a happy ending of her own. The rumours continued...Why does this woman not come to Church? Surely, she has something to hide! Christine eventually moved out of town. Perhaps she had numerous reasons of her own. Perhaps the situation became unbearable as the local youngsters kept finding new and creative ways to vandalize the house of the wicked witch of Illium. Elizabeth was annoyed just thinking about the whole episode again. A cell phone message tone went off somewhere in the van. Elizabeth noticed that Mr. Patterson looked at his phones screen and his eyes widened. This is terrible, we had better pray over this, Mr. Patterson said, he looked concerned. What is wrong Johannes? Pastor Pat asked.

116

It seems Adversary Worship in Port Ys has reached a horrific climax. How long have I not been warning everyone? Mr. Patterson said. Svag! Here we go again! Elizabeth whispered and rolled her eyes. She did not know Mr. Patterson was looking right at her. He gave her an angry glare. Need I remind you that this is a serious issue? You really need to hear this, Mr. Patterson said. Elizabeth tried not to laugh. She tried focussing on the scenery or just anything to keep her attention occupied so she wouldnt laugh. Mr. Patterson began reading...

Please Pray It has come to our attention that Adversary Worshippers have kidnapped a young woman in Port Ys! They are planning to sacrifice her at a secret gathering to appease their dark lord! Please pray that Jabals light shall shine on them and prevent this atrocity from ever taking place! The sacrifice will occur on the day of Shurikal to mock us as we celebrate the birth of Mallar! Send this message to everyone you know. We must act soon before the children of darkness overrun our towns and cities!

Elizabeths attempt to split her awareness did not work and she could not help but snicker when she heard the message. She blushed when Mr. Patterson and Pastor Pat both looked back at her. What is funny? The poor woman! Mr. Patterson said. These kinds of messages go around every year. It is not like anything ever really happens, Elizabeth said, she ignored Mr. Pattersons angry stare. The people who send these messages know a crime is about to be committed. Why

117

dont they call the police? Sounds far more effective than praying about it, Elizabeth said. Clearly you dont understand. These Adversary Worshippers are EVERYWHERE. They even own the police! They even own the government! This is a war between good and evil! A war we will win, Mr. Patterson said. Elizabeth noticed that he touched his hand to his chest and closed his eyes slightly as he spoke. Smug bastard! Elizabeth thought. Elizabeth could hear the radio in the background. However, it was hard to hear the news in between Mr. Pattersons loud praying. Elizabeth could figure out some words about the murder of the Emperor Rashdan. Obviously Adversary Worship should be higher on our list of concerns, Elizabeth murmured. The sun was setting as the van approached the border. They stopped at the border patrol station and waited at a boom for the personnel to inspect their passports and documentation no one came. In another part of the station, Abbu was hiding in the shadows behind one of the buildings. He readied his gun. The girl looked exactly how Kalahar described her. Kalahar even seemed to know the exact time she was going to arrive. Strange one that Kalahar, Abbu thought. Abbu felt his heart beat faster. I have kidnapped people before. Why do I feel so nervous? This damn cursed desert! Abbu thought. What does Kalahar even want with these missionaries? Does he want to bargain with the Mallar government for their release? Incompetance! One would think that since our side controls this post there would be better service available! Mr. Patterson sneered. Pastor Pat blew the horn of the van a few times and still there was no response. I am going to go and find out where everyone is. Why would they abandon their

118

posts? Pastor Pat said. He climbed out of the van and walked over to a building with a sign on its door that said Staff Quarters. He knocked but there was no response. Elizabeth felt uneasy. Everything was so quiet. She did not like dusk. It was such a strange liminal state a time in betwixt where sometimes the unexpected could creep into your otherwise ordinary reality. I think we should get moving. It is not our problem if the personnel are not at their posts, Elizabeth said. She looked around the station where every shadow morphed into some frightening creature. We cant just drive into Kandum without the proper authorization, Mr. Patterson said. He leaned over to blow the horn a few times. Pastor Pat knocked on the door again. Hello! Is anyone there? Pastor Pat asked. He found the door was unlocked. Elizabeth and Mr. Patterson watched him enter the office. Moments later, he emerged pale and with an expression of horror on his face. He fell down on his knees and threw up. Elizabeth left the van and walked over to him. What happened? Elizabeth asked. Elizabeth walked over to the staff room door. Elizabeth dont! Pastor Pat tried to reach towards Elizabeth and pull her back but it was too late. Elizabeth saw several corpses of the station employees strewn around the room. They were all badly mutilated. The smell was terrible. She felt sick and faint. What could do something like that? Cmon, we need to get out of here and find some help, Pastor Pat said. Back at the van, Pastor Pat tried dialling an emergency number on his cellphone. Cmon, cmon. There should be signal here, The signal strength indicator on the phone fluctuated erratically. What is going on? Mr. Patterson asked.

119

Something killed all these people. It looked like they were attacked by a wild animal, Elizabeth said. A wild animal? I know there are mountain lions still living in this area. Could it have been a mountain lion? Mr. Patterson asked. Pastor Pat continued fumbling with his phone. Damn! Still nothing. One of you try. Elizabeth and Mr. Patterson both noticed their phones behaving strangely. Screeching and wailing noises echoed through the mountains. Abbu looked around when he heard the terrifying calls. How can the desert demons move this far away from Maligor? He looked behind him when he heard a noise on the cliff behind him. Suddenly he felt pinchers sinking into his shoulders and then he was lifted up into the air. The creature gained altitude and then simply dropped Abbu when they were high over the mountains. You will not interfere with the plans of the Shukkabath! The flying creature said as she gazed down at Abbus lifeless, broken body. What was that noise? Elizabeth asked. They heard the screeching noise again. Look! Mr. Patterson said and he pointed at what appeared to be a swarm of large bats headed their way. Get in the van! Were leaving! Pastor Pat said. The three of them jumped in the van and quickly closed the doors and windows. They could see the creatures clearly now they looked like winged women with claws. Pastor Pat drove right through the boom and out onto the paved desert road. The creatures gave chase and proved faster than the van. They began shaking the van, trying to turn it over. Pastor Pat felt as if he was going to lose control.

120

I knew it! I knew it! Adversary Worshippers! They were real all along! Mr. Patterson said. Elizabeth could not quite figure out whether Mr. Patterson was happy or terrified. Some of the creatures latched onto the roof of the van and began clawing at it. One of the Shukkabath smashed the window next to Elizabeth and grabbed at her. Elizabeth put up a fight and kicked back as the arms reached out for her. The Shukkabath peered into the window and Elizabeth kicked it in the face. It let go of the van and crashed down on the road. Another Shukkabath smashed the window next to the drivers seat. She began clawing at the wheel. Pastor Pat had trouble regaining control of the vehicle as it swerved across the road. Elizabeth felt her heart beating faster. She did not want to die. She started to think about her brother and her family. She remembered what Astrain had told her about the desert and something about a ritual to protect her. No harm in trying, She figured. Karosh, Lalol...Svag! - I cant remember. Elizabeth concentrated hard and tried to remember the words. Karosh, Lagor, Hlermu, Arthos! She was surprised as a burst of light shot forth from around her. The Shukkabath around the van were stunned and blinded. Those on the roof let go of the car and the one grasping onto the wheel lost her grip. What happened? Pastor Pat asked. Must have been my prayers! Mr. Patterson said. Are they gone? Pastor Pat asked. He checked the vans rear view mirror and saw the creatures behind them in the distance. They seemed to have stopped. Pastor Pat was surprised as the hand of one of the creatures reached inside and grabbed onto the wheel again. The creature snarled and growled as it attacked. Johannes! Get the gun! Pastor Pat said. Johannes searched through the cars cabby hold and found the pastors handgun. Oh! Svag! Pastor Pat said as the Shukkabath gave the wheel a strong yank. The vehicle left the road at high

121

speed and Pastor Pat lost further control over the loose sand. The vehicle ran over a large dune forcing it to flip on its side and crash down in the sand. The van lay there amidst a cloud of dust... Elizabeth came to. Sore and bruised but otherwise not seriously injured as far as she could tell. She felt wetness on her forehead and noticed some blood. Everyone all right? Elizabeth asked. She heard moaning. She crawled to the front of the van and she saw Mr. Patterson and Pastor Pat lying bunched up, one on top of the other. They did not seem seriously injured. I am ok. Just sore, Pastor Pat said. I am fine as well, Mr. Patterson said. Pastor Pat tried climbing out of the smashed window, now the top side of the car. He managed to pull himself up and out of the van and helped Mr. Patterson out. In turn, they helped pull Elizabeth out. They climbed down and were relieved to be safe and on solid ground again. You have the gun? Pastor Pat asked. Yes, Mr. Patterson replied What were those things? Pastor Pat asked. My prayers sure sent those Adversary Worshippers flying! Did... Before Mr. Patterson could finish his sentence, they noticed glowing red eyes peering at them from the darkness. One of the creatures approached and her form seemed to shift in a subtle manner. More of the creatures converged and they were now clearly visible in the moonlight. They were no longer monsters with claws and fangs but only women. Mr. Patterson chastised himself for his impure thoughts as the group of naked women surrounded them.

122

What do we have here sisters? New playthings for the Shukkabath? One of the women said. She stepped forward. I am Jezebath, high commander of the legions of Uaperos and right hand of our goddess Katriona. Praise be to the most glorious and exalted of the Lords of the Veil! The travellers remained silent. Mr. Patterson wanted to rebuke the female form before him in the name of the Lord but he found himself unable to utter any words. Elizabeth! You have come as the mistress has foreseen...Yet, I see you have become another blind pawn. Manipulated by the ancient of days and her endless schemes! Are you the child who will strike a blow against the everlasting Empire? Jezebath said. She looked at the other Shukkabath and they laughed.

Maran and Ishmar made good progress across the desert. So far, they managed to evade the Shukkabath swarms. Maran helped Ishmar navigate to a small oasis where they decided to spend the night. It was safer just sleeping in the Desert Voyager and they tried to hide the vehicle among some palm trees. They prepared to settle down for the night in the back of the Voyager. Ishmar closed his eyes and prepared to sleep when he heard Maran whimpering. Ishmar thought he was mature for a boy his age. This was expected of Maran as a young man among the Baku. He was to be a future warrior and leader of his tribe. However, as Ishmar heard the sulking, he knew that Maran was still but a boy. What is wrong, Maran? Ishmar asked. Maran kept seeing the horrific images from the attack in his mind. He struggled to speak. He wiped the tears from his face. I failed my people. I watched them die. I will never be a true warrior, Maran said and started to weep again. You did not fail, Maran. You are doing a brave thing here. We will rescue the Baku, Ishmar said.

123

We left the dead behind unburied. I have dishonoured them. Ishmar knew how important tradition was among the Baku. Maran would have had the differences between honour and dishonour ingrained in him, even from a very young age. We had to get out of there. The demons would have spotted us. Ishmar said. Ishmars tone changed, he spoke firmly and seriously. Listen to me Maran. You did not dishonour your people or their memory. Your father told you to hide. You were a good and obedient son and you will yet honour his memory and that of your people through your deeds, Marans sulking stopped. Thank you Ishmar. Your words mean a lot to me, Maran said. Wait - before we go to sleep. I have to go pee. Stay close to the Voyager! Ishmar said. Maran climbed out of the vehicle and went behind some bushes, still within sight of the Voyager. Ishmar waited by the door for Maran to finish. He heard a sudden scuffling sound and the flap of wings. Maran! Back inside! Ishmar called. Maran had just finished. He ran back to the Voyager. Ishmar was shocked as a passing Shukkabath suddenly swept Maran up into the air. Maran! Ishmar quickly grabbed his gun. He saw a large swarm of Shukkabath pass by overhead. Ishmar aimed at the Shukkabath with Maran in her grip. He hesitated, afraid that he might hit Maran. The boy struggled as best he could; he kicked and tried to free himself from the Shukkabaths grasps. Let me go! Maran called. A sudden thought of the woman in white entered his mind. He remembered her words and he remembered her spell. He uttered her words. Karosh! Lagor! Hlermu! Arthos! The burst of light blinded the Shukkabath. Maran heard her yelp and she lost her grip on him. He landed on a sand dune. Ishmar ran over to him. Maran stood up and dusted himself off. Ishmar was relieved to see that he was not hurt. The swarm of Shukkabath moved on with determination, ignoring Ishmar and Maran. One Shukkabath stayed behind. She

124

growled and her chest heaved as she looked back at Ishmar and Maran. How dare you strike at me with your petty magics? She said. One of her sisters in the swarm stopped to see what was keeping the straggler. Sister! We need to move! Jezebath has demanded reinforcements! The girl is dangerous! Marans captor ignored her sister. One of these goymar wields the forbidden fire! Katriona will reward me if I bring in their heads! She said and then swooped down on Maran and Ishmar. She screamed as she sped towards them. Ishmar aimed his gun and fired. The bullet went right into the skull of the monstrous woman. With a final cry, the form of the Shukkabath dissolved into particles of dust. The dust hung in the air for a while. It then began to coalesce. Ishmar watched the strange behaviour of the particles. They seemed to still be alive and retain the awareness of life as they tried to reassemble. Ishmar and Maran quickly moved out of the way, as the dust cloud sped towards them. It stopped, and then sped off in a westerly direction. Ishmar and Maran stood in silence for a moment. They were still in shock. At the same time, they were relieved that the creatures could be harmed they were not bulletproof. Marans spell had also worked. There was this glimmer of hope the desert demons could be beaten. Ishmar and Maran returned to the Voyager. They were headed south, Ishmar said. They sounded afraid of something, Maran said. We should follow them and find out what they are after. The only settlement south of here is at the border. Someone may need our help, Ishmar said. The Voyager continued in a southerly direction following the swarm.

125

Elizabeth, Pastor Pat and Mr. Patterson backed up as the Shukkabath circled them, coming ever closer. Elizabeth noticed another swarm of the creatures flying in from the north. Mistress Jezebath, what are we to do with these interlopers? One of the Shukkabath asked. The girl is the property of Katriona she is not to be touched. However, you may pleasure yourselves with these males as you deem fit. We can take them as spoils to Maligor afterwards, Jezebath said. Bah! Why should he receive all the spoils? What about our own mistress? Surely, the great sacrifice to come will be enough to feed him. I even desire to taste of their blood myself! Another Shukkabath said. Do not question me again! My word is the word of the Mistress! The rituals still require the shedding of much blood on the altars, Jezebath said. She walked up to Elizabeth and grabbed her face under the chin. She forced Elizabeth to look up at her. You are quite a pretty little thing. The mistress will be quite pleased with you. She longs to tap into the source of power coursing through you. Jezebath turned Elizabeths head from side to side. I wonder if this one is still a virgin. So many Mallarim girls I have watched over the years always say they are saving themselves for marriage. Yet, so many of them are sluts regardless. Are you one of those my little kitten? Jezebath said. She threw Elizabeth down onto the sand. Pastor Pat helped her up. Elizabeth clenched her fists and her jaw. The crowd of Shukkabath circled the travellers. The women snarled and hissed. The swarm from the north landed and one amongst them stepped forward and bowed before Jezebath. Commander Isal of the fifth legion, reporting as summoned, mistress, Isal said. She looked around and noticed the men and Elizabeth. I see you have left us some mortal men to rape and kill for our own pleasure. With the soldiers at Maligor off-limits, we have been ever so bored, Isal said.

126

Stay your hand, Isal. The men are to be given as spoils, Jezebath said. She looked over Pastor Pat and Mr. Patterson. Although - perhaps no one needs to know there were TWO male captives, Jezebath said. Both mens eyes widened. We have waited so long now for those goymar idiots in Cephaloria to get on with the rituals! We will wait yet longer before we can send Elizabeth back to Uaperos! Some fun is certainly in order. I can barely contain myself! Isal said. The forms of Jezebath and Isal shifted. Jezebath roared, showing her mouth filled with sharp fangs. Let us take one of the men and we will all be happy, Jezebath said. Well the Goymar involved will hardly be happy, Isal said. She and Jezebath laughed and then they moved closer to the men. Who cares? These goymar are unthinking animals after all! Jezebath said. Karosh! Lago Elizabeth tried to utter the words of the protection ritual but Isal moved in fast behind her. She grabbed Elizabeth and held her mouth shut. Elizabeth struggled but Isal was too strong. The little bitch kitten thinks she can control the elder races with spells and magic. The mistress will soon snuff out your desires for the forbidden fire! Jezebath said. Elizabeth bit Isals hand. The thing bit me! Isal removed her hand from Elizabeths mouth. Svag you! You Svagging bitch! If you represent elder races than I will proudly be a filthy goymar, Elizabeth said. A sharp tongue and some fire in the little kitten after all. Stay your tongue when talking to your superiors. We may just rip it from your mouth! Jezebath said. Isal gagged Elizabeth again. All this fooling around has worked me up a mighty appetite! Isal said. Jezebath pointed her finger at Pastor Pat and Mr. Patterson and moved it between them.

127

She stopped at Pastor Pat. The blood of mortals can be ever so nourishing! Jezebath said. Elizabeth and Mr. Patterson watched in horror as Jezebath moved towards Pastor Pat, she moved so fast they could only see her trail. Mr. Patterson pulled out the gun and aimed it at Jezebath. Another Shukkabath grabbed him from behind and held him tightly. She grabbed his gun wielding hand and crushed it in her grip. With a yelp of pain, Johannes dropped the gun onto the sand. Jezebath grabbed Pastor Pat from behind and held his head, forcing his neck to be exposed. She bit into his neck and tore at his throat. She lapped up the nourishing red liquid as it flowed into the sand. The other Shukkabath relished the spatter of the dark red rain. They lifted their hands as if in supplication and spread the blood over themselves to taste of the life giving liquid. Mr. Patterson and Elizabeth watched with wide eyes and Elizabeths muffled screams were drowned out by Isals hand. Elizabeth looked around desperately, secretly praying that some divine power could hear their pleas and save them from the terror. Elizabeth felt light headed. She blocked out the world around her and lost awareness - like an injured animal in its final desperate death throes in the claws of a predator. Elizabeth was awakened from her hormone-induced trance when she heard a horn blowing. She saw lights in the distance and the Shukkabath disturbed by the sudden commotion and brightness. Ishmar drove towards the Shukkabath. He blew the horn of the voyager and turned on his bright lights. The Shukkabath hissed and snarled at the interruption. Ishmar pumped the gas pedal and the Voyager built up speed as it moved towards the Shukkabath. The Shukkabath scattered. Fools! Do we fear mortals and their primitive technologies now? Seize them sisters! Tear them to shreds! Jezebath said with blood still dripping from her mouth. She dropped

128

Pastor Pat. All the Shukkabath changed their forms. They spread their wings and readied their fangs and claws. They moved into the Desert Voyagers blinding beam of light. They blocked with their arms and hissed as the light hit them. Ishmar pushed down on the gas pedal again and rammed into the flying women. He hit some of them, while others flew upwards. A few of the Shukkabath were killed on impact with the Desert Voyager. Their forms dissolved into dust, which rapidly moved into the west. Ishmar stopped near where Jezebath and Isal held the captives. Wait here Maran! Ishmar said. He grabbed his gun and climbed out of the Voyager. Isal! Seize him! Jezebath commanded. Isal let Elizabeth go and then she stormed towards Ishmar. Isal moved so fast, Ishmar could barely see her. He fired a shot at the speeding figure. Isal stopped in her tracks as a bullet pierced her chest. She looked briefly at Jezebath before turning into dust. Lucky shot! Jezebath said. Elizabeth, run! Get the gun! Mr. Patterson said. Jezebath seized Elizabeth. No kitten. You are not going anywhere! You are too important to the mistress! Jezebath said. The remainder of the Shukkabath circled in the air, ready to swoop down on their enemies. Jezebath turned towards her sister holding Mr. Patterson. Go ahead to Maligor! The sisters and I will be right behind you! Jezebath said. Ishmar walked up to Jezebath and pointed his gun at her. Let them go! Ishmar commanded. Jezebath laughed. The Shukkabath with Mr. Patterson in her grasp flew upwards and then to the west. Ishmar fired a shot at it he missed. The creature flew faster and Mr. Pattersons screams faded as they disappeared into the distance. Some rescuer you turned out to be! The girl is mine! Tear this one to shreds sisters! Ishmar kept his gun pointed at Jezebath. Elizabeth renewed her struggles with new fervour. She noticed the rest of the swarm coming back around, ready to strike at Ishmar. Elizabeth could feel the rush of rage and adrenaline course through her body. Her heart was beating and she felt lightheaded but she fought with a

129

newfound strength. Jezebath tightened her grip on the girl with both hands and prepared for flight. The other Shukkabath swooped towards Ishmar. Karosh! Lagor! Hlermu! Arthos! Elizabeth called out. The rush of power through Elizabeth intensified and a tremendously bright burst of light shot forth from her. Jezebath had no time to escape or scream as the blast of light tore her apart. Maran! Close your eyes! Ishmar called and he fell down on the sand, he shielded himself with his arms. Maran, still in the Voyager ducked underneath the dashboard. The light intensified. It was as bright as the centre of a star. The other Shukkabath were also caught in the blast and they were instantly blown apart. The light generated by Elizabeth was so bright it lit up a large part of the desert. Even as far as Okkur, residents saw the burst of energy. The people of Okkur trembled at the sight. They feared the judgement of Jalu and some fell on their knees in prayer. When the light subsided, the desert was silent and no more Shukkabath remained. Only their dusty remains floated upon the air. Elizabeth collapsed and fell down in the sand. Maran climbed out of the desert voyager and ran over to Ishmar. He was unharmed by the burst of light and energy. They went over to see if Elizabeth needed any help. Ishmar bent down and tried to find any signs of injury. Except for some bruises and cuts, she seemed fine - only exhausted. Elizabeth slowly opened her eyes. Elizabeth stared at Ishmar for a moment. She thought he was very handsome. In her dazed state she felt like a fairytale princess finally rescued by the prince. Elizabeth blushed when she realized she was staring. Ishmar helped her up. They were startled when the particles of dust began to flow together. The particles assembled into the form a face. They heard a female voice laughing. This is not over! You will feel the wrath of Katriona! You will know the fates of those who have crossed the eternal Empire! Shadroach Elkarin Malor! After these words, the dust cloud moved off into the

130

west. Elizabeth walked over to Pastor Pat. He was dead. Elizabeth felt terrible. She knew he had a family back in Illium. She wondered how she was ever going to explain what had happened. She thought of Mr. Patterson. Perhaps he was still alive. Excuse me, miss? Ishmar said. Elizabeth turned to Ishmar. What are you doing here in the desert? Ishmar asked. We were on an outreach expedition to the Kalimer Baku. These these things attacked us, Elizabeth said. You can come with us. We will take you to safety. We can call for help at the border, Ishmar said. I just came from the border - Everyone there is already dead. We tried calling for help. Something here is jamming all our signals, Elizabeth said. The Shukkabath took the man from our party. I cant just leave him behind like this. They are likely taking your friend to Maligor with their other captives. Come with us. We are headed to the Nin-Kai monastery. You will be safe there. We will help your friend, Ishmar said. Thank you, Elizabeth said. She remembered what Astrain said about Maligor. I am Ishmar, here on assignment from the Rashun government, Maran stepped forward. This is Maran of the Kalimer Baku, Ishmar said. Nice to meet you. I am Elizabeth. They buried Pastor Pat in a shallow grave and erected a crude grave marker with some stones. They spent a moment in silence.

131

We should see if we can salvage any supplies from your van, Ishmar said. Ishmar and Elizabeth searched through the van and found some boxes with food packages, bottled water and some fuel. Maran stood watch outside to warn them in case the creatures returned. They went over to the Desert Voyager and loaded the supplies. We should get moving. I will try to call Rashdan again. He needs to be informed of the situation, Ishmar said. Rashdan? You havent heard? Elizabeth said. Heard what? He was assassinated. One of the palace guards did it, Elizabeth said. Ishmar avoided eye contact with Elizabeth. He was stunned. The blow of her words had hit him hard. Assassinated? How can this be? I knew all the guards at the palace. All of them loved Rashdan! Ishmar said. He fell down on his knees in the sand and pulled at his hair. Rashdan was like a brother to me. Everything he tried to build will be undone, Ishmar said. He clenched his fists. Kalahar! I cant help but think he is somehow involved in this. He can now seize control of all Kandum, Ishmar spent a moment in silence. He stood up. I need to inform the Nin-Kai of the situation, Ishmar said stoically. The three of them climbed into the Desert Voyager and they moved on into the west. Elizabeth stared out the window as they drove on. Everything felt so strange and surreal. One moment the world was normal and safe. Yet, as soon as they entered the desert everything changed magic worked and monsters existed. Ishmar was lost in thoughts of his own. He was stunned by the recent news, though he tried to hide his emotions in front of Maran and Elizabeth. He had to be strong, for all of them. His world was shaken. Every passing day things got

132

stranger. Demons, magic and now the strange young girl who lit up like a star. She is beautiful, Ishmar thought. He peeked at her in his rear view mirror. You knew the magic of the white lady? Maran asked, breaking the silence. White Lady? Elizabeth asked. That ritual you used. The white lady taught me that same ritual, Maran said. My brother told me about this ritual. I dont know of any white lady. Sorry. Elizabeth thought of Astrain. She missed him. Perhaps we are connected. Perhaps we are meant to be here, Maran said. Why did you want to become a missionary? I dont like them, I dont think I like them that much either, Elizabeth smiled. I came along to distribute food packages and some medical supplies. We came to help the Baku. I think Johannes would have loved to preach to you, though. And I DO feel sorry for you if you had to sit and listen to him, Elizabeth said. Maran may not have liked missionaries but he did like Elizabeth. She had a sincerity about her. She deserved a chance. Most missionaries come here to tell us we need to repent or we will burn in the Lake of Fire. I think they are arrogant fools. We have been following our traditions for thousands of years. We have always respected our ancestors. Now, these missionaries want to come along and tell us we have been wrong all along and they are right? Maran said. We have this stereotype in Kandum about missionaries. They hand out food and care with ulterior motives. Condemning anyone to eternal torment who does not agree with them, Ishmar said. Well in Mallar we think of all Kandumoth as wild eyed fanatics, ready to kill for their faith over any slight - You guys seem ok though, Elizabeth said and

133

laughed. Well Kalahar DOES actually fit that stereotype. Kalahar and his purists will probably have me killed for confessing that I am not too religious myself anymore. I have just seen too much harm done with religion as an excuse. However, I still respect many things from Kandumoth tradition. All the great stories I learned from the Nin-Kai have always inspired me, Ishmar said. Elizabeth nodded. She felt the same. Too many questions and she had no real answers. I dont think we have all the answers anyway, Elizabeth said. She stared out the window again.

Chapter 7: Revelation

The light of dawn spread over Cephaloria. It was the day of Shurikal, a day of celebration and joy in the Mallarim faith. Mallar was born! The members of the coven met at Franks house from where they would depart to the church service. Esmeralda and Astrain were making some last minute preparations in one of the bedrooms. Today is going to be big. I heard they are expecting over a million people today, Astrain said as he struggled fixing his tie. Von Heilsig has gathered quite a following after his travels. People from all over Mallar are coming for this event, Esmeralda said. She helped Astrain with his tie. The service is probably going to last the whole day. Last place I ever wanted to be, Astrain said. Who knows you might even get saved, Esmeralda said but she noticed Astrain glare at her. They joined the rest of the coven in Franks living room. It seems we are all ready to go. Crystal arranged for some seats near one of the exits, should we need to leave early, Frank said.

134

I dont expect we will have any trouble today, Laurence said. Crystal will monitor the spiritual activities and Von Heilsig through clairvoyance. Shield yourselves if you feel unsafe for any reason, Frank said. I thought I was bad - Cmon guys. This is a church service. Not some dangerous stunt - Well except if my theory turns out to be true. Von Heilsig may have turned everyone into brainwashed zombies and they are going to try to assimilate us! Astrain said and laughed. They did advertise a lot of hip cool bands and family friendly fun! Hardly sounds like an evil conspiracy, Astrain said. I know it sounds silly to fear going to church. Just remember we are heading into the place where the disturbance originated. Von Heilsig and his church are connected to everything. It would be wise to approach the situation with caution. Von Heilsig is up to something, Frank said. The coven left Franks apartment and walked the short distance to the heart of Cephaloria where the Mallar Revival Church stood. The whole city was quiet on that one day. It was a public holiday and many of the roads around the church were closed for the event. The church looked more like a large stadium than a religious building. It had a huge dome for a roof with a large circled cross 30 on top. The cross marked it as a place of Mallarim worship. At night, this cross lit up to bathe Cephaloria in the light of Mallar and Jabal. Some citizens complained that the light over the city was too bright and it was disturbing their sleep. They even signed a petition that asked for the lights to be turned off after a certain hour or at least dimmed. However, their pleas went largely ignored. Damn

30

The circled cross is a prominent symbol of the Mallarim faith. It represents Jabal as the master of creation and the four elements and the circle his eternal rule in light and glory.

135

atheists want to get on our case again! One of the women working at the state department that dealt with the complaints was known to have commented. The church had enough room for over five hundred thousand visitors and even more were expected for the Shurikal services. The whole service was going to be broadcast on television. Some news teams were already setting up and doing some last minute checks. The coven members took their seats and the structure gradually began to fill with the crowds of excited people. The energy in the church was palpable. Some small groups began their own private praise and worship sessions before hand. Busloads of Mallarim arrived from all over the country. At the centre of the church stood a stage filled with microphones and large speaker systems. Some of Von Heilsigs honoured guests sat in the front rows. These guests included the president Dave Stone and his entourage, numerous military leaders, including General Lafayette and all sorts of representatives from various facets of government. The descendents of the Mallarim saints had their own row of seats reserved. Bands began playing, leading the crowds in praise and worship. The rock band Righteous Light began playing and the younger members of the crowd cheered and jumped up with their hands lifted into the air. They sang along and a few jumped up and down. Astrain and Esmeralda gave each other annoyed looks. Astrain did not know what it was about the modern Mallarim music that he found so annoying there was just something about it. A certain sound to it or perhaps the content. Astrain felt like he wanted to scream when Righteous Light began singing the repetitive refrain of their current song yet again. They sang something about lifting hands up high and shouting the praises of Jabal. I wish it could stop! Astrain said. It came out a little harder than he intended. A woman seated in the row in front of him

136

immediately turned around. How dare you criticize holy music? Clearly your mother never taught you any manners or respect for that matter, The woman said. I think I know why this music is so annoying. It is repetitive, pointless and all music in the genre sounds the same. Most of all I think it smacks of selfrighteousness and smugness, Astrain said - this time intentionally loud. Clearly some people are just incapable of finding the light. I hope the Lord will have mercy on this one, the woman said. A Mallarim metal group, Divine Fury was the next to perform. Von Heilsig entered the church and walked over to the stage amidst great cheers from the crowd. He walked up to the microphone. Crystal meanwhile began to peer into the astral world... Brothers and sisters! Mallarim united in the one true faith! Today we celebrate the birth of Mallar a happy occasion. Through Mallar, the light of Jabal shines upon the world! However, I also come this day to give a warning. If our nation of Mallar does not repent of its wicked ways and turn back to the one God we will face His judgement! We must all pray or there will be a bloodbath soon! We must come to repentance. Yet why does our society remain in darkness? The unrepentant refuse to change their wicked ways! The Lord will turn his back on us as we have turned our backs on him! The Book of Mallar is very clear on what is right and what is wrong, Von Heilsig held up his Book of Mallar. Everything between these two covers is the absolute word of God! Some have called me a fundamentalist. And I do assure you this day, that I do believe the Book of Mallar to be fundamentally true! There are no grey areas with the Lord of Righteousness! Von Heilsig said.

137

Creatures of shadow surround Von Heilsig. They are protecting him. Two invisible guards wielding swords of flame stay around him. Other Var-Lokkur move between the crowds they seem to be feeding off the peoples energy. Von Heilsig is generating fear and anger with his words and the Var-Lokkur feed, Crystal said. Who is poisoning our society? The Book of Mallar is clear. Unbelievers are enemies of God! The Book of Mallar makes it clear that homosexuality is abominable before the Lord! Yet those who persist in their sin would want to convince us that it is somehow natural. Repent! For the Judgement of the Lord will be upon us for such inquity! Von Heilsig said. The congregation cheered. Some among them lifted their hands and numerous calls of Praise Be! came from different parts of the audience. Who is poisoning our society? Who will bring wrath upon us? The Atheists! Only a fool can deny the truth that is Jabal! The liberals and the secular humanists - It is they that open us to the influence of the Adversary! They are the rotten core of our society! The scientists who want us to teach Zakkarian history in our schools. The Academic world has become a cesspool of liberal and secular values. The Academy of Knowledge has become a den of serpents! Scientists say they have answers... Von Heilsig said. He held up his Book of Mallar again. This is the only acceptable history! The only truth! I say scientists are fools with worldly knowledge. I say teachers of Zakkarian History are deceiving snakes! Some school boards have voted in favour of teaching Zakkarian history. Let us see who they will call upon when the wrath of the Lord is unleashed! More cheers and praises came from the crowd. Some among the crowd jumped up and fainted, the moment too tense and powerful. The power is growing stronger.

138

More Var-Lokkur surround this church! The church is filling up with a black and red aura. Rage and hate, Crystal said. Who is poisoning our society? The Kandumoth! We do not recognize their false prophet! They would even deny Mallars divinity! I say Jalu is a deceiver! The Adversary in disguise! Look at the history of Kandum - A history of violence! These false believers even dare to threaten us in our holy city! The Kandumoth are fools while the Mallarim stand for peace and love! Von Heilsig said. The crowds cheered. A group of women who seemed to all be from one small congregation lifted their hands towards Von Heilsig and spoke a blessing over him. Who is poisoning our society? The Witches and the warlocks! The Adversary Worshippers and those that seek to revive the accursed Zakkarian Paganism! Occultists are the worst filth of them all! They poison our world and allow demons within. They spew poison upon our society. Magic is the cancer that will eat away at the foundations of the family and at the foundations of our civilization. What evil philosophy can teach that man has power? Power that makes man question the divine and even wants to place him on the Throne of God. It will bring the wrath of the Lord! We were made for obedience. Calls of praise be issued from amongst the crowd. Von Heilsigs aura is changing; it is turning into a pure glow of light. I do not know what I am seeing. One moment he is there and the next he is gone. I see a vast being of pure light. Sometimes I see the form of a lion, haughty and proud. I do not understand, Crystal said. Who else is poisoning our society? Let me just say that the bombing of the abortion clinic in Noragen was a just act. Does Jabal not value life? Does Jabal not especially value innocent lives and the lives of his Chosen? Those doctors who

139

were killed were likely atheists. Now they face an even greater wrath! Von Heilsig said. Who is poisoning our society? Let me say again. Unbelievers are enemies of God! The energy in the Mallar Revival Church reached a climax. Many in the congregation were overcome by the powerful energy. Righteouss Light started playing again. Some members of the congregation shook and screamed out in tongues. Von Heilsig took a break from the service and poured himself a drink of water. Frank noticed that Crystal was turning pale and she was shaking. What is wrong baby? Frank said. He held Crystals hand. This is what Von Heilsig wants! He wants the Mallarim to believe they have enemies. He wants them to set themselves apart and think they are better. The result is hatred. Hatred and blind faith that he and the Var-Lokkur can feed off. It is making him stronger! There is another here with us, a being so powerful that he is invisible to my clairvoyant sight. He is angry! He sees into my soul and he shows me visions of worlds dying and millions suffering it is terrible! Crystal said. Von Heilsig continued with his service. The time for healing has come! Now you will see the gifts the Lord will bestow on the righteous! Come forward and be touched by Jabal! Von Heilsig said. Some of his bodyguards moved in among the crowd where many people reached out and called to them with desperate pleas for help. The bodyguards selected a few among the people and helped them to the stage. They helped a man onto the stage. He seemed to be blind. I see this man before me is afflicted with blindness. You have been blind since birth, I see. I can sense that your name is Justin, Von Heilsig said. The guards led the man closer. Y yes your eminence, Justin said. Hear now Justin! Jabal has shown you mercy! Von Heilsig said, he then proceeded to touch Justins eyes. Crystal could see magical energy shoot out of

140

Von Heilsig and into Justins eyes. He held his eyes closed for a moment and gradually opened them as he adjusted to the light and the strange new world. He was smiling and tears formed in the corner of his eye. I can see! I can see! Oh! Praise Jabal! I can see! Justin said. Von Heilsig touched him again and he fell down on the floor convulsing. Next! Von Heilsig said. The guards helped a man in a wheelchair onto the stage. Von Heilsig walked over to him. I see your name is Chris. I can also see that you have been in this wheelchair ever since the accident three years ago, Von Heilsig said. Yes your eminence. That is correct. I can see that you dabbled in the forbidden occult science of divination in your youth. Jabal has cursed you for that! You are bound to the spirit of divination! Repent of your crime! Von Heilsig said. Chris was shaking. I am so sorry! I will never try to know unlawful things again I swear! Chris said. Then Jabal shall show you mercy. Stand up and walk! Should you ever repeat your crime your affliction shall return a hundred fold! Von Heilsig said. Chris tried to stand up but he fell back down. Von Heilsigs guards helped to pull him up and they supported him. They gradually let go as they helped him across the stage. Chris was surprised when he found that he was walking on his own. It is a miracle! Praise Jabal! Chris called out. Von Heilsig touched Chris and he fell down on the ground with convulsions. When he came to, Von Heilsigs guards took him to join Jason on a bench on the stage. Von Heilsig looked over the crowd. So many here today in need of healing. We will have another healing session later. The Lord is here with us this day! Von Heilsig said. Crystal noticed one of Von Heilsigs Var-Lokkur guards looking right at her. He gazed at her as she gazed at him. The Var-Lokkur whispered in Von Heilsigs ear. I will be back later today for another healing service. Before I leave you with the wondrous

141

musical talent for another praise and worship session. I would like to say a prayer, Von Heilsig said. He is aware of us! Shield yourselves! Silently chant the words of protection. Von Heilsig is about to work powerful black magic! Crystal said. Lord Jabal. Smite the adversary! Today we have identified your enemies in this world. We ask thee to bind the false and deceiving dragon! Bind up all magic and may its followers fall. Bind all clairvoyant sight, all divination, all spells. Let these methods turn to naught! Smite your enemies! We pray that the unbelievers will repent of their wicked ways. Let your righteous fury purge the darkness from amongst us! A curse upon all enemies of God! Von Heilsig said. He then began speaking in tongues. Urash Maragh Damal Jikka Mal Dhamer...Kiop Esel Maragh Aur... He is not simply trying to curse us. He is also performing a ritual. I cant tell what it is supposed to do. He is using the energy of his followers to power it, Crystal said. Von Heilsig continued speaking in tongues. Crystal noticed that the Var-Lokkur touched other members of the congregation and they also began speaking in tongues. Others in the crowd became so enthralled by the spectacle that they started singing and dancing. One group of women began singing repeatedly Let your kingdom come! Let your kingdom come! I can understand some of the language that the people are speaking. I dont know how. They are speaking the language of the Var-Lokkur. They say that Talmar is doomed. They speak of revenge and destruction. They speak of Von Heilsig as the anchor into the world - I dont understand, Crystal said. She was shaking again. Frank held her hand tightly. I think we need to leave. We have overstayed our welcome. I cant take this anymore. Von Heilsigs master is angry. He shows me terrible visions of horrific futures, Crystal said. Frank

142

helped Crystal up, as she was weak and barely able to stand. Laurence, Astrain and Esmeralda stood up with them. They moved out of the row and made their way towards the exit. With the exit in sight, a little girl sitting with her family in one of the back row seats pointed and called. Look daddy! There is that man from TV! Those people dont believe the truth we have! Laurence tried to duck out of sight and avoid the attention but it was too late, everyone was looking at them. Laurence Laverney wants to teach our kids forbidden history! He is an evil man, Another man in the back row seats called out. Just move on! Laurence said. The coven sped up their retreat towards the exit. Two security guards who stood by the exit moved into the way, now blocking the way out. Excuse us, Frank said. The guards ignored him and continued singing along with Righteous Light and the song Saving Grace. Excuse me, please! My girlfriend is not feeling well. We need to leave! Frank said. The guards ignored him again. Frank let Laurence hold the enfeebled Crystal and he tried to shove through the men. In response, they shoved him in turn and he fell down on his back. Filthy unbelievers, One of the guards remarked. Astrain helped Frank up. Frank clenched his fists. Astrain could see he was angry and ready for a fight. Von Heilsig was dancing on the stage to the Righteous Light song, waving his arms. When the song ended, he began praying in tongues again. ...sele haerdo feben ku sitiar... In between Von Heilsigs praying, Astrain noticed him look directly at them. Come on. Shove back. Start a fight! Astrain heard a voice say in his head. He was sure it was Von Heilsig. Frank walked over to the two guards with his fist clenched and his body tense. Astrain stopped him. Wait! This is what Von Heilsig wants! Try to calm down, Astrain said.

143

...leneop devef weh fil! It is done! The process has begun! Let the Lord return in glory! Von Heilsig said. He looked up at the coven. I notice a disturbance there at the back. Unbelievers must have thought they could somehow stop us! They should know that it is far too late. The agents of the Adversary are too late! Let them leave. They will face a greater judgement soon, Von Heilsig said. The guards stood back and allowed the coven to pass.

They quickly returned to Franks apartment. Crystal was exhausted and she gradually recovered from her ordeal. The energy in that place became overwhelming. More and more Var-Lokkur swarmed in. Von Heilsigs master did not appreciate what we were doing, Crystal said. What are we to do now? We still know next to nothing about who or what Von Heilsig is working for, Laurence said. I saw Tal-Mu again a few days ago. I saw her in a dream, Astrain said and the coven immediately turned their attention to him. She may have the answers we seek. I think it is time we seek her out. I believe I can draw her to us. She said I could be a beacon of light to guide her back, Astrain said. Evoking a being like that will be...difficult. There were sacred seals and items associated with her cult. However, all these were lost in the time of the cataclysm. I only know of their existence through some inscriptions. Neither do we know her true name or other magical names to form a connection with her, Laurence instructed. I am not talking about evocation. I am talking about invocation. I will call Tal-Mu directly and I will provide the energy for her to manifest. She can use me as her

144

vessel. It may be the only way to sustain her connection to this world long enough to gather the information we need, Astrain said. You know that this is dangerous? Laurence cautioned. I understand the risk. But, I cant help but feel that everything that has happened so far has served some purpose. I feel something terrible is about to happen and I think we can stop it, Astrain said. Tal-Mu was believed a being of great power - of divine origin. We will need to take extra precautions and we must be ready to deal with her should she prove deceptive, Crystal added Yeah, dont worry Astrain we wont let her run off with your body or anything, Frank said. Well, we still need a connection to help draw her here, Laurence said. He stroked his beard and stared into the distance. There is one fragmentary inscription associated with the Ophite cult. It contains fragments of a hymn to Tal-Mu. That would be perfect for an invocation! I have something that may be useful, Esmeralda said. She took off her turquoise pendant. Not all artefacts of Tal-Mu were lost. The Ophite Cult is no mere myth either. The Wendarog have preserved many of the secrets in our oral tradition. My father is the high priest and he gave me this necklace when I left. He said I would find a use for it one day. You were a part of the Ophite cult? Astrain asked. No, only certain members of the tribes are initiated into the secret society. I left before my own initiation, Esmeralda said. Esmeralda handed the necklace to Astrain. Take this. I think the time has come to use it.

145

Fine then. I will go to the Academy and make a translation of the hymn. We will meet back here tonight and we can do this, Laurence said. I will set up and prepare for the ritual. We can hold it here, Frank said. Are you coming with me Astrain? Laurence asked. I think I need to go for a walk. Just unwind a little. Mentally prepare myself, Astrain said. Everyone said their farewells and went their separate ways. Astrain walked to the St. Conrads Park. As he moved through the trees, he was quite surprised to hear a familiar voice call from behind. He turned around to see Derrick running after him. It is good to see you, Derrick said, out of breath. What are you doing here? Been to Von Heilsigs Shurikal service? Astrain asked. Yes, it was great. I love that one Righteous Light song - What was it called again? Derrick paused for a moment. Derrick looked down as he spoke. Listen Astrain. I am happy I ran into you. I wanted to say I am sor... Astrain interrupted him before he could finish his sentence. What are you doing Derrick? You think you can just come up to me and pretend that nothing has happened between us? Astrain felt confused. A part of him was happy to see Derrick. Yet, at the same time, he still felt hurt by his words. He felt insecure and avoided eye contact. I wanted to apologize to you. However, I will admit I had ulterior motives in tracking you here - The Lord speaks to me, Derrick said. Astrain rolled his eyes. He thought that the Revival Movement craziness had finally gotten to Derrick. He even used their jargon now.

146

You will never guess what I have decided to do with my life, Derrick said. His face lit up when he looked up. What? Astrain asked. I have joined the army! Astrain did not respond. He thought Derrick had really lost his mind. Did he not know about all the rumours of war? He was concerned about his friend but thought it best to remain quiet. Derrick broke the silence, I am filled with constant inner joy! Von Heilsig has really worked wonders in my life. You should really just try it once. We are stationed nearby, at the base on the western shore of Lake Muelo. We come to Cephaloria for some of the home cell meetings. You are most welcome to join us then, Derrick said. No. Thank you. I am not interested, Astrain said. He turned to leave. He was annoyed. How dare Derrick approach him with such a proposition after everything he had put him through? Wait! The Lord can do great things in your life. He will use you to help a lot of people. You are brainwashed Derrick. Just leave me alone, please. As I told you, the Lord speaks to me. I pleaded with Him that I could offer you one last chance at salvation. You must turn to Him now. What you are planning to do tonight is unwise and dangerous. How do you know about tonight? Astrain said, his eyes widening. The Lord told me and warned me that it will end in disaster. It will be terrible for you and all those involved, Derrick said. He placed his hand on Astrains shoulder. Please. I do still care about you. I do not want you to go down this path to destruction. Astrain brushed his hand aside.

147

I am sorry. I do not trust the Mallarim. Astrain turned to leave again. The Mallarim are what is good and pure in this world. We fight for truth, light and harmony, Derrick called as Astrain began to walk away. I will be lost then. Goodbye Derrick and good luck with your military training, Astrain said. He felt water well up in his eye, but he brushed it away. Astrain! Dont do it! You will bring disaster! Derrick called in one final desperate attempt. He watched Astrain walk away. He stood there for a few more moments and then walked away to return to his regiment.

Astrain returned to Franks apartment. Everyone was gathered for the ritual to begin. Frank had prepared the living room and set up the magical circle. As I went through the archives at the academy I stumbled across some interesting things, Laurence said. What did you find? Astrain asked. Well, for one, the Cult of Tal-Mu, the Ophites, were frowned upon in mainstream Zakkarian culture even though they did provide a valuable service. Apparently, Tal-Mu loathed any kind of religious worship. She was a symbol of the whole Empire. Not the sole property of the Ophite priests, Laurence said. All very interesting history but how is this practical? Frank said. I did find some other things. Items associated with the veneration of Tal-Mu that we may actually use to help us. One Ophite priest, Mattalak actually recorded these items for posterity. We will require certain kinds of incenses and stones. They were used with the hymn I translated. Tal-Mu can only be summoned and contained safely with the use of these items, Laurence instructed.

148

We have a lot of things on hand. My father left me his entire magical cabinet, Frank said. I believe we may have some of the items here. We need the herbs Aratoria, Mothers Hand and Dragons Claw, Laurence said. Frank walked over to a large cupboard in an adjacent room and searched through it. Aratoria and Dragons Claw are expensive and hard to find, Frank said as he continued searching through vials and bottles of exotic ingredients. Ah...Seems my father still had some in stock. Very little Aratoria left though, Frank said. He handed samples of the three ingredients to Esmeralda who placed them in a mortar and pestle. We need three stones, Serpentine, Emerald and Turquoise - which we already have, Laurence said. Frank found samples of the other stones in the cabinet. You can grind up those herbs Esmeralda. We can make them into incense. However, leave some of it. I want to prepare a tea for Astrain to drink, Laurence instructed. Esmeralda prepared the incense while Laurence went to the kitchen to prepare a foul smelling concoction he told Astrain was tea when he handed it to him. Astrain almost gagged when he smelled the brew. Are we ready to begin? Frank asked. Everyone took their positions in the circle with Astrain in the middle and surrounded by the coven again. Astrain held the stones and the turquoise pendant in his left hand and he drank the concoction Laurence gave him. As soon as he drank of the liquid, he felt lightheaded. Esmeralda performed the protection ritual. To Astrain everything became a hazy blur. Laurence handed pieces of paper with words written thereon to the other coven members. I will recite the hymn, while you recite those words in Zakkarian. Keep chanting and dont stop the chant, for any reason! Laurence instructed. Esmerlada lit a block of self-igniting charcoal within Franks censer and she placed the incense thereon. Smoke filled the room. Esmeralda, Crystal

149

and Frank began chanting Sno-Il Yb Ugened Ekubah Sele! Laurence began the invocation.

Oh Tal-Mu, Protector since the Dawn! We Invoke Thee! Oh Tal-Mu Lady of Wisdom. Hear Us! Oh Tal-Mu, Lady of the Dawn Star! Hear Us! Oh Tal-Mu Guardian of the World Heart, Hear Us! Dragon of wisdom and mother of the world, We call upon your name! Tal-Mu, we call to thee. We call to thee by the name given unto thee by our ancestors. Oh, Guardian of Talmar. We invoke thee, We invoke thee Sealer of the gates! We invoke thee! We invoke thee! Guardian of the Veil of worlds. We Invoke Thee. We Invoke Thee. Ancient Dragon, bringer of the fire, our lady and mistress. Merciful Tal-Mu let your presence be with us... Reah Sele Bepekan Od Tal-Mu!

Laurence paused a moment as the other coven members continued their soft chanting in the candlelight, Sno-Il Yb Ugened Ekubah Sele! Laurence noticed that Astrains head dropped and his arms hung limp. A new strength entered Astrains body and he looked up. Laurence saw that his eyes had a subtle glow

150

within them. You can stop the chanting now. She is here with us, Laurence whispered to the other coven members. They opened their eyes and looked up at Astrain with his glowing eyes. Astrain spoke but not in his own voice. It was a female voice, though rather gruff sounding at times. You have succeeded in bringing me here. I suspect you want answers. I believe you want me to name the enemy of Talmar. I will give you the answer and you will make of it what you will, Tal-Mu paused a moment. Jabal. He is the enemy of Talmar. He is the cause of all the recent disturbances. Through the help of his mortal servants, he seeks to return to this world. His power grows as mine wanes. Jabal will return to this world after all these thousands of years. It is the worldstone that he seeks to possess, Tal-Mu said. What does this stone do? Why does Jabal want it? Laurence asked. The stone has the power of creation and it contains many other mysteries. Jabal, however, never completed his plans for it. I interrupted him before he could finish his schemes, Tal-Mu said. His schemes? Laurence asked. He is a Lord of the Veil. Yet, he is but one Lord among others. Together, they govern the Empire, spanning many worlds. Jabal seeks to exalt himself as the sole power and therefore he seeks the stone. In his blind arrogance he believes himself to be the One, Tal-Mu said. The coven was startled when the room began to shake. ENOUGH! LIES! DECEIVING SERPENT OF OLD! A Voice thundered through the room. He is here now as I suspected him to be. His power is greater than mine is. He is fed by and made stronger through the belief and intolerance of his followers, Tal-Mu said.

151

How can you believe these lies? Do the Holy texts not mark Tal-Mu as the deceiving serpent? Do the sacred texts not clearly state my prime benevolence? Why will you listen to the words of the deceiver? Jabal said. Let us decide who is the deceiver here, spirit! You hold no power within our magical circle and you cannot harm us! Astrain said in his own voice. His eyes began glowing again. I see you resist me Tal-Mu. Drawing upon Kaleihas power, are you? Where is the old trickster? Jabal said. I cannot sustain this link for much longer. You must come to the place where I am still bound! I will reveal all! The Deceiver, the blind archon and his entire plot shall be revealed! Tal-Mu said. Jabal roared and the entire room, perhaps the entire building, shook. You have always been a child, Jabal! Let them see your rage. Let them see how you behave when you cant have your way! I know well what you would have done to this coven were it not for the magical protection! Your days are numbered Sakla, and you know it! Tal-Mu said. Jabal continued shaking the building and terrible roaring sounds filled the room. How do we find you? Where do we find you? Frank asked. I reside in Tal-Mu. Within the world heart itself. I am bound to it. Jabal can hold no power here and we can talk freely, Tal-Mu said. The city of Tal-Mu has long been gone from this world. Mere rumours suggest that it lies at the bottom of the ocean, Laurence said. Tal-Mu does indeed lie beneath the waves. In the very centre of what remains as the Wendarog Islands. The way will be made clear to you soon enough. Jabals will stirs in these waters. Von Heilsig he...Tal-Mu said but she was interrupted by the furious voice of Jabal.

152

ENOUGH! YOU HAVE SAID ENOUGH! I BANISH THEE TAL-MU! BEGONE! Jabal said. Astrains eyes returned to normal, his head fell back down and he seemed to fall asleep. The voice of Jabal remained. Will you believe the words of the deceiving serpent so readily? Now you know some things and I see no use in hiding the truth from you any longer. Please understand my apprehension and my mistrust. It is true that I seek the worldstone. I seek it to heal my creation and repair the damage inflicted by the deceiver! My methods may seem harsh, but I assure you that I work in mysterious ways, unfathomable by mortal minds. The Var-Lokkur only hunted you because I feared you would try to intervene with my Divine Plan. I shall give you my word that they shall pursue you no longer. Embrace me now and I will show mercy, Jabal said. The voice spoke to each coven member individually. They could hear it in their own minds alone. Laurence I am deeply grieved by the situation with your son, Christopher. I will reunite you with him! Follow me Laurence and you can see your son again! Jabal said. Frank! I will deliver the Brotherhood into your hands. They must be punished for their horrendous crimes! I can also see your love for Crystal. I know you will ask for her hand in marriage soon. You can do all this in a perfect world. In Talmar restored. My kingdom will come soon. Only declare your devotion to me, Jabal said. Crystal! My dear Crystal. So long afflicted by these false visions. You miss your family and especially your mother. Yet they want nothing to do with you! I can heal the rifts between you. All you need to do is praise my name! Jabals spirit moved onto Esmeralda. Dear Esmeralda. I can forgive you the sins of your fathers who dared embrace my enemy. I see you feel close to someone here. Yet, you do not know if the feelings will ever be returned in kind. I will ensure that you get the attention you deserve. Merely call my Holy Name! I will even show the Wendarog mercy when my judgement comes. Astrain woke up. Think about what I have said. Choose your alliances carefully. You will either

153

be for me or you will learn what it is to fall into the hands of the living God! Jabal said. The ritual chamber returned to normal. The presence of Jabal was gone. What just happened? I heard the conversation with Tal-Mu. I felt Jabals presence. I just passed out after that its all a blank, Astrain said. Everyone else was silent. So we are to find Tal-Mu in some sunken ruin? Astrain asked. The other coven members retained their silent contemplation.

In the desert city of Jukash in an ancient ritual chamber, a white robed figure was staring into a large obsidian mirror adorning the wall. The Obsidian mirror was an ancient Zakkarian relic and one of many ancient relics in the chamber - their true significance long forgotten by most. The chamber was shrouded in darkness with only a few candles providing illumination. The robed figure lifted his hand and the mirror swirled with lights. The shadowy outline of another man appeared within. You wanted to contact me? The robed figure asked. Yes. The reports from Maligor have stopped. I dont understand. Last, I heard rumours that soldiers from Kandum were somehow involved. Why would that be? The shadowy outline asked. I do not know what you talking about. However, I can assure you, I will look into the situation immediately! The robed figure said. Good. The first phase of the plan is complete. Now, we must initiate the second, The shadowy outline said. We need the Maligor artefact. It is too dangerous to allow it to fall into the wrong hands.

154

I can see your powers are growing, young one. I will continue with the plan from my side, The robed figure said and he waved his hand. The image in the mirror distorted further. It seems we are losing this connection. I will be in contact soon, The shadowy man said. His image faded. The robed figure laughed. You have no idea what is really going on my young friend! The robed man waved his hand and other visions appeared in the mirror. One vision revealed the Desert Voyager heading towards Maligor with Elizabeth asleep in the back. Another showed the coven as they summoned Tal-Mu. The robed figure smiled. Everything is still going according to plan. Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak!

155

Chapter 8: Last Secrets of the Nin-Kai The Desert Voyager reached the western edges of the desert and the Aruk Mountains came into view. It had been two days and there had been no further sightings of the Shukkabath. Elizabeth noticed many ruins, seemingly built by giant hands lay scatted all across the area. Large statues of ancient kings lay broken and buried in the sand. Elizabeth noticed a city cut into the mountain cliffs. The city seemed like it was quite the sight in its heyday and it still had remnants of a colonnaded walkway that led up to its entrance. Some of its once mighty columns still stood, while others lay in the sand, long since broken and fallen. The remains of Zakkarian sphinxes still flanked the ancient walkway up to the entrance, some of them without heads or wings. You are looking at Maligor. The so-called City of Wails. This is all that remains of the city on the surface. However, I have heard that it is vast and extensive underground, Ishmar said. Why did they name it the City of Wails? It even sounds unfriendly, Elizabeth said. Maligor was never used as a city in the conventional sense. It is a necropolis. A city of the dead. The settlement near Maligor was where priests, burial attendants and their families lived, Ishmar said. Another city cut into the red sandstone cliffs came into view. This smaller settlement was built within a wide natural crevice between the mountains. It was hidden from sight between two tall crags. Elizabeth noticed two stone towers watching over the entrance to the crevice, protecting the city. The Nin-Kai adapted the Maligor settlement as the monastery. That is where the people who tended to Maligor used to live. It is also where I grew up, Ishmar said. They called Maligor the City of Wails because they buried the dead there? Elizabeth asked.

156

No, the nasty reputation came later. There are numerous legends about the terrors of Maligor. Some say the Shadow King, Nin-Gursai made Maligor his home and fortress at one point. His evil tainted and corrupted the place and drew spirits from the otherworld, Ishmar said. Dont forget to tell her about Tual, Maran added. Who is Tual? Elizabeth asked. One of the most powerful sorcerer kings of Zakkar. He lived in the Second Age. It is said that he found magic powerful enough to cheat death. Only problem was, he died before he could complete the process that would have made him immortal, Ishmar said. Bummer. I hate it when that happens, Elizabeth said. They buried him in Maligor. However, the old king did not rest. His magic did work to an extent and he rose again as some undead thing. He then woke the rest of the dead in the city of wails, Ishmar said. That is where the name comes from by the way. The people of the nearby settlement complained of the wailing sounds made by the risen dead. Maligor became a dangerous place and the people who lived nearby, lived in fear, Maran added. Oh, cmon! You guys dont really believe these stories, do you? Elizabeth asked. She actually noticed she had goose bumps as she stared at the silent forgotten ruin. You have seen many things these last few days you never thought possible. I dont know whether these stories are true or not. But Tual did exist. His rule is well recorded, Ishmar said. The dead did not stay in Maligor for long. Tual and

157

his armies escaped and marched on the flying cities of the east. Everywhere they went, diseases spread. Tual thought he was going to conquer all of Zakkar. The flying cities? Elizabeth asked. Have you not heard of the Zakkarian flying cities? Ishmar asked. Elizabeth shook her head. No, and this sounds like something out of a fantasy novel, not real life, Elizabeth said. Well, no evidence of these cities remains. They were destroyed in the cataclysm, or so they say. Apparently, the Zakkarians could make the cities float through some kind of technology. They powered the cities through something called the worldstone. They originally built the cities as an experiment in what is Kandum today, Ishmar said. Elizabeth listened intently, though she found the idea of cities floating the sky to be farfetched. Apparently, the desert was a sacred forest once. The Zakkarians tried to lessen their damaging impact on nature by living in floating cities. From these cities they could care for and tend to nature while minimizing harm, Ishmar said. Of course the cataclysm caused the cities to crash from the sky, Maran added. Well, their attempts at eco-friendly living went well, Elizabeth said. The only really intact ruins in the desert can be found here at Maligor. In the desert, you only find fragments. Some believe the flying cities a myth, Ishmar said. That is all very interesting but what happened to Tual. Did he cause the cataclysm? Elizabeth said.

158

No, that was long before the cataclysm. Tual eventually marched on the flying city of Makkal and there he met his match in Mallar, who used to be his apprentice. Mallar drove him back into Maligor and exorcised him and his minions, Ishmar said. That story sure isnt recorded in the Book of Mallar, Elizabeth said. No, I think it was before Mallar became known as the prophet - or the incarnation as the Mallarim believe, Ishmar said. Some believe that Tual remains bound in Maligor to this very day. He still sits in his dark tomb waiting for new victims to enter his lair, Maran added. Maligor definitely does not sound like the ideal tourist spot. Shukkabath and undead kings, Elizabeth said. Dont forget shadow demons and their king, Maran added. Oh, boy! Elizabeth said. I said I would protect you Elizabeth. No shadow demon or undead are going to get you while I am around, Ishmar said. Elizabeth smiled. She had gotten to know Ishmar and Maran a bit more over the two days they had travelled together. They shared many stories of their lives, growing up in such differing conditions and cultures. She found Ishmar fascinating. He had many stories to share of the Nin-Kai and of his work as an agent for the crown. She felt safe with him. He was very protective of her and of Maran. This was annoying at times, yet at the same time very sweet. She thought him a real chivalrous gentleman. Elizabeth blushed as she thought about their stop at the Abu-Bal oasis and the picture of a shirtless Ishmar entered her mind again.

159

The Nin-Kai monastery is coming up. No one can prepare grak chops like I can. I cant wait for you to taste it! The most kick-ass grak chops you will ever taste, Ishmar said. Kick ass? Elizabeth asked. That is how the kids in Mallar talk, isnt it? We do watch your television stations on occasion, Ishmar said. The Voyager moved between the two tall crags and their overlooking guard towers. Beyond that, the narrow path leading to the monastery was bordered by tall cliffs. A tall stone wall and a wooden gate blocked further passage into the mountains. Ishmar blew the horn a few times, yet none of the young novices came out to greet the guests or to open the gate. Seems quiet here, Elizabeth said. The monastery is built in defensible layers. The monks must have retreated further in, Ishmar said. He climbed out of the Voyager and opened the gate. They continued up the path leading to the sandstone city. Ishmar looked around but noticed no signs of damage to the monastery everything was intact, no signs of struggle or breached defences. The path ascended steeply and Ishmar stopped the Voyager near another wall and gate. He opened the second gate and walked up some stone stairs with Maran and Elizabeth following. Two paths eventually split off from the stairs in both directions. Square buildings cut out of the sandstone cliffs were located all along the cliff face, their cleft windows looking out over the central path. The central stair continued upwards into the main entrance. It was carved into the mountain and bordered by four large columns also carved from sandstone. The entrance was built in decorative layers. Above the carved entablature and pediment stood more carved columns with depictions of Zakkarian deities and rulers in between. Zakkarian inscriptions were written all over the cliff face where the entrance stood, reaching up to the

160

very top of the cliff. The chambers on the side are some of the dormitories, Ishmar said. Wait here, Ishmar instructed. He walked up the stairway to the left and readied his gun, just in case. He entered through the stone entrance and into the long rectangular dorm room. Numerous beds stood along the wall and Ishmar noticed that they were still occupied. Ishmar stopped when he noticed blood stains on some of the linen cloths. He felt his heart pounding as he slowly lifted one of the sheets. He found one of the monks dead. Ishmar examined the wound in the mans back. Is everything ok in there? Elizabeth called. Ishmar rejoined her and Maran outside. The novices are all dead. It seems that someone stabbed them in their sleep, Ishmar said. Ishmar and Maran checked on the other dorm room and found the novices there had suffered the same fate. This is not the work of desert demons, Maran said. Some of the victims were mere boys. They had no chance to defend themselves. This is an act of cowardice! Ishmar said. The killers must have been really silent if they could kill all these men and no one woke up, Elizabeth said. We will need to move further into the monastery; perhaps we will find answers there. There may still be survivors around, Ishmar said. What if whoever killed these men are still around? Elizabeth said. Then they will pay for their crimes, Ishmar said. The three of them entered the monastery through the large main entrance. At the end of the stone-carved entrance hall, stood two great wooden doors gilded in gold. Ishmar pushed open the doors. They entered a large hall. Ishmar was alarmed since the once brightly lit hall had turned dark and silent. Even the flames on the Altar of Light were no longer burning. It was in the central hall where the monks would come to

161

meditate and pray while the novices tended to the sacred fires. Ishmar felt his way around in the darkness as he walked to where the altar stood at the end of the hall. He felt around the altar. He knew the monks usually kept matches there. He found a box of matches and lit some of the candles on the altar. For a moment, Ishmar pondered the significance of light in the Nin-Kai philosophy The light that revealed the path to ones truth. Many candelabra could be seen all along the walls. The large candles they held had long burnt out and their wax spilled on the floor. No monks had tended to them in quite some time. In the dim light, Elizabeth noticed two more monks slumped up next to the door on either side. Ishmar! Over here! Elizabeth called and Ishmar hurried over to her. Ishmar bent down to examine the bodies. He could see gunshot wounds to their heads. They were shot. Executed, Ishmar said. We should check the library and master Hirans quarters, Ishmar said. Behind the altar, two passages split off to the left and right. Maran and Elizabeth followed Ishmar through the passage to the right and up a spiralling stair. Ishmar stopped to open a wooden door at the top. Ishmar had fond memories of the library and Master Hirans lessons. He spent hours in his youth reading Zakkarian texts and stories. The library contained knowledge and rare texts long thought lost to the world. Ishmar was shocked as he entered the library only to find it ransacked. Shelves were smashed and pieces of books and scrolls lay scattered about everywhere Who would have done something like this? Ishmar said. The library had some light shining in through windows cut through the mountain. Elizabeth looked through one of the narrow windows and could see the Voyager and the monastery entrance far below. It it is all gone, Ishmar said as he searched through some torn scrolls.

162

I am sorry Ishmar. I can see how much this place meant to you, Elizabeth said. Follow me. Master Hirans quarters are just beyond, Ishmar said. He smiled as he thought of Master Hiran. His old master loved the library and therefore had his chambers close to his books and research. He led Maran and Elizabeth into an antechamber of the library. Inside the room, they found a man sitting by his desk, reading. Master Hiran? Ishmar said. The man did not reply. Ishmar walked closer to the man and prepared himself for the worst. As Ishmar touched the monk, he fell back and Ishmar could see a knife protruding from his stomach. Is that - ? Elizabeth said. Yes, this is the grandmaster of the Nin-Kai order. The Nin-Kai are no more, Ishmar said. He slunk down on Hirans bed. Are you all right? Elizabeth asked. I will be fine. I just need a moment, Ishmar said. Elizabeth looked at the book on Master Hirans desk and noticed that it was a diary. This may shed some light on what has happened here. The last entry was made three days ago, Elizabeth said. She paged through the book. Ishmar he addressed some of his notes to you, Elizabeth said. She handed the diary to Ishmar. He began reading, hoping to make some sense of what had happened.

21st Day of the Month of Harag 2150 The screams from Maligor are growing loud. Perhaps it is, as we have always feared... We knew the day would one day come when the forces that slept in Maligor would awaken from their long slumber. The inner council of the Nin-Kai have for years preserved and protected the secrets of Maligor and the artefact that lies

163

below. Let these words now be made known. For I have seen ominous signs for the future, not only for the Nin-Kai but also for all of Talmar. Today soldiers from Mallar passed by the monastery in the direction of the City of Wails. Immediately some of the Nin-Kai protectors took up their swords and rushed to the entrance of the ancient city. They tried to bargain with the Mallar soldiers and warn them of the dangers, yet they took no heed. They said the matter was of great national security to Mallar and they could not let any stand in their way. Abdal, as hot-headed as he was, refused to move away from the entrance and unfortunately the other monks followed his lead. The survivors who told the tale said that Abdal tried to intimidate the Mallar soldiers into leaving by brandishing his weapon. The soldiers saw this as a sign of aggression and opened fire upon the monks they stood no chance against the heavily armed unit. We were ineffective in preventing their entrance into Maligor. We tried using swords rather than other artillery to try to simply warn them away - for some reason they were very determined to get into the City of Wails. Even should the Nin-Kai take up arms against these soldiers we are greatly outnumbered.

22nd Day of the Month of Harag 2150 The soldiers have broken the first seal. More monks have tried using guerrilla tactics to prevent the further descent of the soldiers - we are desperate and stand no chance against the vast forces of Mallar...

23rd Day of the Month of Harag 2150

164

The poison from Maligor is free and is already spreading through the desert. The nearby Baku tribes of the Ural Oasis have complained that the waters of the oasis have been poisoned and many Baku have fallen sick. Their animals are dying. We have given them refuge and protection at the monastery, though I fear that ultimately this will not be enough...

25th Day of the Month of Harag 2150 More stories of Baku coming under threat have emerged. They claim that wild animals, animals with the ability to move swifter than the winds, are attacking livestock and people. It seems the old Shukkabath are already active again - The soldiers of Mallar must have broken and passed the second seal. Today I decided that the time has come to break the Nin-Kai neutrality in the political situation of Kandum. We sent word out to Rashdan to send us his aid. I hope and suspect that he will send Ishmar here it has been many years. Ishmar was such a bright student and I had always hoped he would join the inner council and stay on at the monastery. I have many things to tell Ishmar about the past, things he will need to know, now that Kalahar is so active again with his military campaigns.

26th Day of the Month of Harag 2150 The Shukkabath now move freely through the desert in a full physical form, a truly rare occurrence. The artefact must be weakening the veil between worlds in this location. This means that Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur can assume physical form if they so choose. The Shukkabath may be coming here soon. We have men stationed on active duty at all the posts overlooking the monastery and at the walls. We must hold out against these creatures. The glyphs of

165

warding placed upon the outer defences should help to keep the creatures at bay as well.

27th Day of the Month of Harag 2150 The Shukkabath besieged the monastery today! Fortunately, the wards and the well-trained warriors of the Nin-Kai kept them at bay. One of the Shukkabath, I heard her called by the name of Jezebath, said that they will have to take the monastery through other means. This fortress has stood for thousands of years. We must merely hold out here until help arrives. The young novices will be evacuated through the tunnels that run through the mountains. At least the young ones will be taken to safety. Brother Pallas is to escort them.

28th Day of the Month of Harag 2150 Brother Mellig is suffering from some sort of delirium. He claims that the Lord has spoken to him and we are going to incur His wrath due to our blasphemy of turning to the Zakkarian magic. He claims that the glyphs of warding must be removed or else we will face judgement. It took a lot of effort to calm Brother Mellig. We thought we had eased his fears, when he suddenly became violent and attacked Brother Variner. We had to constrain him. We have placed him in his private quarters under close watch. We have also removed any potential weapons from the room.

29th Day of the Month of Harag 2150

166

A dark day has come to Nin-Kai monastery. Brother Mellig must have awoken some time during the night. We found Brother Huran strangled in the room where he watched over Mellig. How Mellig managed to carry out this act, we do not know. He somehow broke his constraints and slew Huran. Later, we found the monks staying in the outside dormitories all of them stabbed to death. Brother Mellig has also crudely chipped away all the engraved glyphs of warding on the walls and towers. Later during the night, he tore through the library destroying many of the ancient text. I heard the ruckus and confronted him as he prepared to burn some of the texts on a pyre. He hissed at me and fled. Mellig has disappeared and all the brothers remain on high alert. We presume he must be hiding somewhere.

30th Day of the of the Month of Harag 2150 Kalahar himself came to the monastery today. He barged in here with his armed soldiers. The two guards at the doors tried to prevent their entrance. Kalahars men simply gunned them down without hesitation. Kalahar came to me and demanded the Tome of Tual - I cannot imagine what a faithful follower of the Kandumoth faith would want with a tome on the ancient Zakkarian magics. This tome contains knowledge long lost to our world dangerous knowledge, knowledge outlawed long ago in Kandum. How did Kalahar even know we kept the text here? I let him know that he has no jurisdiction here! He claimed that he needed to confiscate the text as a religious duty. Kalahars men searched through the already ruined library though it was not surprising that their search turned up nothing. However, we underestimated Kalahar - the treacherous snake! He had somehow known about the novices that had fled through the tunnels. He also revealed his soldiers had waited for them on the other side of

167

the mountains ready to seize them. He has the novices under guard in Jukash and he threatened to kill them all if I did not hand the book over to him. To save the young ones I relented and handed Kalahar the accursed tome. Kalahar then spoke some grave words to me. He said that he already knows how to break the final seal of Maligor! I could not tell whether he was bluffing or not, until he mentioned the Zakkarian prophecy of the child of magic. How could he have known this? I only hope the last guardian will take care of the intruders should they ever make it that far...

The Tome of Tual, I remember it. It was one of the forbidden books kept here in the library. It seems Master Hiran had more than a passing knowledge about the tome and about Zakkarian magic. We were always taught that the tome contained very blasphemous and dangerous secrets, Ishmar said. Blasphemous? Elizabeth asked. Yes, though I have never actually read it. It dates from the late era Zakkarian Empire and it was said to have been written by Tual, that undead sorcerer from the story I told you about. From what I had heard, Tual had some harsh things to say about the emerging Mallarim faith and their God, Ishmar said. What would Kalahar have wanted with it then? Do you think he seeks to censor that kind of knowledge? Elizabeth asked. I really do not know. The greater mystery is how Kalahar even knew the monastery kept such texts, Ishmar said. Perhaps he interrogated some of the captive novices... Maran said.

168

Kalahar will pay for all he has done! Ishmar said. He continued reading the journal...

31st Day of the Month of Harag 2150

We have received word that the remaining guardians fighting against the Mallar soldiers have been captured and killed on the spot. The only survivor, Brother Magdir, barely managed to escape and tell us what had happened. He was grievously wounded and died shortly after his arrival despite our attempts at saving his life. Yet, he did reveal some interesting facts about the situation... The Shukkabath and the Var-Lokkur leave the Mallar soldiers alone to conduct their excavation and they even assist them in an uneasy truce. The last seal has yet remained unbroken. According to Brother Magdir Kalahars soldiers also arrived, apparently uninvited and fighting has broken out between the two factions. Kalahar must be trying to reach the final seal! The Shukkabath have taken many Baku captive. Magdir says they are preparing to kill them as sacrifices. They are just waiting for the right time. Any attempts by the monks at rescue have failed. Only a handful of us are left now. I do hope Rashdans promised aid will arrive soon. I have much to tell Ishmar...

1st Day of the Month of Hundin 2150 It is with a heavy heart I write these words this day...the end of the Nin-Kai has come and we have failed in our task of protecting the artefact of Maligor...Brother Mellig emerged today. We were correct in our initial assumption that he had fled into the passages beneath the monastery. We tried

169

to move the dead to the catacombs below, when Mellig struck at us from out of the shadows. He was completely deranged and it was only when I saw his face that I realized what had happened. Mellig had been taken over by a Var-Lokkur, an emissary from Maligor. His eyes were hollow and filled with the black taint of the shadow demons. He took out the brothers, one by one, as he moved through the shadows with great speed and strength. We stood no chance of stopping him in the darkness. Brother Variner and I were soon the only ones left. We made our way to one of the larger chambers. We took shelter in a tomb where Mellig could not surprise us from every direction and could use the shadows as his concealment. In this chamber, we awaited in ambush and desperation. VarLokkur are relentless upon their prey and we knew Mellig, or at least the demon within, would not resist the bait. I hid behind the old stone sarcophagus in the centre of the chamber while Borther Variner took up position behind the door. As Mellig walked into the chamber, we at least had the element of surprise. I immediately drew his attention to me and as the Var-Lokkur rushed at me and seized me by the throat, Brother Variner ran Mellig through with his sword. It was a horrible sight as the black shape of the Var-Lokkur emerged from the mouth of Brother Mellig with an unearthly screech. It fled back into the shadows of the crypt. Brother Variner grew silent and as I looked upon his face, I saw that the Var-Lokkur had returned. Brother Variner seemed strong enough to resist for a mere moment, as the Var-Lokkur seemed to penetrate deeper into his mind. Poor Brother Variner resisted bravely as he begged me to take his life I could not bring myself to do it and despite my pleas at finding another solution, Brother Variner stabbed himself with his sword.

2nd Day of the Month of Hundin 2150

170

I have fled to my private chambers and here I take my last refuge. It is only a matter of time before the Var-Lokkur finds me again. I do not know the glyphs of warding from memory and without the Tome of Tual I cannot restrict the VarLokkur by means of their subjugation to magic. I hope you will find these words Ishmar. You must reach the artefact in Maligor before either Kalahar or the forces of Mallar. The Zakkarians set up the last seal so that it could only be opened by the one to whom the artefact was to pass - their prophesied child of magic, the Nexus. Without this key, no one can enter the ancient tomb. Take the artefact to safekeeping for it is the only true threat against the demons of Maligor and their masters. An ancient guardian, a powerful spirit, guards the tomb but I do believe that you Ishmar, will be able to solve its riddle. Think back to your early education at the monastery and the answer will be clear. All the signs of the ancient prophecies are coming to pass in our own time and if the Zakkarian prophecies are true the child of magic has already been born, somewhere on Talmar. You need to find this child! The inability of the forces in Maligor to penetrate the tomb will buy you some time. I must warn you though that removing the artefact from Maligor comes with a hefty price. Yet, remember that the artefact can stop the Shukkabath and the Var-Lokkur! Take it and guard it! The taint of Maligor will spread. It will spread beyond this desert. There is more you need to know Ishmar....Kalahar.....

The text ended abruptly, though with some more words crudely scribbled at the bottom of the page. FOR THE VAR-LOKKUR, FOR THE EMPIRE!. The text trailed off and there were blood spatters all over the last page. What is this child of magic? A Nexus? Elizabeth asked.

171

I have no idea what it means. Apparently, we will need it though, if we are to gain access to the inner recesses of Maligor, Ishmar replied. For a moment, Elizabeth dwelled on the strange things Jezebath had told her. Jezebath mentioned that she had a source of power. Elizabeth brushed the thought aside. How could she be this child of magic? She knew nothing of the subject. She thought about Astrain. The whole thing was too farfetched to even consider. How could either she or Astrain be connected to some prophecy or to some artefact in a desert ruin? Ishmar looked at Elizabeth. He remembered what he and Maran overheard the Shukkabath saying about a being they feared as they were headed south. Ishmar thought about the light from Elizabeth that saved their lives. Elizabeth, what if it is no coincidence that you are here in this desert? What if you were guided here? The magical child may be right here with us, Ishmar said. I dont know what all of this means, Elizabeth said. I will not let you come to harm. If you are indeed the key to this artefact, we need to get you to safety, someplace far away from here, Ishmar said. The diary said Kalahar knew how to break the final seal. What if he knows about Elizabeth? Maran said. We cant jump to conclusions like this! We cant be certain that I have anything to do with any of this, Elizabeth said. Ishmar noticed that Elizabeth was suddenly agitated. He knew it was probably a lot to take in. Either way, we need to get you somewhere safe. I will go after the prisoners. You and Maran will take the Voyager and leave this place. Go far away, Ishmar said. Elizabeth thought about the rest of the diary. She thought of the Shukkabath moving beyond the desert - Of the destruction she had seen. She

172

gathered up her courage. If I am this child of prophecy. You will need me in Maligor. I am going with you. This may be our only chance to stop the Shukkabath and help the prisoners, Elizabeth said. I am not taking such a risk nor placing you in such danger. We will be outnumbered in Maligor. Both by human soldiers and the demons. Kalahar or the Mallar forces must not have this artefact. Who knows what they are planning on doing with it, Ishmar said. Dont be so stubborn. I am not letting you go alone either, Elizabeth said. Neither am I! Maran added. Ishmar sighed. We can discuss this further in the morning. It is getting dark. I think we should spend the night here, Ishmar said. Elizabeth looked around uncomfortably. She looked at Master Hirans body. We can take some time to bury the dead. I will seal all the outer gates for extra security. We can sleep here in the library. At least here we have a good vantage point over the gorge, Ishmar said. Elizabeth and Maran lit any torches they could find in the monastery while Ishmar went outside to ensure the outer gates were securely locked. The three of them carried the bodies of the monks down into the catacombs underneath the monastery. Eventually they settled down in the library and huddled close together, as the desert temperature dropped. That Var-Lokkur thing master Hiran spoke about in his diary. What if it is still around here? Elizabeth asked. The dark silence of the monastery was unnerving. Elizabeth could not help but think of the stories of Tual and the undead and a whole catacomb filled with dead monks right beneath them. Dont think about that Elizabeth. Try to get some rest. At least we have that protection spell to keep us safe, Ishmar said.

173

A figure in white robes peered into his obsidian magic mirror again. He had been observing Ishmar, Maran and Elizabeth for quite some time. Elizabeth is the one who will open the seal for us. Now I have confirmed it, The robed figure said. The robed man heard a noise behind him. He turned around to peer at his triangle of evocation, wherein stood a brass vessel covered with magical seals and sigils. The noise was coming from the vessel. Yes, Svarok. Show yourself! A blue mist moved out of the vessel and took on form. The form was anthropomorphic but it had six arms and blue skin along with an additional third eye in the centre of its forehead. The figure was muscular and hairless. So you have what you need now to open the final seal, Svarok said. Yes, now I need to find a way to lure the girl into Maligor, the robed man answered. Free me from my bonds. We have long been friends. I can help you better if I am unbound. I am sorry Svarok. I need to go along with the plan for a while longer. Keep up appearances. Besides, I cannot risk you running to the Cephalorian coven and revealing all. They may find our methods...unwholesome, the robed man said. He peered back into the mirror and he could see another figure formed of shadow, watching the three travellers from the darkness. Sithrachat! The VarLokkur looked up when he heard a voice calling him. Yes, my Lord, Sithrachat said. I do not want them harmed, the robed figure said. You want them to come to Maligor? Perhaps I can possess one of them and bring them right to you, Sitrachat said.

174

No. You may return for now. I can sense powerful magic stirring in the land and in the air. I will take care of this myself, the robed figure said. Very well, my Lord, Sitrachat said and disappeared.

Far away in Cephaloria Astrain and Laurence were already asleep. The invocation was taxing. Everyone was exhausted. They decided to discuss the matter further in the morning. Astrain was restlessly rolling around. He was dreaming... All around Astrain, figures in dark robes were chanting familiar words Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak! Var-Lokkur surrounded them and they seemed to be helping the robed figures. The Var-Lokkur seemed to draw energy from the chant. Over the Mallar Revival Church, dark clouds began swirling and soon two large glowing red eyes appeared in the clouds, watching over Talmar. Astrain found his dream body flying up again and he looked out over the land. The chant of the robed figures now echoed all across the lands Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak! The strange visage in the clouds seemed to answer their chant Kobeah Neder Fek Seti, Nolah Gevy Wer! The visage said. Astrain! So nice of you to join me! I have drawn enough power from their belief. Now, you will tremble mortal. Now, you will see the wrath of God! The visage said. The funnel around the Mallar Revival Church kept drawing energy and then stopped. The funnel exploded and sent its accumulated energy in every direction. Talmar was enveloped in black energy. Astrain then saw great storms arise all over Talmar, wreaking devastation. He heard people down below crying for help and praying desperately. Astrain saw the earth shake in a massive upheaval and he had a glimpse of the Wendarog Islands. The Islands shattered and the ocean was tumultuous as something began to rise from the depths. Let

175

the second phase commence! Tal-Mu rises! The visage said. Begone insect! You will yet learn not to poke your nose where it doesnt belong! Astrain knew the visage was aware of his presence. He felt a sudden irresistible blast of air. He was blown away. When he landed, he found himself in Franks apartment. It was dark. He looked out the window and saw the smouldering ruins of Cephaloria. He noticed a calendar and saw the date on it was the supposed date the worldstone cycle was to end. Astrain hurried outside. Other people ran frantically through the streets. He heard a sudden roaring noise from above and the visage appeared again. The people of Cephaloria lifted their arms and sang songs of praise. Praise Be! Praise Be! Lord Jabal comes to save us! He comes again! One man called. The visage laughed and all the people calling out to it simply turned to dust, blown away upon the wind. Astrain could see the divine sparks of the dead as balls of pure light and energy. Their energy simply dissipated and the visage laughed again. Astrain willed himself to float upwards and he could see over all of Talmar again. He now saw Var-Lokkur and beasts he recognized from Zakkarian myth as Shukkabath. The creatures were everywhere, spread all over Talmar. They were tormenting and killing the people of Talmar and seemed to draw great pleasure from these acts. Astrain saw the armies of north and south clash in bloody wars, armed with mighty machines of war. As the armies of Talmar fought each other, Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur overran them. They simply started killing the soldiers on both sides. The visage laughed again and all the remaining soldiers and machines of war, turned into dust. The Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath then assembled into a great crowd around a robed man. Astrain could sense great magic and the man would emit sparks of pure power and energy on occasion. Astrain could not see the figures face. The crowd moved in procession in the direction of the risen Tal-Mu and the robed man walked over the water as if it were solid ground. On Tal-Mu stood a great stepped pyramid

176

and at its apex stood a large red crystal. The robed figure ascended the central stairway of the pyramid and walked up to the stone. The Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath cheered him on with victorious cries. See the outcome. Should you fail, The voice of Tal-Mu whispered as Astrain watched the scene unfold. The robed figure touched the stone. It is done! For the victory of the eternal empire! The stone emitted an immensely bright burst of light and energy. Astrain could feel the explosion rip through him and he awoke. He noticed the walls of the apartment shaking and items on shelves toppling over. An earthquake was shaking Cephaloria...

Chapter 9: The Great Cataclysm Astrain hurried out of bed and into the living room to find Laurence awoken by the quake as well. Astrain was terrified. He had never been in an earthquake before. Objects fell from shelves. Glasses and pieces of china fell out of the cupboards and dashed to pieces on the floor, all with a terrible clamour. The sprinklers in the building activated and the fire alarm went off. Astrains panic intensified with the noise. Astrain just wait here until the quaking subsides, get against the wall and shield your head, Laurence instructed. The quaking lasted a while longer. Astrain and Laurence collected their most important personal items, left the apartment, and cautiously moved down a corridor with a sign pointing to the emergency exit and the stairs winding down. Fortunately, the damage to the building seemed minimal and they found the way out unhindered. The two men hurried down the stairs and joined an ever-growing crowd of terrified onlookers waiting outside in the square of the apartment complex, which was sometimes used for emergency assemblies. The crowd of onlookers continued to grow as more residents made their way outside after the shaking.

177

From the high vantage point of the Academy of Knowledge, Astrain could see that parts of Cephaloria were burning. The sounds of alarms and the sirens of emergency vehicles came from all around. Dogs everywhere barked and people screamed - some calling out for lost relatives. Look there to the south. Seems there is trouble brewing over the southern towns, Astrain said. Laurence saw a thick black storm in the distance with the occasional flashes of lightning. The storm looked menacing but at least far away. Astrain thought of his family and he felt sick. I just had a dream about a storm and an earthquake. I saw Tal-Mu rise from the sea, Astrain said. Strange. I sensed a great magical force myself. A great disruption in the fabric of our world, Laurence said. You think this storm and earthquake was magical in nature? Astrain said. Magical control over elemental forces is not unheard of as I am sure you know, But this? Astrain looked at the devastation of Cephaloria. In the distance, a damaged bridge collapsed. A man with a loudspeaker arrived and stood before the crowd. Please remain calm! Report to your building supervisor. Reply when your name is called. Please be patient while we do a sweep of the campus grounds and inspect damages. Please be aware that there may still be hazards from the mountainside. We will carefully monitor the situation and keep you informed, The man announced. Astrain looked up at the tall mountain cliffs above them, afraid a landslide could bury them any minute. He felt a renewed bout of anxiety so close to the mountains and surrounded by the tall buildings of the city. Aftershocks were likely. Academy busses arrived and stopped in a nearby parking lot.

178

We ask that you stay put for now. The streets of Cephaloria need to be kept clear in this state of emergency. We have busses available should we need to evacuate. If you have to drive, please form car pools. Thank you, The announcer said. I will go and take care of this bit of administration. Be back in a second, Laurence said. He pushed through the crowds to where other residents of his building were gathering. Astrain looked at the menacing storm to the south, growing larger. It began to rain in a torrential downpour. A part of the storm must have reached Cephaloria. Come, we need to get out of this rain. Our building is clear. We can return to the apartment for now, Laurence said. Back at the apartment, Laurence tried calling Frank. The lines are either very busy or down, Laurence said. Next, he checked his cell phone and noticed that there was no signal, Drat!

Astrain was silent. It was terrible not knowing what was going on - Not knowing if friends and family were safe. We should try to get some rest. The city is likely in chaos now. It will be better if we wait here for things to settle down, Laurence said. He looked out the window and over the city. Down in the city, it was indeed chaos, some buildings had sustained severe damage and others had caught on fire. Emergency vehicles frantically dashed through the street, their sirens wailing. Traffic officers had to restrict and regulate the droves of traffic trying to move through the city. Some of the roads and overpasses through the city had been damaged during the quake so some roads had to be closed down completely. Terrified wanderers in search of help or lost relatives waded through the streets in dazed confusion.

179

Frank and Crystal had huddled together under a table when the quake started and only after the shaking had stopped did they leave the apartment. They met the terrified Esmeralda in the hallway and all three of them quickly made their way out of the building, along with other nervous residents. We should probably try to contact Laurence and find out if they are ok, Crystal said. No signal. We will have to try later, Frank said. They saw droves of people move through the streets in the direction of Von Heilsigs Church. Many felt the need to make some sense of the tragedy. The church became a beacon of light and salvation amidst the gathering darkness. The glowing circled cross above the city beckoned.

President Dave Stone sat in his office in the presidential mansion of Mallar. He was dressed in a suit. However, he did not look very neat. His tie was halfundone. His brown hair was unkempt. He had thick bags under his blue eyes. He was grateful that the mansion was spared the worst Von Heilsig did promise him protection after all. He shuddered as he looked out of the large window in his office and as he saw parts of Cephaloria aflame. Dave was anxiously awaiting the arrival of vice-president, John Sephira. They had an important meeting scheduled - a meeting Dave knew would have far-reaching repercussions. The president guiltily scanned across all the portraits of past presidents adorning the walls. Four hundred years of Mallar democracy destroyed, and in no small part due to me, He thought. Dave sat down at his desk with a heavy heart. He had not been able to sleep the last few days. My sentiments were noble. I tried to help the people of Mallar give them what they wanted. Now all I have worked for has been twisted beyond recognition, Dave thought. He tried to justify his actions to himself. The phone rang and Dave hesitantly answered. He knew who

180

it was and he feared that the call would only confirm his fears and suspicions. Thank you for letting me know, Hans. I know it is a lot to take in. And dont worry I will send in some experts to investigate this strange anomaly. Goodbye, Dave said and he hung up the phone. He turned his chair around to look out the large window behind his desk31. He stared over the city as he thought about how events had culminated up to that point in time...

Senator Dave found great support for his presidential campaign among the faithful in Mallar and it was primarily through their support that he had won the election. They had heard his promises of a return to traditional values based upon faith. They heard that the pure family and the Book of Mallar would be central once again in society. Mallar could be saved from the decline, decay and corruption. There finally was a solution. Dave Stone provided a beacon of light during a time of uncertainty. He found a strong ally in Von Heilsig. Through his support of the Revival Movement, he garnered many votes.
32

Von Heilsig,

henceforth, acted as his advisor. Dave thought a new golden age of peace and prosperity had finally come to Mallar. A harmonious relationship between church and state was indeed possible, in spite of the opinions of the naysayers. Everything seemed fine and well in Mallar for a while at least...
31

The Presidential mansion is situated on the cliffs overlooking Cephaloria. The large window in the office looks out over the city. The presidential mansion is simply the revamped palace that used to belong to the Mallar Patriarch. Scholars believe that the office the president now occupies was designed to indicate the omniscient vision of the Patriarch as representative of Jabal. 32 Dave started his campaign for traditional values at the right time. The Mallarim demanded a strong leader - A leader firm in his faith. Natural disasters were supposedly on the increase and the threats of terrorism from Kandum increasing. The so-called End Times had assuredly come. Dave, through his support of Von Heilsig and the Revival Movement became the leader the Mallarim had been waiting for the leader to set society straight. Daves popularity increased after a terrorist attack on Cephaloria, a Kandumoth suicide bomber blew up the old Church of the Birth of Mallar. Dave took decisive action, demanded retaliation, and ordered an attack on Rash-Lokkar. It was at the desert settlement of Rash-Lokkar that Kalahar had one of his important training camps. Unfortunately, civilians from the nearby village died in the bombing of the desert settlement. Tensions between Kandum and Mallar escalated. However, Dave was a hero in the eyes of the Mallarim for striking at a heathen enemy. Dave then helped fund and support the construction of the Mallar Revival Church on the location of the old church, thus his authority as a holy leader was cemented in the minds and hearts of Mallarim across the lands.

181

It did not take long for Dave to realize that Von Heilsig had some other agendas. In addition, he did not have qualms about using his connections in government to further these agendas. Dave was concerned when some of Von Heilsigs suggestions contrasted with the very principles of Mallar freedom and democracy. Von Heilsig started small; he pushed for the reinstatement of prayer in schools and the removal of any references to Zakkarian history in the curriculum. Same sex-marriages became taboo and in some parts of Mallar, homosexuality became illegal, punishable by imprisonment or lashes. Von Heilsig demanded occult and Zakkarian mythology books removed from libraries. Patrons with interest in such subjects had to be reported and monitored further. A censorship bill was passed to restrict and monitor television, films and other media. Government could confiscate any material with questionable content. Some citizens were outraged and even protested against the new reforms. They claimed that it violated their freedom of religion and free speech. However, their voices were drowned out amidst the chorus calling for revival and purity. Von Heilsigs demands grew stranger and Dave began to resist. It was then that Von Heilsig began with threats. He threatened to reveal some dark secrets. Secrets that the president and proponent of family values was trying to keep hidden. How could he have possibly known about us, Melissa? Dave thought. He listened to emergency sirens wailing down below in the city. He felt a sickening knot in his stomach as he turned back his thoughts to Von Heilsigs increasing demands. Von Heilsig had the leverage he needed over the president. The Melissa secret could destroy him - his career. Dave did not dare protest when Von Heilsig demanded a secretive expedition to Maligor. Von Heilsig claimed that some artefact lay buried there that could threaten national security. Dave knew

182

nothing about it, but he did not question Von Heilsig further. He ordered the expedition and gave Von Heilsig the clearance and authority he demanded to instruct the soldiers personally. He thought Von Heilsig had lost his mind when he took interest in specific Mallar citizens. He claimed they were potential threats to national security. Laurence Laverney, Frank Rose and all those associated with them had to be watched and their phones bugged. Even a few families from small southern towns, Illium and others came under suspicion. Later, Von Heilsig wanted to have them locked up along with any other supposed Adversary Worshippers. However, Dave made it clear that they could only be arrested should they commit actual crimes. At first, Dave did not understand why Von Heilsig was so interested in Frank. After all, he knew Franks father, the business tycoon, Gerald Rose. They had been friends for many years. Gerald, you were a good friend. Such strange circumstances surrounding your death I would have been better off if I never knew the truth, Dave thought. He reached for a bottle of Dragons Claw Whiskey that he kept under his desk. He poured the golden liquid into a glass and toasted his old friend... Dave found that Von Heilsig was soon quite pleased with him and his compliance. Von Heilsig was ready to reveal many secrets secrets that forever altered the Talmar that Dave thought he knew. Von Heilsig revealed the existence of a secret organization. The Brotherhood as Von Heilsig called it, consisted out of many of the old Mallar nobles, including the families descended from the Mallarim saints. The rich and influential in Mallar society were invited to join the order as initiates, while Von Heilsig and the saintly descendents formed an inner circle. They called themselves The Chosen. Dave thought the elite social club harmless at first. It was simply the powerful in Mallar using their influence to further the goals of the true faith...Dave poured himself some more

183

whiskey. What was I thinking? I should never have had anything to do with them! Dave thought. He slowly sipped his whiskey... Von Heilsig soon invited him along to inner circle meetings. He learned that they believed in Jabals imminent return and that the world should be prepared accordingly. When the Kingdom of Jabal returned, the Chosen would be the ones to receive the greatest rewards in paradise. Those that did the most to further the Lords work in the world would rule as kings and queens at the side of Jabal. They would live in stately palaces. Von Heilsigs gesture of friendship and goodwill soon turned out to be nothing more than a veiled attempt at intimidation. Dave shuddered as he thought of the things he had witnessed at the inner circle meetings... Von Heilsig revealed a secret network of tunnels underneath the presidential mansion, dating back to the time of the first Patriarch. There, in underground chambers, the Chosen performed their rituals. Dave felt a cold chill as he thought back to one of the ritual chambers. It was a round chamber with a stone altar in the centre. Around this altar, a circular ditch was inset within the stone floor. Dave felt nauseous as he remembered the dark red stains in this ditch along with the smell. It was here that Jabal accepted his favourite offering blood. Dave poured himself some more whiskey... Dave was sceptical at first of Von Heilsigs supposed powers. Then he started witnessing things for himself. Miraculous healings took place that even had doctors baffled. I thought we could heal the world, Dave thought, taking another sip of whiskey. He was starting to feel lightheaded. Von Heilsigs beneficial powers soon took on a darker tone. Dave witnessed shadowy creatures participate in the Chosens rituals. He learned that these

184

were the Var-Lokkur from the Book of Mallar. The Chosen slaughtered animals on the altar in the ritual chamber and their blood would drain into the ditches. The shadowy attendants relished the spilling of blood. They praised Jabal as the crimson liquid flowed. Dave pulled at his hair. He covered his eyes with his hands and he wept as he thought of what came next... Things had really gone too far when during one night of ritualistic worship. The Chosen dragged a captured man to the altar. Judging by his dishevelled appearance and tattered clothes, Dave realized that the Chosen must have grabbed one of the many homeless citizens who wandered the streets of Cephaloria. He wont be missed, this is for the greater good after all, Dave remembered Von Heilsig saying despite his protests. That very night, something new happened during the rituals a light descended upon the altar, gathering and coalescing there for a few minutes as the shadowy creatures called out For the empire! For the Var-Lokkur! Jabal! Jabal! The light built up a while longer, turning brighter and then suddenly shot into Von Heilsig. Now the plan can commence, Dave recalled Von Heilsig saying. From that, point onwards Von Heilsig could command the Var-Lokkur. The Chosen prayed for the destruction of enemies and political rivals and any who opposed them, turned up dead. Dave thought of his friend Gerald again. He learned that he belonged to another secret society. He was shocked to learn that Von Heilsig had targeted the Order Gerald belonged to for destruction. The Chosen sent Var-Lokkur, and one by one, the members of the Order turned up dead. Dave remembered how he pleaded with Von Heilsig to spare Gerald but to no avail. He felt a little satisfaction as he remembered how angry Von Heilsig was when a Var-Lokkur failed to kill Frank and Laurence. Dave smiled at the memory of Von Heilsigs fit of rage before the rest of the Chosen. They had never suspected the Var-Lokkur could fail. Dave knew well that The Brotherhood would kill him if he ever spoke a word about the

185

things he saw. However, the thought that the Var-Lokkur could be beaten gave him a renewed sense of hope. Dave thought about the first phase of The Brotherhoods plan. He did not know everything it entailed, except that its purpose was to establish the Revival Movement across Mallar and draw people to the faith again. Von Heilsig would use the power gained from the belief of the faithful Mallarim for purposes he did not know. He had no evidence, yet he still had a feeling that their rituals were somehow tied to the recent disasters - The Chosen constantly spoke about the coming cleansing. Dave did know quite a few details about the second phase of The Chosens plan, since they required his help and authority. The second phase involved declaring war against Kandum. To Von Heilsigs vexation, Dave refused to go along with the scheme he was going to take a stand against The Brotherhood. It was for this very reason that he expected the Vice-President to arrive soon. Dave heard a knock on his door. He was relieved that John had made it safely. Come on in! Dave called. He stood up from his chair and stumbled around to get another whiskey glass for his guest. Dave was surprised and terrified to see Von Heilsig enter the room. He was dressed in his white ritual robe and followed by two men in brown robes. Hoods covered their faces. Dave sat back down in his chair. His heart was beating faster but he tried to hide his fear. Youre Eminence! It is good to see you! Dave said. Von Heilsig swept into the office with a regal air. A pity to see your little secretary is not here tonight, Von Heilsig said as he stared at Dave. Dave sunk into his chair. Von Heilsig still had control over him. He knew what would happen if Talmar learned his secrets - not to mention his wife. Have you considered the offer? Are we ready to go to war? Von Heilsig

186

asked. We have no reason to attack at this stage. Kalahar is but making threats and empty promises. He has not done anything yet to warrant a full scale war, Dave said. Believe me. It is only a matter of time before that snake will strike. If we attack now and attack decisively, we can minimize the losses on our own side. Kalahar is mobilizing! Von Heilsig said. He walked towards the large window behind the desk and looked out over Cephaloria. His face slowly formed into a smile. We have just been through a major catastrophe! How can you possibly expect us to go to war now! Dave protested. You may think this a catastrophe. Yet, you will see the people rallying now to the true faith and the true church. I see it as a little wake up call, Von Heilsig said. I have already received reports that many people lost their lives tonight. How can you be so cold? If the dead were faithful, Jabal will show them mercy. If they were unbelievers, their deaths are just. The people of Mallar have long persisted in sin. This tragedy will unite the faithful. My church is fuller now than it was on the Day of Shurikal! Von Heilsig said. Von Heilsig looked distracted for a moment - Staring off into the distance. Dave recognized the look - it usually happened when Von Heilsig claimed the Lord spoke to him. I have received word that with or without your help things will move according to plan. I should also let you know that we have begun discussing the further need for this secular government. The Chosen believe that it has outlived its purpose. What is coming will be eternal and holy. This democracy is a relic of a decadent and bygone age, Von Heilsig said. Are you threatening me? Dave stood up. He clenched his fists.

187

The Lord has withdrawn his mercy from you and from this government. You betrayed us, Dave. Did you think you could hide your true intentions from the Lord? We already know of your meeting with the vice-president. We know what you intend to do, Von Heilsig looked around the office. This office once belonged to the Patriarch of the faith. I do have a feeling that a Patriarch will soon grace it again, Von Heilsig said. Get out! I will have you arrested! Dave said. Now you are just being silly. We both know that will never happen. Von Heilsig turned to leave. He walked out of the office followed by his two robed followers. They shut the door behind them. Dave was furious; he banged his fist on the desk. You will pay for your crimes! Dave said. He sat back down. He was starting to worry about John. If Von Heilsig and his goons knew about the meeting, John could potentially be in danger. John was one of the few people Dave knew he could still trust. He was a level-headed and sceptical person. He was one of the few people in the government that did not fall for Von Heilsigs Revival. John was an avowed atheist and the chairperson of the Cephalorian Atheist and Freethinkers Society. For a moment, Dave realized just how alone he was in his stand against Von Heilsig. Except for John, there was no one else that would come to his side, should he oppose the holy man. Von Heilsig already had strong influence in all facets of government, the military and even the police. It was impossible to speak a word of criticism against the holy man. Von Heilsig was seen as a true prophet and saint. Dave jumped when he heard another knock on the door. John Sephira entered the room. He was a tall man with brown hair and blue eyes. He appeared clean-shaven and neat. He came to the meeting wearing his usual suit. John was a young man, considering his powerful position. However, Dave would

188

not have wanted anyone else as his vice-president. John provided a necessary balance. I am sorry I am late. The city is in chaos right now, John said. He walked up to the desk. I am glad you are safe my friend, Dave said. He motioned for John to have a seat. I suspect you have an idea on why I called you here tonight? Dave asked. John had an idea that the meeting involved The Brotherhood and their schemes. The President had briefed him on the situation before. He considered the organization deluded religious nuts. He definitely did not believe all the stories of mystical powers and spirits flying around. Yet, he knew how powerful Von Heilsig was. He saw the influence he had on his followers. He also knew about the dark, extreme places religion could lead and therefore why the situation was so dangerous. I suspect it has to do with Von Heilsig and his secret society. Dave if you feel threatened by them why not ask for additional security, John said. I have called you here not only to discuss the Brotherhood. I think I know of something we can use against them! I am about to reveal something to you that you are definitely going to find hard to believe. Yet, you will see it with your own eyes, Dave said. This clandestine secret society is a threat to the national security of Mallar. We need to disband the organization and have them arrested for treason! John said. Were it that simple! Von Heilsig has his supporters everywhere. They will rally to his side if we try anything directly. Can you imagine what would happen should I have Von Heilsig arrested? Who will arrest him? John did not have a

189

chance to reply. Dave simply kept on talking. He had really thought the situation through. He was annoyed at having to explain it again. Commissioner Gordon? He is one of the faces of the Revival Movement. General Lafayette? He is Von Heilsigs right hand man. The police and the military support their prophet! No one will believe us if we accuse Von Heilsig of anything. We will have a full-scale revolt on our hands if we try to have Von Heilsig arrested, Dave said. What do you suggest we do? This has become a matter of national security, John said. Remember what I told you about Tal-Mu? Dave said. John thought for a moment about all the things Dave had told him about the Chosen. How they frequently mentioned Tal-Mu and something important, they sought there. I do remember. They want something there. This is a moot point. There is no evidence Tal-Mu exists. The Chosen are chasing after myths to support their delusions, John said. Oh, but you may want to rethink your stance. We do have new evidence available, Dave said and smiled. John looked at him blankly. I just spoke to Hans Bergen of the Lyonas Oceanographical Institute. I asked him to monitor the situation and the ocean near the Wendarog Islands. They had been watching the area for any anomalous seismic activity. The recent seismic activity had a very specific cause Tal-Mu has risen from the ocean floor, Dave said. Johns jaw dropped. For a moment, he thought the president had lost his mind. The idea of Tal-Mu rising was a rather challenging one to accept. John knew that the rising of the city tied into end time prophecies. He brushed the idea of prophecy fulfilment aside. After all prophecies were mere superstitions they never turn out true and there are always other explanations to consider first. Dave took out a laptop from his drawer and placed it on the desk. He opened a file that Hans

190

had sent him and turned the laptop around for John to see. John was surprised to see photos of a ruined city, covered in seaweed and coral. Is that supposed to be Tal-Mu? John asked. We dont know for sure yet - although it is very likely based on the location. We will need an expert to confirm this, Dave said. And you believe that if this is Tal-Mu, this can help us against The Brotherhood somehow? John asked. Exactly! I have constantly heard the Chosen speaking about this place. There is something powerful there, that they need to complete their plans. I think we should send our own expedition there to investigate. Learn its secrets before the Chosen has a chance to. I know who we should ask to lead this expedition, the foremost Zakkarian expert, Laurence Laverney, Dave said. John remembered some of the things Dave had told him about Laurence and Von Heilsigs plans for him. We are making a huge leap here. How can we be sure that there is anything even remotely useful in Tal-Mu? We could be chasing phantoms while we have conspirators right here in our own administration, John said. He was becoming annoyed with Dave but tried not to show his feelings. Yet again, he thought that Dave was relying too much on his hunches and feelings. You will have to trust me on this one. Have a little faith, Dave said and laughed. He stood up to pour some whiskey for John. I will call Laurence and arrange a meeting. We cannot meet them here. I will tell him to meet us under the bridge in the St. Palimoria Park. It is close enough to the mansion and the academy. Most importantly, Von Heilsig wont know about it, Dave said. He handed John a glass of whiskey. He picked up the phone to call Laurence and noticed the lines were down. I will go and get him in the morning, John said.

191

There is one more thing. After the meeting, I want you to leave Cephaloria. I want you to take your family and any trustworthy friends and go to the bunker in the Cephor Woods, Dave said. John noticed he seemed pale all of a sudden. Why? What is going on? Please, trust me. I want you to take Loretta and the kids along with you, Dave said. He thought about his wife and two daughters and he felt sad. You are not telling me everything. I dont understand why we need to leave of Cephaloria, John said. Dave stood up and turned around to stare out the window, turning his gaze away from John. The bunker is well stocked with provisions. It is easily defendable in case of attack. Most importantly, its location is secret. All involved with it are sworn to the utmost secrecy, Dave said. Why dont you come with us? If there is some sort of imminent threat, I need to know about it! John said, growing increasingly impatient. I dont think our democracy has much time left. Please, do as I ask of you, Dave looked down. I need to remain here and handle things. I need to finish what I started. You were always the voice of reason in this administration. I am sorry that I never listened to you, Dave said. Dont talk like that! We will get through this. We will disband Von Heilsigs clandestine organization! He will pay for this conspiracy, John said. Daves head was still bent down and he shook it sadly. He brushed away a forming tear, hoping that John did not see him. He thought of the visions he had seen. Visions shown him by a woman in white - dreams of a terrible future.

Widespread panic overcame the residents of the towns and cities of southern Mallar. They were relieved that they were spared the worst from the quake. The

192

religious praised Jabal. Yet now, a thick black storm was brewing and it was huge. In Illium, residents left their homes to stare at the approaching storm. Strong winds arose, followed by heavy rain and large blocks of hail crashing down. People screamed and ran for shelter as the thick cloud underwent a new metamorphosis. Numerous funnels formed and touched down onto the ground. We need to get out of here! One Illium resident called as he saw a thick tornado headed straight towards the town. The storm looked menacing. The citizens out in the streets began running. A little girl was crying, lost in the fray. Her father grabbed her. I am scared daddy. What are we going to do? Everything will be all right, Her father assured her as he ran with the girl in his arms. Pastor Pats wife was standing on the outside of the Church of Illium staring at the approaching tornado. Many people had come to the church to pray for forgiveness and mercy. Chaos and panic erupted in Illium. Debris flew through the air, posing a danger to man and beast. Some residents tried to flee in their cars. However, the sudden unorganized evacuation soon caused a pile up on the highway near Illium. No one could escape as the tornado moved over the road. David and Beth Julienne stayed in their house to wait out the storm. They began praying as the tornado headed towards them. Arthos was lying down next to them. I do hope Astrain and Elizabeth are safe, Beth said. Her heart beat faster as everything turned dark. Outside the window, she could see nothing but flying debris and thick blackness. Everything will be fine honey, David said. He clutched his wife tightly and felt the house shaking. Everything will be fine. In mere moments, the storm had engulfed all of Illium.

All over Talmar people believed that the end had come. In the city of Desirok, on the east coast of Mallar, residents watched in terror as the dormant Desirok

193

volcano awoke from its long slumber. The night sky lit up with fire and bursts of lava. Many residents had no time to get away as a warm volcanic ash cloud moved through the town. On the west coast, in the city of Port Ys, residents stood in silence as the waters of the ocean began to recede. We need to get to higher ground! One man warned and began running towards his car. Others followed his lead. From a distance, they saw a towering wave, headed towards the shore. In Kandum and in the city of Jukash, Kalahar watched over the city from the balcony in his palace. The damage from the quake was minimal. Parts of the ancient defensive wall sustained damage, but nothing too serious. Kalahar walked to a room on the other side of the palace and from there he gazed over the desert. A sand storm was rising. So it begins, Kalahar smiled. Widespread panic ensued in Rashun as a hurricane hit the city. The coastal areas sustained severe damage. The apartment Ishmar called his home was ruined in the process.

Ishmar, Elizabeth and Maran awoke as they felt the mountain tremble around them. We need to get out! Elizabeth called. The ceiling of the library cracked with a loud snap. They ran towards the entrance of the monastery and jumped in the Desert Voyager. Elizabeth looked apprehensively at the tall cliffs surrounding them. She desperately wanted to get out of there. Maran ran ahead to open the monastery gates. He quickly climbed in the Voyager and they sped out of the gorge. Loose rocks crashed down from above behind them. Elizabeth looked back to see the columns and statues at the monastery entrance crack and collapse.

194

Ishmars eyes were still heavy with sleep. His eyes widened when he saw a new hazard before them. A thick funnel of dust was headed towards them, whipping up dense clouds of dust as it moved over the sand. Ishmar swung the Voyager around. Before them stood the entrance of Maligor - the only option left. Ishmar drove off before the thick dust clouds could obscure their vision. He drove right into the entrance of Maligor. Ishmar stopped the voyager just inside the entrance, away from the storm. The winds howled outside and the dust obscured the light of the early morning sun. I think I hear something, Elizabeth said. What? Ishmar asked. Elizabeth placed her hands over her ears for a moment. She was agitated I have been hearing it since this morning. It sounds like a man chanting. I heard it when the quake started and I heard it upon the wind, Elizabeth said. Ishmar and Maran gave each other confused looks. They had no idea what she was talking about. The cavernous entrance of Maligor began shaking and then crumbling. Drive! Elizabeth called. Ishmar rammed the gas pedal of the Voyager as the entrance of Maligor began to collapse. The Desert Voyager safely evaded the falling fragments. Elizabeth looked behind them, only to see dust and debris and the entrance entirely sealed off. It was completely dark. Ishmar turned on the lights of the Voyager to provide illumination. Svag! We are trapped! Ishmar said. He climbed out of the vehicle and inspected the rock fall. He tried budging some of the boulders, but they were too large and heavy to lift. There is another way out, right? Elizbath said as she and Maran joined Ishmar. We will need to move further in, Ishmar said. Seems we will have to go on foot, Ishmar observed as he saw the narrow passage before them. Ishmar picked up some provisions from the Voyager including a flashlight. The three of them set off down the dark entrance corridor of Maligor.

195

Laurence and Astrain were doing some clean-up work in the apartment. Occasionally Astrain would watch the television to see if there was any news on the earthquake and the extent of damage. He also wondered what the situation was in the rest of Talmar and he was especially concerned over Illium. Finally, a special news report came on and Astrain saw footage of the monstrous storm, covering all of Southern Talmar. Laurence, look, Astrain said. His heart felt heavy when he saw the tornado and the town of Illium, a mere speck in comparison. I need to do something! I have worked weather magic before. Do you think I can help those people? Astrain said. Laurence felt sorry for him. He did not know how to ease his fears I dont know. This storm is tremendous. I dont know if we have enough power to counter it. Even with you here. I just dont know if it will be enough. I sense tremendous power in the storm. Many people added their energy to this, Laurence said. Astrain thought about his family. He went outside to the balcony where he had a view of the storm. He called the Zakkarian words of power he had used in the past to influence the weather. Seti Hewym Lekob Rae. As Astrain spoke these words, he tried to tune into the energy of the storm itself. He felt its power and his consciousness merged with the elemental forces. He immediately experienced a strong resistance. He continued chanting the words but the storm did not budge or even slightly dissipate it was too powerful. Astrain! You may want to see this! Laurence called from inside. Astrain felt sad and powerless. There was nothing he could do the storm was too powerful to affect. He went back inside with his head held down. Look on the news. They have a report on the storm, Laurence said and he turned up the volume. Astrain felt numb as he saw the scene of devastation. He felt sickened when he recognized familiar landmarks of the town once called Illium.

196

We have reports coming in of severe storms all over Mallar. Many of the towns of southern Mallar suffered severe damage caused by tornadoes and strong winds. The storm has left Karos and Illium devastated in its wake and it is now moving further southwards towards Noragen. Evacuations there are already underway. Astrain watched in horror as more scenes from Illium appeared on the screen. The sky was still dark and ominous. Where once was a town. Now only rubble remained. Astrain recognized the Church of Illium. All that remained was the toppled symbol of the Mallarim faith amidst piles of rubble. So far, it has been impossible to determine the exact death toll. Rescue workers are still moving through the ruins in search of any survivors. Rescue attempts and recovery will likely be an ongoing effort for the next few days. The scene showed rescue workers dressed in uniforms searching through ruins. Almost as if the heavens had a sense of humour, heavy rains descended upon the town. Injured people covered in dust and mud cried out for help. Laurence looked at Astrain. He was very quiet and pale. We dont know anything yet. For all we know your family are safe, Laurence said. Astrain remained silent. Reports of natural disasters are coming in from all over Talmar. Even as far away as northernmost Kandum we have had reports of devastating storms and after-effects of the massive earthquake. The massive earthquake is believed to have originated from the site of the Wendarog Islands. It has had far-reaching consequences. Meteorologists have stated that the storm and the quake are not necessarily related. It may be merely coincidental that two such terrible tragedies followed one upon the other. Footage revealed a full Mallar Revival Church and citizens praying.

197

For the religious this is no coincidence. They say that the end times are upon us and that we face Jabals Judgement. The Baron Karl Von Heilsig has some words he would like to share on the tragedy... The scene changed to show Von Heilsig at a press conference. Mallarim! I know that this tragedy is hard to comprehend. I do assure you, the faithful taken by the Lord were taken away because the Lord is merciful. They are with the Lord now and they will be spared the worst that is yet to come. Now we enter the period of the tribulation. The reign of the Adversary comes and a great war between the forces of light and the forces of darkness will descend upon us! This terrible tragedy has been a wake-up call from the Lord. It is time to come out of our complacency and stand proudly for the Lord of Righteousness! We have brought this upon ourselves for denying his sovereign will! This is a call to unite in the one true faith. This tragedy came upon us because we have too long tolerated secular humanism in our society. We have too long tolerated the gay agenda! We have allowed the occult to taint our youth! We have allowed scientists as wise as serpents to poison us with their atheistic agendas! A punishment and a wake-up call that is what this so-called tragedy has been. More people have flocked to the church than ever before. In the hour of need even the unbelievers now call to the Lord of Righteousness! Von Heilsig said. The crowd cheered and a couple of calls of Praise Be came from among them. One particular vocal follower in the crowd kept calling out his Praise Bes even as Von Heilsig continued speaking. He had his right hand lifted into the air and his eyes closed. You have seen the devastation in Illium. A town levelled to the ground. Need I remind you, faithful Mallarim that Illium had become a den of sin! Their school boards wanted to teach Zakkarian History. They decided to turn their back on

198

the Lord and we have seen the consequences! Von Heilsig said. Oh, Praise Be! Glory! The vocal follower called out. Von Heilsig tried to ignore him. Fear Jabal, the Lord of Truth. Fear Jabal, the Lord of the Day of Judgement! Our Lord is a covetous Lord! Why should he show us his mercy if we no longer abide in His Will? We have too long served the false idols of rationalism and science and the Lord has responded in kind! The crowd cheered again amidst calls of Praise Be. Laurence felt his annoyance building. He walked away to the kitchen to go and prepare some coffee for them. He had heard enough. Astrain continued watching. He saw a reporter from the crowd lifting his hand to ask a question. The man asked something about Mallar preaching love for others. Astrain listened with interest to Von Heilsigs reply. What you say is true. Mallar did teach that we should love our fellow men. Yet, the divine prophet also clearly spoke out against the Zakkarian excesses and brought their evil ways to light. He condemned them for their wickedness! Mallar does not tolerate sin! He also made it very clear that any that would not abide and believe in him must be cut off from the body of the faithful! They will be burned for their crimes! He made it clear that his word is absolute truth! Any who denies his sovereignty will be destroyed in the end! Von Heilsig said. Praise Be! The Lord is great! The vocal follower called. Astrain noticed that the mans lips moved as he spoke a silent prayer over Von Heilsig. In the Book of End Days, we see how they will face Jabals Judgement and receive their punishment - the eternal fire! We cannot love or tolerate the ways of wickedness and sin! Mallar is no pushover either, it is he that paved the way for Jabals righteous fury to enter this dark world! I say yet again - unbelievers who persist

199

in their rebellion are enemies of God! The crowd cheered at hearing Von Heilsigs message. Laurence returned with two mugs of coffee, he handed one to Astrain. I feel so angry. I really hate the Mallarim faith. What is he trying to accomplish? Astrain asked. Laurence shook his head. I dont know where all this will lead. The man is mad, Laurence said. They sat down on the couch to finish their coffee. Laurence peered at a clock on the wall. It is very late. I think I need to get some sleep. You should try and do the same, Laurence said. He left for bed. Astrain found that he could not sleep. He was too worried about his family back in Illium. He lay down on the couch and continued watching the news. Images of disaster came in from all over Talmar. Astrain saw volcanoes erupting and tsunami damage to coastal towns. Perhaps the Mallarim were right and the end was indeed nigh. Astrain sat watching, until he could not keep his eyes open any longer. He drifted off into a blissful, dreamless sleep with no worries or cares. A few hours later Astrain awoke when he heard someone knocking on the door. Laurence staggered out of the bedroom, still half-asleep. He yawned and opened the door. He was surprised to see a familiar, yet unexpected face the vicepresident stood by the door with two suited bodyguards at his sides. Professor Laverney? We need you to come with us. The government of Mallar needs your help, John said. Help? With what? Laurence asked, slightly taken aback at the request. Laurence thought about the presidents policies to restrict the study of Zakkarian history and promote religious education. What could the Mallar government possibly want from him?

200

This concerns Tal-Mu, John said. Laurences eyes grew wide. He was shocked to hear the vice-president mention Tal-Mu. What did this man know about it? What a turn of events this was. Tal-Mu? Laurence asked I know how this is going to sound - The city has risen from the ocean floor. We want to send you on an expedition to study the anomaly. The president will tell you everything when you meet with him, John said. Laurence looked at Astrain and nodded. He had been listening in on the conversation. Laurence was excited about the prospect of having a chance to study the long lost Zakkarian capital. He restrained himself from yelling and jumping up and down. This was a big opportunity. My students will need to accompany me. I will need their help, Laurence said. Yes, of course. President Stone has requested their presence at the meeting as well. We know all about your uhm group. Give us a moment to get dressed. We will be with you shortly. Very well, but hurry, the president is already waiting for us. I also suggest you pack what items you need for you may have a long trip ahead of you, John said. He and his bodyguards stood waiting outside. Laurence took Astrain aside. This is exciting, dont you think? This may be the breakthrough we have been waiting for all along! Laurence said, he thought about all the potentially wondrous discoveries awaiting them - Discoveries that could fill the gaps of history. Seems Tal-Mu was right. We have found a way to reach her. Do you think we can trust President Stone? He is connected to Von Heilsig, Astrain said.

201

John Sephira is the chairperson of the Atheist and Freethinkers Society. I highly doubt he would be in league with Von Heilsig. This is a chance we have to take, Laurence said. They both went to their rooms to get dressed and pack, after this they joined John outside. The guards escorted them to Johns car. They were surprised to see an inconspicuous civilian car, not the usual fancy ride fit for the highest-ranking members of government. I have to warn you. This is not going to be a conventional meeting. We have the need for secrecy. We have chosen a rather unorthodox location for this briefing, John said. The vehicle left the university grounds. Laurence noticed they were turning into the St. Palimoria Park. They drove for a while, moving through the densely wooded park area and then finally stopped at a secluded tunnel under the Palimoria Bridge. The president and an entourage of bodyguards were already waiting there. Another car drove up with Frank and the girls. The coven shared a brief reunion, relieved to see each other unscathed after the earthquake. John escorted them to the president. They shared greetings and introductions. I am glad you decided to come, professor. I have some pressing matters regarding Ta-Mu that I need to discuss with you. I apologize for this rather unconventional meeting. I hope you understand my need for secrecy. It is important that Von Heilsig not learn of this meeting, Dave said. You no longer support Von Heilsig? Laurence asked. No. The man is dangerous and a threat to our democracy. I believe you have had dealings with the Brotherhood? Dave said. Laurence and Frank were stunned and stared at each other at hearing mention of The Brotherhood. What do you know about the Brotherhood? Laurence asked. I know all about them and I also know about the order you belonged to. I know all about your coven and the rituals you work, Dave said. He paused a moment

202

and then continued. I will be open with what I know, because I hope to win your trust. I need your help. The Brotherhood is controlled by Von Heilsig and the old nobles. The descendents of the Mallarim saints The Chosen they call themselves. I believe you know of the rituals they have worked. They sought to disrupt the barrier between our world and others, Dave said, his hands were shaking. Laurence thought he looked nervous. I have seen what the Brotherhood is capable of. I have seen their rituals and I have observed it working. I have glimpsed Var-Lokkur with my own eyes, Dave said. John kept quiet he did not know what to make of what he was hearing. To him it all sounded like hokum. Frank flushed red as he thought about the things The Brotherhood had done to his family. He now had a face for his faceless enemy. The Brotherhood is solely responsible for all the disturbances you have witnessed, Dave turned to Frank. They destroyed your father. They are responsible for sending the Var-Lokkur to kill you. They have been watching you all along, Dave said. Wait just a second. From what I have heard of the Brotherhood, they likely have means of conducting magical surveillance. They could be watching us right now, Astrain said. Dave began shaking even more. You are right. Perhaps we should do something to keep this meeting hidden, Laurence said. I have an idea, Astrain walked into the bushes where he found a stick. He returned and traced a large Zakkarian glyph on the ground. Ceppak, concealment good thinking, Esmeralda said. All of you come and stand here, Astrain instructed. Everyone moved closer to the glyph. John reluctantly followed. He wanted to comment on the uselessness of such ridiculous superstition, but decided to restrain himself. Astrain traced a large circle around the party. While we remain in the circle we should be out of scrying range, Astrain said. Dave seemed to calm down somewhat. I have brought you all here because we need to stop The

203

Brotherhood! They are planning to start a war with Kandum. I have heard them call it their War of Sacrifice. Merely another step towards their ultimate plan, Dave said. You know what they are planning? Laurence asked. Not exactly. I do know that it involves the End Times. They frequently spoke about Jabal returning to the world. They even expect him to arrive in a physical form, Dave said. John, who had tried to listen respectfully to everything said so far, could not help but snicker at the notion of a deity, silent for thousands of years, suddenly popping into history. How many laws of nature would have to be violated to achieve such a feat? Dave gave John an angry look. What do you suggest we do? How can we stop the Brotherhood? Frank asked. That brings us to the very crux of our meeting. Tal-Mu has risen. I believe this is no coincidence. The Chosen frequently mentioned Tal-Mu as essential to their further plans. I believe they seek something there. Therefore, I want to send you to investigate, Dave said. He motioned for one of his suited guards to stand closer. A burly man with sideburns stepped forward. This is Raleigh. An agent of my secret service whom I know can be trusted. He will escort you to Tal-Mu. Under normal circumstances, we could have simply flown you to Tal-Mu directly, but with the current anomalies, it is not safe. You will have to take the route over land and sea, Dave said. Dont worry. I will ensure that you reach Tal-Mu safely. I am no friend of Von Heilsig or his Revival, Raleigh said. I ask that you leave as soon as possible. It is imperative that you learn the secrets of Tal-Mu before the Chosen have an opportunity. They must not have whatever it is that they seek there, Dave said.

204

It is likely that they seek the fabled worldstone. I have long desired to study the hidden secrets of the Zakkarian capital. Perhaps you are right, we may even find something we can use against Von Heilsig and the Chosen, Laurence said. Dave nodded. He had heard the Chosen mention the term worldstone before. He sincerely hoped that something in Tal-Mu could potentially help against The Brotherhood.

Unbeknownst to the coven, the president and his entourage, a white robed figure stood watching. He was in his ritual chamber far to the north. He was observing the meeting through his obsidian mirror. He was slightly irked when Astrain traced a glyph of concealment upon the ground. For a moment, the vision blurred and faded and the figure could no longer hear the discussion. The robed man waved his hand, recited some words and Astrains magic was dispelled. The robed man turned around when he heard a knock coming from the vessel of brass behind him. Svarok had something to say. Yes, Svarok, The man in white robes said. A blue mist issued forth from the brass vessel and coalesced into the humanoid form of Svarok. The worldstone has risen? It has been six thousand years since I have last laid eyes on it. You do know of course, we are perilously close to danger now. Should the Empire Svarok was interrupted by the robed man. I do know the danger my friend. I also have a plan. We can save Talmar, The robed figure said. He peered into the mirror again and smiled when he saw Elizabeth, Ishmar and Maran walking through the corridors of Maligor. He waved his hand to see how the meeting between the coven and the president was progressing. Astrain, you will be my greatest ally and you do not even know this yet. We have so much in

205

common, you and I, The robed figure said. He waved his hand and saw a vision from another part of Cephaloria. He saw the Mallar Revival Church...

Chapter 10: Acts of Terror

The fact that it was Svaren day was certainly not a concern on the minds of those at the secretive meeting between the coven and the president. Svaren Day of course meant it was church attendance day and many members of the congregation of the Mallar Revival Church were already making their way to Von Heilsigs Church hoping to make some sense out of the recent tragedy and find new hope. Jack Smith was one of those who had the fear of god put back into him after the earthquake he was certain he was going to die at one point and he found himself calling out to Jabal in his desperation. Jack had steered around religious issues for most of his adult life. Being highly educated, he was very sceptical of any claims concerning the supernatural. He had several degrees in natural sciences, from the Academy of Knowledge. Everyone knew him to be a very smart guy. Eventually, he concluded that it was illogical to assume that Jabal existed. There was no evidence of his existence and neither was there any evidence of any outside supernatural power that could defy the laws of physics on Talmar. Soon Jack was very confused and he knew he had to find answers. At one point, he looked into philosophy to try to find answers to the riddles of life. Religion, for him, could never adequately answer all these riddles and Talmarian philosophy only led to ever more questions. Jack eventually began to describe himself as agnostic to those who asked. For some reason, these

206

definition were always important to the religious Talmarians - especially, when they wanted to size you up. His religious friends went to great efforts to try to convert him and convince him of the one truth. He chose the title of agnostic rather than atheist merely because on Talmar referring to yourself as an atheist came with a lot of stigma attached. Calling yourself an atheist during a religious revival was never a good idea anyway - except if having rabid Mallarim threatening you with eternal damnation was your idea of fun of course. Discrimination in other areas was also not unheard of. Jack found that most people did not even know what the term agnostic meant and so it was usually enough to stop the over-eager Mallarim in their tracks. His friends however, could not leave the issue alone. They constantly warned him of the risks involved of not following Jabal. Jack endured constant threats of eternal damnation and quotes from the Book of Mallar whenever religion was discussed. He always found the threats and quotes from the holy text rather pointless, considering that he did not believe in the Book of Mallar to begin with. Jack never really understood why his friends had such big issues with his disbelief. Apparently, they were motivated by love and concern, but Jack never really bought that. He thought it was more an issue of being right and asserting this. None of them could say anything against his character, though. His friends knew him as an upright person, always striving to do the right thing. He was even involved in important scientific research, concerning the development of new medical procedures that could potentially save many lives. Jack never really understood the idea that he could have no morality without the Book of Mallar and not be good. He had always believed that all Talmarians had an inherent goodness about them anyway...

207

Jacks friends were quite pleased that he was finally coming to church with them. Their prayers and preaching had finally paid off. Jack had to admit, albeit reluctantly, that he did call out for Jabal in his hour of greatest need. He had to admit that the unanswered questions of life still nagged at him. His friends had promised him that if he could only come to Von Heilsigs church with them he would find his answers... While Jack and his friends were on their way to the Mallar Revival Church, another figure was hiding amidst a thick copse of trees in the St. Conrads Park. It was Jonas Sempre. He felt his heart beat faster as he thought about the special mission given him by Kalahar. After his encounter with Ishmar in Rashun, Jonas realized just how tired he had become of the liberal Kandumoth. They had grown complacent in the faith. He left Rashun and travelled east to Jukash where he wanted to join Kalahars forces. He did not need to undergo much training in the camp. Kalahar soon chose him for a special errand in Cephaloria. Jonas became angry as he recalled the stories his grandfather told him as a child. How Cephaloria was stolen from the Kandumoth. For years, they could not worship in the holy city of the faith and even now, infidels, spreading sin and deceit, tainted the sacred city. Jonass anger built up as he thought about the decadent Mallar society tainting their most sacred shrines. However, he was not randomly picking out thoughts. He was trying to build his rage for the deed he was about to perform. He checked on the explosive device strapped around his waist, careful not to tamper too much with it. The timing had to be correct. Jonas thought about how he would be a hero of the faith, a martyr. The Book of Kandum promised he would receive great rewards from Jalu for his righteous deeds. Jonas thought about the promised rewards that waited in paradise. He would be the one to strike a decisive blow against the southern devils. Kalahar

208

even said his sacrifice would help to usher in the End Times and the coming Judgement of Jalu. Jonas stoutly brushed away any thoughts that made him doubt his mission and cause. He had heard some strange rumours about Kalahar. What if Kalahar had not been honest with him? Jonas reprimanded himself mentally for daring to think such thoughts about the holy man. He thought about the commands in the Book of Kandum to strike terror into the hearts of the unbelievers - to fight the unbelievers until Jalu will be the only power worshipped. The thought of Rash-Lokkar brought forth a newfound rage within him. The Mallar soldiers killed civilians. His own family had to flee and his young niece was killed in the bombing. Mallar had to pay for its crimes... Little Sally Howell was on her way to church with her family. Like many other six year olds, she was more interested in playing around than attending church. Like every Svaren Day, the family took the scenic route through the St. Conrads Park on their way to the service. The family was still shaken by the recent tragedy and they knew that the church would provide them with the spiritual solace they needed. Sally was pre-occupied in her own carefree world and she was playing with a ball she had found in the park throwing it up in the air and then catching it again. At one point, she dropped the ball and it rolled down the pathway and into the bushes. Mommy, can I go and get my ball? Sally called to her mother. We have no time for fooling around! Her mother scolded. Church is starting in a few minutes get back here now! Sally weighed her options. Either obey her mother and sit bored through an hour of babbling or quickly run and get her ball and at least have something to play with through church. She made her decision - Sally ran into the dense foliage and saw the ball lying next to a tree. As she

209

stooped to pick up the ball, she noticed a man standing behind a nearby tree. Sally noticed that the man looked rather troubled and sad. What is wrong, mister, Sally asked and walked over to the stranger. Jonas tried to ignore her but the girl did not want to leave. Leave me alone! Jonas said. Sally was frightened by the tone of his voice. She wanted to run away. She paused when she saw the man seemed rather sad. Jonas felt regret. He did not really agree with the taking of innocent lives. He tried to convince himself that the Mallarim were all decadent filthy sinners. Less than human, and their children would likely grow up to perpetuate the cycles of wickedness. You dont look too good. Why do you seem so sad? Sally asked. Sally! Get back here this instant! She heard her mother calling. She handed her ball to Jonas, who reluctantly took it. He had no idea why he would want to accept such a silly thing. It cheered me up when I found it. Perhaps it can help you too, Sally said, before running off. Jonas saw an image of his niece in his minds eye. The little girl reminded him of her in some way. Again, he felt conflicted about carrying out Kalahars plan. He knew he had a duty, towards his country, towards God. Jonas began fumbling with the clasps of the bomb around his waist. As he did this, he felt a severe headache, unlike any he had ever experienced before. Kalahar did something to me, Jonas thought. The pain intensified. He had a flashback of Kalahar bathed in bright light and speaking words in a strange language. It seems we did not indoctrinate this one enough! Jonas heard a voice saying in his mind. Few minds can withstand the virus. He was a weak candidate to begin with! Another voice said.

210

Get out of my head! Jonas called. He clutched his head in agony. The plan is too important! You will obey Jonas! Even if you do so unwillingly! The voice said again. Jonas screamed. A willing sacrifice would have been so much more effective. Do not worry Jonas we will still torture you for all eternity! The voice said. Jonas now felt a strange sensation. He felt his legs moving. He felt himself walking and yet he was not in control. He could do nothing. He screamed and no sound emerged from his lips. He felt the terrible torture of being trapped in a body that he no longer controlled. He was merely a consciousness, lost somewhere inside of himself. Jonas watched and felt as his body walked towards the Mallar Revival Church.

Jack and his friends took their seats near the stage, at the front of the church. Many people were still streaming in through the numerous entry points and the church was filling up. Jack and his friends were laughing and joking around. They noticed an unknown man, climb up on the stage and walk towards the microphone. I regret to inform you that Von Heilsig will not be able to be here for the service today. He has to minister to the suffering citizens of Cephaloria. Pastor Wilson will be conducting the service in his stead, The man announced. A sudden ruckus at one of the church entrances drew everyones attention. Jonas was struggling, trying to fight for control of his body and mind. He shook and felt pain as he resisted. Get out of here! I have a bomb! Jonas called out. It took great effort to utter the words. At the mention of the word bomb, panic ensued throughout the church as churchgoers ran for the nearest exits. Jonas climbed up on the stage and felt his

211

finger moving onto the button that would trigger the explosive. Sweat dropped from his brow as he fought for control of his hand. You cannot win Jonas. You will obey the word of Jalu! The voices in his head said. The churchgoers trampled and pushed each other in their hurry to escape. Jonas could feel his lips moving. He was speaking without control of his own tongue. For the Kandumoth! For the Empire of Kandum! For Kalahar! Jonas called. Jack and his friends were still trying to push their way towards the exit when the blast ripped through the church. Due to Jonas warning, at least some of the churchgoers had managed to escape the church just in time. Sally and her family were still in the park. Her mother was trying to clean her up. She had made quite a mess of herself while she was out in the bushes. You cant go to Church like this! Her mother scolded and then they saw the blast tear through the domed ceiling of the church. The circled cross of Mallar toppled down. Sallys dirty church dress had saved their lives.

Jack, Jonas and the rest of the victims of the tragedy found their souls floating away from the scene. They were moving away to experience new things in other realities as the cares of the world of Talmar faded away forever. Chapter 11: Lords of the Veil Far, far away beyond the astral plane of Talmar and even beyond the higher planes - far beyond the stars and then even farther away. In another universe and reality entirely, a meeting was taking place. The Lords of the Veil sat in council on the world of Uaperos - council seat of the mistress Katriona
33

33

. The

Katriona is known in many worlds as a love goddess. More specifically, she is a goddess of sexuality, especially when unrestrained. Her symbols and common forms include spiders, scorpions and female humanoids of enchanting beauty. She is also known as the enchantress, well known for her sexual wiles. She is Mistress, queen and some believe progenitor of the Shukkabath race.

212

Empire governed by the Veil Lords spanned many worlds incorporated through aeons of conquest. Each respective Lord governed vast parts of this Empire. The Eight Lords were gathered to discuss the recent happenings throughout the Empire. They were especially eager to learn more about how the situation on Talmar fared. Talmar had long been a contentious issue. A bitter memory of a time the Empire had failed in its ambitions. The Veil Lords were aptly named due to their ability to move between worlds. A magical barrier known simply as the Veil kept the worlds separated. This Veil, however proved no barrier to the Lords of the Empire except when it came to Talmar. Within the vast council hall in the city of Layjala their meeting... The circular Hall of Council had to be large enough to contain the forms of the Veil Lords. They were tremendous beings, as tall as the Arathos Mountains and seemingly formed of the brightest light. At least that is how they appeared in some worlds. In other worlds, they had other forms and were known by other names35. Their True Names however, were their ultimate secrets and they kept these names well hidden36. Katriona extended her consciousness to connect with her servant Jezebath on Talmar. The other Lords observed Katrionas form grow. They observed blue flames burst forth from her form. Katriona was furious to learn of Jezebaths failure in capturing Elizabeth.
34

, the Veil Lords began

34

Layjala is the capital of Uaperos. In Layjala one can find the Council Hall and the Palace of Katriona. 35 Otherworld beings are experienced as spirits on Talmar. This is due to the nature of the Veil separating Talmar from the other worlds. 36 The Veil Lords outlawed the practice of magic throughout the worlds under their dominion. Eventually they wanted the mortal races under their control to forget magic entirely. For magic held power over spirits. The immortal Veil Lords and their immortal servants can never truly be destroyed. They expect their dominion to be eternal. Many worlds worship them as gods and to mortal races they may well appear to be such.

213

Jabal was distracted as well. He sensed the recent events on Talmar and the destruction of the Mallar Revival Church. He experienced a rush of energy as his followers called upon his name with their dying breaths. He was angry that the destruction of the church was not committed as an act in his name. But at least his power and influence on Talmar was growing stronger than ever 37. Jabal! We are all eagerly awaiting to hear the latest news from Talmar, Lord Kalashroh said.
38

The Veil Lords communicated with a form of telepathy.

Jabal snapped out of his deep trance. His light now glowed with a new radiance. All is still well and on schedule. Everything will be ready for our return to Talmar, Jabal said. This is a serious matter. Claiming the worldstone for the Empire is important. I have foreseen that we will have need of it in our darkest hour, Kalashroh said. It was rather strange for an immortal to feel fear but Kalashroh shuddered as he thought about his recent visions of possible futures. For my part, everything is still proceeding according to plan as well. Nin-Gursai will soon be free from his bonds. Once he is released, our victory will be sealed. The treacherous Tal-Mu still tries to work against us! Her power however, is waning, while ours is growing - Thanks to Jabals own efforts, Katriona said. The religion experiment has worked especially well on Talmar. The Talmarians are behaving as expected. They themselves will help us to dispel Tal-Mus enchantments. I will manifest there first. All will be ready when the stone reaches its climax of power. Once the stone is secured, I will pierce the Veil and allow the Empire, in its full glory, to enter Talmar, Jabal said.
37

Jabal is the current leader of the Veil Lords. He is also Katrionas brother. He serves as a military leader for the Empire. The Var-Lokkur are said to be his creation. Although Veil Lords technically cannot create. 38 Kalashroh, known as the Lord of Time, usually presides over Veil Lord council meetings and ensures orderly proceedings.

214

I am sure I speak for the other Lords as well, when I say that this is good to hear, Kalashroh said. If you will excuse me, I need to prepare for my journey to Talmar now, Jabal bowed and began to fade from sight. This meeting is adjourned. I will call upon you again when required, Kalashroh said. All the Veil Lords except Katriona and Kalashroh faded from sight as they returned to their respective worlds. Kalashroh turned to Katriona. So, my dear Katriona. Do you think we can trust Jabal this time? My brother is always scheming and he seeks ever more power. That is why my Shukkabath keep a close watch on the Var-Lokkur under the pretence of assisting them. I will continue to observe and monitor the situation on Talmar carefully. Katriona and Kalashroh left the hall. They had no need to travel through intervening space. They simply phased out of existence and reappeared on another part of Uaperos. They rematerialized on a mountain overlooking the city of Layjala. They looked out over the Shukkabath Academy of War. The redwatered Emir Sea was visible in the distance. An immense force of the winged female warriors, known as Shukkabath congregated down below. They stood at attention as the Shukkabath Commander issued her commands. I see the backup forces are well trained and ready for action, Kalashroh said. Well, one can hardly expect males to do anything right. My forces will be ready to back up the Var-Lokkur and assist with the invasion once needed, I think it is time we discuss the alternate plan should Jabal prove traitorous, Kalashroh said. Katriona had dreaded this discussion. She looked at the pink sky of Uaperos and the slowly rising twin moons of Erotok and Kapreira. She did not want to think

215

about Kalashrohs suggestion. It was something too terrible for one of the divine race to even consider. His plan even violated the unwritten codes of honourable conduct between the Lords. Katriona smiled as she made her decision. I have thought about your plan. I think I have come to like the idea, Katriona said.

Chapter 12: A long road ahead

The president and the coven continued their discussion concerning Tal-Mu. Suddenly, a loud blast from down in the city interrupted them. Everyone scattered or fell down at the sudden shock. Raleigh pushed the president down to the ground and shielded him with his body. The circle of protection was broken. A thick cloud of smoke rose up over the city and the Mallar Revival Church was aflame. Raleigh helped the president up. Dave dusted himself off and walked to a nearby lookout point. The others followed him for a better view of what was happening in the city. They watched as the roof of the church collapsed and the circled cross of Mallar crashed to the ground. They stood staring in shocked silence for a few moments. You need to leave, immediately. This bodes ill. I suspect the Chosen are moving on with their plans, Dave said. You suspect the chosen did this? John asked. He thought the president was jumping to conclusions again. It does not matter. I suspect that they will use this event to their advantage. Cephaloria will not be safe for much longer. And I fear the Chosen will strike against our government soon, Dave said.

216

Raleigh stepped forward. We will leave right away. Many of the roads have been damaged but I believe we can take the route through Karos and Illium on our way to Port Ys. From there, I have arranged for transport to Tal-Mu. Gary, another agent in our secret service, will take care of the transport to Tal-Mu, Raleigh said. Gary has always served loyally, Dave added. Astrain smiled when he heard that they were travelling through Illium. Perhaps he would have a chance to see his family. I have asked John to leave the city. We have a secret bunker hidden in the Cephor Woods. When you return from Cephaloria, you must meet us there, Dave said. He looked at Astrain. The news from Illium has been dire so far. I know you are concerned about your family. I do hope you will find some answers there, Dave said. John handed Laurence a map. Laurence noticed some coordinates written on it. This will help you find the hidden base. When you return from your mission I will await you there, John said. Laurence thanked John and the president and everyone said their goodbyes. Good luck on this journey, Dave said. He turned around to stare out over Cephaloria and the smoke still rising from the ruined church as Raleigh escorted the coven to his van. They had to travel inconspicuously and the civilian car was ideal for the journey. John joined Dave at the lookout point again and interrupted his morose stare over the city. You are putting a lot of faith in this expedition. I do hope something good will come of this, John said.

Ishmar, Maran and Elizabeth had been walking down the long corridor, which led deeper into Maligor. They had seemingly been walking for hours. They noticed a

217

source of light before them and Ishmar motioned for them to approach cautiously and remain silent. As they approached, they heard men talking and laughing up ahead. The tunnel grew brighter and they could see that the length of the corridor was decorated with Zakkarian writing and depictions of historical scenes. The hallway before them opened up into a wider cavern. They noticed that the source of illumination was a long, wide shaft that allowed light in from outside. A pool of water had accumulated in this cavern over the years and some foliage even managed to grow in this part of the inhospitable subterranean climate. A makeshift camp was set up within this cavern. A group of armed soldiers were watching nervously over the passage that led deeper into Maligor. They had constructed a crude barricade with crates. Ishmar recognized their uniforms as belonging to the Mallar Armed Forces. The three travellers remained crouched and hidden behind a large boulder near the entrance of the cavern. They heard footsteps. Two guards on patrol approached. Thought I heard something back here, One of the men said. He shone his flashlight down the dark corridor. One of you had better go and investigate what happened after the quake. It sounded like a cave-in back up the passage, Another soldier said. Yes Sir, One of the patrolling soldiers said. The two soldiers headed straight towards the spot where Elizabeth and the others tried to stay out of sight. Elizabeth thought about how Master Hiran had described the soldiers from Mallar as relentless and merciless. She felt her heart beating faster. Maran tried not to breath. He was afraid he was breathing too loudly and they would hear him. Ishmar wiped sweat from his forehead; he had no idea what they could do. Surely, the Mallar soldiers would not show them any mercy. He did not know whether they should try to remain hidden in the darkness. On the other hand,

218

they could give themselves up. They would be spotted eventually. The soldiers will find the Desert Voyager and they simply had nowhere to run. What are you doing? Ishmar whispered when he saw Elizabeth standing up and lifting her hands into the air. She walked into the path of the two patrolling soldiers. They were startled and ready to shoot. They calmed down somewhat when they noticed a pretty young girl What the Svag! We could have killed you! One of the soldiers said. Maran and Ishmar emerged with their hands in the air. Another soldier approached, of high rank, judging by his uniform. What is going on here? The soldiers kept their guns pointed at the three travellers. We mean no harm. We were trapped here while trying to escape a sandstorm. The entrance collapsed behind us, Elizabeth quickly explained. Svag! The entrance has collapsed? Then we are all trapped here, The ranking officer said. He motioned for his men to stand down. I am Major Phil McIntyre. I am in charge of this expedition. This is a restricted area. What exactly are you doing here in this part of the desert? Phil asked. I am Ishmar. I work for the Emperor Rashdan. I was sent here to investigate the disturbance in the desert. The boy is from the Baku of Kalimer. His village was recently attacked. We believe some of the Baku prisoners are held here, Ishmar said. Elizabeth poked him with her elbow. Why did he have to tell them he was an agent of the Kandum government? She was afraid he had said too much. Phil was suspicious of these strange travellers and their contradictory accounts. Elizabeths eyes widened as Phil pointed his gun at them. His men followed his lead. So, which is it then? You came here to escape a sandstorm or you came here with a specific purpose? Phil asked. He looked over the suspicious group. Both. We were driven in here by the sandstorm. We are also trying to save the captured Baku tribesmen, Ishmar said.

219

Tell me, Ishmar. What have you learned of the disturbances in the desert? Phil asked. Elizabeth really hoped that Ishmar would think carefully about what he was about to say. We dont know much. We do know about the Shukkabath and we do know that they have been responsible for the attacks throughout the desert. Nothing more, Ishmar said. Elizabeth felt relieved. Phil waved his gun at Maran and Elizabeth. And these two? What is their story? Phil asked. I found the boy in the Baku village at Kalimer. He travelled with me to save the captives from his village. The girl is from Mallar. She came with a missionary expedition. They were attacked on their way to Okkur, Ishmar explained. Phil lowered his gun and signalled for his men to do the same. Well it seems you are stuck here with us, for now. There may be another way out of here. The Shukkabath seem to use another route. We cant let you continue further on into Maligor, though. Kalahars forces now hold the passage further down. They will shoot you on sight, Phil said. He indicated for the travellers to follow him and he showed them to some seats around a smouldering fire. He called to one of his subordinate soldiers to prepare them some coffee. He then joined the travellers around the fire. So you came here as a missionary. That is noble work. I am a Revival man myself, Phil said. He sat down next to Elizabeth and moved closer towards her. Ishmar felt as if he wanted to smack him. He had better not dare to hurt her, Ishmar thought. He restrained himself. What is your name? Phil asked. Elizabeth, sir, She answered. A missionary from Mallar, a Baku boy and a Kandumoth man sounds like the beginning of a joke, Phil said, much to the merriment of his fellow soldiers. You sure do keep strange company, Elizabeth. Where are you from? Phil asked.

220

Illium, sir, Elizabeth answered. She felt as if she wanted to slap him herself. He was leaning ever closer towards her. I have family from down there. Nice little town. Still very close to the ways of the Lord, Phil said. He noticed Elizabeth seemed distracted. She stared as if into the distance. Elizabeth was indeed hearing noises again. The same male voice she had heard before was chanting again. She was startled when she heard a voice speaking to her quite clearly. Elizabeth! Dont be afraid. Only you can hear me for now. Speak to me through your thoughts. I must warn you... Warn me about what? These soldiers are not to be trusted. It will not be long before they learn that you are the key to the artefact of Maligor. They are looking for it as well. They will likely kill Maran and Ishmar once they learn the truth. With my help, you can get through Maligor alive. But you need to trust me, The voice said. What do know about me and the artefact? Am I really the key to unlocking it? - I must be going mad. I am responding to a voice inside my head! Elizabeth said in her thoughts. You are not mad, Elizabeth I will help you soon, One of Phils subordinate soldiers approached with four mugs filled with warm coffee. It was a welcome offering. Ishmar looked at Elizabeth. He was worried about her, she had turned pale. So the Shukkabath leave you alone, Ishmar asked. Mostly. Although there have been some incidents. They are less friendly towards Kalahars soldiers, though. We may have an opportunity to move against

221

their outpost again soon. They will have to fight on both fronts. Once the way is clear, perhaps we can find an alternate way out of here, Phil said. Do you know anything about the Baku prisoners? Maran asked. The Shukkabath have forbidden us to approach their prisoners. They threatened to kill us all should we dare to come near the captives. Ishmar sipped his coffee. He was confused as to why the Shukkabath would hold an alliance with the Mallar forces. He did not dare pry further. Elizabeth was thinking about the protection ritual and its practical applications. She wondered how she could gain better control of the energy. She thought about what Astrain had said about thought itself shaping the energy. A sudden commotion of gunfire and men screaming came from further down the corridor. Sounds like the Shukkabath are attacking the Kandumoth again, Phil said. He jumped up and readied his gun. Now is the time to attack these fools. Men! Prepare yourselves! Phil turned around to look at the three travellers. You wait here! Phil commanded. The Mallar soldiers readied their weapons and marched down the corridor towards the Kandumoth camp. You may want to shield yourselves, The mysterious voice said to Elizabeth. After a few moments, the screams and gunfire intensified. A few Mallar soldiers with tattered and bloodied uniforms ran back into the cavern. Major Phil was among them. The creatures have gone mad! They are attacking everyone! They killed my men! A familiar and unwelcome screeching cry came from down the corridor. Phil and the few remaining soldiers readied their weapons and stood waiting for the Shukkabath near the cavern entrance. The Shukkabath entered the cavern, they moved so fast that the soldiers barely had time to react or retaliate. Phil watched as more of his men died. One of the Shukkabath seized

222

another of the soldiers. She grabbed the man and snapped his neck. Another caused fatal lacerations with her claws, slitting one soldiers throat with a single scratch. The soldiers had no chance to defend themselves. What in Von Heilsigs name are you doing? Phil asked. Elizabeth recognized one of the creatures as Jezebath. She could not forget that face. Cant...control...sisters, Jezebath said, struggling to utter the words. Elizabeth and the others stared in confusion. One of the Shukkabath grabbed Phil and carried him off down the corridor. Jezebath then noticed Elizabeth. Oh Mistress Katriona! Free us from these bonds! Jezebath called. She moved towards Elizabeth and the others. You! The Mistress still has plans for you! Jezebath said. Elizabeth uttered the words of protection and she visualized a shield around them. The energy moulded into the shape of a shimmering shield as guided by her thoughts. Jezebath was unperturbed and moved closer. You will find that my power has grown as well since our last encounter! Jezebath said. Elizabeth found that the longer she maintained the shield around her, the weaker she became. She felt exhausted and the shield began to fade. Elizabeth fought the exhaustion and focussed all her will and energy into maintaining the shield. She clenched her teeth. You cant remain in that shield forever! It will fade and you will be mine! Ishmar noticed that Elizabeth looked as if she was on the brink of fainting. He grabbed her hand and held it tightly, as he did this, the shield seemed to energize and solidify again with new vigour. Enough of these petty magics! The will of the Mistress shall prevail! Jezebath was still hesitant. She stretched out her hand and penetrated the shield. She could feel the magical energy burning her. She reached towards Elizabath as she fought against the pain.

223

Now I will prove to you that you can trust me! The mysteries voice from before said. What the Jezebath said. She tried to cover her ears with her hands. She screamed. Her entire body wracked with sudden pain. My head! Make it stop! Jezebath cried. Elizabeth and the others looked on in confusion. This is not over! Jezebath snarled and then flew off down the corridor. Elizabeth let the shield dissipate. I believe I have proven my good intentions. The way into Maligor is clear now. You can pass by the soldiers, The mysterious male voice said. Ishmar and Maran looked around. Searching their surroundings for where the voice could be coming from. You can hear it? Elizabeth asked. Where is it coming from? Ishmar asked. I dont know. This is the same voice I heard when we first came to Maligor, Elizabeth said. Who are you? Why dont you show yourself? Ishmar called out. He was surprised when the answer came, seemingly from out of nowhere. I am not with you in a physical form my dear Ishmar - Yes, I know all about you. I know about all three of you. I am here to offer you my help. I can offer you a way to escape Maligor. More importantly, I know how you may defeat the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur. You will need my help if you are to save the prisoners. Are you a spirit? Maran asked. My current condition is a little more complicated than that. Only know that I wish to help you. I think I have proven myself to you. Accept my help or do not.

224

Know that your little protection ritual will not keep the hordes of Maligor at bay forever. What do you propose? Elizabeth asked. Further down the corridor you will come upon a camp set up by Kalahars men. Search this camp. You will come across a page copied from the Book of Tual. This paper contains a ritual of exorcism. It is a ritual with enough power to break the hold of the Shukkabath over Maligor. It will not merely destroy them but it will also banish them from this world. It will give you considerable time to rescue the Baku. Find the ritual and I will instruct you further. Ishmar felt conflicted on whether they should trust their mysterious benefactor. There was something vaguely familiar about the voice. It left him with an uneasy feeling. Ishmar thought about the Shukkabath. He dreaded the thought of having to face them again. He had no alternate solution on how to get past them. He reluctantly began to consider the offer. I really dont see that we have much of a choice here. We never thought about how we were going to get past the Shukkabath, Elizabeth said. I agree. I dont like the idea. But I really see no other option, Ishmar said. The three travellers scavenged the camp for any items of use. Maran found some flashlights in a crate, he handed one to Elizabeth and took one for himself. They left the camp area behind and set off down the corridor leading ever deeper into Maligor. The corridor grew ever darker as they moved further away from the illuminated cavern. Ishmar turned on his flashlight. Bodies of Mallar soldiers lay scattered around. It was eerie, somewhere in the darkness the Shukkabath were still waiting for them. The air was hot and humid. It was a claustrophobic nightmare. Elizabeth felt she was beginning to panic, as they had to squeeze

225

through a narrow part of the passage. Ishmar noticed that she was uncomfortable and grasped her hand to calm her and help her through. As they continued onwards, Ishmar noticed how Maligor was a combination of natural caverns and carved passages. Maligor must have changed quite a bit through the ages, as the earth shifted and changed. Parts of the city remained hidden, forgotten and buried. Eventually the passage widened and opened up into a new area. They could hear a rushing stream somewhere nearby. They noticed flickering lights in the distance. As they approached, they saw lit torches surrounding a ransacked camp area. More dead soldiers lay scattered about the area. Ishmar immediately recognized the uniforms as those of Kalahars soldiers. He walked over to a desk with a pile of scattered papers thereon. He noticed numerous diagrams and maps within the pile. On one of the papers, he recognized words in the Zakkarian script along with a mystic diagram, a pentagram within a circle. Some rough translations and transliteration of the runes were scribbled in the margins of the paper. I think I found the ritual! Ishmar called to Maran and Elizabeth who were busy searching through other parts of the camp. What are all those? Elizabeth asked as she walked over to Ishmar and noticed the numerous maps and figures. They seem to be records of the excavations done here in the past. Some interesting maps here as well, Ishmar and Elizabeth looked over the maps. One showed a layout of the Zakkarian Hall of Tombs and another indicated the way to the tomb of the first Emperor. Ishmar noted the layout of the caverns beyond. Elizabeth was startled when the disembodied voice suddenly spoke again, disturbing the thick silence of the cavern. Good! You have found the ritual. You will need some chalk if you are to trace the ritual diagram. What you need to do next is simple. Trace the ritual circle

226

upon the floor. Then utter the words of the ritual in Zakkarian. You will need to do this in the proximity of the Shukkabath. You will find them congregating in the Great Hall of Maligor. Elizabeth will need to do the ritual. Only she has a source of power great enough to cleanse Maligor of its evil taint, The voice said. Elizabeth looked at the transliterated words from the Zakkarian script. She was worried when she noticed that she could not even pronounce most of them. There should be some chalk around the camp somewhere. These fools were to perform a ritual to keep the hordes at bay. They failed in their attempts, The voice announced. Maran searched through bags near an area where the soldiers slept. I found some chalk! Maran called. He collected some pieces of chalk from a box. I can translate some of the Zakkarian myself, Ishmar looked over the ritual Our mysterious ally is correct and this is indeed a ritual of exorcism. Some parts of the Zakkarian seem to be from an obscure older dialect that I cannot read. Seems he was telling the truth though. You sure you are up for this? Ishmar said. I dont even know if I can pronounce all these words, Elizabeth said. Dont worry about that. Read the transliteration. It reads pretty much as it is written there, Ishmar said. The three travellers continued further down the corridor until they reached a deep, wide ravine. It was a gush so deep, they could not even see the bottom. The sound of flowing water grew louder as they approached the chasm. A crude wooden and rope bridge spanned the cavern. It looked old and worn. Ishmar walked across first and noticed it was stable enough to support them. Maran and Elizabeth followed. The cavern split off into numerous passages leading deeper into the mountain. According to the map.

227

The excavated Great Hall is through the passageway to the right. We may have a long walk ahead of us, Ishmar said, looking at the map he took from the camp. The coven still had a long drive ahead of them to get to Port Ys and the coast. All the while, they heard more news of the devastation caused by the earthquake and the widespread storms all over Talmar. As they drove through the village of Karos, they saw the devastation for themselves, an entire town reduced to rubble. Desperate attempts at finding survivors were still underway. We can spend the night in the town of Ladon, tomorrow we can continue on to Illium, Raleigh said. As they entered Ladon they noticed that the small town had escaped the worst ravages of the storm and accordingly all around the town, the townspeople were celebrating this as a miracle. Everyone in town was busy preparing for a church service to honour the event and give thanks to Jabal for his mercy. Posters announcing this event were up everywhere. All around the town the deeply religious tone of the southern parts of Mallar could be seen billboards with Book of Mallar verses up everywhere and slogans that demanded repentance before the coming end-days. Raleigh stopped the van at a little bed and breakfast inn called Jabals Grace. The theme of the little inn was not surprising considering the wider context of the town. The proprietor of the establishment Mrs. Gladys Osborne would certainly have had a heart attack if she knew that a coven of witches and an atheist was to spend the night in her inn. The entire inn was decorated with verses from the Book of Mallar set in neat little frames. In the background, one could hear Von Heilsig speaking about the tragedy and those who had strayed from the path of righteousness on the Mallarim Faith Network. Raleigh walked over to the front desk of the inn to make the necessary arrangements for the night. There you go dears, unfortunately I only have two rooms available but

228

there should be enough space for everyone, Gladys said. She handed Raleigh the keys to the rooms. Gladys was an elderly lady. She had grey hair and wore thick glasses. She wore pink slippers on her feet and a dress with a floral pattern. Astrain thought the inn smelled like old people. A stint of mothballs combined with floral scents. I do hope you will join us for Church tonight. This town has so much to be grateful for after this terrible tragedy. It is like Von Heilsig said earlier on the news. So many have turned their backs on the Lord and it was about time that he gave us a little wake-up call. For too long have they tried to take the Lord out of our schools and allowed all sorts of abominable things to be taught in the place of the real truth, Gladys said. Raleigh merely smiled and nodded in response. I do hope you are saved dears. I think the signs of the end-times are very clear now, Gladys called after them as the exhausted travellers walked up the stairs. Crystal, Frank and Esmeralda decided to take one room while Astrain, Laurence and Raleigh would take the other. Astrain turned on the television. He soon found out that the only channel Gladys even bothered having was the Mallarim Faith Network. Well this is just great, Astrain remarked as he desperately played around with the remote hoping he could find something else to watch. Perhaps we can go for a walk and see the town before it gets dark, Laurence said. Good idea, I will go and ask the others if they want to come along, Astrain said. Sorry guys. This was the best I could find. At least it is just for one night, Raleigh remarked.

229

The three men left the room to go and explore the town. Astrain knocked on the door of the room where Frank and the girls were staying and they decided to join them for the walk. The small town did not have much to offer in terms of sightseeing and the religious themes dominated everywhere. A Book of Mallar themed shop sold everything from book covers, music, recorded church service videos, themed shirts with Book of Mallar verses and even some mugs filled with praises about the greatness of Jabal. The travellers stopped for some coffee in one of the cafes and they soon found that even the restaurants in the town were built around religious themes and characters from the Book of Mallar. The tables were adorned with inspirational verses from the sacred book. Esmeralda ordered a St.Conrads float. Later that night they all retired to their rooms. Frank and the girls decided to call it an early night. While Astrain, Laurence and Raleigh decided to play a game with some cards, they had found in the room. There was a knock on the door. Astrain stood up to open it. He saw Gladys smiling at him and holding out a tray with warm milk and cookies. Here you go dears, I thought I would bring you a little something. Church was certainly wonderful tonight. Why, I actually wish we could have church every day of the week, Gladys said. Thank you, Astrain said. He took the tray from her and he was about to close the door. Gladys stopped him. She used her foot to block the door. Our pastor is such a wonderful man... Astrain put the tray with milk and cookies down on the table where Laurence and Raleigh were sitting; all the while, he pretended to be listening to Gladys. Astrain then pulled out a chair for her. Laurence and Raleigh each took a glass of milk and then a cookie to dunk. Gladys sat down with them. Our pastor said that he had a terrible dream last

230

night that evil will be coming to our town. We were spared the worst from the storm only because we had remained true to the covenant. He then warned us that travellers will arrive soon who will bear the mark of the Adversary, Gladys said. Astrain reached out to take a glass of milk. He paused when he heard Gladys strange words. They will taint our town with their wickedness and the Lords judgement will soon follow, Gladys said. Astrain noticed Gladys staring at him and watching him closely. She was still smiling. Dont you want a cookie, my dear? I made them myself, Gladys said. Astrain was growing uncomfortable under her stare. He noticed a sudden glimmer of blackness within Gladys eyes. Raleigh was ready to take a bite of the delicious looking biscuit when Astrain jumped up with great commotion and knocked it from his hand. Laurence and Raleigh stared at Astrain with wide eyes as the cookie rolled on the floor. Why how rude! Gladys said. Astrain! What are doing? Laurence said. Astrain felt bad when he saw Gladys sitting there with a sad expression. Did I just imagine all this? He thought. He did not want to hurt the old womans feelings. You break my heart, young man, Gladys said. She sounded near tears. Astrain was beginning to feel bad. It breaks my heart that you are not writhing in agony on the floor as you are supposed too! Gladyss voice changed. She suddenly spoke with a deep male voice. Laurence and Raleigh jumped up in shock. Gladyss eyes swirled with shadowy darkness. Seems we will just have to do this my way now. You should know that the townspeople intended to kill you themselves. We could not allow evil into our virtuous little town, now could we? I heard these peoples prayers as they prayed for the smiting of their enemies. I answered their call. I was to help Gladys complete her plan, The Var-Lokkur said. Within Gladyss body, he turned towards Laurence. Jabal sends his

231

response. You have betrayed him and strayed from the path of truth. You will feel his wrath, The Var-Lokkur said. Astrain stood up and pointed his splayed hand at Gladys. I command you to begone! Leave this body! Astrain commanded. He was shaking. He managed to gather up his courage. Karosh! Lago Astrain tried to speak the words of the protection ritual. He clutched his throat as he felt a chocking sensation. The VarLokkur laughed. At this point in the game I have no more reason to fear you. We have been winning all the way. We have overcome you at every turn. Do you care for these people? Do you think they are worth saving? They will leave you to rot once they learn of your true nature! You cannot fight the one true God! The Var-Lokkur roared. Gladys stood up. She looked at Raleigh who was too shocked to respond. Witches and heretics! You do know what the Mallarim used to do with such accursed people in the past. If you will excuse me, I have a war to attend to, Gladys said. She turned and walked out the room. The door slammed shut behind her. Astrain rushed to the door to try to pry it open, but it was sealed tight. I smell smoke, Raleigh said. They heard faint coughing coming from the other room. Smoke entered the room through the openings in the door. Realizing what was happening; Astrain panicked and tried to pry the door open with new fervour. I cant get the door open! Astrain said. Stand back! Raleigh tried to kick the door down. His efforts proved futile. Laurence grabbed one of the chairs and threw it at the window. The wooden chair smashed to bits but the window remained intact. Laurence tried a metallic candelabrum and still the window did not yield to the impact. The amount of smoke grew and the temperature in the room increased. Stand back! The men in the room were surprised to hear another voice on the other side of the door. The next moment the blade of an axe came smashing through the door. The person on the other side kept hacking away. The man broke the weakened wood down with a few kicks. Come on!

232

The man called. The three trapped men climbed through the opening and were relieved to be outside the room. They now saw the consuming fire spreading through the house. The man began hacking away at the other room door where Frank and the girls remained trapped. Get out! We will be right behind you, The man called. Laurence, Frank and Astrain ran down the stairs, evading the flames, which had already spread through the first floor of the house. Once outside, they looked back to see the house completely engulfed in fire. A few moments later, the stranger came running out followed by Frank. Crystal came out supporting Esmeralda, who was coughing severely and struggling to breathe. Thank you, Laurence said to their strange rescuer in between his panting. I am the sheriff here in Ladon. Names Bill. I would suggest you get out of town immediately. The mob will be back here to check on you. They believe the Adversary is in our town. I was there at the church meeting where they discussed what we were to do. I thought they had gone mad! Bill said. He was sure he heard a chorus of voices approaching. The pastor went on about his visions from the Lord. Never thought old Gladys had this in her. Never thought they would actually go through with their plans. I knew they were serious when I saw the smoke, Bill said. Thank you for everything, Raleigh said and he shook Bills hand. As everyone said their goodbyes and expressed their gratitude, sirens signalled the approach of emergency vehicles. You had better go, Bill said. Raleigh escorted the coven back to his van. They drove off as fire trucks arrived on the scene followed by an angry mob of Ladon residents. The residents cheered as they watched the fire burn the adversary to cinders. Raleigh was still stunned. He was at a loss to explain the strange events he had witnessed. He steered on in silence.

233

Crystal said she saw a Var-Lokkur. Shortly thereafter we were trapped in that room, Frank said. The Var-Lokkur possessed Gladys. She was the one who tried to kill us, Astrain explained. Laurence was scribbling some Zakkarian runes on a blank sheet of paper he tore from a notebook. He sung a magical formula and tore up the paper. He handed a piece of paper with a rune written thereon to everyone in the van. This crude rendition will have to suffice in this emergency. We need to throw the Var-Lokkur off our trail, Laurence said. Astrain recognized the glyph of concealment.

Far to the west and across the sea of Lastrir, on the newly risen island of Tal-Mu, the Wendarog tribes were fearfully gathering around the Great pyramid of Zakkar. They gazed at the large red crystal set atop the apex. They listened in silence as the stone emitted a humming noise. It lifted off, off the ground and began to glow, bathing the island in its light. The humming sound grew and dark clouds swirled around the pyramid. The Wendarog looked up at the sky. From above they heard shrill calls. Shukkabath took on form around the apex of the pyramid. Soon thereafter Var-Lokkur appeared. They transformed into a black mist that circled the stone. The stone is awakening! We have long prepared for this moment, A man with a golden headdress in the form of a dragon said. He was the chieftain of the Wendarog and the leader of the Ophite Cult. Set the wards! The chieftain commanded. Wendarog warriors and priests were standing at the ready. Hearing the command of their chieftain, they traced Zakkarian glyphs in the sand. Soon, glyphs surrounded the entire, newly constructed, Wendarog village. The Shukkabath swooped down upon the humans. They found their descent hindered as if by some invisible barrier. They could not penetrate

234

the magic field created by the Wendarog. Within the dark clouds above the pyramid, two glowing red eyes appeared. The Wendarog cowered as lightning flashed in the sky and struck down all around them. Deep lingering laughter filled the island. It has begun. The final days of Talmar has come, The chieftain said. Elizabeth, Ishmar and Maran continued on their journey into the bowels of the Aruk mountains. They could no longer tell whether it was night or day. They rested for a while in a large natural cavern with a flowing stream. After a few more hours of walking, they came upon a great man made stairway descending into darkness. They could hear lots of commotion beyond. Ishmar knew that beyond the stair lay the great hall of ancient Maligor. We dont know what awaits us beyond. We need to be ready, Ishmar said. They descended the stairs, which seemingly descended for miles into the earth. They emerged within the great hall upon a balcony overlooking the area, stairs descended into the hall from both sides. Multi-storied colonnaded walkways stood on each side of the hall. Great columns supported the roof of the cavern. The whole scene, though a marvel of Zakkarian architecture, was swarming with hordes of Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur. They seemed to be waiting for something. At the far end of the hall stood a large wooden cage where the Baku and other prisoners languished. The cavern was illuminated through a circular skylight carved through the mountain. The three travellers remained silent as they gazed over the scene before them. The Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath did not notice the presence of the intruders, they were preoccupied with the activities in the centre of the hall, where stood a stone altar. Jezebath emerged and climbed up upon the raised dais where upon the altar stood. Another Shukkabath approached her it was Isal. Mistress. The girl is still out there somewhere in Maligor. We should deal with her first before we begin the rituals, Isal said.

235

The Mistress has commanded that we continue as scheduled. We cannot go against her word. We can deal with the girl later. They are outnumbered and lost in the darkness, Jezebath said. She assumed her human form. Elizabeth took the chalk from Maran. She tried to relax and steady her hand as she began tracing the figure to be used in the ritual. She traced the large pentagram and then the circle surrounding it. She filled in the Zakkarian runes within the points of the star. Jezebath lifted her hands into the air, signalling for the surrounding crowd to settle down. We are to offer tribute to the Lord this day. He will feast upon the spoils of war! A small taste of our glorious victory before the great sacrifice itself! The crowd began cheering and then chanting. Nin-Gursai, Nin-Gursai, Nin Gursai! Jezebath nodded to one of her underlings guarding the cage of prisoners. The Shukkabath entered and grabbed a Baku woman. She dragged the struggling woman to the altar. Servants of the Empire! We pay homage this day to the Lords of the Veil. Soon the Empire will reclaim this world! The crowd cheered at hearing Jezebaths words. Ishmar checked on Elizabeths drawing. He compared it with the diagram on the paper. He knew that the shapes of the Zakkarian letters had to be depicted precisely or the mistake could prove costly later. The three of them stepped into the circle. Elizabeth took the paper with the ritual words from Ishmar and she was ready to begin. Try and stay calm. The circle will form a protective barrier. Whatever happens - Do not break the circle, Ishmar instructed. Oh Lord Jalu. Save me! The Baku woman called. Her Shukkabath captor held her down upon the altar. Silence Goymar filth! There is no salvation for you. Your only reward shall be millennia of torment. We will strip your essence bare

236

and you will be a thrall of the eternal empire, Jezebath said. No! The Baku woman screamed. She was terrified. She renewed her struggles and screamed. We offer this sacrifice to the Lord Jabal. Let this blood serve to vitalize his essence. He demands blood! Let the spilling of this blood weaken the Veil! Let its spatter pave the way for the return of the Lord in all his glory! In Jabals name! Garh Megh Shektim! Jezebath lifted a ceremonial dagger with a serpentine blade into the air. Her eyes glowed red. Elizabeth began reading the Zakkarian incantation. Ytes dekeb shetaf Verony-wil Kemac Darotan Verony-wil, Gesed Tedem Acab Verony-wil! The crowd of Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur immediately reacted. They felt the magic affecting them. They grew restless. Jezebath paused. This is impossible! That spell was supposed to have been lost! Jezebath said. Elizabeth continued her recital, Khubed Costre Yna-if! Fesed Muhi Cepar Negalew Kobeht Verony-wil! The horde of Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur began to scatter. Jezebath noticed the three figures on the balcony in the distance. Get them! Tear them apart! They must not complete the ritual! Jezebath screamed. Elizabeth hesitantly continued. The pressure was on. All the Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath turned their attention to the three intruders. Hordes of Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath swooped down upon the circle. Maran closed his eyes, expecting the end. The circle however, formed its invisible barrier. The Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath clawed at the barrier, but they could not break through it despite their focussed efforts. Der Der Elizabeth stuttered. She found it hard to concentrate with hordes of the creatures clawing at their circle. They were mere inches away. Ishmar quickly took her free hand in his. Derlot Gefer Hutunoi Wyselo-Pe! The line recited made the Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath particularly restless. They clawed at the circle with newfound fervour and rage. A couple among them began to

237

fade and dissolve. Jezebath flew up to the balcony. She longed to face Elizabeth again. Fools! You may banish us from this world. Yet, you have doomed yourselves. One who still has access to the old wisdom has tampered with the ritual. He has bound you to his will. You have placed a curse upon yourself! Jezebath said and laughed. Elizabeth looked at Ishmar. He shook his head sadly. He was concerned over Elizabeth and angered at their betrayal. Seems we will have the last laugh. It is not just any curse either. It is a curse of death. Finish that ritual and you will surely die! Jezebeth laughed. Elizabeth hesitated and the remaining creatures attacked with newfound ferocity as they sensed the ritual weakening. Elizabeth did not know what to do. She did not want to die. She began to contemplate their predicament. She knew they would die anyway at the hands of the Shukkabath. She thought about the Shukkabath moving freely through Talmar and the loss of many lives. So be it! If I die, at least no one shall have the artefact of Maligor! At least I can save the lives of others! Acu esre Pontham Dekeg Ywil Erfet Hewa. Verony-Wil! Elizabeth said. The ritual was completed. Jezebath was terrified. She knew she would pay the price for her failure. She would have to answer to Katriona once back on Uaperos. She did not have much time to ponder her fate... A great light burst forth from the ritual circle. Amidst terrible screams and roars, the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur faded from the world of Talmar. They were ripped from the world against their will. The light spread through the entire hall. Elizabeth collapsed into Ishmars arms. Maligor fell completely silent. No trace of the Shukkabath or Var-Lokkur remained. Elizabeth. Please, wake up! Ishmar pleaded. Ishmar felt his rage building. He checked her pulse. She was still alive. What have you done with her? You lied to us! Ishmar called out. He hoped the mysterious force behind the voice would

238

hear him. To his surprise, the voice responded. She will be fine. The ritual has merely taken its toll. It is true I have cursed you. She is bound to my will now. You must obey and carefully follow my instructions. Any attempt at subversion will mean Elizabeths death, The voice said. Elizabeth began to open her eyes. Ishmar and Maran felt relieved to see her regaining consciousness. Im alive? Elizabeth was happy, she hugged Ishmar tightly. Im alive! The three of them looked around at the newly cleansed Maligor. The very energy of the place had changed. Maran joined Ishmar and Elizabeth in their hug. They were all relieved that the ordeal with the Shukkabath seemed over. I helped you and now you will complete my tasks for you! The voice announced. What do you want? Elizabeth asked. I want you to retrieve the artefact of Maligor. It is a dagger with tremendous power. The very substance it is formed from, twists the veil between the worlds. This dagger allowed the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur to manifest in physical form here in the desert. They were drawn to its power. It is a beacon of light through the darkness of worlds. Once you have removed the dagger, the liberation of Maligor will be complete. The creatures will not reform here. Once the dagger is in my possession, I will ensure that the creatures will not return to Talmar. Go now, free the Baku, have your happy little reunion. Once you have the dagger, I will reveal the way out of Maligor. We will speak again soon, The voice said. Bastard! He was using us all along. Why did he have to try to hurt you? Ishmar said. I heard him speaking about his curse. I do not think he thought it through very well. If I leave here now and I die, he will never have the dagger. I am in the better position here. It sounds like he wants to help. He did help us cleanse Maligor, Elizabeth said.

239

There is something sinister behind this. I dont understand why he needs to use you in such a manner. Something else is going on here, Ishmar remarked. Maran ran down the stairs and towards the cave with the captives. Ishmar helped Maran pry open the heavy doors and out streamed the overjoyed prisoners. Maran! We are so happy to see you here. Your father would have been so proud! You saved us! A Baku woman from Marans tribe said as she left the cage. Elizabeth! She heard a familiar voice calling to her. She noticed Mr. Patterson leaving the cage. I thought these adversary worshippers were certainly going to kill us all! I kept praying for salvation and you came to our aid, Mr. Patterson said. Major Phil also emerged from the cage following another group of Baku. Good job. Whatever you did, it worked. We are still trapped here though. We need to get these civilians out of here, Phil said. You cannot trust this man! He seeks the dagger himself! You will need to continue into the depths of Maligor alone. The dagger lies beyond the hall of tombs. In the tomb of the first emperor you will find what you seek, Elizabeth and Ishmar both heard the mysterious voice speaking to them in their minds. Excuse us a minute, Ishmar pulled Elizabeth aside and away from Phil. You heard the voice? Elizabeth asked. Ishmar nodded. We need to get to that dagger. However, we need to ditch Phil. I think it will be safer if we go on alone. We can always return for the others later, Ishmar said. He called Phil to join them. We think we may know of a way out of here. I saw some maps left behind by Kalahars men. We will need to check the route ourselves before we risk taking all these civilians along. The Zakkarians were well known for using booby traps to protect their tombs. Would you mind staying here and look after everyone? Ensure their safety, we will return once we have found the way out,

240

Ishmar said. Phil was suspicious. He was wary as to how they managed to defeat the Maligor guardians. He did not trust their motives but tried to hide his feelings from them. Very well. I will stay behind and watch these civilians, Phil said and smiled. Ishmar walked over to Maran who was busy talking with the Baku. Maran, Elizabeth and I need to go further into Maligor. I need you to stay behind and protect the refugees, Ishmar said. He lowered his voice. Keep an eye on Major Phil. Make sure he does not follow us, I will. Please be careful, Maran said. We will be back soon. Dont worry. Elizabeth and Ishmar left the central hall. They approached a large arched doorway and found another great stair leading further down into Maligor. Meanwhile, unbeknownst to everyone, a man was waiting in the darkness at the back of the cage. He did not leave with the rest of the prisoners. He was waiting and biding his time. Rosshan. You know what to do. I want them alive. Bring them and the dagger to me. Rosshan was relieved to hear the voice of his master in his mind. He felt proud that the master had chosen him for such a special mission. Yes my Lord, Rosshan said. He slipped out of the cage while Maran and the other refugees were talking and laughing. Maran was telling them the tales of their ordeals in the desert. Rosshan moved past them without anyone taking notice. He followed Elizabeth and Ishmar down the dark stair. He kept a safe following distance and remained in the shadows. Maran looked around and he noticed that Phil was gone...

Back in Cephaloria, Dave Stone was standing by the large window in his office. He peered out over the city and he noticed an electrical storm brewing

241

somewhere far to the west. For a moment, amidst the flashes of light, he imagined that he saw two glowing red eyes within the dark clouds. He shuddered for a moment. He turned around when the door to his office opened. A robed Von Heilsig entered accompanied by two other robed figures. Dave was horrified to see blood spatters on the walls outside his office. You can no longer deny it. War is upon us! The Kandumoth have struck at our most sacred beacon of hope! Everyone will realize that peace will never be possible. We need to declare holy war! Von Heilsig said. Dave was terrified as he looked at Von Heilsigs face. His eyes seemed to have a subtle glow within them. Dave was shaking. I will not declare war. I am through doing your bidding. I will have nothing more to do with you or the Chosen! Dave said. He tried to be brave but he was terrified. The people expect you to protect them against the threat! You must act now! Von Heilsig said. No. I do not believe that war is the answer. I know how you and the Chosen desire this war. I will not yield to your desires, Dave said. Then we no longer need you. I was going to wait for the next election to win Mallar for the Lord. Unfortunately, there is no time to lose. The people call for a strong leader to lead them to the light. A man of faith, a man guided by the Spirit of Jabal Mallar needs to return to the Lord now, Von Heilsig approached the desk. Dave backed up towards the window. Why do you seem so afraid, Dave? Von Heilsig moved closer. We can make this transition an easy one. It may be an unorthodox procedure but I want you to step down from your office. Tell the people of Mallar you are having problems with your health. You will then proclaim me your trusted advisor - as the best suited to take your place. I am sure the Mallarim majority will not oppose such a decision.

242

Dave laughed at the proposition. You really think I am going to step down for you? Dave reached towards his phone. I am calling security to escort you from the premises. You are no longer welcome here. I will also launch a full investigation into your affairs and into your secret society. This entire meeting has been recorded. I will turn the people of Mallar against you! You can blather out all my secrets now if you wish. The people of Mallar will see you for what you truly are, Dave was surprised at Von Heilsigs calm silence. He picked up the phone and dialled security at the front desk. He dropped the phone as he felt a severe pain in his arm. I gave you the opportunity to step down peacefully. You choose the path of pain. You have denied the will of the Lord. You will suffer! Von Heilsig said. The glow in his eyes grew brighter. The crippling pain in Daves arm intensified. Tell me, where is the vice-president? You will never find him and I will never tell you anything! Dave said. He screamed as the pain intensified throughout his body. You think you have concocted some sort of plan to stop us? You cannot stop the Lord of Righteousness! One of the Var-Lokkur has caught up with the coven already. Their charred remains will be discovered soon. We will find the vicepresident and kill him. Talmar will return to the righteous path! Von Heilsigs eyes glowed brighter, fiery white flames seemed to burn within. Von Heilsigs voice began to change to a deeper tone. Dave stood there staring in shock at the metamorphoses before him. I am the truth! I am the only absolute! My word is the only law! All will obey me or perish! How dare you defy my will? Von Heilsig said. Dave watched as he lifted up his hand. He closed his fist and Dave felt a choking sensation. He struggled to breath. Von Heilsig lifted up his hand and Dave felt his body lifting up from the ground. He kicked and struggled but to no

243

avail. You are blinded by your arrogance. I really hope that there is some justice in this world. I really hope you will pay for all you have done! Dave said. Silence! Insolent child! Von Heilsig thrust his hand forward and Dave was thrown against the window with enough force to shatter the thick glass. Von Heilsig and his robed accomplice rushed over to the shattered window. They saw Daves body at the bottom of the cliff. The president of Mallar was dead. The glow in Von Heilsigs eyes faded. I am sorry to have to say this, your eminence, but we should have pried the information we needed out of him first. He may still have been of use to us. We could have sent a Var-Lokkur into his body, The robed man said. Do not presume to tell me my work, Bruno. We will simply find another way. We have much to do now. For now, the people of Mallar will need to mourn the tragic death of their leader, Von Heilsig said. He experienced a momentary feeling of guilt as he looked upon Daves broken body. I need to honour my covenant with the Lord - A covenant with the Lord is always binding. The Lord obviously knows best, Von Heilsig thought as he reassured himself.

The coven and Raleigh had been driving for most of the night. It was almost dawn and the pale red sun was slowly rising over the eastern horizon. Frank offered to relieve Raleigh at one point so he could rest for a while. Turn up the radio a bit, please, Esmeralda said as she heard an announcement of breaking news. Another tragedy has struck Cephaloria and Mallar. The president of Mallar, Dave Stone, is dead. Suicide is expected as the likely cause, though an ongoing investigation is currently underway. The president jumped from the window of

244

his office late last night. Friends and acquaintances say that the President had become increasingly troubled these last few weeks. The pressures of office seemed to be getting to him. His wife, first lady, Loretta Stone could not be found for comment. The vice-president, John Sephira has also disappeared. Police know nothing of their whereabouts and they have not ruled out the claims that they could somehow be involved in the presidents death. With the vicepresident gone and according to the Presidents wishes, the reigns will now pass onto another prominent Mallarim Party member and Daves trusted advisor, the Baron Karl Von Heilsig. Von Heilsigs inauguration will still be subject to a vote by the National Assembly, though few suspect that there will be objections. The Cephalorian Kandumoth Protection League, along with other non-religious groups have expressed their concerns over Von Heilsigs appointment. Meanwhile, the Mallar Armed Forces under General Lafayette have rallied to Von Heilsigs side. They have sworn to uphold the peace during this time of transition. If Von Heilsig is elected to replace the president, he will remain in office until the official elections next year. Some however, believe that the Baron will push for emergency powers to effectively deal with the new threat from Kandum.

I cant believe that Dave is dead Raleigh was stunned. He had worked for the president during his entire period in office. In time, they developed a strong of bond of friendship. He was a good man, a good friend - Do you think Von Heilsig and those Var-Lokkur things are behind this? Raleigh asked. There is no way of knowing this. This move does benefit Von Heilsig, however, Laurence said. The mood in the van had turned dark.

245

A few hours drive later, signs along the road indicated that they were nearing Illium. They had to take the cross-country route to the town, since the highway was severely damaged after the tornado. Frank turned the volume on the radio up when he heard that there was more breaking news.

Von Heilsig is Mallars new leader. He has been granted emergency power to deal with the Kandumoth terror threat. We now bring you the inaugural address made by Von Heilsig at the Parliamentary buildings earlier.

Good citizens of Mallar and faithful Mallarim. Our nation has suffered tragedy upon tragedy. I now hear you ask - Where are the promised blessings from the Lord for our revival? Some of you may surely think that the Lord has abandoned us and left us to our own designs. I will now tell you the truth - We are far from safe from the Lords wrath. His enemies still threaten our peace and security. How can the Kingdom of Righteousness and Purity return amidst such taint? How can Jabal be pleased in the presence of the Adversary, in the presence of sin and unbelief? The time has come to end our complacency. The time has come to strike at the forces of darkness! The children of light and the children of darkness will clash as has been prophesied in the Book of Mallar. Dave Stone wanted nothing more than to see our nation restored to the true timeless values of the Book of Mallar. We must complete his vision, his dream. It falls to me to carry on his noble work. Let Mallar rejoice! For a Patriarch has been restored to Cephaloria. Let us usher in the Kingdom of God! Before we can celebrate the triumph of the Light, I must share with you the tragic truth behind the presidents death. John Sephira is indeed responsible and

246

he will be hunted down. However, he did not act alone. I warn you now faithful Mallarim that the Adversary does indeed walk amongst you! The Child of Darkness, the very son of perdition, walks amidst the Children of Light Resist the Adversary! Stamp out the evil one and his followers! They must pay for their crimes. They must not lead you astray in these final hours. Let us show the world of Talmar the compassion and justice of Jabal!

Astrain shifted around nervously. The other occupants of the van felt equally uneasy upon hearing Von Heilsigs words. So this is the end of Mallar democracy, Frank said. The rest of the trip was spent in silence. They entered Illium, only to see the widespread devastation for themselves. They drove past the Church of Illium, now a pile of rubble. Turn left here, Astrain instructed Frank. He was so preoccupied with staring at the debris of the town he once knew that he almost forgot to direct Frank to his house - Once familiar landmarks were gone. Rescue workers and trained dogs were still scouring the ruins in their ongoing efforts to find survivors or at least buried bodies - They mostly found bodies, however. The last few hours of the trip had been sheer agony for Astrain as he prepared himself for the worst. He did however, have the occasional glimmer of hope. He felt sickening pressure in his stomach as Frank turned the van into the street where he used to live. Any hopes he had of finding his parents were dashed as he saw the ruined house. It was levelled to the ground. Frank stopped the van near the house. Astrain climbed out and Laurence escorted him for moral support. He walked through the wreckage of his former home. The sickening knots in his stomach worsened as he pressed onward. Astrain heard the sound of flies buzzing. He followed the dreaded noise to the debris-scattered back yard - Arthoss lifeless body lay there, near their now soiled pool. Astrain

247

bent down to touch the cold body and he felt numb. The world around felt distant, like a dream. He continuously replayed scenes of happier times in his mind. He saw the happy young puppy always eager to play, always willing to share an unconditional love. Excuse me, Astrain heard someone calling. A rescue worker walked over from another property. Did you know someone who lived here? The man asked. My family, Astrain replied in between his sobbing. I am truly sorry to have to tell you this We have already searched through this house. We found two bodies inside, man and a woman, middle-aged couple. A neighbour helped identify them as Mister and Misses Julienne, The man said. He felt terrible at having to share such news. The young man before him was already a wreck. Astrain looked down at the ground. He grew pale and was too shocked to respond. His world covered in a dreamy haze. Thank you for letting us know, Laurence said. He placed his hand on Astrains shoulder. I am sorry for your loss, Laurence knew that nothing he could say would be of much help under the circumstances but he knew he had to try nonetheless. Astrain remained silent and distant. We can bury Arthos here in the garden and then we can make arrangements for your parents. Astrain nodded in response. He was not paying too much attention to what was happening around him. Laurence hugged Astrain as Astrain began weeping. Poor kid, seems like he just got some more bad news. I thought people like you worked with the spiritual realms. Why is death still an issue for you? Have you not yet solved the mystery of the great beyond? Raleigh said. We may travel forth in astral form and we may have seen the spiritual realm and the beings that dwell there. The final mystery of death has always remained a mystery though, Crystal said.

248

This is not to say there may not be some powerful wizard out there who does have all the answers. It is just that none of us have ever solved the mystery. An Astral body exists. Spirits and magic exists. Yet, we have never found any evidence of actual survival after death, Frank added. Raleigh pondered their words. It all still sounded strange and even nuts to him despite his own recent strange encounter. Come, let us see if we can go and help with anything, Esmeralda said. They left the van and walked over to Astrain and Laurence. They helped Astrain bury Arthos and they built a marked gravesite for him on the property. Astrain was still very quiet, except for the occasional sob. He felt all sorts of emotions blending into one. He felt rage, despair, and a lot of hatred. He also felt guilty about leaving and about not having a chance to reconcile with his parents. Astrain wanted to be alone but at that time, everyone wanted to offer hugs and share their condolences. I have spoken to the authorities handling the clean-up and rescue. We can arrange for a funeral today. Except for Elizabeth, do you have any other family we need to call? Laurence asked. Elizabeth is all I have left. I have no idea how to reach her, Astrain answered. Astrain thought about Elizabeth and he was worried about her. He really hoped she was safe. He dreaded the thought of having to share the terrible news with her...

Elizabeth and Ishmar continued downwards into the deepest recesses of Maligor. They reached the bottom of the stairway and a new vast hallway opened up before them. A radiant glow emanated from the far end of the cavern, providing sufficient illumination. Two tall statues of long forgotten kings stood at the far end of the hallway. Each of them grasped a crystal from which the light shone

249

forth. Ancient stone-carved tombs lined the hallway. Each tomb was a separate mausoleum, flanked by columns and sealed with large stone doors. Inscriptions in the Zakkarian language adorned the doors. Ishmar noticed that some of the inscriptions spoke of a curse on any who would disturb the tombs. Zakkarian sphinxes lined the hallway, situated between the tombs from where they kept a watchful vigilance. Busts of the Zakkarian dragon protruded from the walls above each tomb. Ishmar and Elizabeth proceeded cautiously through the hall. The hall was dead silent but as they proceeded down the cavern, they could hear a humming sound growing in intensity. Elizabeth looked around the cavern. She tried not to dwell on the idea that the dead surrounded them. She was sure she heard shuffling noises in the darkness amidst the tombs. It sounded like footsteps. Ishmar could not help but notice that Elizabeth seemed uncomfortable. This is eerie isnt it? We are alone here in the dark with thousands of dead Zakkarians all around us, Ishmar said. Elizabeth ignored him she figured he was trying to play on her nerves. She thought about the story of Tual and the dead rising from their graves. She felt a shiver at the thought. Do you think there was ever any truth behind the stories about Tual? Elizabeth asked. I dont know. However, some versions of the story did say that Mallar only bound Tual here in Maligor. He was too powerful to destroy. The monks used to tell us stories about Tual still waiting in Maligor, biding his time and eternally thirsting for the warm blood and flesh of the living, Ishmar said. He laughed as Elizabeth gave him an angry look. They both froze when a sudden loud crashing sound came from one of the sealed tombs. Thumping noises followed. Both of them screamed when they noticed a sudden moving shape emerge from a crack in one of the tombs. Elizabeth immediately started running in the opposite direction, without thought and without staying around to find out what they had

250

just seen. Ishmar stood frozen on the spot. His whole body chilled with a prolonged shiver. His heart pounded faster and faster as he peered into the shadowy nook into which the moving shape had disappeared. The noises continued. Ishmar breathed heavily. He reluctantly shone his flashlight into the dark corner between two tombs where he still heard crunching noises. He steadied his shaking hand, almost afraid to find out what was lurking in the darkness. As the light illuminated the dark corner, a scurrying rat seemed quite displeased at the sudden attention. The rat ran off into another crack in a tomb. Ishmar still felt cold chills but he gradually calmed down with his fears allayed. Elizabeth stopped running when she realized Ishmar was no longer behind her. She turned around and walked back to Ishmar. She reasoned that the threat could not be that great if Ishmar still stood there on the spot. Damn rat! Ishmar said. You screamed like a girl! Elizabeth said, still trying to catch her breath. I have never seen anyone run that fast in my life. You should have seen the look on your face! Ishmar said. They both laughed as the tension lifted. They continued further down the corridor until they reached the two large statues. Between the statues was a large stone panel inscribed with Zakkarian writings. As Ishmar scanned over the writings, he realized that they had come to the sealed door of which Master Hiran wrote in his diary. Beyond it lay the artefact of Maligor...

Chapter 12: Tal-Mu and Maligor The large stone door before Ishmar and Elizabeth showed no signs of any sort of opening mechanism. Ishmar continued reading the inscribed Zakkarian glyphs,

251

hoping to find some answer. Elizabeth stared at the glowing crystals held by the statues. What are those? That is certainly not something you see every day, Elizabeth asked, pointing at the glowing stones. I have no idea. I have heard legends about so-called Zakkarian spirit stones. However, I never knew they really existed. I have no idea how they produce their illumination, Ishmar said. He continued reading the text on the door. He did not recognize all of the Zakkarian glyphs and the language was hard to translate in some places. The inscription seemed to be from an older dialect. Ishmar noticed two circular glyphs between the texts. They seemed out of place. The text confirms what we read in Master Hirans journal. It is all one long magical spell. It says that only the child of magic can open the sealed door, Ishmar said. He motioned for Elizabeth to come closer. See those two circles. From what I can figure out, I think you need to place your hands within them, Ishmar said. He stepped aside and Elizabeth approached the glyphs. She felt rather silly at doing such a seemingly random act. She placed her hands on the two circles and she was surprised when the circles began to glow with a bluish light. Both of them started when the heavy stone doors began to move and slide apart. They backed up and away from the moving doors. Ishmar and Elizabeth cautiously entered the newly revealed chamber. Inset within the stone floor was a large circle. Fading depictions of the Zakkarian Zodiac still appeared upon the domed ceiling. At the far end of the chamber was yet another large stone door, covered in Zakkarian runes. A dagger was stuck within this door. It seemed tightly lodged within the stone. The dagger emitted a reddish glow and a humming sound that filled the entire chamber. That must be what we are looking for, Elizabeth said. She walked straight towards the dagger. Ishmar noticed some Zakkarian runes inscribed around the circle. Elizabeth!

252

Ishmar called. He knew he had to stop her but he saw that it was too late - She had stepped inside the circle. What? Elizabeth asked. She felt uneasy when she turned around and saw the terrified look on Ishmars face. These inscriptions here - They are a warning. Something about a trap to stop the unworthy, Ishmar said. The chamber began to rumble. A thunderous roar crackled through the chamber and the doors behind them began closing. They tried to escape. Elizabeth ran from the circle as she noticed the runes on the floor began glowing. As they reached the door, flames erupted all around the circumference of the chamber. The tall flames and intense heat blocked their escape. The door slammed shut and they came to the terrible realization that they were trapped. They backed up into the centre of the chamber to escape the intensifying heat. Elizabeth and Ishmar stood staring as a ball of fiery energy separated from the wall of fire. The fiery sphere moved towards them and hovered there in mid-air. The fiery sphere began to swirl and dance upon the air. It began to assume a more defined form. A fiery humanoid shape took on form before them. The form condensed further and within moments, a tall man was standing before them, dressed in a red toga. The red haired figure wore a circular band upon his head. The headband seemed to be formed from a wreath of flames and yet it did not scorch his hair. The man wore a ring on his finger inset with a red ruby. He also carried a staff with a headpiece that showed a phoenix consumed in flames. The strange figure was muscular and had a strong defined body. Elizabeth noticed that the fear she felt before was gone. The presence before them exuded an aura of warmth, power, courage and will. Elizabeth experienced these feelings intuitively. She felt uneasy as the figure turned his gaze upon her. She felt his gaze piercing into the very essence of her being. She noticed that his eyes were red and they seemed to burn with an inner flame. Elizabeth suddenly felt passionate. Arousal was growing within her. Her

253

thoughts turned to passionate fantasies involving Ishmar. She felt hot and blushed when she noticed the man still staring at her. The figure smiled at her. You still have much to learn about the ways of the inner fire, The figure said. The being spoke with a deep male voice and at times its voice crackled with energy. The very atmosphere in the chamber felt electrified as it spoke. I know that the Empire has returned to Talmar after all these years. The Stone has awakened and they seek to control it once again. Have you come to claim the Dath-Mer dagger? The figure asked. Yes, Elizabeth answered. She felt no fear while addressing the figure. I have been bound to protect this dagger from any who would seek to claim it. Only the child of magic can rightfully proclaim this dagger. You have managed to break the final seal of Maligor. Yet, you may be under the control of the minions of the Empire. To ensure that this is not the case, you need to give me the two passwords. Two sacred words bound me to this place. Two sacred words will release me from my bonds. No minion of the Empire will utter these words for it is loathsome unto them. Fail to reveal the correct words and by the rituals that bind me, I will be forced to reduce you to ash! The elements are within all things and the fire burns within you. Fail, and that very fire will consume you! For the first word of passage, you must tell me my name as I have been known before. You have two minutes to answer each question. Fail, and be destroyed, The figure said. Elizabeth pulled Ishmar aside. How can we possibly know the answer to this? Elizabeth asked. She felt nervous as the figure silently stared at them. Do you think the protection ritual will work on this creature? We need to do something, Elizabeth said. Ishmar pondered some of the words that Master Hiran addressed to him in the diary. He thought hard on what the answer could

254

be he would supposedly know it. Elizabeth stood before the fiery figure. She began uttering the words of protection Karosh, Lagor - Wait! Ishmar called out but it was too late. -Hlermu, Arthos, Elizabeth had already uttered the words. She felt a twinge of anxiety and sense of defeat as she realized she should have probably waited for Ishmar. The figure simply stared at her unfazed by her attempt. Ishmar closed his eyes and prepared to embrace fiery death. You have spoken correctly. No servant of the empire will utter those words! You have also spoken the word of power. Lagor is my name. King of Fire! Lord of Salamanders! Spirit of Flame! Now, you must speak the second secret word. Higher-ranking orders of the Empire may be untouched by the words of protection. There is one power, however that the Empire fears above all else - one power, which makes even the Lords of the Veil tremble. It is the secret fire. Knowledge and mastery of the four elements reveals a new power. This power is the mastery of the world of matter and the mastery of the world of man. Seek the Zakkarian ritual word that embodies this power. A single word is its essence, 39 Lagor said. I think I understand now. I think I may know the answer to this, Ishmar whispered to Elizabeth. I think I learned about this at the monastery long ago. I think the answer is based on a Zakkarian wordplay technique called a Notariqon. Apparently, mystics frequently employed such techniques. I did not know this beings name was Lagor. However, I do know that Lagor was also one of the many words the Zakkarians used for fire, Ishmar said. Elizabeth thought about it for a moment but could not come up with an immediate answer. I think the other names in the protection ritual may be the names of the elemental powers as well. If we take the first letter of each word, we come up with the word, KLHA.
39

The Zakkarians believed words themselves to have great power and words and letters could be powerful things in themselves. They believed words could literally build worlds and form the things they define.

255

I remember an obscure reference in one text to a force called Kaleiha. I think that may be the answer, Ishmar said. I do hope you are right, Elizabeth said. She turned to Lagor. I believe we have an answer the word is Kaleiha, Elizabeth said. The fire king smiled in response. You have spoken the word of power by which the Zakkarians made subject the spirits. The word is the power of the pentagram and the rule of the spirit of man over the world of matter. You have spoken the name of the hidden force. The quintessence. By the utterance of this word, I am released from my bonds. The Dath-Mer dagger is yours to claim. However, I must warn you that removal of the dagger comes at a steep price, Lagor said. What is this price? Elizabeth asked. The old tomb here behind me has become the prison of Nin-Gursai - King of the Var-Lokkur and war general of Jabal. The Dath-Mer dagger is the only object he fears in all the worlds. The dagger is the only thing keeping him bound within this tomb. If you have more questions, ask them quickly. The ties that bind me to this plane are fading, Lagor said. Can you tell us more about Nin-Gursai? What power does the dagger have? Ishmar asked. Nin-Gursai was the one who enslaved the Talmarians in the dawn age of this world. He was the one who hunted down escaped slaves and tortured the Talmarians when they disobeyed. Later the Talmarians were freed of their slavery. However, Nin-Gursai and his Var-Lokkur remained to torment and hunt them down, day and night. Only when the Zakkarian of the Old Empire wielded the secret fire of magic did the war turn to their favour. They struck back at NinGursai. He was lured here into Maligor with the promise of having the leaders of

256

the Zakkarian rebellion delivered into his hands. He entered the tomb and they bound him with mighty spells. Yet, the Lord of Var-Lokkur proved too powerful. He broke his bonds and slaughtered many of the mages. He was weakened and they bound him a second time with potent spells. Again, they succeeded but he fought back, resisting the magic with his mighty will. One mage and old friend of mine then bound me to this cavern. He charged me to protect this cavern and prevent the escape of Nin-Gursai, Lagor said. So they managed to bind him during the second attempt? How does the dagger come into this? Elizabeth asked. Ahh, patience and restraint is not one of the virtues of the flame. I will reveal all you need to know... Nin-Gursai escaped for the second time. He broke his bonds yet again. He killed most of the remaining mages, including my old companion. He slaughtered the brave Zakkarian warriors and I myself fought the king of VarLokkur on that day. I proved the victor for Nin-Gursai was already weakened. I drove him into this tomb. We sealed the door one last time with spells. The bright young general, Xerlon, then made a bold suggestion. He suggested we use the great dagger. The dagger would seal Nin-Gursai away forever. This weapon was the most powerful weapon and threat against the hordes of the Empire. They fear its power like no other power in all the worlds, Lagor said. Why didnt they just use the dagger sooner? Why is the dagger such a threat? Elizabeth asked. Lagor was beginning to fade out slightly. The use of the dagger carried a price. One cannot wield the dagger and strike at an immortal without sustaining harm. The dagger requires the sacrifice of the life force of its wielder. In the end, we used the dagger to contain him here and not to destroy him. The hordes of the Empire fear the dagger because it the only thing in all the worlds that can actually kill one of the immortals. The dagger

257

brings dissolution to their forms and the threat that they will not be reformed again. It drains their power into the void and it will take millennia for them to return in any form. They may never be reborn in their former forms again. It is a fate similar to death for an immortal spirit. They fear the dagger merely because of the idea of what it is capable of - its mere presence is enough to keep them at bay and to ward against them. Its magical essence keeps them far away, Lagor said. He stopped when a sudden moaning sound moved through the cavern it came from the other side of the sealed door, which held the dagger. Elizabeth shivered when she heard the sound. Nin-Gursai must know that the ancient spells are now unravelling. His time to walk the world draws near, This dagger can kill him? Ishmar asked. We have known that the dagger can kill the lesser immortals. However, it has never been used on a being like Nin-Gursai. He and even the Lords above him may fear it but it has there is no proof that it can work against them, Lagor said. Where did this dagger come from? What is the source of its power? Ishmar asked. The dagger was a gift granted to the freed slaves of Jabal, by Tal-Mu. Through the dagger, the Lords of the Empire could be kept in check. They had no other choice but to negotiate with the freed Talmarians. The dagger was formed from a shattered fragment of the worldstone. It is one with it. Kaleiha forged the dagger; he filled it with his magic and cast his curse upon it. He was the one who inscribed it with the sacred language. With his own hands, he etched it. This was long ago, in a time when the gods could still walk this world, Lagor said. The stone doors of the chamber began to slide open. My magic is dissipating. We must hurry if there is more you need to know, Lagor said.

258

If the dagger repels the hordes of the Empire, as you call them. Why then were they drawn here to Maligor? Ishmar asked. The servants of the empire are drawn to power and Nin-Gursai is a beacon of awesome power. The dagger, like the stone from which it was formed is another source of great power. The dagger attracts and at the same time repels the minions of the Empire. Like the world heart, the dagger weakens the veil between worlds all around it. It is through the dagger that the minions could manifest physically within Maligor. As the world-heart nears the end of its cycle and the Veil begins to decay around it, so too does the Veil around the dagger begin to decay. Remove the dagger and Maligor will fall silent, Lagor said. He reverted into the form of a fiery ball. Fare thee well. My time is through, Lagor said. The ball of flame faded away. The flames around the chamber ceased to burn and simply disappeared. Elizabeth looked at the dagger struck within the door of the tomb. She walked over to the humming weapon. The daggers blade was carved from a red crystalline stone. Its handle made from silver. Inscribed upon the blade were some strange symbols. They did not appear to be Zakkarian. Elizabeth felt hesitant about removing the dagger. She thought about Lagors description of Nin-Gursai as a terrible threat to all of Talmar. I am not sure if I want to do this. Nin-Gursai will be free. What will happen to our world? Elizabeth asked. At least we will have the dagger. We can always use it to keep him at bay, Ishmar said. Yeah, and it worked out so well for the Zakkarians. Getting him in here in the first place sounded real easy, Elizabeth said.

259

Take it. We will figure something out. You will die if you dont take it! Ishmar said. He did not want Elizabeth to die. The threat of Nin-Gursai felt less immanent than the threat of losing her. Hold it right there! Ishmar and Elizabeth turned around to see Major Phil approaching with his gun pointed at them. I knew you were planning something! That dagger belongs to the government of Mallar. I have instructions to take it directly to Von Heilsig. Back away! Phil said. Ishmar and Elizabeth slowly lifted their hands into the air. All three of them were surprised a voice from behind interrupted them... You are all mistaken. That dagger belongs to Kalahar and the kingdom of Kandum! Another figure entered the chamber. Ishmar recognized the uniform of one of Kalahars elite guards. Rosshan kept his gun pointed at Phil. You have heard the masters voice. Kalahar has commanded that I take you and the dagger to him, Rosshan said. Kalahar?! Ishmar was confused. Was Kalahar the voice guiding their actions all along? Kalahar, the supposed holy cleric?

Von Heilsig sat in his new office. The office window through which Dave fell to his death was already replaced. Von Heilsig turned his chair around to gaze over Cephaloria. A Patriarch would once again steer the nation on the path of truth and righteousness. He felt proud as he peered out over his dominion. He looked forward to the promised blessings of Jabal and the glorious kingdom to come. Bruno entered the office. He was still dressed in the ritual robes of the secret brotherhood. Ah, Bruno. We have much to discuss, Von Heilsig said. Your eminence, we have received word that some factions in the city are dissatisfied with your appointment. There are many questions and rumours

260

spread by our enemies. A group of Kandumoth are protesting outside the parliamentary buildings. The remnants of the Atheist and Freethinker society are massing a protest gathering of their own. There have been some violent clashes with police, Bruno said. Dont worry about them Bruno. General Lafayette will quell any signs of discontent as soon as they crop up. Every knee will bow and every tongue will testify. If they do not want to be obedient, they will suffer for their insolence, we will put them down if necessary, Von Heilsig said. Bruno felt anxious as he noticed Von Heilsigs eyes began glowing again. The preparations for your coronation are well underway. General Lafayette has promised that there will be heightened security during the proceedings. Very good. We also need to discuss some of the new reforms I want to implement, Von Heilsig said. Yes your eminence. I will ensure that your new laws will be implemented and enforced, Bruno said. Every citizen of Mallar who does not accept the one true faith will henceforth be a traitor to his country. Of course, some may profess to be of the faith while they hide the seeds of iniquity within their hearts. To this end, I wish to reinstate the inquisition of old. You - Bruno will serve as my chief inquisitor, Von Heilsig said. Bruno seemed elated at the news. He had a smile on his face. Church attendance is compulsory. If anyone is found eloping from service, they will be punished severely by lashes or three months imprisonment. I want the people of Mallar to be on their guard against their unbelieving neighbours. Any suspicious activity must be promptly reported to the newly established Office of the Inquisition. We will soon make Mallar a pure and godly society again. We will

261

finally fix this sick old world. To this end I will form the Mallarim Patriot Act, Von Heilsig said. Bruno took out a notebook and scribbled down Von Heilsigs words as he spoke. My attempted reforms under the previous regime were met with much resistance. I planted the seeds and now these reforms shall be enforced upon all. I want the Old Purity Act reinstated. Homes must be cleansed of the taint of the adversary. Any questionable items must be brought out and burned. We will need to have periodic raids to ensure such cleanliness. Of course per the Patriot Act all faithful Mallarim will carefully watch their neighbours should they not comply. Questionable items would include? Bruno asked. Anything that even remotely deals with the occult. This would include witches, fairies, unicorns, dragons, and any stories that contain such abominations. Any items even vaguely referring to Pagan religions or to the Kandumoth faith must be brought out and burned. According to the purity act, film, television and all other media will be carefully monitored for any signs of such heresies. Von Heilsig paused for a moment. Didnt the purity act cover sexual conduct as well? Bruno asked. I was getting to that. Adultery must be punishable by death. Sodomy and any form of homosexual conduct will result in imprisonment and hard labour. Repeat offenders deserve death. If we cannot turn these misguided fools, we will outlaw their despicable practices. Sexuality is only permissible between two married partners, male and female. Any deviant conduct must be stamped out and destroyed!

262

You mentioned you wanted to enforce some changes in the education system? Bruno reminded Von Heilsig. The Academy of Knowledge needs to close until we can purge it of the evil that has tainted it in recent years. I want all works on Zakkarian history gathered up and destroyed. All papers and research by Laurence Laverney must be confiscated and burned. The study of Zakkarian history is forbidden in our schools from now on. Prayer will return to our schools. The Book of Mallar will be central once more in education and in our courts of law. We will enforce the pure and godly laws! You mentioned a specific act to deal with the atheistic scourge? Bruno asked. The Atheism and Blasphemy Act. Atheism is illegal from now on. Anyone found spreading such dangerous ideas will be arrested immediately. Blasphemy of the Lord Jabal or the prophet Mallar will be punishable by death, Von Heilsig said. Have you heard any further news about Laverney and the coven? Did the VarLokkur complete its assignment? Bruno asked. They have eluded their punishment for now. No bodies were uncovered from within the wreckage... Now, all of Talmar must know that the Adversary and his demonic servants walk amongst them. I want their names and pictures posted across the lands, everyone in Mallar will know that the Adversary has revealed himself. The police and military must be on high alert to root out these children of darkness. The people of Mallar need to be reminded that the children of the light have it within their power to strike down the adversary. It is their religious duty - the duty of every righteous Mallarim! Von Heilsig said.

263

We should issue a bounty or reward for bringing them in. Dead or alive. We will soon eliminate any threat Astrain and the coven may hold for our further plans, Bruno said. That is a good idea. We also need to issue a bounty on the head of John Sephira. He has aided the Adversary in his task and worst of all he is also responsible for the presidents death. Issue the decree that any who can provide us with information regarding the whereabouts of the vice-president will receive a great reward, Any other matters we need to address, your eminence? Bruno asked. The Kandumoth are hereby expelled from Cephaloria, have them rounded up. They will be repatriated immediately. War is coming. I want the draft reinstated. We must bolster our fighting forces; every able bodied man above the age of sixteen must report for training. Send for the Minister of the Defence and the Military leaders. We have much to discuss, Von Heilsig said. Bruno bowed. I will do as you command my Lord. You are dismissed for now, Von Heilsig said. He turned around to look out over the lands again. Bruno noticed that the glow remained in his eyes. He was frightened and yet excited over the prospect. Their rituals seemed to be working...

The rumours of war soon spread throughout the lands of Talmar. All around Talmar the people felt a palpable sense of anticipation of what was to come next. It was a time of fear and uncertainty. The people of Talmar feared what the future would bring and yet the religious adherents claimed to recognize the signs of the times. These signs while a symbol of fear to some became a symbol of

264

hope to others - Hope found in the promise of the Lords imminent return. All around Mallar, military and naval bases once silent, now bustled with renewed activity and the sounds of soldiers in training. On the western shores of Lake Muelo, in one of the military training camps, Derrick and Christopher unwound after a long day of training. They had just returned from their prayer session, which was held each day after training. During these sessions, they prayed for guidance in the coming days and for their nation. They prayed that Jabal would bless Mallar and guide them to victory over their enemy. Derrick was lost in his own thoughts as he lay down on his bunk bed. Christopher was sitting on a bed next to him. He was laughing and joking with a group of young men with whom they shared the room. Derrick was quiet. He was worried about the war. He thought about the horrific scenes he had seen on television that showed the civil war in Kandum. Scenes of children killed or left without parents, wandering the streets. There was so much blood and death everywhere. Earlier in the day, they had undergone more weapons training. Derrick shuddered at the thought of the power of such weapons and the power such weapons would have on other living beings. For a moment, he felt uncomfortable around his comrades. They were so swept up in their heated fervour and without an ounce of compassion left. The Kandumoth had become the enemy. An enemy that needed to be cleansed from the world. Derrick felt uneasy about all the talk of the joy of killing an inhuman enemy an enemy they described as dogs and pigs. Derrick knew that the Book of Mallar prophesied a great war between the forces of light and darkness and yet for a mere moment he felt uncertain on which side he was fighting. He felt disgusted with himself and his traitorous thoughts. He figured it best to keep his thoughts to himself and not let his brothers sense his hesitation. Why are you so quiet? Christopher asked as he turned towards Derrick.

265

I am just thinking about the war, Derrick answered. Yeah, can you believe those Kandumoth can still be so blind? Even after all these years, they still do not see the truth. Worshipping a false god and all that, Christopher said. Have you ever thought that the Kandumoth may actually be the ones who have it right? Derrick asked. Of course not! Christopher seemed a little agitated by the question. The Book of Mallar is the Sacred Word of Jabal. There is no higher authority! Derrick merely nodded in response. Christopher lay down on his own bed and settled down. Are you scared? Derrick asked. Jabal will protect us, Christopher answered. I keep thinking about this war. I keep thinking about all the suffering it will cause, Derrick said. This is all part of Jabals will. There is a greater plan here. Jabal knows what he is doing. I dont think we should question it. The Lord is completely just and all the unbelievers will get what they deserve, Christopher said. Derrick turned on his side and away from Christopher. He did not want him to see the first sign of tears forming in his eyes. I am sorry about your parents, Christopher said. Derrick had told him earlier that they were in Illium when the tornado struck. Christopher noticed that Derrick remained silent. Well at least they were saved you have nothing to worry about, Christopher said. Do you think your real father is still alive somewhere after all these earth changes? Derrick asked.

266

I dont know. If he is not, I really hope he got saved and turned to the Lord, Christopher paused for a moment. My grandfather never believed he would repent - Called him a wicked man. If he was not saved then there is nothing more to be done. Jabals word is clear on these matters. Derrick was surprised at Christophers calm acceptance of his fathers fate. His thoughts turned to Astrain, he wondered where he was and if he survived the calamity...

The city of Jukash, now the sole capital of Kandum, was slowly recovering from the devastating earthquake. Outside of the city, Kalahar was moving through the training camps near Rash-Lokkar on a routine inspection of the troops. He was dressed in his usual garb the white robes of a holy man of the faith. He wanted to see the progress in the camps for himself. He had addressed the trainees earlier and had told them that the Earthquake was a punishment from Jalu It was time to strike against the godless infidels of the south and drive them from their lands. Kalahar was pleased to see the religious fervour of his troops. This fervour combined well with their training. They were willing to lay down their lives for a righteous cause. Kalahar passed by one group of trainees where a sergeant was drilling them. Death to the heretics! The sergeant called and the men repeated his words in response. Death to the unbelievers! For the glory of the Lord! The sergeant called out again and the men responded in kind. Yes, the Lord will be well pleased with these men. Their hearts are in the right place, Kalahar said as he paused for a moment to watch the drilling troops.

267

The sergeant smiled, nodded, and continued: Death to the Adversary! For Cephaloria! For the most blessed prophet, Kandum! The Lord of the Day of Judgement will reign supreme! Kalahar moved past another group, it was a group of boys. Some of the boys in this group were no older than twelve years of age. They were reciting Kalahars prescribed passages from the Book of Kandum. They had to learn the passages by heart and learn them through rote repetition. And you must slay the unbelievers and idolaters among you. They shall serve as the fuel for the fires of eternal torment. For they have rejected truth and the true Lord, The instructor read these words to the boys and they repeated them after him. Kalahar smiled. He left the camp and began the journey back to his palace. He entered his throne room, long ago converted into a chamber for rituals of sorcery. Kalahar walked over to his black obsidian mirror and waved his hand. The time had come to check up on Ishmar and Elizabeth again. Kalahar turned around when he heard a sound coming from the triangle of evocation. He peered at the vessel that contained Svarok. What is it Svarok? The blue, multi-armed spirit emerged and stood within the triangle. You have not changed your mind about setting me free, have you? I do not understand why you keep me trapped at the behest of the Var-Lokkur! As I told you, Svarok, we need to keep up appearances. Not for much longer though. I can see that Rosshan has the dagger, and Elizabeth and Ishmar along with it. Kalahar peered into the mirror and noticed a soldier from Mallar demanding the dagger.

268

Jabal has a bounty on my head. You know well the trouble the Svarin 40 have caused the Empire in the past. Are you going to deliver me to him? Will you stoop to that to keep up your act? Kalahar sensed some anxiety in Svaroks tone. They both knew the fate that awaited those who crossed Jabal. Be patient Svarok. I will soon reveal all. Jabals power is growing in this world. He may overhear us now. Kalahar turned back to the mirror, he saw that the Mallar soldier was going to cause trouble and perhaps delay his plans. I still do not know why one as powerful as you would willingly align with the empire. You are the greatest sorcerer to have ever walked the world of Talmar. Your fame even extends to worlds beyond, Svarok said. You are a fool if you think you can bargain with Jabal. He seeks to destroy Talmar! If he has the worldstone, the Empire will be unstoppable. Countless worlds will fall! Kalahar was more interested in the scene he was observing within the magic mirror. Well once I have the dagger, things will be quite different. Jabal and I have a common interest, Kalahar said. He noticed that Svaroks eyes widened, the spirit must have figured out his motives. You are mad! Be silent now Svarok. Return to the vessel! I have business to attend to. Kalahar waved his hand and Svarok reverted into blue mist. The mist re-entered the vessel in the triangle. Kalahar felt irritable as he observed the soldier from Mallar claiming the dagger as Von Heilsigs. He walked over to a desk, filled with magical paraphernalia. He searched through some of the ancient relics and soon found what he was searching for - a figure of wax in the form of a man. He
40

The race to which Svarok belongs. The Svarin are opponents of the Empire and Svarok led a resistance against the Empires expansion into their galaxy.

269

walked over to the mirror and focussed his will through it. He peered into the soul of the soldier and scratched his name upon the waxen figure, using the nail of his thumb.

Elizabeth and Ishmar were stuck in a stalemate. Ishmar wanted to reach for his own gun but he knew the situation was too volatile. Rosshan kept his gun pointed at Phil, Ishmar and Elizabeth while the major kept his gun on Rosshan. Drop your weapon and move away, Rosshan commanded. That dagger belongs to Kalahar. Ishmar saw an opportunity to disarm Phil, while he had to keep his attention fixed on Rosshan. He hesitated however, he did not know what Rosshan would do if he made such a sudden move. The voice of Kalahar moved through the cavern Lees Pah Eor Nefed Bu! Everyone looked around uneasily. They did not understand what was happening. Phil noticed that enemies surrounded him and that Rosshan had the clear advantage. As he prepared to drop his gun, he suddenly grasped at his throat. He was gasping for air. To everyones surprise, Phil dropped to the ground. He was foaming at the mouth and shaking. Phil found that he could not breathe; he desperately reached out towards Ishmar and Elizabeth. Ishmar wanted to see if he could do anything to help but he backed away as Rosshan aggressively shook his gun at him. Phils body contracted and then he suddenly stopped moving altogether. Now you see what happens to those who would try to oppose me! The voice of Kalahar announced. He would have caused us trouble. Now we can proceed as planned. Ishmar wanted to reach out and pick up Phils gun, now lying nearby on the ground.

270

Dont even think about it! You try anything now and Elizabeth will die. You will complete your task, Kalahar said. Rosshan still kept his gun pointed at them. He grabbed Phils gun. Go and remove the dagger! Rosshan commanded. Ishmar walked over to the dagger lodged within the door. He tried to pull it out, straining in his effort. What is this? Rosshan asked. You had better not be playing a trick. This dagger is lodged in there tightly. I cannot budge it - Why dont you try? Ishmar said as he panted for air. Rosshan approached the dagger. He was sure to keep his gun wielding hand on Ishmar and Elizabeth. He found that the dagger was indeed lodged tightly within the door. Kalahar returned to his obsidian mirror to observe the situation... Ishmar reached for his gun but was startled when the voice of Kalahar echoed through the cavern again. Rosshan, you fool! Only Elizabeth can remove the dagger. Elizabeth, go and take the dagger now! Elizabeth walked over to the dagger and pulled on it. To her surprise, the dagger came free with very little effort. Ishmar felt a little embarrassed about the situation when he saw how easily Elizabeth removed the dagger. This is a magic dagger after all, Ishmar thought. No way could I have removed it. Elizabeth was startled when a black mist emerged from the crack in the tomb door. The mist screeched as it moved from the opening. It sped out of the chamber and into the shadows. Was that ? Elizabeth looked around anxiously as the chamber turned cold and the shadows around them seemed to writhe and move. Do not worry about Nin-Gursai. Years in captivity have weakened him. I will deal with him later, the disembodied voice of Kalahar said. As I promised. I will now

271

reveal the way out. Rosshan bring them to me! I have already given you the instructions on how to find the secret way. Yes my Lord! Rosshan still kept his gun on Ishmar and Elizabeth. Come we need to get moving! Rosshan grabbed the dagger from Elizabeth and wrapped it within a white cloth he had on him. He grasped the dagger tightly under his arm, while keeping his gun wielding hand free. He nudged Ishmar and Elizabeth to start walking back to the hall of tombs. He followed them, keeping his gun on them at all times. Move on! Rosshan said. They walked onwards through the tombs. Stop here! Rosshan said. They stopped near an apparently inconspicuous mausoleum. It looked exactly like all the other surrounding tombs. Ishmar! See that statue over there? Rosshan pointed at the statue of a Zakkarian emperor situated between two tombs. Ishmar nodded. Go and pull on its left arm! Ishmar walked over to the statue and noticed the left arm pointed upwards. He pulled on the arm and found that it could move. A low rumble filled the cavern. The door of the nearby tomb began to slide open. Ishmar rejoined Elizabeth near the opened tomb. Get in! Rosshan ordered. They entered the mausoleum. The tomb was empty except for a large stone sarcophagus against the wall. Move the lid! Rosshan instructed. They lifted the heavy stone lid and they noticed stairs descending into darkness. Rosshan pulled on a torch holder on the inside of the tomb and the door behind them closed up. Wait what about the others. They will be trapped here, Elizabeth said. She looked at Ishmar, What about Maran? Let them starve here in the darkness for all I care. Keep moving! Down the stairs! Rosshan said. Ishmar turned on his flashlight and walked down the stairs. Elizabeth and then Rosshan followed him.

272

Astrain was asleep in the back of Raleighs van. They had left Illium shortly after his parents funeral. The van moved on through the rolling green hills that characterized southwest Talmar. Laurence looked at Astrain and he was worried about him. Astrain seemed to be dreaming. Judging from the sounds that he was making it did not sound like a pleasant dream at all. Leave him be. He has been through a lot. I think we could all do with some sleep, Raleigh said with a yawn. I am worried about him. He has not spoken a word since the funeral, Laurence said. Do you want me to relieve you for a while, Laurence asked Raleigh. We are nearing Port Ys. We will be there soon, Raleigh replied. Astrain was having a dream about his parents, though they were much younger and they seemed happy about something. Astrain recognized the house in which he found himself as their house back in Illium. It seemed different though. The house was still new and sparsely furnished. The young couple discussed their plans for their new home as Astrain followed them through the hall. Astrain wanted to reach out to them and talk to them. They did not seem able to hear or see him. Astrain desperately felt as if he just wanted a chance to say goodbye. He wanted to say that he was sorry. He followed the couple into the main bedroom. A new bed stood there, its protective plastic coverings newly removed and lying on a pile. Astrain watched, as the couple got rowdy and playful. He saw his mother lying down on the bed and his father unbuttoning his shirt. They were laughing and joking around. Astrain felt disgusted at their erotic talk. Something else immediately caught his attention. There was a presence in the room with them. The shadowy outline of a man stood standing in the corner of the room, watching the couple. The figure

273

moved and transformed into a being of brightest light. It approached the couple. What are you doing? Stop! Astrain called out as the figure drew nearer to the excited couple. The figure of light lifted up into the air and hovered above the bed. Its light encircled the lovers bed. The oblivious lovers continued their passionate embrace. Astrain did not want to look as the last of their clothes were discarded. He screamed Stop! in an attempt to warn them, though no one seemed to take any notice of him. Astrain turned around to see the being of light behind him. He was sure that he just saw the being still hovering above the bed. The light being grabbed him by the throat and lifted him up. What are you doing here? How can you see this? This is not a scene meant for mortal eyes, The being of light said. What are you doing to my parents? What is going on here? Astrain asked. He was shaking. He wanted to run but the figure held him fast. Your parents? The being of light paused a moment. He considered the strange ramifications. Your powers are growing my son, Astrain was surprised to hear these words. The figure loosened its grip and Astrain felt a sudden sense of calm. Rarely do I interfere in human history directly. This time, I had to act. I saw the strands of fate - Strands woven long ago by Jabal and Tal-Mu. There is one way to restore the balance. I wove my own magic. My time is through now. In time, you will come to learn my secrets. Wait! Astrain called out. He wanted to know more but the figure had already disappeared. He felt a sudden pain and a strong invisible grasp, gripping his entire body. Astrain was pulled from the scene before him. He was ripped into the air with great violence. Astrain found himself amongst a gathering of dark clouds. Two baleful red eyes appeared and looked directly at him. I have warned you numerous times to cease your blasphemous efforts. You and all who stand with you will be destroyed! A deep male voice said. Lightning flashed around Astrain. He could not move or escape. He was afraid but gathered up his

274

courage. Jabal! You are supposed to be omnipotent and omniscient. You have had plenty of opportunities to destroy us. You are supposed to be able to destroy by a mere act of will, and yet we are still alive. I am beginning to think that your power is limited! You dont have the power to stop us! You are but arrogant and boastful! Astrain was terrified as the flashes of lightning intensified around him. The red eyes burned with fiery intensity. Astrain could sense that his words evoked immense rage from the visage. You will not be safe for much longer. I will soon return to your world. I will soon have my full power! You will suffer! You will suffer for all eternity to come! Astrain found that he could move again. He could control his dream body. He sped away from the visage of Jabal as the lightning continued to flash and roar around him. Astrain blacked out and awoke within the van. Everyone was startled when he awoke with a gasp. Everything all right? Esmeralda asked. Just a bad dream, Astrain replied. The van drove into Port Ys. The town was devastated after the quake and tsunami. Debris was strewn about everywhere. Raleigh turned up the volume on the radio when he heard of more breaking news. It was an announcement from Von Heilsig. Everyone in the van remained silent as they listened attentively Citizens of Mallar and faithful Mallarim. I have warned you that these are dangerous times. The time of tribulation has come. I have warned you of the Adversary and that he walks among you. He will try to deceive us and trick us with his lies. He has assumed the form of a man to blind us to his true nature. Remember though, that he is the father of the lie. Use the discernment of the spirit of Jabal to know false doctrine when you see it. Use it to know the Adversary. He goes by the name of Astrain Julienne and his minions of darkness

275

witches, sorcerers and traitors all, assist him in his task. Laurence Laverney has finally revealed his true allegiance to the Dark Lord. He stands at the right hand of the devilish one, even now. They are the enemies of all of Mallar. They are the enemies of all faithful Mallarim as prophesied in the Book of Mallar. Let me remind you, faithful Mallarim that the children of light will strike down the Adversary! You will see posters of these wanted criminals and enemies of the faith all around you, in every city and town. Should you see them, know that they are dangerous! They will likely try to deceive you or they may try to kill you. They have become exactly like the dark powers that they so eagerly serve. We have issued a reward for any information regarding their whereabouts or activities. If you see anything suspicious, report it immediately to your nearest police station or office of the inquisition, Raleigh turned down the volume. Laurence felt a sense of apprehension. He peered at Raleigh. Dont worry guys. I am likely a fugitive as well. I will never support Von Heilsig. I want my children to grow up in a free world and with free choice and I want this end of the world nonsense to pass. If there is anything at all, you can do about it then you have my support and allegiance, Raleigh said. The van drove through the small town and then onto a muddy dirt road. A short drive later, they reached an abandoned stretch of beach. I called ahead and told Gary to meet us here with the boat, Raleigh said. Do you think we can trust him, Laurence asked. Gary is a good man. I have known him for years, Raleigh replied. He stopped the van in a badly damaged parking lot near the beach. Water had damaged and withered away the concrete of the lot. They left the van and walked down some stairs to see a beach littered with debris. In the distance, a boat was docked on

276

the beach with a man waiting nearby. It was a dark day, the ocean covered in fog. Raleigh led the way to the spot where Gary stood waiting with the boat. It is good to see you, Raleigh said as he approached Gary. Raleigh introduced the coven members to Gary. You will get them to Tal-Mu from here? Raleigh asked. I sure will. I have to tell you, though That place scares me. I drove past the island earlier and a constant mist remains around it at all times. I could see a strange red illumination through the mists and I heard this constant humming sound. I also heard the most terrible screams and roars. It turned my blood cold, Gary said. You guys had better get going. I will wait around here. I may drop by Lyonas. You should meet me back here once you return from the island. I will keep a lookout should Von Heilsig decide to send someone after you, Raleigh said. He took out a piece of paper and handed it to Frank. Here is my number should you need to reach me. Thank you for all your help, Laurence said. The coven said their goodbyes to Raleigh and he returned to the van. Meanwhile, Gary and the other men pushed the boat back into the sea. Gary waited to help the women into the boat before he climbed in. He started the engine and the powerboat sped off into the west and the thick mists that awaited them. The boat travelled westwards for a while and then Gary suddenly changed direction. Frank was sitting next to Gary and he was concerned over the sudden change of direction. What are you doing? TalMu and the Wendarog islands should be due west of Port Ys? Frank immediately objected. You are mistaken. This mist must be disorienting you. I do assure you, I will get you where you need to be, Gary smiled.

277

No. he is right. You did change direction, Laurence said. Gary reached underneath the dashboard and pulled out a gun. You have no idea how big the reward for your capture is. I have a family to think about, Gary said. He then stopped the boat. Frank jumped up and tried to wrestle the gun from him. They struggled amidst Crystals screams. Everything happened quickly. Gary knocked Frank back. He punched him again and Frank fell back into his seat, he was unconscious. Suddenly, the billowing sound of a horn emerged from somewhere within the mist. Gary pointed his gun at the occupants in the back of the boat. If any of you try anything. I will kill you, Gary said. He had a brief look of surprise on his face as he felt a sudden pain in his chest. He noticed the shocked look on everyones faces. He looked down only to notice an arrow protruding from his chest. He collapsed as he clutched the arrow. Laurence checked his pulse and found that he was already dead. The horn blew again. That is the sound of a Wendarog battle horn, Esmeralda said. Wendarog canoes emerged from the mist all around the boat. The men in the canoes were instantly recognizable as belonging to the Wendarog tribe. The men had Zakkarian runes and markings in blue ink on various parts of their bodies. They wore simple loincloths as their only garments. One man stepped forward wearing an elaborate headdress and costume. He was dressed in the regalia of a Wendarog shaman. The headdress was made from gold and it depicted a dragons face and fore paws with two large wings spread out behind. The shaman further wore a jade amulet around his neck. The amulet was in the form of an upside down triangle. The triangle consisted out of jade blocks, each block inscribed with a Zakkarian rune. The shaman was bedecked with numerous ornamental feathers and beadwork on his clothing. He also carried a staff with a golden orb. Around the staff, two serpents twined. Laurence recognized the dragon and serpent motifs as that belonging to the Ophite cult.

278

I received a vision from Tal-Mu and this day has come to pass, exactly as she has shown. She wishes an audience with you atop the great pyramid of Zakkar. We had best hurry, The shaman said. The Wendarog boats moved in closer. They helped the coven members into the canoes. Crystal, Frank and Laurence climbed into one canoe, while Astrain and Esmeralda climbed in the canoe with the shaman. One of the Wendarog warriors boarded Garys boat and threw the body into the water. Haul that boat in to shore, The shaman commanded. Esmeralda embraced the shaman. It is good to see you father! It is good to see you too, my daughter. I have missed you. Many nights I have stared out across the ocean, wishing to see you one more time, The shaman said. You know why I left, Esmeralda turned away from her father. Astrain could not help but notice some tension between Esmeralda and her father. That is in the past now. Perhaps the hand of Tal-Mu did guide our actions even then. I am sorry about the things of the past - I am proud of you, The shaman said. I am sorry for what I did to you and to all our people as well, Esmeralda hugged her father again. I am glad you are safe after all the storms and earth movements. I could feel Talmar writhe in pain at the invasive magic. The creator is still closely bound to this world and its elements. His presence had never truly left, The shaman said. The Wendarog escort rowed in the direction of Tal-Mu. Finally, the mists cleared and the old city came into view. The Great Pyramid of Zakkar towered over the island and the city. At its apex stood a large red crystal, emanating a red glow and giving off a constant hum. The boats approached the shore where other tribesmen waited to pull the boats onto the shore. The outsiders took a moment to stare in awe at the city before them. A city long

279

thought to be nothing but myth. Not only did the city of Tal-Mu exist but also right before them stood the fabled worldstone. Myth became reality. The city appeared remarkably well preserved despite its years of submersion. Coral and seaweed still clung onto many of the crumbling buildings. Some of the buildings were still intact, while others were but crumbling ruins. The shaman led the coven through the city. They noticed pools of water, teeming with small fish and other forms of marine life all around. It became clear that Tal-Mu was a vast city in its heyday. The shaman escorted the group through what he called the residential area of old Tal-Mu. They passed numerous huts built with large stone bricks. They moved into a wide-open square with larger buildings along the side. The Shaman told them that within the square the Zakkarians conducted their religious festivals and processions. The square spread out for miles, all the way to the base of the Great Pyramid. The Shaman told them that within the temple area the rich and affluent of Tal-Mu used to live. He pointed out that some of the larger buildings served as temples once to various Zakkarian deities. Laurence was fascinated by the sight of a Zakkarian astronomical observatory, situated near one of the temples. He would have loved to take the time to study the site in depth. Finally, the group reached the home of the Wendarog. They had simply adapted some of the old Zakkarian buildings to provide shelter. Women and children in the village were going about their daily chores. They dropped their tasks to gather around and welcome their guests. You are welcome to our village. I am Balash, chieftain of the Wendarog and Shaman to my people. It is a true honour to finally meet you, Balash. Esmeralda has told us a lot about you, Laurence said.

280

I have communed with Tal-Mu at the stone and she has told us of your coming. She wants to meet with you atop the Great Pyramid as soon as possible. It is getting dark, however and the shadow demons emerge with the setting of the sun. We will go to the stone at the break of dawn. For now -come! Make yourselves at home! The area is well warded against the onslaught of the Empires minions, Balash turned to the surrounding tribe. Let us welcome our guests and show them true Wendarog hospitality! We have much to celebrate! Esmeralda has returned to us. In these travellers, we finally have hope that we can repel the Empire from our world, Balash said. The sun was setting and the Wendarog prepared a great bonfire in the centre of the village. They prepared a feast for their guest with freshly caught fish, prepared in their traditional way. They wrapped the fish, along with vegetables in large banana leaves and then buried the meal in a pit of embers. The Wendarog shared their home-brewed beer with their guests and lively conversation followed. Wendarog dancers came to perform the sacred spiral dance of the World Serpent. The night was filled with the sound of the drumming and singing of Wendarog performers. Laurence took a seat next to Balash, who was staring into the fire. How did you escape the cataclysm? The old islands are gone, Laurence asked. Tal-Mu warned us in advance and I could feel the dark magic stirring within the land. We travelled far away and waited until after the city rose again from the sea. It has been a hard time for our people and I fear there are more trials that lie before us, Balash replied. Through all the joviality, everyone tried to ignore the movements beyond the warded area of the village. Grotesque shadowy forms and screeching calls beckoned to the mortals within the village confines. The celebrations carried on

281

into the early morning hours. Balash showed the coven members to their lodgings for the night. They settled down for the night and soon the village fell silent. After a while, Astrain found that he was unable to sleep. The constant hum of the worldstone was driving him mad. He stood up and went outside. He hoped that a walk would ease his agitation and help him to sleep. He walked a distance from the village and stared up at the pyramid with the red stone illuminating the darkness with its eerie glow. He felt the vibration from the humming sound it emitted resonate within him. He felt beckoned by the stone. Astrain stood entranced, staring at the stone. He felt deep power within it. Astrain yelled out in pain as a sudden figure emerged from the darkness. A VarLokkur ripped into his shoulders with its claws. Astrain was surprised at the sudden attack and even more that the pain was physical. You will die. You will never succeed. Why even try? Astrain felt a burning pain throughout his body. He felt weak. In the name of Kaleiha and Tal-Mu! I curse thee spawn of shadow! Return from whence you came! Balash suddenly called from somewhere nearby. Astrain noticed Balash standing with his staff lifted into the air. A burst of light illuminated the darkness and the Var-Lokkur cried out in pain before dissolving. Astrain then passed out. You must have accidentally crossed the wards, Balash said. When Astrain came to, he noticed that he was in one of the huts within the village. Esmeralda and Balash stood beside him. That thing was in physical form, Astrain remarked. Astrain felt a burning pain and clenched his teeth as Balash tended to his wounds.

282

These are some deep cuts. We need to get them cleaned, Balash said. He signalled Esmeralda to go and fetch some more bandages. The Veil of the world is weakened near the world heart. You will also find that it enhances the flow of magic. Tal-Mu will explain all these things once you encounter her. Balash picked up a bottle with a strange green liquid inside from a nearby stone shelf. On the shelf stood various strange and exotic objects and ingredients, including dried insects, numerous herbs and various animal parts. Astrain figured the objects to have some sort of magical significance. Balash poured some of the green liquid onto a cloth and used it to clean Astrains wounds. The wound burned again at the touch. The touch of a physical Var-Lokkur is a poison. It will course through your system and eventually kill you with great agony. I found you just in time. Thank you. You should be more careful. I have seen you in my dreams and in the visions granted by the world dragon. You have a great spark of magic within you. A strange destiny marks your path and I have seen another who shares in your gift. A sister, Balash said. Astrain thought about Elizabeth. He found the idea of her having a magic spark rather humorous. She wanted nothing to do with magic. Her dreams usually involved achieving only mundane goals. Tell me about destiny? Astrain asked. All things happen for a reason. It is no coincidence that some are called to the paths of magic. Your spark shines strongly. Magic itself flows strongly within you. Magic expects to be reborn into the world through you and through your actions. It is as the Zakkarian prophecies have said. I have further seen that you have the power to unite Talmar under one banner. In the end, there will be great consequences that will affect many worlds. Yet, my visions remain unclear and

283

shrouded in haziness, Balash said. Esmeralda returned and Balash wrapped the wounds in bandages. That should do it. You should be fine now. Go and get some rest now. Tal-Mu knows many answers. Thanks again. Astrain returned to bed. Early the next morning Esmeralda awoke Astrain. Come! The others are waiting for us. We need to go, Esmeralda said. Everyone was already waiting for them in the village centre. Follow me to the processional way that leads to the apex of the pyramid. It is time to consult Tal-Mu, Balash said. Do not worry about the creatures during the day. They are still weakened by the daylight and hide when the sun is in the sky. Balash led them onward to the central plaza of Tal-Mu and from there, onwards to the pyramid. They reached a corridor of erected stone slabs marking the route to the central stairway of the pyramid. Laurence felt like a child with new toys as he examined the ancient inscriptions around them. He noticed that the inscriptions filled in many of the gaps in their knowledge of history. He was the first scientist in thousands of years to lay his eyes upon the ancient writings. Laurence really hoped he would have a chance to return and copy the inscriptions. Balash laughed when he saw Laurence so enthralled by the writings around them. You may have a chance to study them later. Just wait until you meet Tal-Mu, she is a walking library of knowledge. She has seen all things that concern this world, Balash said. They reached the stairs. Many, many stairs lay before them before they would reach the top. After a gruelling climb, they reached the apex of the pyramid. A small shrine housed the world heart. It consisted out of four columns and was covered by a roof. Each column was decorated with entwining stone serpents. On the roof of the structure, the stone busts of four dragons kept their watch over each of the directions. From up close, the world stone looked like a large chunk of red

284

coloured crystal. Gather around the stone, Balash instructed. Each of the coven members took a position around the stone. Place your hands on the stone, Balash waited a moment for everyone to comply. I will now recite the secret words to summon Tal-Mu, Balash paused a moment to make sure that everyone was ready. Brace yourselves! Eseht Boka Runa Wyce Degemel! TalMu we call to thee, by the power of your secret names! Through your might allow us entrance into the world of the stone! The world around them began to spin. It was spinning faster and faster. Crystal felt dizzy as she peeked at the surrounding world. They all felt a sense of vertigo and floating and with a swishing sound, the world of Talmar faded into nothingness. They found themselves in a void of pure whiteness. A strange sensation of limitlessness filled them all. They were in a world with no boundaries. Their hands still rested upon the stone. Balash bowed as a figure approached them from out of nowhere. It was the woman in white. She glowed brightly and was barely visible against the white background. You have finally come and I welcome you warmly, ancestors of Zakkar, Tal-Mu smiled and the void around them filled with feelings of warmth and peace. You have come to hear my side of the story. I will reveal to you what happened long ago in the so-called First Age of this world. You will hear my version of the truth and you may accept it or reject it as you deem fit. Hear now the words of the deceiving dragon of old and finally judge the truth for yourselves! The form of Tal-Mu changed. She was no longer a woman but a vast dragon. The dragon had golden scales that shimmered within the world of white light. I must first tell you about the true nature of the stone and the danger we all now face, Tal-Mu said. One cycle ends and a new one dawns. One cycle of the stone is ending and therefore one cycle of the world ends as well. The stone is bound to Talmar and its destiny. A cycle or an Epoch of the stone, lasts for twenty-five thousand years and at the end of this cycle, the stone begins to

285

activate to prepare for the next cycle. On a specific date and time near the cycles end, the stone reaches its apex of power before resetting and beginning anew. Whosoever controls the stone at the apex of its power can control the powers of creation. Through the stones power one can make and unmake the world of Talmar according to whim. For twenty-five thousand years, the master of the stone controls the destiny and nature of the world of Talmar, Tal-Mu paused a moment. You should learn that the world of Talmar you think you know is naught but an illusion. A projection from the stone. The surrounding void began to change as Tal-Mu spoke. The scene around them revealed stars and constellations. Talmar was a mere speck in the distance. Astronomical occurrences mark and correspond to the stones cycles as well these are heavenly occurrences that happen only once every twenty-five thousand years. Little is now understood of these occurrences. However, such things were important to the original keepers of the stone. The original keepers are a mystery even to the oldest of races in the multiverse. The scene revealed priests drawing charts of the heavens and studying the stone. Zakkarian priests studied the mysteries of the stone. They divided each epoch into four ages based upon their research and visions received from the stone. Each age ended in a particular event, as I shall reveal unto you. They also realized that with each subsequent age the stones reality becomes ever more real and ever more solid. Any unfortunate souls caught up in the stones illusion will eventually forget who they are and believe the reality they observe to be the only reality. Now the Fourth Age of Talmar is ending, as is the Epoch. Now, the false world begins to weaken. The surrounding scene changed to reveal a barren red world, its landscape desolate and scarred. The viewers experienced the scene as if they were standing within it. This is the world of Talmar in its original state. At least as I

286

had found it more than twenty five thousand years ago. It was a desolate planet and yet contained the scattered ruins left behind by an ancient and forgotten race. The surrounding scene revealed cities partly buried under the shifting red sands. The coven noticed a figure, likely a deity, whose head and torch bearing hand reached up out of the sand. A sudden roaring sound came from up above as a flaming meteor headed towards the already scarred planet. Thus I arrived upon this world. As the dust from the impact settled, a being formed of light and in the form of a dragon emerged from the site of impact. I was sent to this forgotten place when we heard a distress call issued from here. The call came from the heart of the world. The stone emitted great power. We knew the Empire would eventually be drawn to such power in their ever-growing ambitions - Their eternal drive to consume and control. The scene revealed how Tal-Mu came upon the stone. The stone was glowing brightly and humming. I was charged with the stones protection. The stone whispered ancient stories to me of a long forgotten goddess. The stone told me how this being, the spirit of the world had ceased to be. The people of this world were a sentient race, a race gifted with sparks from the divine source a race with the potential to ascend. However, they failed. They destroyed themselves and their world. I bound myself to the stone so I could protect it. The changing scene revealed a world much like Talmar. It was a world with similar animals, people, cars and cities. It looks exactly like Talmar, Crystal remarked. I will explain that to you soon, Tal-Mu answered. Now I must tell you about the Empire and about Jabal, Lord of Conquest. A world of lush green meadows and flowing rivers appeared. Ethereal dragons moved about this world, phasing in and out of existence. Two sides of a coin are the dragon races and the Lords of the Empire. The dragons promote the flowering of spirit and the growth of wisdom and knowledge within all the mortal races. The spirit must grow and

287

learn its true nature. The spirit is a spark of the divine and comes from the Source of All. The dragons occasionally sought to remind mortals of their true nature, lest they forget it and become lost in illusion. Now the surrounding vision revealed a vast hall with equally vast beings of light seated in council. The Lords of the Empire. The Lords of the Veil - they seek conquest and to ever spread their rule. They seek ever more wealth, resources and ever more power. In their quest to consume ever more they believe that the physical worlds are the only valid reality. They rape worlds for resources and slaves, sometimes until nothing remains. Two sides in balance were the ancient dragons and the Lords of the Empire these two sides the mortal races must learn to balance in themselves. When Jabal came upon the stone, balance was disrupted, Tal-Mu said. A vision appeared of Jabal in the form of a vast being of light, stumbling upon the desolate and empty world. The being was instantly drawn to the glowing red stone. Jabal heard the call of the stone while traversing the wastes of the universe. He was drawn to its power. Mortal and Immortal? You must come to understand this mystery of your world, Tal-Mu said. The surrounding void showed images of countless kinds of races and beings. There were dragons and Veil Lords along with Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath. Frank was surprised to see beings similar to the spirit Svarok. There were also various beings formed from the elemental powers. The sight of one kind of being repulsed Esmeralda; the creature had tentacles for arms and exuded an aura of pure corruption and chaos. The immortal races are formed from the Source of All. They knowingly or unknowingly serve the hidden source. Some among them are divine and some are semi-divine. They do not have a divine spark or the potential for true growth. The images of immortals made way for images of various other races. There were humanoid, anthropomorphic beings and other beings not even remotely human in form. Some animal forms

288

also appeared. The mortal races hold true power for they are dual natured. They exist in physical bodies and yet they contain the divine spark within, they can draw from both worlds and learn from each. Should they succeed in discovering their divine potential, while lost in worlds of illusion, they can grow to attain an even greater power than the immortals. Some select few even become immortals themselves and choose to explore the great mysteries that lie beyond all. The surrounding scenery revealed the vast Veil Lords surrounding the mortal races. In the vision, they revealed themselves to mortals through great signs and wonders. Flashes of lightning and natural disasters erupted at the command of the Lords and the mortals trembled at their might. The Veil Lords are tempters and they do not want the divine sparks to escape their cycles and ascend. They are jealous of those with true power. They seek to blind the mortal races and force them to remain bound in the worlds of illusion. They trap souls in the lower worlds and these souls are forced to be reborn until they can remember what they truly are. They remain prisoners until the time when they remember that they are indeed glorious sparks of the divine. The scenery changed again and turned back into a world of infinite light. The surrounding void began to whirl and spin and the observers felt the energy inside them grow. Magic is the fire that drives the spirit to grow and develop its natural powers. Used wisely it can illuminate the divine within. Used recklessly it can become a force of the greatest destruction and harm. A new scene appeared with various people involved in acts of religious devotion and worship. This is another side of spirituality and one that can help or hinder the progress of the divine. Religion was originally a tool developed by the Lords of the Veil and was to serve as a distraction. They meant for religion to divide mortals and for people to forget their true potential. It was another tool used to blind the mortal races. The vision showed some

289

Mallarim and Kandumoth illuminated with light during the act of worship and during acts of compassion. Much to the vexation of the Lords of the Veil, some rare mortals can make the most even of these flawed philosophies. Within them, they find the paths of true spirituality. They can find the growth that can lead them to greater truths. Such individuals are rare and strong souls, considering the original intention behind religion. Religion like the Veil Lords themselves deals in absolutes. The Veil Lords need mortals to worship them as gods, for they draw great power from these beliefs. Through these beliefs they themselves wield great magic and control over mortal lives. They are parasites that feed off the minds and beliefs of their followers. The vision changed and showed Mallarim and Kandumoth screaming at each other. Each group trying to scream louder than the other does. Amidst the ruckus, members of each group consulted their religious texts and then proclaimed that they had all the answers already written down for them. Tempers kept building until the scene faded away. The scene shifted back to an image of the red desert planet and the world stone. Now the time has come to reveal to you the secret history of the world of Talmar. You need to hear about Jabal and his ambitions. You need to know how the balance was lost, Tal-Mu said. Jabal stumbled upon the world of Talmar while I was slumbering in the dream world of the stone. He was on an expedition to explore the wastes when he felt the stones power. The stone was awakening and beginning a new cycle. Jabal sensed its tremendous untapped power and thought he had finally discovered the key to attain the power the Veil Lords desire above all others the power of creation. The Veil Lords are not creators? How did things come to be? Laurence asked. He never really believed in creation but rather adhered to the scientific theories

290

current on Talmar. Your scientific theories are closer to truth, Tal-Mu said. Laurence realized that she must have the ability to read his thoughts. In essence the created world is an emanation from the Source of All. Humans are in potential true creators. The Veil Lords are not. Tal-Mu continued her account and the vision showed a slumbering dragon and the Veil Lord formed of light stumbling upon the stone. I was asleep in the deep slumber of a dragon. I was negligent for a moment. Jabal touched the stone and touched its power. The stone showed Jabal visions of the forgotten world. Jabal tapped into its full power and from his visions, he came to form the current world of Talmar. A Veil Lord had taken the power of creation. He made the plants and animals and finally, he made your race according to the images shown him by the stone. He thought that the creatures would make good slaves to serve him eternally. Jabal also realized that Talmar still had vast untapped resources. He desired slaves to help him delve these resources. He thought to use the stone to become the sole power in the Empire. He saw that the stone had untapped powers, which he could use to make himself the sole Lord of the Veil. The vision showed Talmar reformed as a lush green world. Animals followed by the Talmarian people emerged in their new home and they immediately bowed before Jabal as their god. Jabal fashioned the world of Talmar as a paradise for himself. He sat in a lavish palace constructed by Talmarian slave labour. The vision shifted to show the Talmarians toiling hard under a scorching sun. They erected monuments to honour Jabal while the Var-Lokkur kept a close watch over them. The scene showed Var-Lokkur torturing the Talmarians who had become too weak to work. Jabal was exceptionally cruel. He gave the Talmarians the intellect and emotions of their predecessors and yet they lacked a divine spark. They were the perfect slaves. Jabal commanded them to breed and reproduce and thereby he would ensure a good supply of servants to worship him as the sole god. The

291

coven saw how Var-Lokkur hunted down Talmarians for sport. They saw how they were forced to worship Jabal in blind obedience. When I awoke the world of Talmar had changed and I saw the atrocities. I first called to the other dragons and to my sorrow - I learned that we were losing the war against the Veil Lords. The Empire captured many of my kind and trapped them forever on various worlds. I felt their pain and yet they could not answer my call for help. I then called upon the Source of All things... As Tal-Mu spoke, the heavens lit up with what seemed to be shooting stars. The sparks of light fell down to Talmar and these sparks searched out the soulless human bodies. The Talmarians seemed to become aware of the world around them in a new way and no longer as mindless animals. The Source of All sent down divine sparks seeking a home. The Talmarians were now marked by the special destiny shared by all mortal races. Through the divine sparks, they had the potential for spiritual growth and the potential to wield magic. Jabal however, was not pleased. The next few images that appeared showed Tal-Mu instructing the Talmarians in the art of magic. Another being of light emerged upon Talmar offering his own instructions regarding magic and the sciences. The being of light inscribed tablets with words and secrets, which he then gave to the Talmarians. Kaleiha himself took interest in this world. A true divine being whose true intentions not even I can fathom. He sought to correct the imbalance. He taught the Talmarians language and writing. He taught the Talmarians that through magic they could control and manipulate spirit beings. He revealed that through magic they could fight back against the Empire. The vision showed the Talmarians in an uprising against their Var-Lokkur masters. Finally, a group of them marched upon Jabals palace and burned it to

292

the ground. Many of them lost their lives in the attempt. The great revolt had begun. Jabal had never expected his slaves to turn against him. He violently suppressed the uprising. When he realized I was the one behind it all - he was furious, Tal-Mu said. A new scene appeared and within it, Tal-Mu assumed the form of a great dragon of light. Jabal called out to her and challenged her to combat. He wanted to use the stone to destroy his creation for its rebellion. The two titanic powers engaged in battle and the surrounding world of Talmar was devastated in the process. The elemental forces rose up in a chaotic fury. The land split asunder. Tall ocean waves swept destruction over the lands. Storms erupted all over the primeval world of Talmar. The dust settled and both Jabal and I were weak and wounded. Kaleiha then intervened and broke a shard from the heart of the world. With his magic and his will, he shaped this shard into a dagger of great power. The Dath-Mer dagger held the power to slay an immortal... I still remember that day. Tal-Mu paused a moment. Jabal must have felt fear and uncertainty for the first time in his existence that day. An image appeared of Tal-Mu handing the dagger to the Talmarians. The scene changed to show the Var-Lokkur scattering in defeat. Both Jabal and I still remained bound to the stone and its magic. Wounded and weakened we began to fade from the world. Through the stones power, I worked my magic that day. I used my magic to strengthen the Veil of Talmar. The world would remain hidden from the sight of the Empire. It would be safe from interference. Realizing what I had done, Jabal worked his own magic through the stone and left a memory behind in the minds of the Talmarians. He left behind the memory of himself as a benevolent father and creator - A father that cared for his children. He then cursed the image of the dragon to be remembered as the symbol of ultimate evil. Thus, the seeds of the future religion were sown within the hearts and minds of the people of Talmar. He knew that through these actions his power would

293

never completely wane upon Talmar. He further knew that through such means he could facilitate his return at the end of the Epoch. He understood that he could circumvent my magic if the Talmarian called upon his name willingly. TalMu said. Before Jabal departed, he wove another bit of magic using the strengthened veil against us. He cursed magic and stated that in time the Talmarians would forget about it. Kelaiha in turn, made the prophecy that one shall come to restore the balance on Talmar. Only now, at the end of the cycle, have things begun to unravel again. Tal-Mu said. The coven witnessed as Jabal and Tal-Mu both faded from the world. Their forms gradually faded from sight until they were gone completely. I retreated into the world of the stone while Jabal returned to his own world. In time, the illusion of the world of Talmar grew stronger. The world settled and the reality grew ever more real. Spirits interfered less and less and the powers of the soul came to atrophy. The First Age, the mythic age had ended. The end of that Age saw the rising of the Empire of Zakkar and the fall of Nin-Gursai. Tal-Mu paused for a moment as the surrounding void began to swirl and the previous visions faded from sight. New scenes appeared of great Zakkarian cities and their feats of technology. Images flashed before the coven of floating cities and flying blips. To know where we are headed. You must know more about the history of this world. You must come to know how this history was changed and altered through the actions of malignant hands. I have told you about the four ages. Now the time has come to deepen your understanding of these ages. TalMu continued her retelling as the coven witnessed scenes of life in the ancient Zakkarian Empire. Laurence desperately longed for a pen and a notebook as a unique opportunity to study the past sped by. The coven found that although the people in the visions spoke in ancient Zakkarian dialects, they could understand them perfectly. The Zakkarians wielded great magical power. They melded

294

science and magic into their advanced technologies. To an extent, the Zakkarians found ways to tap into the power of the stone. Through this power, they created cities floating in the sky. They constructed their capital city near the worldstone and named the city Tal-Mu in my honour. The Ophite cult was formed around this time and Zakkar prospered. I was proud of the fledgling souls. They still lived close to spirit and they treated the world around them with respect and care. The observers beheld the scenes shifting before them. Times and places flashed before their eyes. The Zakkarian Empire grew in power. Emperors rose and fell. New complex political structures arose. Sorcerers greedily guarded their secret and hard won knowledge from the masses. Corrupt sorcerers threatened the stability of society. The Second Age was the age of the Zakkarian Empire at the height of its power. Gradually the true mysteries of magic were forgotten and evil mages and sorcerers corrupted the art. Around this time, the people of Zakkar began to hear the words of Jabal. They began to remember their benevolent creator. A small cult of worshippers arose and they set themselves apart from Zakkarian society. They believed Zakkarian society wicked, corrupt and filled with sin and they looked down upon the society and government of the time. In turn, mainstream society looked upon them with suspicion and the government considered them dangerous separatists. The vision revealed a man rising up to lead the small group of Mallarim. The group of followers grew over time as the vision rapidly progressed. A great Zakkarian sorcerer called Mallar arose. He claimed that he heard the voice of Jabal directly. He repented of his sorcery, or at least so he claimed, and he became the leader of the Mallarim. Mallar was an ambitious one. He was a student of the sorcerer Tual and through Tuals methods; he found the means whereby he could communicate with spirits in the beyond. I do believe he did indeed make contact with Jabal. Jabal made a covenant with the Mallarim. He

295

promised them that all of Talmar would be theirs. He promised to free them from Zakkar. The Mallarim became militant after this and a thorn in the side of the Zakkarian government. Zakkarian society valued freedom of religion but the Mallarim who claimed to know absolute truth were not satisfied with such a state of affairs.
41

The vision showed Mallar preaching to large crowds in Zakkarian cities. He openly proclaimed Tal-Mu, the dragon and symbol of the Empire, as a symbol of true evil. He preached magic as a corruption of the soul. Mallar performed miracles and healed the sick. The observers beheld a fight break out between Mallar and his followers and Zakkarian priests. The priests also performed miracles similar to Mallars. He accused the priests of devilry and that their miracles came from evil whereas his came from the source of all goodness. Around this time the Mallarim faith became more organized and accepted as a legitimate religion. The Mallarim used the Zakkarian tolerance for all faiths to gain their stronger foothold. Around this time, Mallar and his priests began writing the Book of Mallar. Jabal himself did dictate parts of it and he sent visions to Mallar. Priests added their own ideas to the book as well and the book grew into a form much like the one still known today. Numerous additions and amendments were made over these thousands of years, however. The prophecies made by Jabal were the only parts retained in full, for Mallar proclaimed them direct revelation, Scenes appeared of Mallar preaching from the inspired holy text. He preached to his followers that they should spread the word of absolute truth. As the Mallarim
41

Zakkarian religion consisted out of a cult venerating Tal-Mu The Ophites. Various cults and priestly orders existed to venerate the elemental deities Karosh, Lagor, Hlermu and Arthos. A cult also existed that followed Kaleiha as a patron of the Empire and god of knowledge. Participation in these sects was not compulsory. However, the Empire officially celebrated the holy days dedicated to these deities. Religion was primarily a personal affair. Some archaeological evidence exists that reveal the existence of ancestral spirits and ancestor cults. Each home and family had therefore had their own unique set of beliefs in veneration of the ancestors.

296

went out into the world spreading their one truth, the Zakkarians grew tired of the constant preaching and harassment. The Mallarim even condemned them to the fiery pit if they should not accept the one truth. Some complained openly, but the Mallarim were protected under Zakkarian law. It was when the Mallarim started performing acts of vandalism that the authorities could no longer ignore them. Temples were broken into and statues of Zakkarian deities smashed as pagan filth. The Mallarim burned libraries as they found the ancient texts offensive to their faith. Mallar began preaching to the Zakkarian leaders in his attempt to gain greater political power. A scene appeared where the Mallarim erected large stone tablets in Zakkarian cities for all to see. Written upon these tablets were passages from the Book of Mallar, openly proclaiming the Mallarim faith as the only truth. The passages also referred to all other faiths as demonic corruptions. A new scene appeared where a Zakkarian council, overseen by the Empress Shakim, decided to pass laws to restrict such blatant displays of religious beliefs. Everyone would have freedom of religion but the council made the decision that it should go both ways, therefore no public displays. In a new part of the vision, Mallarim protestors marched through the streets of Tal-Mu, claiming that they were being oppressed for their faith. The protests turned violent. Scenes flashed before the observers of the protests spreading to other Zakkarian cities. Cities burned and bodies lay strewn in the streets. I suppose we are going to get to Conrad now. The Mallarim achieved their victory, Astrain remarked. Mallar saw an opportunity in the young prince Conrad. Likewise, the prince saw an opportunity in Mallar. The Mallarim faith was growing. Its very nature made it very difficult to oppose once it gained a foothold in the minds of its followers.

297

Conrad must have thought he could save his throne through an alliance with the emerging faith, Tal-Mu said. A new scene emerged where Mallar promised Conrad great power in exchange for his allegiance. At that time, Mallar openly proclaimed himself as an incarnation of Jabal and the first prophet. He proclaimed that he was to reveal the holy world of Jabal to all of Talmar. Did Mallar lie about being the incarnation of Jabal? Astrain asked. No. Through his covenant with Jabal, Jabal did indeed send an aspect of himself into Mallar. He granted Mallar the use of his power. However, He could not fully manifest at this time. Mallar, however had his own agendas, Tal-Mu answered. The vision changed again and the Empress Shakim was sitting in council again. She proclaimed that the Mallarim had gone far enough. She called for the passing of laws to restrict the religious freedom of the Mallarim and at the same time inject new life into the old cults. Shakim began to fear the Mallarim as the unrest spread through the Empire. She did not know that Conrad had already converted to the faith. Conrad hatched a plot to seize the kingdom in the name of the one true faith. The vision within the stone showed Shakim and other Zakkarian aristocrats in a procession of boats. They moved away from Tal-Mu towards islands further to the west. Upon this island stood a temple dedicated to Hlermu, known in Zakkar as the divine power of the sea. An assassin was hiding behind a pillar in the temple. He struck as Shakim laid down offerings before the statue of Hlermu. Conrad sunk the ships and disposed of the bodies. He claimed that the nobles were killed in a storm. Mallar preached that the old gods had no power to protect

298

their own. He said that Jabal had sent a storm to kill the Empress and the decadent nobles, Tal-Mu said. So it is true. Conrad had his mother assassinated, Laurence remarked. Yes. The assassin was sent by Conrad himself, Tal-Mu said. In the next scene, Conrad was crowned as Emperor of Zakkar and he declared the Mallarim faith as the state religion. All other faiths were declared as illegal. Conrad issued decrees to destroy tablets and scrolls and smash temples. They tried to rewrite history. Any references still in existence that cast Jabal or the Var-Lokkur in a negative light were destroyed. In addition, any positive references to Tal-Mu were obliterated from the records At least they thought they had destroyed it all. Some Ophite priests hid some texts in the libraries of Kalosh-Tal, where they were recently uncovered. Visions appeared of Mallarim soldiers hunting down any who did not convert to the faith. The Zakkarian state waged a war against its own citizens in areas that refused to convert. After a long civil war, the Zakkarian Empire neared its end. The surrounding visions changed to show Conrad and Mallar ordering soldiers to kill Ophite priests atop the Great Pyramid of Zakkar. The Ophite Cult was driven underground and the survivors fled to the mainland I had warned them against Mallar and Conrad and their further ambitions, Tal-Mu said. Mallar, Conrad and a few other Mallarim priests stood around the worldstone. They placed their hands upon the stone and began chanting. Mallar had gained insight into some of Jabals knowledge. He knew that the stone contained vast power and he sought to take this power for himself. Conrad was seduced by his promises of power and life eternal. When Jabal realized Mallars betrayal, he abandoned him and withdrew his aspect from the world.

299

The vision continued and the group of men persisted in their chanting around the stone. Suddenly, the stone emitted a bright burst of light. Conrad and the priests were reduced to dust in mere seconds. Mallar resisted the burst of light for longer and then simply disappeared from the scene. The stone reacted badly. They never realized that mortals could not tap the full power of the stone. Instead of promised immortality and apotheosis, they found only death and destruction, I do not know what happened to Mallar after these events, Tal-Mu added. How did the Zakkarians control their flying cities then? Surely they had to tap the power of the stone in some manner, Astrain asked. Kaleiha taught many secrets to the Ophite priests. They could tap into the stone in a gentle, non-invasive manner and the stone bestowed its blessings upon all Zakkar. These blessings ended on that day when the cataclysm changed Talmar forever, Tal-Mu said. So the events recorded in the Book of Mallar about Zakkars destruction never even happened? Astrain asked. Astrain felt proud about the fact that he was right all along. No, the later Mallarim priests continued doctoring the texts in later times. The legend of Zakkars destruction served them well in the end. Zakkar was destroyed for rejection of Jabal, Tal-Mu answered. The surrounding vision shifted again to show the effects of the devastation. The burst of light from the worldstone sent waves of energy all through the ancient city of Tal-Mu. Citizens ran from their homes as the ground began to shake. Water engulfed the island as citizens ran around in a frantic panic as parts of the island broke apart and it sank beneath the waves. A great wave from the quake

300

wreaked havoc along the shoreline. The effects of the terrible quake spread through all Talmar. The southern lands seemed spared the worst. It was the regions that later became known as northern Talmar that suffered the most. The flying cities of the north crashed from the sky and levelled the ancient forests of the north in mere moments. After these events, the suns light was blocked out by clouds of dust. The desert, later called the Zakkarian desert, was formed around this time. Mountains shifted and islands sank due to the massive upheaval. The cataclysm brought an end to Zakkar and an end to the Second Age, Tal-Mu said. The stones vision revealed the Talmarians beginning to rebuild after the cataclysm. The dust settled and the light returned. The Third Age dawned. The Mallarim now dominated as a vast majority and any resistance or signs of disbelief were quickly snuffed out. Jabal moved on to another part of his plan. He needed to ensure that the future he foresaw would come to pass, Tal-Mu said. The stone revealed small communities clinging to life in the desert wastes of Northern Talmar. The flow of events progressed rapidly through the events of the Third Age. The communities of southern Talmar, consolidated into larger kingdoms and the old city of Kalosh-Tal became the new capital. They renamed the city Cephaloria around this time, Tal-Mu added. The cities in the south grew powerful and stronger with the passing of time. Kingdoms with distinct cultures arose separately in the north. The vision moved into the desert and focussed on a small oasis community. The people in the village seemed overjoyed as they prepared for a celebration. From the vision, the observers soon learned that the village was celebrating the birth of a baby boy - the son of the village chief. Meet Kandum, the future prophet. He would be the one to reveal the next great revelation from Jabal or Jalu as he then came to be known, Tal-Mu said. Time in the vision progressed rapidly and the boy grew up. In a new vision the boy, now

301

slightly older, was screaming deliriously as he lay sleeping in one of the tents. As his parents rushed in to see what was happening they realized that the boy uttered strange things about the divine world. He began receiving visions from Jabal. Jabal told him that he was the chosen prophet. He was the one meant to bring the truth to the world and expose the Mallarim faith for its blasphemies. Jabal or one of his ministering spirits dictated parts of what would become the Book of Kandum to the young prophet. The people of Northern Talmar were astounded by the words and knowledge of such a young boy. They were stunned by his eloquence in speech. He began uttering prophecies that proved true, and miraculous events manifested around him. He soon drew quite a following. Time in the vision passed rapidly and Kandum, now a fully-grown man began uniting the disparate tribes and kingdoms of the north. Through conquest and the new unifying faith, the north emerged as a power to be reckoned with. Jalu is the only true Lord, Kandum announced at a meeting where various tribal leaders gathered. A campaign of conquest and spreading the Word through the sword followed. The Kandumoth, as they became known desired land, resources and to spread the faith. They soon turned their attention towards the south and sacked many southern towns along the borders. They then turned their attention towards Cephaloria and claimed the city as their own after a long and bloody battle. Kandum sensed the sacred nature of the city and declared it as a Kandumoth shrine. In later times, the Kandumoth also claimed that Kandum preached there and was taken up to paradise while still alive - The truth is that he never reached the city himself. He was old and sick by that time. He returned to his capital of Jukash, where he died after a long disease. However, the sacred nature of the

302

city to all Kandumoth and the miracles Kandum performed there became a part of well established traditions in later times. Years in the vision sped by and the shifting visions showed armies of southern Talmar rallying to retake their holy city of Cephaloria. The Third Age ended with the great war between the Mallarim and the Kandumoth. The Mallarim drove the Kandumoth back north of the Arathos and consolidated their power in the south. More years sped by and stopped at a scene where the observers saw the first Patriarch crowned. Both religions grew in power and influence in their own respective regions. Religious hierarchies grew more complicated. Heroes from the war were declared as the Mallarim saints, their stories and heroic deeds recorded for posterity. These noble families would govern Mallar for the largest part of the Fourth Age. Scenes flashed by of an opulent church of Mallar. New scenes emerged of heretics burned at the stake and the church reigning supreme over all of Mallar. The Patriarchs and their noble supporters ensured that no one ever had a chance to challenge their authority, any signs of dissent were harshly dealt with. They demanded blind and absolute obedience to the Book of Mallar. A new vision emerged that showed protesters standing up to the church and to the nobles. The vision then showed studious youths scouring ancient texts for mysteries of the past. The vision moved through laboratories where scientists studied the heavens and delved into the mysteries of the cosmos. Scenes appeared of laboratories filled with strange devices and inventions. The church of Mallar maintained their control for thousands of years. It was only in the latter days of the Fourth Age that the tide began to turn. A new interest in magic and alchemy emerged, both were disciplines practiced in ancient Zakkar. Many discoveries in these fields made way for scientific discoveries and deeper

303

knowledge of the natural world. To the horror of many, many of the scientific discoveries contradicted parts of the Book of Mallar. Visions emerged of violent campaigns by the authorities to stem the tide of knowledge that threatened the authority of the church. Books were burnt and research confiscated. The church fought back and tried to root out the new spirit of inquiry it was too late. The populace became increasingly literate after the invention of the printing press. People started reading more and began to ponder their world around them. The people began to question the authority of the church as knowledge increased. Scenes emerged of the nobles trying to quell questioning crowds in the areas under their control. Noble families quarrelled over the succession of who was to be the next Patriarch. Finally the spirit of reason, another aspect of Kaleiha, triumphed over the church of Mallar. The people of Mallar rose up in a revolt against the autocratic and decadent nobles. Modern Mallar was born when the last Patriarch and his family was driven from Cephaloria after violent uprisings. Mallar was reformed as a democracy. The vacuum left by the church was soon filled by rationalism and materialism. As the Fourth Age progressed, the people of Talmar gradually lost their interest in spirituality. Magic and spirituality was all but forgotten by this time. Only a few souls had kept the flame alive through the ages. A scene appeared showing crowds swayed by Von Heilsig and his words of religious revival. Jabal was far from done with this world. He fought back in full force and he knows he has to act soon if he is to complete his plans, Tal-Mu said.

304

He seeks the worldstone then? Laurence asked. Yes. Once he regains control of it, he intends to destroy Talmar. He swore his revenge against the slave race that rebelled against him. He then likely intends to crush the souls of the Talmarians. He will use the stones power to challenge the Empire and set himself up as the sole power. Countless worlds will suffer. So he needs to wait for the cycle to end? Crystal inquired. No. That would be too late. To control the stone one must be in position during the time of transition between cycles. Jabal needs to reach the stone well in advance of the reset. One has to be within this world to seize the stone. However, he is faced with a conundrum. Due to my compact, he cannot manifest fully in this world before the stone resets. To bypass my woven magic and established laws, he needed to be summoned into this world. He could only regain a foothold if summoned from inside this world. He needed the Talmarians to believe in him and to feed him their energy. Through worship, supplication and belief he maintained a foothold in this world. The Talmarians allowed him power over their lives. This was the purpose of The Brotherhood and the inner circle of Chosen. This was the secret ideal behind the Revival Movement. This is ultimately why Jabal desires war and to turn the world into a house of slaughter. Those killed in his name serve as sacrifices. The war is the final step he needs to fully enter this world. He is actually going to walk this world in a full physical form? Esmeralda asked. The thought of a god never seen before suddenly entering into history in such a concrete form was a bit of a foreign one. He needs a vessel within which to manifest. The process is not complete yet. I do know that Jabal has already sent an aspect of himself into Von Heilsig. He

305

may intend to manifest fully through Von Heilsig when the time comes. Using the form of a mortal will be much easier for him than entering this world in his full form. That is all very interesting, but can we actually stop all this? Astrain asked. There are numerous ways and all of them are fraught with difficulty. One sure way to prevent Jabals return is to steal his followers. Take his worshippers. Fill them with disbelief or provide a new belief to replace the old. Astrain, you may have the power to do this. Let these people believe in you. Convince them you are here to save to them. You will become more powerful through their belief and Jabal will weaken. You have a destiny to fulfil and return magic and spirituality to the people of Talmar, Tal-Mu said. Astrain dwelled on her words. He understood that Von Heilsig had declared him as the prophesied adversary. There was simply no way that the Mallarim or Kandumoth would simply break the ties to their ingrained traditions. Jabal was ahead of them in his schemes. There are other ways to stop Jabal from entering this world. The Chosen and Von Heilsig still need to complete their rituals. If you can stop them and prevent the completion of the rituals then Jabal will be severely weakened and he will never reach the stone in time, Tal-Mu said. Astrain pondered the second idea. The plan was far too risky. The Brotherhood was in Cephaloria surrounded by guards and well defended. They, on the other hand were wanted criminals, even getting near Cephaloria was going to prove difficult. John Sephira and the remnants of the Mallar government may have some resources we could use. Perhaps through their help we can cause disruption,

306

delay, and have an opportunity to get close to the Chosen, Frank added to the discussion. John Sephira is a potential ally. He and his followers desire freedom, Tal-Mu said. There is one other thing that may prove useful. You will need the Dath-Mer dagger - The only thing in all the worlds that cause the Veil Lords pause, Tal-Mu said. Why dont you simply seize control of the stone when the cycle ends? Astrain asked. I am but an echo of my former self. I lack the power and ability to control the stone. I used the remainder of my power to sustain the Veil and whilst Jabal has grown stronger I have been weakened, Tal-Mu answered. And if no one controls the stone when the cycle ends? Astrain asked. The stone will reset and the world will continue as it is. The inhabitants of this world will be none the wiser. The nature of the Veil will still change and the old magics will unravel, Tal-Mu said. This Dath-Mer dagger. Where is it? Esmeralda asked. Tal-Mu closed her eyes as she entered a deep state of concentration. Last I remember the dagger was buried within the ruined city of Maligor. There, it was used in rituals to bind Nin-Gursai, Tal-Mu paused a moment as she persisted in her trance-like state. No! Tal-Mu sounded distressed. Nin-Gursai has been freed from his ancient prison. The Dath-Mer dagger has been taken. There is only one other being that could have removed that dagger. Elizabeth is in danger!

307

Elizabeth?! Astrain was surprised at hearing her name mentioned. What did she get herself into? I see that she is lost in a dark labyrinth. I sense Nin-Gursai is biding his time. There is another power that blocks my vision something truly powerful. I can see the old tome of Tual and the preparation for a ritual. Tal-Mu let out a roar. She was in pain. Kalahar! He is not what he appears to be. He has the tome of Tual and he desires the dagger above all else. He is planning something terrible and it involves Elizabeth, Tal-Mu said. Astrain was worried about his sister. TalMu continued in her concentration and the vision within the stone revealed Elizabeth, Ishmar and Rosshan moving through dark caverns. They hold the dagger. The dagger maintains its connection to the stone. Near both, the Veil is weak and anomalies can occur. Astrain you can use your power and the connection with your sister to communicate with her. Tal-Mu said. Astrain concentrated and focussed on Elizabeth. He called out to her. Elizabeth paused as she heard her brothers voice. Astrain? Elizabeth asked in bewilderment. Rosshan and Ishmar stared at her. Move it! Rosshan commanded. Elizabeth, I think only you can hear me. Communicate with me in your mind, Astrain instructed. Where are you? We are underneath Maligor in a network of caves. Our captor mentioned taking us to Kalahar and Jukash. You have the Dath-Mer dagger on you? Yes. How did you never mind. The man holding us hostage has it in his possession. Kalahar is the one who wants this dagger.

308

Astrain turned his attention to Tal-Mu. I have to help her, He said. Tal-Mu had no time to respond. The vision of the stone began changing; a large looming figure of a man in white robes appeared, watching over the coven. Something has seized control of the vision, Tal-Mu said. The white robed figure laughed. Greetings. Svarok sends his regards. You probably know me, at least by name and reputation. It is so nice to finally speak directly to all of you. I have been watching events unfold for quite some time, The figure acknowledged Tal-Mu with a bow of his head. You - I know well. Though I do not think you will quite remember me, Kalahar said. He turned to look at Astrain. I am not your enemy. Come and find me in Jukash. I have an offer for you one I am sure you will gladly accept. I will help you against Von Heilsig and Jabal. In fact, I have the means in my possession to stop them. Come to Jukash if you want to learn more. Elizabeth will remain safe should you choose to help me, The image of Kalahar disappeared and the surrounding void within the stone returned to endless whiteness. You know him? Astrain asked. I do not. There is something vaguely familiar about him, though I cannot place him exactly. He has great power indeed, Tal-Mu said. I need to go to Jukash. I need to go and help Elizabeth, Astrain said. I sense that he is telling the truth. He does indeed have a plan to move against Von Heilsig. I do not trust him but you may have to take this chance, Tal-Mu said. She suddenly let out a roar once again. She seemed in distress. The stones vision shifted to reveal armed Mallar soldiers landing on the island. The forces were headed straight towards the Wendarog village. The Wendarog are in danger! We need to go, Balash said. He was distressed as he saw the men entering the village.

309

Farewell. Good luck upon your journey. For the sake of Talmar and many worlds beyond I wish you success, Tal-Mu said. The surrounding world of the stone began spinning. Wait ! Astrain called out. He still had many questions. It was too late - The coven along with Balash found themselves back atop the Great Pyramid of Zakkar. They heard gunshots and screams coming from the direction of the Wendarog Village. I must go and help my people. Perhaps we can negotiate with these soldiers from the mainland, Balash said and then turned towards Astrain. You must go. You need to help Elizabeth and learn Kalahars secrets. It is important that you help your sister. You have a destiny to fulfil and I cannot let you fall into the hands of these soldiers, Balash turned to his daughter. You know how to navigate these coastal waters. Astrain will need your guidance. There is a boat nearby you can use. Find it near the huts on the northern shore hurry! Esmeralda did not want to leave her father behind. Hurry! Balash said as he sensed her hesitation. I will go with you Balash. These soldiers came here for us. Perhaps we can negotiate with them to leave your people in peace. We will also give Astrain and the girls a chance to escape, Laurence said. Frank approached Crystal and embraced her in a tight hug. You go with Astrain and Esmeralda. I am staying with Laurence to see if we can help the Wendarog, Frank said. Crystal clung onto him for a moment longer. Astrain will need your help and your abilities. Do not worry. We will be fine, Frank added as he noticed that Crystal was near tears. I dont want anything to happen to you, Crystal pleaded. We need to get moving, Balash said as he noticed the soldiers ransacking the village. Laurence quickly handed a piece of paper to Astrain. Astrain unfolded the paper and recognized it as the map and coordinates to Johns secret base. If we get out of here and you reclaim the dagger, perhaps we can meet up there again. We will contact Raleigh once we reach the mainland and head there with him,

310

Laurence said. The two groups hurried down the stairs of the pyramid and went their separate ways.

Chapter 13: The Escape

Esmeralda led Astrain and Crystal to a group of crude huts on the northern shore, nearby stood Garys motorized boat. Astrain and Crystal helped Esmeralda push the boat into the water. They jumped in. You know how to drive this thing? Astrain asked. The missionaries sometimes took us out for drives as kids. I watched them do it plenty of times, Esmeralda said. The engine made a pathetic whirring sound as Esmeralda tried to start it. Astrain heard soldiers talking nearby. Their voices grew louder. I think there is a patrol headed this way, Astrain said. Esmeralda tried starting the boat again. She was relieved as the engine sprang to life. The boat sped away from the shores of Tal-Mu. Lets hope they dont see us, Astrain said, only hoping they could put enough distance between themselves and the shore before the soldiers spotted them. Balash, accompanied by Frank and Laurence hurried to the Wendarog village. When they arrived, they found shelter behind crumbling stone walls. They saw the entire tribe gathered together in the centre of the village under the close watch of armed Mallarim soldiers. The villagers had to place their hands behind their heads and then they were forced down onto their knees. Where have they gone? One of the soldiers screamed at one of the kneeling Wendarog warriors. The soldier struck the Wendarog warrior with the back of his gun when no response was forthcoming. Balash desperately wanted to protect his people but

311

Frank held him back. Wait. There is no telling what they will do if we just storm in there, Frank said. I have an idea. I will surrender myself and tell them that you have already left for the mainland. They will leave us in peace and you can make your escape, Balash said. Before either Frank or Laurence could object, Balash walked into the village with his arms raised in the air. One of the soldiers quickly seized him. The soldier forced Balash onto his knees with the rest of the tribe and kept his gun pointed at him. Let my people go in peace and I will tell you the whereabouts of the fugitives you are looking for, Balash said. Tell us. Where are they? The soldier asked. He kept his gun pointed at Balash. You have missed them. They have left for the mainland hours ago, Balash said. I dont trust this heathen savage, Another soldier butted in. He violently pulled a young Wendarog girl up by her hair and forced her down on her knees in front of Balash. He pointed his gun at the girl. Now, you had better start telling the truth, The soldier said as he pushed the gun against the girls head. I cant stand by and watch this happen, Laurence said. He stood up and approached the village centre with his hands held aloft. Svag Laurence, what are you doing? Frank said. He shook his head and then reluctantly followed Laurences example. Stop! Laurence called out. He immediately drew the attention of the soldiers towards them. We will surrender just let these people go in peace. They have nothing to do with this, Laurence said. The two men cautiously approached the soldiers.

312

Arrest them! The ranking officer commanded. Other soldiers stepped forward to cuff the hands of the captives. Von Heilsig has been looking for you. Where are the other three? The ranking officer asked. Balash has told you the truth. They have left the island already, Laurence answered. My men will search the entire coastline if need be. Meanwhile, we need to get you back to the mainland Take them away! The ranking officer commanded. The subordinate soldiers escorted Frank and Laurence out of the village. The commander turned back to the Wendarog when Frank and Laurence were out sight. We cannot just let you go. You are guilty of treason against the great nation of Mallar. You stand accused of the murder of Gary Hill. His body was discovered near Port Ys with a Wendarog arrow in his back, The officer said. He signalled towards one of his men and the soldier stepped forward with a large, leather-bound Book of Mallar. Von Heilsig has commanded that the Wendarog problem be dealt with. You have two choices - You will reject your heathen ways and accept the truth - or you will die, The officer said. One of the soldiers commanded Balash to stand up. He forced the shaman to approach his superior. The officer handed Balash the Book of Mallar. For years you have rejected our missionary attempts. You have rejected the truth and the redeeming light. Embrace truth now! Accept Jabal and be saved from this demonic darkness! The officer said. Balash thought about his people and saving all their lives. He felt conflicted simple words could save all their lives. I have to think of my people. Let me talk to them, Balash said and the officer nodded in response. Balash turned to his people. If you want to accept the word of Jabal as your truth than do so now step forward and save your lives, Balash said. He threw the Book of Mallar on

313

the ground and spat. Tal-Mu be praised! Balash said. To the shock and horror of the Wendarog observers, a gun fired and Balash collapsed to the ground. The women screamed and children cried. Silence! The commanding officer said. Pagan filth will dare to disrespect the Holy Word! Step forward if you want to embrace life, both now and in the hereafter! Or face Judgement, Mothers nudged their children forwards. Husbands nudged their wives to the front. A handful of Wendarog joined the soldier, while the others began reciting the hymn of Tal-Mu. Purge this village. They have chosen their own fates this day. We will re-educate the rest of these heathen savages to embrace civilization, The superior officer left the village and five subordinate soldiers remained behind to carry out the deed. Frank, Laurence and the party of armed men had reached the Mallar boats. The soldiers forced the two of them into one of their powerboats. They heard gunshots and screams coming from the village. Laurence bowed his head sadly. Do you think they Frank asked. He turned pale at the thought. Silence! One of the soldiers in the boat with them commanded. The other soldiers from the village joined them again and the boats set off towards the mainland. Silence settled over the island of Tal-Mu. Laurence was sure that he heard a moan coming from the direction of the pyramid. With the last of her followers dead, Tal-Mus power was fading as well... Astrain looked back to see the Great Pyramid of Zakkar in the distance behind them. Esmeralda was worried about her father and about the village. She could not think of anything else. Something terrible has happened, I can feel it, Esmeralda said. Crystal did not want to hear these words. She was worried about Frank. I think I have an idea, Crystal and Esmeralda looked up Astrain. The Veil is weakest in the vicinity of the stone and magic may work better, Astrain

314

said. Astrain knew that since he had dealt with the elementals in the past he could call them up quite easily and without the need for much ceremony. Stop the boat for a minute, Astrain said. What are you doing? Esmeralda asked. I figured out some Zakkarian invocations by studying Laurences work. I found the elementals respond to the old language. Watch... Astrain took a moment to connect to the watery element surrounding them. The sea was calm and serene. He held his hands out over the water. Lees Habok Rek Vepo Hlermu! Crystal and Esmeralda looked at each other. They had never seen such an unorthodox ritual of conjuration and yet at the same time, they were quite impressed at how Astrain had figured out his own Zakkarian invocations. Hear my call, O spirits of the waters. Come forth, manifest before me. Take on a fair and comely shape. The waters near the boat began to swirl and then the water climbed upwards in a spiral movement. The spiral took on a humanoid shape and then began to condense into a female form. Within moments, a woman stood next to the boat. She was standing upon the water. She was naked but covered some of her nudity with her long flowing and golden hair. Esmeralda found her eyes hypnotic. She had blue eyes that seemed to swirl like pools of water. Despite their fears, Esmeralda and Crystal suddenly felt calm in the presence of the water spirit. The spirit stood in silence, gazing at the occupants in the boat. She is beautiful, Crystal whispered. In the name of Hlermu, tell me your name noble spirit, Astrain said. I am Lakariel, handmaiden of the Queen of the Sea. I have come at your command and at the behest of the Lady. Greetings Lakariel. Can you provide us with some information?

315

I will provide what I can to the best of my ability and station. We need to know about the fate of our friends. Are the Wendarog safe? Their blood is calling out for vengeance from the soil of hallowed Tal-Mu, Lakariel answered. Esmeralda was stunned. Crystal held her tightly to comfort her. What about the ones called Laurence Laverney and Frank Rose? Are they still alive? They are and I can sense their rapid movement over the waters. I see now that boats carry them back to the mainland as we speak. They are safe for the moment. Is there anything you can do to help them escape? Astrain asked. I shall take care of this. For all the powers of the sea are at my call. In addition, Queen Hlermu herself has blessed the journey ahead of you. The sea and the weather will be kind to you. While you are on the ocean, you will be free of danger and sorrow, Lakariel said. A school of dolphins emerged near the boat and playfully swam within arms reach. These are servants of the Goddess. They are among the wise and ancient souls of the ocean. Treat them with respect and they will guide your journey and watch over you. My presence will be with you. These creatures weep over the state of the lands of Talmar. They weep over the disrespect your people have shown the ocean and its creatures over many years. However, you have proven to me that you remember the old bonds between the races of the water and the people of the land we will gladly aid you, son of Kaleiha. Now I will go and help your friends, Lakariel said. She reverted to a watery form and merged with the ocean once again.

316

The contingent from the Mallar military approached the mainland. As the city of Lyonas came into view, the boats suddenly stopped. What the svag is happening? The ranking officer said. Sir, some seaweed seems to have entangled and caught the boats. It seems to have entangled our propellers, The soldier in the boat with Laurence and Frank said. What? All the boats? The ranking officer asked. He checked the propeller of the boat he was on and found it entangled with the same dark green seaweed. A mist arose over the ocean, engulfing the boats and obscuring vision. What is happening? Keep an eye on the prisoners! The ranking officer commanded. He heard one of the men screaming. What is going on here? The ranking officer asked. He could not see a thing. He was unnerved as he could hear things splashing in the water next to the boats. Sir! Something is swimming underneath the boat! One soldier said. He was ready to shoot anything that moved. The men felt a hard bump from underneath and the boat toppled over. Frank, Laurence, and the men with them heard screams and calls for help - silence followed. What just happened? The soldier watching Frank and Laurence said. The boat rocked as something bumped it from underneath. The next bump came somewhat harder and the boat capsized. Frank and Laurence fell into the water with the cuffs still around their hands. They struggled to keep afloat but they soon tired. They watched the struggling soldiers from the other boats trying to escape. Seaweed emerged and entangled them before dragging them down into the depths. Laurence noticed a glowing female form before them. She smiled at them and the cuffs fell from their hands.

317

Then everything turned black...

Laurence and Frank awoke on the beach. They could see Lyonas in the far distance. The sky was clear again and they could find no sign of the soldiers or the boats. They stood perplexed for a while as they pondered the strange ordeal. Do you think that was an Undine? Frank asked. I believe it was. We are fortunate we survived an encounter with one. Those creatures can be calm and beautiful and yet they can be as treacherous as the sea itself. Seems they have taken their fill of victims for now, Laurence said. Frank wondered for a moment where the Undine had come from so suddenly. It was not every day that one saw an undine manifest in such a physical form. All those soldiers are dead, Frank said. He was relieved to be free but felt bad about all the lives lost at the same time. This power claimed a tremendous toll and yet it chose to spare our lives, curious indeed, Laurence said. Let us not dwell on this. It would be best if we go and find Raleigh immediately.

Elizabeth, Ishmar and Rosshan had continued for many hours through the dark caverns underneath the mountain. They were relieved as they entered a large cavern. This relief came after hours of squeezing though narrow passages. Elizabeth felt claustrophobic and anxious but the gun Rosshan pointed at her was sufficient motivation to force her to face her fears. Ishmar shone his torch through the new cavern. The illumination revealed several strangely shaped rock formations. One rather looked like a duck, another like a horned demon with a

318

grin. These formations must have taken thousands of years to form. Stalagmites and Stalactites provided natural decoration for the cavern. Are we going the right way? It does not look like anyone has been down here for ages, Elizabeth asked. She was impatient because she was anxious. The air was stale and as soon as her thoughts turned to the mountain above them, she felt a new bout of anxiety. At least Maligor itself had wide-open halls. Kalahar always knows what he is talking. He has a strange way of knowing things. He spoke of these passages like he once personally used them, Rosshan said. Rosshan felt a draft coming from a narrow passage to the north. He shone his torch towards it. That is where we need to go. I think we may be nearing a way out of here. Rosshan quickly shone his torch into the darkness behind them. He was sure that he heard the sound of loose stones moving. He shone the torch into the darkness before them as he heard a cracking sound ahead of them. Follow me. Be careful, and watch your footing. Kalahar did warn that these caverns have some sheer drops, Rosshan said. The three of them continued walking towards the northern passage when Rosshan stopped again. Hear that? Everyone remained silent. Rosshan was sure he heard footsteps behind them. The noise ended abruptly as soon as they had stopped. Move a bit faster! Let us get through that passage, Rosshan said. Ishmar could almost sense the anxiety in his voice. The three of them froze when a deep laughter came from behind them. Rosshan reluctantly shone his flashlight in the direction of the sound. He was shocked as two glowing red eyes emerged from the darkness. Rosshan stood in shocked awe as he saw the towering creature before them. The body of the beast was covered with thick black, leathery armour; a horned helmet covered its head through which its glowing red eyes shone. As Rosshan moved his light over the figure, he

319

noticed the armour was some form of organic skin encasing the creature. For a moment, Rosshan felt himself unable to move. He stood in transfixed terror. Back up slowly and make your way towards the exit, Rosshan said. Elizabeth and Ishmar followed his instruction and made their way to the exit. Rosshan pulled out the Dath-Mer dagger, which began to glow. The black creature paused at the sight of the dagger. You are regaining your strength, Nin-Gursai, Rosshan said. In response, Nin-Gursai roared a blood-curdling roar. His spirit heard the voice of Jabal nudging him onwards. Do not fear these mortals or their dagger. They fear you and fear to wield it against you. Strike at them. Kill them. I will bury the dagger within Maligor forever! Jabal said. Nin-Gursai roared again as Rosshan backed up towards the exit. Nin-Gursai moved fast and grabbed him in a tight grip. Rosshan dropped the Dath-Mer dagger in the process. Elizabeth! Get out of here! Ishmar said. Elizabeth made her way to the exit but paused to see what Ishmar was doing. He moved forwards while Nin-Gursai looked at Rosshan and grabbed the dagger and Rosshans bag. Nin-Gursai, noticing the movement threw Rosshan against the cavern wall with great force. He threw Rosshan so hard that the impact killed him. Ishmar ran for the narrow exit ahead. Run! He called to Elizabeth. She squeezed through the passage followed by Ishmar. Nin-Gursai hesitated to enter the narrow passage before him. He began bashing the entrance to the narrow cavern. Elizabeth moved through the narrow tunnel as fast as she could. She noticed rubble and debris falling from above due to Nin-Gursais incessant pounding. The passage turned particularly narrow. Elizabeth was panicking. She struggled to breathe and felt her heart beat faster. She held her breath and tried to squeeze through. Her panic increased when she felt that she was stuck. Oh, Svag! Elizabeth said and her heart raced.

320

We need to move! Try to relax, you can do this! Ishmar said as he came up behind Elizabeth. Nin-Gursai shook the cavern with increasing violence. As Elizabeth still struggled, Ishmar pushed her a bit. Svag you! You Svagging idiot. You think this easy! Elizabeth pushed and pulled and still could not budge. Stay calm Elizabeth, She said, mimicking Ishmars usual cool tone. Very svagging easy for you to say. We need to move or we will be buried alive, Ishmar said. If the fear of being buried alive was not enough motivation for Elizabeth to squeeze through, what happened next certainly nudged her onwards. Nin-Gursai transformed into a black mist and sped down the cavern. He is coming! Ishmar said. Elizabeth struggled and finally freed her arm and could squeeze through the passage. Ishmar followed her. Nin-Gursai was fast approaching behind them. Run! Ishmar said. Elizabeth looked behind her for a moment to see the speeding black mist headed their way. Within it, she saw monstrous and tortured faces. They ran through the new cavern area, which at least was wider again. They ran as fast as they could through the darkness. Ishmar was shocked when he heard Elizabeth screaming terribly. It was too late He felt he was losing his own footing as he plummeted down a wide chasm they had not even seen. They hit water down below with a loud splash. Fortunately, the water was deep. Ishmar came up for air when he noticed that there was no sign of Elizabeth. The impact drove the wind right out of her. He dove down into the murky waters desperately searching for her. Ishmar felt lucky when he found her. He had to feel around and it was hard to see anything in the darkness. He pulled Elizabeth to the surface. Elizabeth regained her breath and consciousness. She coughed and expelled the water she had swallowed. I am glad you are okay, Ishmar smiled.

321

They heard a howling wind moving through the cavern above as Nin-Gursai moved right over the chasm. Do you still have the dagger? Elizabeth asked. Ishmar lifted up the soggy backpack Rosshan had dropped. Yes. I held onto it. What are we going to do now? Elizabeth asked. Ishmar found that his torch had died after being submerged. He took out the Dath-Mer dagger, which started glowing brightly. Ishmar could see that they had dropped in from a rift above them. They were in a wide cavern and within some kind of underground lake. He could see no shore in sight as he moved the dagger in every direction. Perhaps we can find a shore to this lake if we keep moving in one direction, Ishmar said. Elizabeth continuously felt goose bumps. They were in a deep underground lake. Her thoughts constantly turned to long lost monsters hiding in the dark depths. Water had always been a fascinating and yet terrifying element to her. Seldom did the element reveal the secrets it hid underneath its deceptively calm surface. They began swimming in one direction with Ishmar occasionally stopping to illuminate the area with the dagger. Elizabeth tried to steer her thoughts away from ancient monsters of the depths. The cavern was completely silent. The only sounds they could hear were their own breathing and movements through the water. Ishmar stopped again to illuminate the way before them. He noticed that the roof of the cavern sloped downwards. If they were to move ahead, they would have to dive. He noticed an underwater cave from which emerged a faint illumination. I think I just felt something swimming underneath us, Elizabeth said. This was her worst nightmares come true. You are scaring yourself. It is easy to imagine things down here. I think there may be a way out here. At least I hope so, Ishmar said. Elizabeth heard splashing behind them. She was sure she saw a movement that dove out of sight

322

as soon as Ishmar shone the light in that direction. Elizabeth felt movement in the water next to her. Ishmar there is something here with us, Elizabeth said. She dared not move. Ishmar shone the Dath-Mer Dagger in her direction. He almost dropped the dagger as a creature was indeed staring at them. Elizabeth noticed the shock on Ishmars face. She turned towards the source of his horror. Next to her was the head of a serpentine beast. It seemed to be a large snake, only it had horns on its head and bony spikes that ran down along its back At least as far as they could see into the water. The creature was black in colour and its eyes a hazy grey. Its mouth hung open to reveal a maw of razor sharp teeth. The creature simply waited in silence and stared at Elizabeth. Ishmar thought the creature blind, judging by the appearance of the eyes and its subterranean existence. Elizabeth, filled with immediate revulsion and horror backed away towards Ishmar. The creature reacted to this. It hissed and lunged towards Elizabeth at great speed. It bit her on the shoulder. Ishmar stared in horror as the scene unfolded so rapidly before him. The creature threw a coil around Elizabeths body. She screamed out in pain. The creatures teeth sunk into her flesh and it was not letting go. It tightened its grip around her chest. Ishmar, overcome by rage and adrenaline rushed towards the creature with the Dath-Mer dagger. He continued stabbing it. At first, the creature seemed unperturbed by the numerous lacerations on its body. Ishmar continued stabbing, desperately wanting to save Elizabeth. He narrowly evaded a spiked coil swinging in his direction. The maw of the creature lunged at him a few times. The creature finally let go and Ishmar grabbed Elizabeth. Her body was limp and she was moving in and out of consciousness. The creature disappeared into the water again. Ishmar heard a large splash in the cavern behind them. He heard the same hissing from before but the sound ended abruptly. Something even

323

larger was in the water behind them. Elizabeth can you hold your breath for me? Ishmar asked. Elizabeth nodded weakly. We need to swim for it. Ishmar dove down and held onto Elizabeth as much as he was able to. He helped her to swim towards the underwater passage. Ishmar followed her through just in time as huge black mass quickly approached from behind. He noticed light coming from between two boulders before them. As they swam through the opening, they were relieved to see daylight before them. They emerged in the large pool of a waterfall, nestled within the mountains. Ishmar helped Elizabeth climb out on the shore. He joined her on the banks and was shocked to see her pale complexion. He was worried that the creature from the cave was poisonous. Ishmar grasped Elizabeths hand. We made it! You are going to be all right, Ishmar said. Elizabeth moaned and she was losing consciousness. This place sure is beautiful, Ishmar said. Despite the tranquil beauty of their surroundings, Ishmar was worried. He was trying to make conversation to keep Elizabeth consciouss. Ishmar looked at the emerald green water from the pool and the lush plant growth surrounding them. He noticed that they were in an isolated area bordered by tall cliffs on every side. The water from the pool drained through a narrow crevice through the mountains. Ishmar tried to think of a plan on how to get Elizabeth some help. He turned around when he heard a rustling breeze behind them. There, in a shadowy corner of the enclave, he noticed a black mist taking on form. No, no, no, not again, Ishmar said. He was desperate. I promised I would protect you Elizabeth! Elizabeth had lost consciousness. If there are any powers out there that do care about our fates please help us now! Ishmar silently prayed these words. He looked behind him again and there stood Nin-Gursai. He grasped Elizabeths hand tightly.

324

Stop! Servant of Jabal! Nin-Gursai! I command you, begone! Ishmar was surprised when he heard a voice coming from the cliffs above. A man dressed in white robes appeared looking at them from above. He lifted up his hand and waved it. Nin-Gursai turned back into a black mist and with the wave of the mans hand the mist was swept away. Ishmar! I finally get to meet you in person. Kalahar! Ishmar said. He did not know if he could trust Kalahar. He wanted to grab Elizabeth and run. On the other hand, he knew that Elizabeth desperately needed medical help. Kalahars soldiers appeared along the cliffs. Get down there and help them out! Kalahar commanded. The men dropped ropes and descended into the enclave. We will get Elizabeth the care she needs, Kalahar said. Ishmar grasped Elizabeths hand tightly. Everything will be fine, He said. Kalahars soldiers loaded Elizabeth onto a stretcher and lifted her out. Ishmar climbed out with them. Dont worry Ishmar. I do know about the creature and its poison. Elizabeth will be fine, Kalahar said when Ishmar joined him at the top of the cliffs. Come we need to return to Jukash. There is much we need to discuss and prepare for.

CHAPTER 14: The Great War begins... It was a day of celebration in Cephaloria. It was time for Von Heilsigs official inauguration ceremony. The streets of Cephaloria bustled with activities and colourful banners praising Von Heilsig, adorned the streets. All this was done to welcome a Patriarch back to Cephaloria. The crowds cheered as Von Heilsigs limo passed them by he was their saviour. He would fix the sick old world of Talmar and unite the nation in the name of the one true God.

325

Not everyone in Cephaloria was there to celebrate, however. Some figures among the crowd felt nothing but animosity as they watched the presidential limo passing by. Today was their day to take action... A Mallarim military escort joined the parade and marched along with Von Heilsigs entourage. Derrick and Christopher were there among this procession. They were headed to St. Conrads Park where Von Heilsig was to give his inaugural speech. The energy and excitement among the crowd was palpable. The citizens supporting Von Heilsig felt a growing sense of national and religious pride. They had all the answers now and soon Jabal himself would reign over them in all his glory. The citizens were excited about the news that Von Heilsig was to declare a war against Kandum that day. Prophecy was being fulfilled right before their very eyes. The time to smite the unbelievers had come... Derrick and Christopher waved at the cheering crowds with the other soldiers. The crowds cheered them on because war was coming to the lands of Talmar and the soldiers needed their support. Many of them would likely never return. Many mothers, spouses and girlfriends came that day to say their final goodbyes. Derrick had a tune stuck in his mind and he found himself humming it as the procession moved on. It was a song about Mallarim soldiers going off to war. Derrick used to be disgusted by such songs - and they did learn plenty of them as children. These songs had plenty of references to war and fighting soldiers in what was supposedly a peaceful faith. Now however, these songs no longer filled him with disgust. He felt nothing but pride in his nation and his faith. The procession reached the stage erected in St. Conrads Park for the days events. Von Heilsig was escorted to the stage under heavy guard. He walked up to the microphone to address the nation.

326

Citizens of Mallar, faithful Mallarim. Today is a pivotal moment in our history. Today we see the restoration of the rightful and honourable position of the leader of the Mallarim faith A patriarch has returned to Cephaloria. We now stand united in the one true faith! One nation under God! The crowds cheered. As the children of light prepare for their final victory, the children of darkness mass against us for their own final assault. The Adversary knows that his time grows short. The time has come to strike at our enemy! The crowds cheered again. Von Heilsig was startled when a sudden commotion erupted amidst the crowd near the stage. Von Heilsig stared in a brief moment of surprise as an object came hurtling towards him. He ducked away just in time. He saw a tomato smash against the stage wall behind him. His surrounding guards were on high alert. They shielded Von Heilsig with their own bodies. A woman stepped forth from among the crowd. You svagging bastard! The woman called. You want to send our sons away to die in this pointless war. You are a testament that religion is a form of mental illness! A group of the womans followers emerged and lifted up signs brandishing anti-war and anti-Von Heilsig slogans. Mallar is a democracy. We should have freedom of religion. We should be free to choose for ourselves! The woman called. She had hoped that she could convince others among the crowd to listen to their cause for freedom. The crowd booed them instead. Von Heilsig used the dominating sentiment to his advantage. You see, this is one of the final pathetic attempts of the Adversary to cause us to stray from the path of righteousness. The Adversary works through these people. They must be possessed by demons! Guards! Arrest them! We will not tolerate dissent! Von Heilsigs guards and police approached the group of protesters. They were unarmed but resisted and fought back. They attacked the guards with their signs and threw them with rotten fruits. Some of the men fought back with their fists.

327

The police retaliated by firing shots. Two of the protesters were killed and the rest surrendered or tried to flee. The police cuffed them, pursued the rest and the commotion began to die down. Von Heilsig was relieved that his guards had the situation under control. Suddenly, there was another loud bang. The surrounding crowds stared in silent horror as the loud clang of gunfire filled the air. Pieces of cardboard and debris from the stage flew all over. Von Heilsig was in shock as he looked at the large gaping hole in the stage behind him. The assassins bullet was meant for him and he had but narrowly escaped. Praise Jabal for his protection, Von Heilsig said. He was shaking but tried to hide his fear. Sir, we need to get you to safety immediately! One of Von Heilsigs guards seized him and helped him back the limo. They drove off as General Lafayette stepped forward to ensure that order would be maintained. Search the surrounding buildings! We will find whoever is behind this! Lafayette commanded a group of his men. They immediately obeyed. Have those protesters brought in for questioning. Take them to inquisitor Bruno. We will extract the truth out of them. We need to find out whether they are connected to John Sephira and the rebels. He would have access to such weaponry, Von Heilsig said as the limo drove off. The horrified crowds stood in shocked awe as the limo left and the police rounded up the last of the protesters. Of the mysterious gunman, they could found no trace.

Much later during the day after the excitement had subsided and the city returned to normal, Von Heilsig was meeting with General Lafayette, Admiral Grimwald Harrison of the Mallar Navy and Air Marshal Wallace Nemoy of the

328

Mallar Air Force. They waited a few moments for the arrival of Heinrich Black, minister of defence and Bruno Hastings, chief inquisitor. Von Heilsig had called a council of war. All of the men were dressed in their uniforms with appropriate markings to show their rank and importance. The meeting took place in the presidential mansion in a special room for such important briefings. The men took their seats around an oval table and they looked at a large map of Talmar on a projector screen with strategic locations marked thereon. General Lafayette briefed them on some possible points of the attack on Kandum. Attack through the Arathos Mountains would be a foolish move for both sides. We all remember what happened during the Darinthian War and the great losses suffered. We will, however need to control and watch over the mountain passes before the Kandumoth try to take a similar advantage. I have ordered sizeable forces to reoccupy the old mountain forts of Malvu and Karu, Lafayette said and he pointed to the locations on the map. From the forts we have a strategic view over the mountains and over the desert. I would suggest that we strike at Kandum in a quick and strategic manner. We must aim to take out both capitals of Rasshun and Jukash. We should strike at them from both sides and with full strength, Admiral Grimwald said as he pointed out his plan on the map. We can move our forces up along the coastlines. That way we can altogether avoid travel through the desert. Once we control the passes of Arathos, we can later send reinforcements over land, Admiral Grimwald said. The Kandumoth have some strategic points and outposts situated all along the coastlines. We will need to take them out as we proceed towards the capital cities. Once one of the capital cities have fallen, the other will be surrounded on all sides. I would suggest we take Rasshun first. Kalahar has recently

329

strengthened the defences around Jukash. He has also strengthened his antiaircraft defences, the Air Marshal added. Our best bet would be to take out the coastal settlements first through air raids and then over-land attacks. I do realize the risk involved, however this will be far more effective than moving through the treacherous desert, General Lafayette said. Von Heilsig nodded. He agreed with what everyone was saying. What have we done to strengthen our own defences? We have drafted many able bodied men just as you commanded. We will give them the basic training and send them off. We have also strengthened our own bases along the coasts and along the border, General Lafayette answered. The navy constantly patrols the coastline. We are keeping a close watch over the borders, Admiral Grimwald said. There have been no indications that Kalahar has been planning a large scale Kandumoth offensive. Things have been quiet on the Kandum front after the attack on the church. He has simply been strengthening his own defences. He is waiting for us to make a move, The minister of defence added to the discussion. What is that fool playing at? His way is usually that of subterfuge. I suspect he is planning something. We had better learn what it is, Von Heilsig said. He turned away from the meeting for a moment and spoke silently. The other men in the room were already used to his eccentric behaviour and made nothing of the sudden oddness. They knew that Von Heilsig supposedly communed with Jabal. What does Kalahar think he is doing? He was supposed to continue with the war effort from his side as well. The treacherous serpent is buying time for something. Will he dare to move against us? To go against our will?

330

We need to discuss the newly reinstated draft. We have plenty of poorly trained soldiers right now. Should we really press for an early attack? We will suffer heavy losses, the minister of defence said. Train them as much as you can while we prepare for the assault. Their lack of experience and training is more than made up for by their eagerness and their fervour for the Lord, Von Heilsig said. None of the men in the room dared to say anything further, regardless of whether they agreed or not. Let us pray and seal this meeting with the blessings of Jabal, Von Heilsig said. He prayed for the war and called for Jabals blessings upon their plans and efforts. Von Heilsig dismissed the other men in the room. You wait here Bruno. I have some things to discuss with you, Von Heilsig said. The other men left the room and Bruno remained behind with Von Heilsig. Have you interrogated the protesters? We can find no evidence that the group has any ties with John Sephira and his rebels. Some of them do have connections to the Atheist and Freethinkers Society, however. Did you explore these connections? We tortured them for hours. I think their female leader eventually gave in and revealed some things. She might have said anything at that point to end the torture, but we are following up on all leads, Bruno said. Good. I want these dissidents executed at dawn. Hang them in the St. Conrad square. It has been many years since we have had a good public execution in Cephaloria. We will make an example of these traitors and unbelievers.

331

Construction of the gallows has been complete. I will ensure that your orders are carried out. Did you learn anything about the assassin? Von Heilsig asked. The police scoured all the possible points of attack and all the nearby buildings. The assassin managed to evade us. Regardless, we have strengthened the defences around the mansion, Bruno said. Bruno noticed that Von Heilsigs eyes began glowing. The Lord is almost here Bruno. I can feel it. We need to complete the rituals and soon. I have some bad news your eminence, Bruno hesitated for a moment. He never knew how Von Heilsig would react. He was also afraid of Jabal as he noticed the glow in Von Heilsigs eyes. The contingent sent to Tal-Mu has disappeared. Disappeared? Yes, no trace of them or of the coven. No matter they will be dealt with soon. Jabal granted Von Heilsig an image of the freed Nin-Gursai, regaining his power. As for the contingent, make sure that the people understand that they were victims of the Adversary. They should know that Astrain is very dangerous and potentially unstable, Von Heilsig said. Yes, your eminence.

Astrain and the girls continued their journey north along the coast. They had long passed the large port city of Lyonas. We will need to stop at one of the towns to refuel and restock on supplies. The next town will be Sallos, Esmeralda said. We are wanted criminals. What if they recognize us? Astrain said.

332

We will do this quickly. In and out, Esmeralda said. Esmeralda stopped the boat on an isolated stretch of beach and Astrain reluctantly volunteered to stay behind and keep watch. The girls figured that they were less likely to be recognized immediately. The town of Sallos had a waterfront on the pier with many different stores and restaurants. The girls soon found a general store. Just act casual, Crystal said as they entered the convenience store. They quickly collected the items they needed. They paid for the items at the front till and bought bags in which to carry it. The shopkeeper smiled at them and Esmeralda smiled nervously in response. She tried to avoid eye contact and wanted to keep the social interaction to a minimum. Crystal quickly averted her gaze as the shopkeeper looked at her. She noticed a wanted poster with their names and faces on the wall behind the counter. You ladies sure look like you could use some help, A male voice said from behind. The girls turned around to see two young men standing behind them. They had seen them in the store earlier but paid them no heed. We are fine thanks! Crystal said. They turned to leave but one of the young men slammed the store door shut as Crystal tried to open it. Where are you headed in such a hurry? The young man said. He was a tall, strong looking guy with a blank expression on his face. The other was shorter and slightly overweight. He had a severe acne condition on his face. Esmeralda noticed their nametags. They were store employees called Jason and Peter. You were right. They sure are fine for devils whores, Peter, the fat one, said to his friend. Hold on there, guys. We should probably call the police, The shopkeeper said. Nah, we want to have some fun with them first, Jason said.

333

The law does not protect the whores of the Adversary, Peter said and both men laughed. Careful, the witch may turn you into a toad, The shopkeeper mocked. The shopkeeper then went about his business, paying the youngsters no further heed. Let us see you do that. Come put a spell on us. Turn us into toads, Peter said and he pushed Crystal. The two men moved closer towards the girls. The girls backed up until they were pressed against the store counter. I have never been with a demon bitch before, Peter said. He started to grope at Crystal. She did not yield to him without a fight. She struggled and kicked. Esmeralda tried to intervene but Jason grabbed her and held her fast. Peter proved stronger than Crystal. He restrained her struggles with one hand, while in between her resistance he began unbuckling his pants. Crystal was tiring...

Astrain was getting worried. They were taking excessively long. He paced the beach several times and looked out towards the direction of the pier for any sign of the girls. It was getting dark, they had to keep moving and find a place to camp for the night. After a few more moments of pacing and worry, Astrain decided that he had had enough. He rushed to the pier and noticed commotion through the store window. Astrain burst in when he found the door unlocked. He was shocked to see Crystal and Esmeralda mistreated at the hands of two large men. As he looked over the two guys, he knew he could not take them on in a fight. They were much bigger than he was. Astrain only knew he had to something. Leave them alone! Astrain said, marshalling his courage. The two men turned their attention towards him and the shopkeeper reached for something under the counter.

334

Its the devil himself, come to save his whores, Peter said. He turned back to Crystal and held her down. Kind of a scrawny fellow. Not what I expected the great Adversary to look like at all. I think we can take this one on, Jason pulled out a knife. It is written that the righteous children of light will strike him down. Perhaps we are the ones the prophecy spoke of, Jason said. He approached Astrain with the knife. Astrain backed up towards the door. He turned over a nearby rack of magazines and after the distraction, escaped into the store. Esmeralda was now free. She bided her time when she saw that Jason wielded a knife. She had noticed that the storeowner kept bottles of pepper spray behind the counter. She quickly ran and grabbed a bottle. She saw that the storeowner had a gun under his counter and he reached for it when he noticed what she was doing. Esmeralda sprayed him in the face before he had a chance grab the gun. The man screamed as his eyes burned. Esmeralda ran over to where Crystal was resisting Peters advances. She sprayed Peter in the face and Crystal kicked him in the crotch area. Peter collapsed in pain. Jason had meanwhile pursued Astrain into the store. Astrain had run into the aisles where he hoped he could find something with which to defend himself. He was trapped however, at the back of the store. Jason had forced him into a corner and there was nowhere left to run. There was nothing to defend himself with except stacks of toilet paper. Get back! I will put a spell on you! Astrain bluffed. Jason laughed. I learned in church that we Mallarim have protection against your magic. This is over. I wonder if Jabal will reward me in paradise for killing the Adversary, Jason said. Astrain closed his eyes and expected to feel the blade sliding into his gut at any moment. Astrain felt strange. He opened his eyes when he heard Jason

335

screaming. Astrain noticed that he emitted a bright light. The light faded. Jason screamed hysterically and stumbled around the store. Astrain! Let us get out of here! Crystal called from the front side of the store. Astrain did not hesitate. They ran from the store and down the stairs that led back to the beach. The storeowner ran out the door, still struggling to see through his burning eyes. Someone call the police! He called. A waiter standing outside a nearby restaurant immediately ran inside and dialled an emergency number. Astrain and the girls pushed the boat back out to sea, loaded their new supplies and jumped in. A mist arose over the water as soon as they were back on the open sea. The waiter ran to the storeowner to see what had happened. The police will be here soon, He said. The Adversary was here! He has worked some kind of evil magic on Jason. The waiter looked inside the store to see Jason stumbling around, knocking products from shelves. Jason found that he could not see a thing. He was blind.

We will not be safe anywhere in Mallar now. I think the police will be on our trail, Astrain said. What happened back there? That man had you cornered, he was going to stab you and suddenly we saw this burst of bright light, Esmeralda said. I have no idea what happened. I did not mean for it to happen, Astrain said. He looked down and seemed distracted for a moment. What is wrong? Esmeralda asked. It was the power. It was this rush of energy through me. I felt as if I had access to this bottomless well of power. I did not feel bad about what I did. I wanted to

336

hurt that man. I wanted to see justice done. I wanted to punish those bullies. I hated them. The power came from raw energy it came from my hatred, Astrain said. You dont need to feel bad Astrain. He was a terrible person. They wanted to do terrible things to Esmeralda and me and they wanted to kill you, Crystal said. Astrain did not feel better. He thought about the prophecies in the Book of Mallar, which described him as evil incarnate. He questioned himself and his intentions. When he thought about the Mallarim, he could feel nothing but anger over all the injustice. Crystal noticed that Astrain still seemed distraught. She sensed what was bothering him. I can feel your energy and I can feel that you are good in essence. You will learn to control these abilities. Everything will be fine, Crystal said. She could only imagine that being labelled as the Adversary was indeed a stressful position to be in. Esmeralda kept their distance from the shore as they continued northwards. It was dark already and she knew they had to find some place to set up camp for the night. Hours later, they reached a secluded stretch of beach, cut off from any signs of civilization by a dense jungle. She docked on the shore and they pulled the boat out of the water. They gathered wood from the nearby trees and started a fire. Crystal prepared a simple meal for them from their stock of supplies. They fell asleep around the fire, tired out after the long day.

After washing out on the shore Frank and Laurence began their long trek to Port Ys, there they hoped to contact Raleigh. Together, they could make their way to John Sephiras secret base. It was night time already when the two exhausted travellers reached Port Ys. You have any money left on you, Laurence? Frank asked as he searched his own pockets. I do have some, hope it is enough so

337

that we can call Raleigh, Laurence said, he searched through his pockets and took out some crumpled bills, along with some Darim coins. Those coins should be enough, Frank said and he took the money. They easily found a payphone on the main street of the small town. Frank took out the piece of paper on which he had Raleighs number. The ink had run a quite a bit during their time in the ocean but the numbers were at least still legible to a degree. Raleigh says that he will meet us at the old mine near the town. He also said something about them picking up the search for us and that we should get out of Port Ys as soon as possible, Frank said and then hung up the phone. Seems we have another walk ahead of us, Laurence said, he looked around the town and noticed some townspeople talking to a police officer. I think we need to get out of here. Frank and Laurence discreetly left the town. Another long walk later, they came upon the old mine on the outskirts of Port Ys. They had to wait for a while before they finally saw the lights of an approaching car. The car drove up to them and they were relieved to see Raleigh. Come, get in, Raleigh said and unlocked the doors for them. So did you find anything useful in Tal-Mu? Any information we could use against Von Heilsig? I am sure you wouldnt believe most of it! However, Astrain and the girls are following a lead in Jukash. The weapon they are searching for may actually be something we can use, Laurence said. I will have to take your word that this will be a useful lead. On the other hand, Astrain and the girls may run into trouble. My informant in the police department in Lyonas has told me that the three of them were sighted in Sallos a few hours ago, Raleigh said. Frank and Laurence were silent and concerned. They are

338

increasing their search efforts. Police, coast guard, the whole lot of them will now be on their trail, Raleigh said. I only hope that they will be safe and make it across the border before they are found - Then again, they are quite resourceful, Laurence said. He was worried but also had faith in the youngsters. Any other recent news, Frank asked. Yes, Von Heilsig is wasting no time in getting his war started. If he has his way, the troops will be ready to move on to Jukash and Rasshun early in the morning, Raleigh said. Crystal and the others may be travelling into the heart of war zone, Frank said, He was worried about Crystal. He could not stand the thought of her coming to any kind of harm. So what do we do now? Laurence asked. The only thing we can do for now is to travel on and meet with John Sephira as planned. While Von Heilsig is distracted with the war effort, we may have an opportunity to move against Cephaloria, Raleigh said. I heard about Gary. A shame. He was a good man. Never expected this betrayal from him. My informant told me that he made a deal to turn you in. He informed the authorities in Lyonas of our plans. Sorry about your friend, Laurence said. Try and get some rest, we have a long trip ahead of us now. We travel through the Cephor Reserve and from there we can make our way into mountains.

339

Thats right Astrain, come to me! You and Elizabeth will serve me quite well, Kalahar said as he gazed in his magic mirror and watched Astrain, Crystal and Esmeralda asleep on the beach. The vision in his mirror shifted as he spied on one of Mallars naval bases and saw soldiers busy with some early morning preparation. Von Heilsig is moving fast indeed, Kalahars guards brought Ishmar into the chamber. Ishmar was surprised to see the scene before him. He had never expected to see such a strange assortment of occult paraphernalia in the throne room of the Emperor of Kandum - Let alone in the throne room of a so-called holy man. Shelves upon shelves of ancient Zakkarian scrolls adorned the walls. A ritual circle, hexagram and other mystical diagrams marked the floor of the chamber. Ishmar noticed spirit vessels on a table, some of brass and others made from clay all of them covered in mystical seals and diagrams. They were all sealed with more mystical diagrams on the tops. Ishmar remembered hearing legends about such vessels and the feats of the great sorcerers who could bind spirits and command Djinn. He was surprised to see an intact Zakkarian magic mirror of obsidian and he recognized the Book of Tual, sitting on a pedestal nearby. He also noticed a triangle with more mystical seals upon the floor. He recalled such a figure from a book on Zakkarian sorcery he had seen at the monastery, once long ago. Such devices contained spirits for interrogation. Another vessel of brass sat within the triangle. Plenty of mystical weapons stood all around the chamber including staves, swords and wands. Thick wafts of incense smoke flowed from numerous braziers around the chamber. The Dath-Mer dagger stood on a pedestal near the magic circle. Kalahar picked up the vessel of brass from the triangle and placed it upon the table with the other vessels. We may need the triangle soon, Kalahar said.

340

What is this place? This is not what I expected of the holy Emperor of Kandum, Ishmar said. There are many things you do not know Ishmar, Kalahar said. It is good to finally meet you in person. Elizabeth is steadily recovering. My physicians inform me that she will likely awake soon. What do you want with us? Why should we even trust you? Ishmar asked. You have been solely responsible for most of the suffering Kandum has had to endure. Ishmar said. He was growing angry merely thinking about Kalahars list of atrocities. You killed your own men in Maligor, There is a greater plan at work here - Hard as it may be to understand. That is why I had Rashdan eliminated. A mere means to an end. The guards restrained Ishmar. Ishmar was filled with rage but the guards kept him from approaching Kalahar. Ishmar struggled but the guards grasped him tightly. The soldiers in Maligor spoke about defecting. They were traitors and were dealt with accordingly, Kalahar explained. You killed my family in one of your attacks. You killed Rashdan! Small sacrifices in a greater cause. You should know the truth. I killed your adoptive family all those years ago they were simply at the wrong place at the wrong time. Now I have killed your brother as well and taken all of Kandum for myself. What are you talking about? Your father was Abdulla Madimor, the previous emperor in Rashun. He tried to hide both his sons when the civil war broke out. The fool thought to preserve his royal bloodline. He sent you to live with another family, who were incidentally killed during an attack I ordered and he sent Rashdan to live with the Nin-Kai. As

341

fate would have it you ended up in the Nin-Kai monastery with your own brother. Ishmar stared in disbelief. Oh I have done my research on this matter, Ishmar. You are the rightful heir to the throne of Kandum. If something should happen to me, all of Kandum will be yours. Why did you have to kill Rashdan? I do not understand why you have kept me alive. Is it the throne of Kandum you are after? Kalahar laughed in response. The throne of Kandum was but the first step in a far greater scheme. So was strengthening the Kandumoth faith to the point of extremism. Even the war is but one small step towards a greater goal and ultimately a greater good. I needed to aid the Chosen and their plots. I needed to pretend that I still held allegiance towards the Empire. Now I can fulfil my plan. Kalahar said. Your ramblings are madness! What are you talking about? What Empire? Ishmar knew he had heard about references to the Empire before. As he thought back, he remembered the Shukkabath mentioning it. Lagor also mentioned some kind of invasion. The Dath-Mer dagger was a weapon against the Empire. Like so many on this small planet, you are blind. The whole history of this world has been but a preparatory phase for one pivotal moment. This moment is now fast approaching. The Empire will return in glory to claim a world they once controlled. I intend to stop the Empire, Kalahar said. Ishmar felt a shiver as Kalahar approached him and stared at him as if sizing him up. Kalahar smiled. My plans extend far beyond this puny planet and its short history. You have no idea what you have become involved in. Then tell me what is it that you intend and what do you intend to do with Elizabeth and me? Ishmar asked.

342

You are going to provide a second chance for this very old man. I am going to take your body as my own. Ishmars eyes widened as he heard these words. Kalahar laughed when he saw his reaction. I am old Ishmar. You may not realize how old. I will need a strong, youthful body to complete my plans. Kalahar said. What are you? I was there when Zakkar fell. I was there to whisper words in the ear of the prophet Kandum and nudge him onwards to start his ministry. Ishmar was confused he knew Kalahars history. He knew his father. He knew exactly when he was born and when he inherited the throne. You are Kalahar, the son of Rasshid. I lured Kalahar, son of Rasshid into a long forgotten tomb in the desert. There, I jumped upon him and rode this current vessel. This vessel is my fourth. The deeper secrets of Zakkarian magic revealed to me the key to immortality. I achieved my goals in this imperfect manner. Once the worldstone is in my possession, I will complete the process and within a new healthy body. My dealings with the other worlds do take their toll. Kalahars body is dying. It is riddled with tumours and disease. Tual, Ishmar said. Kalahar laughed when he heard the name. He never knew the final secret. His work however, has proven of immense value in my preparations for the ritual to come. You are nothing but a parasite. I will never let you take my body! Ishmar renewed his struggles. He noticed that the guards expressions were blank and emotionless. He looked into their eyes and he had the same empty feeling. Who said anything about you giving up your body willingly? Kalahar said and laughed.

343

Please, let Elizabeth go. It is me you want then. No I do still need Elizabeth. She is an important catalyst in the ritual to come. We are still waiting for her brother to arrive. After a happy family reunion I will tap the extent of their power, Ishmar struggled again with a new fervour but the guards proved to be stronger. Please dont hurt Elizabeth, Ishmar said. I can assure you I will not be the one who is going to hurt her. A pity, I would have had so much fun with her in my new well-endowed body. There is a chance that Elizabeth may prove to be the stronger candidate for arcane mastery. However, judging by what I have seen so far - I would have to go with Astrain, Kalahar said. Ishmar was tiring from his continued struggles against the restraints. Go now. Spend the time you have left with Elizabeth. From all I have witnessed I do believe that these last hours with her will be most meaningful to the both of you, Kalahar gestured to his guards. Take him away! Be careful not to damage my vessel! The guards dragged Ishmar from the ritual chamber. Kalahar walked over to his magic mirror to peer into the depths...

Astrain, Esmeralda and Crystal were asleep on the beach they slept as best as they could under the uncomfortable conditions. The fire was still smouldering next to them and still radiating some heat. Esmeralda awoke suddenly when she heard loud noises coming from the direction of the sea. Oh, svag! Esmeralda said as she jumped up and started to kick sand onto the fire. What is happening? Astrain said as he took a moment to realize where he was and what was happening. What time is it? It is still dark, Astrain said and then he heard the loud droning noises headed their way.

344

There are ships approaching - a whole bunch of them. Help me to kill the fire, Esmeralda said and Astrain went over to help her bury the fire with sand. Crystal awoke as the noise grew. Crystal, we need to get out of sight! Esmeralda said. Crystal seemed confused for a while until she figured out what was happening. They will spot the boat! Crystal said as they ran from the beach to keep out of sight behind some trees. From their vantage point, they now saw the source of the noise as a whole fleet of large ships sailed by in the distance - battle cruisers, Mallar destroyers and aircraft carriers, all headed north. The vast fleet soon filled the entire horizon before them one could not help but feel intimidated by the vast power of the Mallar force. Crystals clairvoyant vision opened up at that moment and she saw what looked like storm clouds surrounding and following the fleet. It is Var-Lokkur! They are swarming all around them. They lust for blood and war, Crystal said. They have not seen us, the runes Laurence gave us are still protecting us from their sight, Crystal said. While Crystal thought them safe and hidden, one of the men on the M.M. 6781 spotted an out of place item lying on the beach. Quickly grabbing a pair of binoculars, he noticed the boat pulled onto the sand and his suspicions grew. Commander, there is a boat stranded on that nearby stretch of beach. It may be suspicious, The young ensign said. Good, we cant take any chances now. Kalahar may try to strike at us through sabotage. Von Heilsig has also asked us to keep a lookout for the dangerous fugitives, last seen headed north. I do believe this may be worth investigating. The Lyonas Coastguard and patrols should be near enough to intercept them I will inform them of this immediately. Good work! The commander on the vessel said and disappeared into his office.

345

So the last great war has begun? Astrain said. He kicked at a pile of sand. He was angry and felt powerless. He hated what was happening to world of Talmar and how those soldiers blindly went to their doom. They were fulfilling the prophecies themselves and strengthening Jabal in the process. He knew that the war would take its toll in innocent lives and he wanted to stop it. Esmeralda and Crystal felt their courage wane as even more ships approached. Esmeralda was concerned that that they were headed straight into the heart of the coming war. Soon, they would have no safe refuge. Astrain thought about Derrick and he wondered where he was amidst the growing chaos. He hoped that his friend was safe. Crystal thought about her estranged family. She thought about where they were in the world. He brothers and cousins were likely headed to war as well. She had not seen them in years. The three of them waited for a long time until the fleet had finally passed them by. They returned to the fire to pick up the things that they had left behind. They sat down for a moment. They felt saddened and shocked by the stark reality of the war ahead of them. They took a moment to reflect. You seem sad, Astrain said as he noticed Crystal looking glum. I am just thinking of the people I have left behind. The idea of facing tragedy and war makes one think about all these things. I do hope Frank is safe. He is all I have left, Crystal said. I know so little about both of you and where you came from. How did you meet Frank? Astrain asked. Esmeralda took out cans cool drink for the three of them from the bag of supplies. Each of them took a drink as they waited for the sun to rise. My life story is really not that interesting, Crystal said as she evaded the topic. You know almost everything about me and I know next to nothing about you. Cmon, you can tell me, Astrain said.

346

I was born in one the poorer sections of Cephaloria. My family was very religious I suppose faith was all that kept them going at times. My clairvoyant abilities manifested early on and my family feared me because of this. They thought that the Adversary sent me visions. They called for pastors to exorcise the demons a few times, but it never worked. The visions still came. When my father died and I had foretold his death, my mother threw me out. Said she wanted nothing more to do with me. I was seventeen at that time, Crystal was saddened as she thought about the past. Esmeralda held her. I became a working girl in the Cephalorian slums. It was there that Frank discovered me and he was the one who rescued me from that life. Told me I had a wonderful gift, Crystal said. You do have a wonderful gift. I am glad that I met you all those years ago, Esmeralda said and she hugged Crystal again. How did the two of you meet? Astrain asked. I was lost after I had run away from my tribe. I ended up in the Cephalorian slums with Crystal and we both became victims of a vast network of organized crime that also specialized in prostitution. Crystal and I stuck together through those days. Frank helped us to escape that world, Why did you run away from the Wendarog islands? Astrain asked. He thought that the Wendarog had a rather neat lifestyle. The Wendarog still clung onto some backwards beliefs. I had an arranged marriage with a young prince from another tribe. He was a boastful, arrogant and abusive pig. Rather than go along with tradition, I ran away to Cephaloria.

347

You two have been through a lot. What are you going to do when this is all over? Let us pretend that we can actually win and that we can stop Jabal, Astrain said. He took a sip of his drink. I hope that Frank and I will settle down. I hope we can finally live relatively normal lives. Who knows, perhaps start a family of our own, Crystal said. And you? Astrain asked and looked at Esmeralda. Esmeralda was distracted, she was sure she heard something in the distance. I dont think I want normal anything. There is too little magic left in the world already. I want to bring magic back to the people of Talmar. Do great things and help to correct the imbalance in our world. I will remove greed and suffering and make this world a better place for everyone, Astrain said. How do you expect to do all that? Why should all that be your responsibility alone? Crystal asked. The Talmarians will not change while they are still blinded by their false religions. I want to see truth and justice prevail in this world, Astrain said. Esmeralda interrupted the conversation. Wait. I think I hear something. Crystal and Astrain remained quiet and they heard a rumbling sound growing in intensity. Esmeralda noticed a sudden strong gust of wind. She then saw a searchlight. The light was followed by its source of origin, a helicopter. The aircraft emerged from behind the trees. Quickly! Into the jungle! Esmeralda said. She realized that they had no time to hide the boat. They hid within the thick growth of the jungle as the searchlight moved overhead and then over the beach. Astrain turned cold with panic as he heard dogs barking in the distance. The sounds grew louder. Flashes of lights appeared through the thick foliage and the sounds of barking and sniffing grew louder. The

348

thought dawned on the three scared refugees that they were trapped. I have a plan, Crystal whispered. She picked up a nearby rock and threw it into the jungle in the opposite direction of where they were hiding. I think I heard something over there, One of the police officers said. Split up. We will go and search in that area. The sounds of the dogs grew louder. Run for it! I am going to buy you some time. I will try to meet up with you at the cliffs nearby, Crystal quickly said. Astrain tried to stop her but she jumped up and ran deeper into the jungle. Over there! One of the police officers said as he noticed the sudden commotion and flash of movement. The police officers and their hounds gave chase. At the sudden commotion, the helicopter turned its attention to the jungle. Astrain and Esmeralda hesitated. They did not want to leave Crystal behind. They ran in the opposite direction and made their way back to the beach, once the helicopter had passed. They pushed the boat out to sea and jumped in. The concealing mist rose over the ocean again. Astrain saw dolphins swimming in the nearby water. Lakariel was still true to her word. I could kill Crystal right now. She is taking a stupid risk, Esmeralda said. She steered the boat northwards towards the cliffs. Crystal is a good runner. We should wait for her near the cliffs, Esmeralda said. Crystal ran as fast as she could through the dense jungle. She reached a steep embankment covered with thick jungle foliage. She decided to try to scale the slick slope. She hung onto vines and roots. The sounds of the barking dogs grew louder. Crystal slipped and fell. She opened her eyes to see police officers all around her. They had to restrain their dogs. Astrain and Esmeralda maintained their position near the cliffs. They kept expecting Crystal to appear at any moment. They were worried and the few minutes of anxious waiting soon felt like hours. A loud bang came from the

349

direction of the jungle. It sounded like gunfire. They heard the sounds of the dogs going wild. Astrain held Esmeralda as she wept profusely. She was shaking in disbelief. The helicopter turned around again and scanned the beach with its searchlight. We need to keep moving, Astrain said. He found he was shaking too. He felt ill. They just shot her, Astrain said. The two refugees moved on in silence. The police officers arrived on the beach and they could not see a thing through the thick mist that had arisen so suddenly and mysteriously.

Raleigh drove onwards towards the Cephor Park. He noticed that Frank and Laurence were both asleep in the back of the van. They would make turns to drive onwards for the long journey ahead of them and it happened to be his turn. Frank and Laurence awoke when Raleighs phone rang. It sounded serious as Raleigh spoke to the person on the other side. Ok, thanks for letting me know about this. Bye, my friend, Raleigh said and hung up. That was my informant in the Lyonas, police service...I am afraid I have some bad news, Frank and Laurence sat staring in anxious anticipation. It seems that the police have captured Crystal while they were trying to escape, Raleigh said. What? Crystal? Frank said. He turned pale. Where is she? Von Heilsig himself has instructed them to take her to Cephaloria, Raleigh said. I am sorry. We have to do something. Can we still intercept them? Frank said.

350

They are travelling with a heavily armed escort. They know that they have a high profile prisoner in their possession, Raleigh said. We have to do something. There is no telling what Von Heilsig will do to her, Frank said. He felt desperate. He did not care about armoured guards and vans. He would take them all on just to get to Crystal. We will have more of a chance once we have reinforcements. The three of us cannot take them all on alone. Laurence realized the logic in Raleighs words. He cared for Crystal as his own daughter but the risk involved was too great. Did Crystal know about the location of the hidden base? Raleigh asked. As far as I know she never saw the direct instructions or co-ordinates, Laurence answered. Frank was becoming angry. He could feel his temperature rising. His muscles tensed. Were they going to allow Crystal to endure torture and pain? Getting ourselves killed or captured is not going to help at all. We will find a way to help Crystal I promise, Raleigh said. He noticed that Frank had turned silent.

Von Heilsig stared out the window of the presidential office and he smiled when he saw the newly constructed gallows and the corpses of the traitors hanging there. Bruno silently entered the office. Von Heilsig had summoned him earlier. Insurgents and unbelievers can finally be dealt with as they deserve. These deaths will set an example for all of Mallar to see. The Mallarim will fall in line once again, Von Heilsig said and turned around to face Bruno.

351

The protesters have been dealt with efficiently, your eminence, Bruno said, shifting around uneasily. He cleared his throat. He was growing uncomfortable around Von Heilsig. He did not exactly know how to deal with a soon to be incarnate deity. We have spotted the other members of the coven some miles north of Sallos. The Sallos police tracked them down, Bruno said. The glow in Von Heilsigs eyes returned. Von Heilsigs voice changed to a deeper tone. You captured them? Only that medium, Crystal. Police say that they found traces that there were two others with her at their camp, Bruno found he was trembling slightly. They must have managed to escape. They seem to be headed north, Von Heilsig said. He turned around to stare out the window. He contemplated the implications. The girl will be brought straight to Cephaloria as you instructed, Bruno said. Perhaps we can pry more information out of her, Von Heilsig persisted in his contemplative stare. Wont be long till I regain my omniscient sight in this world - My powers are steadily growing, Von Heilsig said. Why do you think they are headed north? Bruno asked. Nin-Gursai has informed me that the Dath-Mer dagger was last seen in the possession of the girl called Elizabeth. Kalahar interfered before Nin-Gursai had a chance to destroy her. Kalahar has always been treacherous. I accepted his help only at the behest of Kalashroh, Von Heilsig said. Bruno had no idea what Von Heilsig was talking about. He had never heard of Kalashroh. He merely nodded in agreement. Von Heilsig smiled when he noticed a commotion down below. It came from near the recently closed Academy of Knowledge...

352

Cephaloria had erupted into a chaotic religious fervour. Police and military who swore to uphold order turned a blind eye or even joined in on the activities. Von Heilsig had instructed them to be lenient. The Mallarim sought to cleanse any signs of taint still among them. A fanatical mob stormed the Academy of Knowledge. They attacked the Zakkarian History and Archaeology department first. They ransacked the office of Laurence Laverney, gathering any research on Zakkarian history they could find. They smashed the statues of Shakim and the other emperors. They attacked the statue of the Zakkarian dragon with especial revulsion. They smashed pieces from the museum and smashed the heads of the Zakkarian sphinxes outside. The large tablets with the exploits of Mingar were uprooted. The tablets crashed to the ground and shattered. The Academy library was the next target. The mob ransacked the archives as they searched for any inappropriate literature. They gathered any scientific studies that challenged the Book of Mallar and any works with occult or Zakkarian references. A large bonfire was lit outside the library where the texts from the library were burned along with Laurences hated research. The Cephalorian Office of the Inquisition was especially busy that morning as neighbour accused neighbour of various crimes or perpetuating heresy. When Bruno returned to his office a little later during the day, he was pleased to see that the Office of the Inquisition was going to be quite busy for a while with extracting confessions.

Astrain and Esmeralda continued travelling northwards for two days, stopping to sleep on the remote stretches of beach that dotted the landscape of north western Mallar. Finally, they reached the border and the rolling grassy plains of the western foothills of the Arathos range. They passed the western edge of the

353

Cephor Park - One of the few remaining natural wildernesses on Talmar still untainted by man. Astrain sighed as he thought about how eventually even this area would be dotted with holiday resorts and condominiums. Esmeralda steered away from the coast, as she knew they would soon reach a Mallar military base that patrolled the border. As they continued onwards, they were surprised to see the sky darkening. As they neared the base, they saw thick smoke and fire. Debris from ships floated all around them. Astrain felt disgust as he saw charred or mangled human remains floating on the water. The attack seems to have been recent, Esmeralda observed. Astrain leaned over the side of the boat to throw up. The thought that he was smelling burned human flesh had proven too much. We are lucky in a way. We can cross the border without hindrance, Esmeralda said. Someone is looking out for us. Esmeralda carefully steered past the ruined Mallar base. Our best bet would be to take the route through the Aruk gorge. Larger ships cannot move through there. With luck, We can evade the battle, Esmeralda said. Where does the Aruk gorge lead? Astrain asked. It will take us inland. We will eventually reach Lake Aruk. There are villages along the Lakes shore; perhaps we can catch a ride to Jukash from there, Esmerlada said. After a few moments, they reached the precipitous granite cliffs that characterized large sections of the seaboard of western Kandum. Esmeralda steered the boat into a narrow crevice that led from the sea and through the mountains. Astrain found the formation fascinating. The narrow watery path was bounded by tall cliffs. Foliage grew in crevices along the gorge. Various birds and animals made their homes there in the remote safety. Astrain looked at the black coloured water. The water seemed to run deep. What do you know about this place? Astrain asked.

354

The Wendarog have many legends about this gorge. I know plenty of stories about powerful spirits haunting these waters. There are also tales about monsters making their home here, Esmeralda answered. Astrain was a little unnerved by the thought of monsters beneath the water. This gorge apparently runs very deep. All sorts of rare marine life live here. The rare Aruk eel makes its home here in the depths. They moved on through the gorge. The soothing sound and movement of the water lulled them into a state of relaxation. They travelled on for nearly two hours when Esmeralda saw the opening that would take them into Lake Aruk. Astrain was about ready to fall asleep when there was suddenly a loud splash in the water behind them. Startled, he looked up to see a terrible sight. At first glance, it appeared to be a black human form wreathed in a shadowy cloak. The figure roared and a large boulder hurtling from above missed the boat by mere inches. The big splash nearly overturned the boat. We need to move! Astrain said. He noticed the opening in the cliffs right ahead of them. Esmeralda accelerated the boat as another boulder came hurtling down. Astrain could see that the figure had glowing red eyes and a horned helm upon its head. Astrain took out the makeshift amulet Laurence gave to each of them. Apparently, the magic symbol could not hide them from the sight of the creature above. Nin-Gursai threw an even larger boulder down into the gorge. His rage intensified as he missed yet again. The lord of Var-Lokkur stared down at the mortal specks in the gorge below. Nin-Gursai gazed at the boat with his spirit sight. He could now see the boat bathed in a blue protective light. He lifted up his arms and prayed. Hear me, O Lord! I call upon thy glorious name. Most exalted of the Lords of the Veil! I have found your enemies as instructed and yet another

355

source of power seeks to shield them from your wrath. Let the full extent of your wrath descend upon this place! Smite our enemies! Es El Hayo Ured Nelev Bak! Astrain and Esmeralda heard chanting from up above. A sudden deep laughter filled the gorge. More boulders fell from above but this time not due to NinGursai. The ground was shaking. A massive earthquake shook through the gorge. Esmeralda felt a twinge of panic as she noticed that the sides of the cliffs began moving. The two cliffs were moving closer and closer together. Esmeralda accelerated the boat even more. The boat sped through the narrowing gorge. The boat had reached the end of the gorge when it was caught between the crushing walls. Jump! We swim for it! Esmeralda screamed. Astrain did not hesitate to obey her order. They jumped from the boat as the crushing cliffs caused it to splinter and break apart. The ancient gorge of Aruk sealed up behind them. The two of them drifted on Lake Aruk. They clutched at a piece of driftwood, the only remnant of the crushed boat. Mountains on every side surrounded Lake Aruk. In the distance, they could see the shore and a village. Smoke was rising from this settlement. Let us make our way towards the shore, Esmeralda said. They latched onto the driftwood as they began paddling in the direction of the shore.

All around Talmar, citizens felt the effects of the unexpected earthquake. The landscape of the Aruk Mountains was changed irrevocably on that day. Laurence, Frank and Raleigh approached the gates of the Cephor Park when they noticed distressed animals fleeing and swarms of birds taking flight. Ishmar looked out over Jukash from a balcony in Kalahars palace. Two guards kept a close watch on him at all times. Ishmar turned to peek at Elizabeth, asleep

356

inside. She stirred and moaned as the ground shook. Ishmar saw flashes of light upon the horizon to the west. The sound of loud blasts disturbed the air. Ishmar knew that war had reached the western coast of Kandum. Soldiers in the midst of the war paused for a moment as the ground shook. All around Mallar and Kandum, the faithful feared the judgement of the Lord.

After a long gruelling swim, Astrain and Esmerlada reached the shore near the Kalahrun village. No villagers were around however, to gaze upon the strange spectacle of two wanderers emerging from the lake. The village was eerily silent. As they walked through the village, it became apparent that the villagers had left in haste. The straw roofs of a few of the huts were burning. Do you think the war has reached this far inland, Astrain asked. Esmeralda shrugged. Something had burned the village. She thought about the creature from the gorge. What was that thing back there? The horned helmet it wore and the darkness around it reminded me of a VarLokkur. Could that have been this Nin-Gursai we have been hearing about, Astrain said. Both Astrain and Esmeralda shivered. The air around them had suddenly turned cold. The burning fires around them turned blue. They tried to hurry down the main road through the village, but they found their way block by a mass of black mist. The mist took on form. It was Nin-Gursai. His eyes glowed red and his black armour-like skin glistened in the light. Esmeralda was sure she saw insects crawling within the armour. You should have embraced death in those cliffs. You will die excruciatingly slow by my hands.

357

Astrain thought quickly and uttered the words of protection. He lit up for a moment but Nin-Gursai seemed unfazed. Nin-Gursai laughed. Weak magics do not affect the King of Var-Lokkur. I am the right hand of Jabal! Astrain and Esmeralda backed away. They turned to run. Nin-Gursai transformed into a mist. Within seconds, Nin-Gursai stood blocking their path again. You have nowhere to run! Nin-Gursai rematerialized near them. He seized Esmeralda in his large black claw. Astrain narrowly evaded capture and ran into a nearby building. He did not know what to do or how to help Esmeralda. Astrain. Run! Esmeralda squirmed as Nin-Gursai tightened his grip. He squeezed harder and Esmeralda struggled to breath. I will crush you, insect! Astrain took a moment to face his terror and catch his breath. He looked around the village for anything he could possible use against Nin-Gursai. Astrain realized that he had little time as Esmeralda gasped for air in the slow suffocating grip of Nin-Gursai. Astrain secretly prayed for some of Kaleihas cunning and wisdom. He ran from the building. Nin-Gursai seized him in his other hand. I have faced your kind before and I won the battle, Astrain said. Nin-Gursai laughed. That is impossible. No mortal can face a Var-Lokkur and live, I do know that I have the right of challenge. Nin-Gursai! I challenge you to a duel, Astrain said. Nin-Gursai laughed again. My honour bids me to accept your challenge. What will you offer me? If we fail you can take our lives and you can take my soul. If we win, you let us go free, Astrain said.

358

Your soul will be a nice trophy to add to my collection. However, Jabal has commanded your death. I am bound to obey until the deed is done. I have no time for games, Nin-Gursai said. Simply let us go and give us a chance to escape. Surely, we will not evade one as great you for very long, Astrain said. Nin-Gursai thought about it for a second. He did indeed think he was great and that no mortal would ever outwit him. Esmeralda looked to Astrain. I hope you know what you are doing? She whispered. Astrain did not really have a clue how he was going to get them out of the situation. He only hoped that some of Kaleihas wisdom somehow flowed within him. I will be fair and even let you name the challenge. You may choose physical combat, the game of forms Nin-Gursai laughed. Surely you will not choose the game of forms. You are stuck in that thick and weakly shell of flesh after all. Games of wit and mental challenge are also honourable. I challenge you to a riddle game. Tell me - You are bound and constrained to act according to your word? Indeed. My word is binding. Should you answer my riddle, I will release the two of you and give you a fair chance of escape. Will you swear to not use trickery? Will you swear to ask only a riddle I can know the answer to? Nothing with otherworldly terms? Astrain asked. I do swear this oath and I am bound to obey, Nin-Gursai dwelled again on the fact that no mortal had ever beaten him at anything. If not for the Dath-Mer dagger, the Zakkarians would have never tricked him.

359

What am I? I can show you hope and dreams I can bring forth tears and screams I can belong to all people, yet none can truly own me I can contain all things in all worlds and take on myriad forms I am one, yet I consist of many parts Nin-Gursai waited. He prepared to crush Astrain and Esmeralda in his grip. Astrain hesitated a moment before answering. For all your arrogance, you are indeed a rather dim-witted spirit. The answer to your riddle is a story. You are a story. Nin-Gursai roared terribly. His eyes flared with a fiery glare. Instantly bound by the magic of his word, he released his grip on Astrain and Esmeralda. The VarLokkur transformed into a dark mist and fled into the nearby shadows. Astrain helped Esmeralda up. She was surprised at the sudden turn of events. I dont understand. How did you know the answer to that riddle so quickly? I cant believe he actually fell for that. I played with words a little. He actually bound himself to only ask I riddle I could know the answer to. A very similar riddle came from an ancient Zakkarian book of riddles, translated by Laurence. I remembered reading it long ago. Rather bad riddles by the way, Astrain said. The arrogant spirit did not see my trick. Esmeralda gave Astrain a quick kiss on the cheek. Thank you for saving me, Astrain blushed. We need to keep moving onwards to Jukash. They walked through the village searching for some means of transportation. The villagers left

360

nothing behind when they had fled in a hurry. Astrain and Esmeralda set off on foot. They walked down a dirt road that would eventually take them closer to Jukash.

Derrick and Christopher were assigned to a squad that would join the battle in the northwestern region of Kandum. The coastal city of Malluk, now reinforced and fortified, formed a last bastion of defence before the Mallar forces could march on Jukash itself - the city of Malluk had to fall next. The war had already reached the other cities along the west coast. With the war raging on for days and the Kandumoth besieged on all fronts from attacks by air, land and sea, General Lafayette finally saw the opportunity to siege Malluk and then move directly onto Jukash. Derrick and Christopher stood on the deck of the battleship carrying them northward. They looked out at the western seaboard of Kandum and the burning cities. The whole skyline seemed to be ablaze, lots of smoke and dust blocked out the light of the sun. All around them, they could hear the noisome sounds of war - explosions, gunfire along with desperate screams and pleas. The Kandumoth never knew what hit them. As the war at the western seaboard waged on, war also reached eastern Kandum where the city of Rashun was under siege. The Kandumoth were therefore surrounded on all sides. Meanwhile, Kalahar and his central command had fallen eerily silent...

Christopher noticed Derrick staring mournfully out to sea and at the burning cities beyond This is the Lords will. That earthquake earlier was a sign that he

361

favours this war and that the Lord is on our side, Christopher said. Derrick sighed. More blasts ripped through the city of Harran on the distant shore. I think I need to go and lie down a bit, Derrick said. They were off duty. He went below deck and to their cramped sleeping quarters. He felt sick. Earlier that day they had assisted in the attack on Harran. He was still horrified and could not get the images from the battle out of his mind. Civilians were caught in the crossfire. A group of Kandumoth boys took up arms against the mighty Mallar Defence Force. The kids were raised to hate Mallar and everything it stood for. The boys screamed that Jalu is the only God as they opened fire on the soldiers. The soldiers had no choice but to defend themselves. A scene of the lifeless and bloodied corpses flashed into Derricks mind and he felt nauseas. Some of those boys could have been no older than twelve years of age. Derrick lay down on his bunk to reflect upon the days events. After a few moments, he fell asleep. Christopher turned in to sleep a little later. Derrick was having a pleasant dream about warm sun-lit fields and flowing streams. For a moment, he forgot all about the horror in which he found himself. Derrick and Christopher awoke with the sudden screaming of sirens and their other bunkmates scurrying about. They heard loud blasts and violent vibrations through the boat followed. They rushed up on deck to see what the commotion was about. Several of the Mallar Destroyers were ablaze and one boat was beginning to sink as its crew frantically tried to escape. Another wave is coming! A soldier on deck called and several small Kandumoth combat planes appeared. To the horror of the astounded onlookers, several of the planes smashed themselves directly into the ships. The bridge on one of the Mallar Destroyers went up in flames as an explosion ripped through it. Specialized Mallar soldiers who operated large anti-aircraft guns managed to shoot down a few of the Kandumoth planes - but more were coming fast.

362

A new wave of Kandumoth fighter planes opened fire upon the turrets and upon the soldiers on the deck. Derrick pushed Christopher down as a Kandumoth fighter plane flew overhead and opened fire. They watched as a rain of bullets tore into some of their nearby comrades. Men they had come to know and care about, lay dead nearby. Derrick and Christopher crawled to cover as the sounds of explosions and gunfire continued. Eventually the turrets drove off the last of the Kandumoth attackers and the attacks had ceased. All fell silent. Several of the Mallar ships were burning and slowly sinking. The sea was black with oil and fires burned all around. The Mallar forces took some time to assess their damage. They helped their wounded and rescued those who had to abandon their ships. Under General Lafayettes instruction, the fleet moved on towards Malluk without further delay... A few hours later, the second largest port city of Kandum came into view 42. Derrick and Christopher watched as Mallar Bombers sped past towards the city. They were to carry out the initial attack by air. Soon explosions and a fiery conflagration filled the skyline of the city. Buildings burned and some collapsed. The dome of the great temple of Malluk, one of the largest temples of Kandum was shattered and the temple itself was burning. Many worshippers, who tried to find their solace there, frantically ran out into the streets while others were killed in the blast. The city of Malluk burned through the night... Morning came and it was time to deploy the soldiers into the still smouldering city. Derrick, Christopher and the other men in their platoon were taken to the shore in small transport ships. They split up into smaller squads when they had reached the shore. They had to take cover immediately as a hail of bullets greeted them. Kandumoth resistance fighters were expecting them. Derricks heart was racing as he took cover behind the wall of a ruined building. He
42

Rasshun being the largest.

363

noticed that some of his fellows were hit during the attack, some lay there wounded and bleeding as they waited for help. Others did not survive the attack. Derrick felt cold as he heard a clinking sound behind him. He gave Christopher, who took cover nearby, a terrified look. Grenade! Derrick called and ran from behind the wall followed by Christopher and other men. More bullets sped past them as they ran for cover and two more men fell in the process. The group fell down when the grenade exploded and Derrick found himself momentarily deaf, stunned and in shock. He wished the nightmare would end. Other squads of

soldiers and reinforcements arrived along with Mallar military tanks. The Mallar forces now pressed the attack - continuously pushing the Kandumoth forces further back with heavy losses on both sides. Derrick could hear screams and cries all around him. Some of these were desperate pleas for mercy or help, while others where cheers of victory and encouragement. Creeds like For the Mallarim! or To the glory of Kandum. No God but Jalu! could be heard amidst the gunfire and explosions. All these sounds formed part of that terrible chorus of chaos, which Derrick now understood war to be. A part of him felt pleased that he was there fighting for truth and the Holy Word of Jabal, while another side was appalled at all the death and destruction surrounding him. I got one of the evil bastards! Derrick heard Christopher saying. He heard a loud droning sound approaching from behind as more reinforcements and war machines arrived to join the battle. The Kandumoth forces were falling back - Derrick knew that the end of the city of Malluk would come soon.

Frank, Laurence and Raleigh continued their journey northwards until they finally reached the Cephalorian Reserve Park. The reserve stretched from the foothills

364

of the Arathos range, all the way to the Cephor Forest and the mountains near Cephaloria. Raleigh knew that they could move through the park and make their way to the hidden base within the Cephor Woods. He wanted to avoid travel through Cephaloria at all cost. Seems we are going to have some trouble up ahead, Laurence said. Before them, at one of the entrances to the park, they could see a roadblock manned by police and military personnel. The Mallar forces had strengthened security in the reserve due to its proximity to the Kandum border. Raleigh immediately turned the van around and drove down a dirt road through the forest. He knew that some points along the reserve perimeter remained undefended. An electrified fence protected the reserve at most points. On the Kandum side, they had tall, reinforced fences. Raleigh however, expected they could break into the reserve somewhere along the Mallar side of the fence. In places, the border was merely formed of a barbed wire fence. They travelled onwards along the forest road. They eventually came across a part of the fence with no security measures anywhere within sight. The only obstacle standing between them and entrance into the reserve was a section of the electrical fence. Hold on! Raleigh said. Neither Frank nor Laurence had any idea what he was about to do. He backed up the van and then sped forwards towards the fence. The fence bent somewhat under the impact. Raleigh backed up further. He picked up speed and crashed into the fence again. The fence bent down more. Raleigh repeated the procedure, this time the fence bent enough and the van drove right over it. Careful, dont touch the fence, Raleigh said as they climb out the van. They gathered up any supplies they needed and set off further on foot.

365

In one of the park control stations situated near the main entrance. One of the operatives saw an alert messages flashing on his computer terminal. There is some kind of disturbance along the fence, near the C gate, The security officer, identified by his nametag as Cliff said. Probably just some large animal again, His co-worker Herman said. Herman really could not care less about the disturbance at the fence. The slightly overweight security officer was more interested in the doughnut and the cup of coffee before him. We are going to have to go and check on this anyway. We have direct orders to report anything suspicious, Cliff said. Unlike Herman, he took his job very seriously. The two men grabbed their weapons and set out to investigate. Laurence, Frank and Raleigh moved up a steep incline. Laurence was already panting when they reached a steep embankment. We are going to have to climb. There is a marked route at the top, Raleigh said. Laurence took a moment to catch his breath as he followed the two younger men up the rootentwined bank. Cliff and Herman reached the section of the fence where the computer had indicated the breach. It did not take them long to discover the source of the problem. They saw the van and the smashed fence. Cliff called for backup over his radio. They could not have gone too far. I will set off after them, you wait here for the backup to arrive, Cliff said. Herman was very happy to oblige and stay behind. The three men continued their climb up the steep embankment. Climbing was made easier by the many roots and vines that grew along the way. Laurence had to stop a moment to catch his breath. Raleigh looked back when he noticed that

366

Laurence was no longer directly behind him. Take a moment to catch your breath. However, we need to hurry. It wont take their patrols long to discover the van, Raleigh called down to Laurence. Laurence heard a man calling to him from the valley down below. Stop right there! We are authorized to open fire on any intruders. Come back down right now! Cliff called. Keep moving! Raleigh called to Frank above him. He descended to go and help Laurence. Cliff was relieved when he saw Raleigh climbing down. He though they would surrender without much resistance. How do you feel? Raleigh asked Laurence. Better now. Let us keep moving, Laurence said. Raleigh let Laurence climb up and followed behind him. Cliff set off after them. Frank reached the top of the embankment and climbed up onto a plateau. This is your last warning! Stop right where you are or I will shoot! Cliff said. He did not really want to shoot or hurt anyone. Frank helped pull Laurence up when he reached the top and Raleigh soon followed. Cliff fired a shot. The bullet ricocheted off a boulder near the three men. Cliff set off after them and quickly scaled the embankment. The three men found themselves on the mountain plateau. They were in a clearing with green grass and wildflowers all around. They could see the forested valley from where they had just ascended down below. In the distance to the north, they could see one of the towering peaks of Arathos, encrusted in snow. Raleigh noticed a signboard and he knew that they had reached the marked trial that would lead them all the way to the other side of the park. Raleigh led them to a crossroads and pointed at the signboard. We need to take the path north

367

and move through the forest. We will eventually reach the border of the reserve, Raleigh said. Without further ado, they took the northern trail and approached the forest on the mountain slopes. Cliff reached the top of the embankment, just in time to see the three intruders run towards the forest trail. As the three men reached the entrance to the forest, Raleigh suddenly froze. Dont move, Raleigh whispered. Laurence and Frank did not understand what was happening and they looked around uncomfortably. They turned cold as they noticed a brown shape moving through some nearby bushes. In their hurry to escape, they had moved too close to a Cephor Brown Bear. It was too late. The bear sensed the intrusion into its space and acted to defend its territory. The enraged bear emerged from the bushes. It stood up on its hind legs and its ears bent backwards. The bear roared. Back up slowly, Raleigh softly instructed. The three men slowly stepped backwards. Stop right there! Cliff called out from the distance. He fired shots into the air. The sudden noises disturbed the already agitated bear. It roared and lashed towards Laurence with its paw. Laurence fell down on the ground and clutched his shoulder in agony. The bear ran off into the woods as Cliff approached the scene. Raleigh bent down to inspect Laurences wounds. He was worried when he noticed the amount of blood and the deep cuts. Raleigh realized that Laurence would need some serious medical help. Move it! Laurence commanded as Cliff approached. Frank and Raleigh were hesitant to leave Laurence. Go! Laurence commanded again. Raleigh dreaded the thought of leaving him behind. However, he dreaded the thought of the long climb still ahead of them with a wounded man even more. Raleigh ran towards the forest and Frank followed him. The forest path ascended into another steep climb before them.

368

Cliff bent down to inspect the wounded man. He recognized the man as Laurence Laverney and as one of the wanted fugitives. Dont worry. Help is coming, Cliff said, trying to reassure Laurence. He called for reinforcements over the radio again. They needed to know that fugitives were moving through the park. Frank and Raleigh ascended the new slope before them as fast as they could. They eventually reached the top and were relieved to see a paved road before them. Raleigh knew that if they followed the road they would eventually come across one of the reserves exits. From there they could make their way to the secret base. We had better stay off the road and continue through the forest, Raleigh said. He and Frank had to duck out of sight when they heard a car headed in their direction. From the nearby bushes, they watched a patrol car pass them by. The two men continued through the forest and tried not to move too far away from the road. They came upon a flowing stream and took a moment to rest near a small waterfall. After a few refreshing moments, they continued through the forest, occasionally moving deeper into the forest as patrol cars moved by. After a few hours, they reached the northeastern border of the park. The fence here was simply a barbed wire one. They could easily move the fence apart so they could pass through. Once they were out of the park, Raleigh led them back to the main road. They were surprised to see police and military vehicles searching the area...

Chapter 15: The Sorcerer of Jukash

369

Astrain and Esmeralda continued on their journey towards Jukash. Finally, after a long days journey they could see the vast Kandumoth city before them in the distance. The city retained a lot of its ancient buildings and heritage and still had parts of its ancient defensive walls surrounding it. Some of the houses were still made out of the old sandstone blocks of the original city. Plenty of domed temples with minarets dominated the cityscape and the large royal palace towered over the city, situated on an overlooking hill. Get off the road! Esmeralda called and pulled Astrain aside. They hid behind a boulder on the side of the road as a large military entourage moved past them. Big, heavy tanks slowly drove past them on their way to join the war elsewhere. Transport vehicles carrying soldiers followed. How are we going to get in there? Astrain pondered as he looked over the ancient city. He looked at the tall walls and noticed the only way into Jukash was through the heavily guarded gates. Esmeralda noticed that one of the transport vehicles pulled off to the side of the road, some of the soldiers climbed out and walked right in their direction. Did they see us? Esmeralda said her heart beating faster. They waited in silent anticipation. They did not know whether to run or to remain hidden. The soldiers approached. Astrain and Esmeralda waited a moment to see what was happening. To their surprise, one of the soldiers walked right up to them. Get up! You had better come with us. You have an appointment with the Lord Kalahar, the soldiers said keeping his gun on them. Kalahar wants them alive! The soldier said to his fellows. He wants them alive? The adversary? They should be stoned to death! Another soldier said.

370

No, we have our orders and if you do otherwise Kalahar will certainly have all our heads, The gun wielding soldier said. Perhaps Kalahar will have these blasphemers killed later. He requires their presence now for some reason and we have no reason to question our liege. The armed escort forced Astrain and Esmeralda onto their truck and drove into the city. The city was built in three layers with three separate sections, each protected by walls and gates. The truck drove through these gates and checkpoints on the way to the palace, which was well defended behind the three layers of walls and fortifications. The gardens of the palace were well kept with neatly trimmed hedges and large fountains. Exotic wild animals such as tigers, lions and many exotic birds were kept in large cages on the palace grounds, showing off Kalahars enormous wealth and opulence. The wealth and opulence of the palace clearly contrasted with the poor living conditions in the outermost layer of the city. The palace was another large, domed building surrounded by towers. Its architecture was similar to that of the many temples that dotted Jukash. The truck stopped near the palace entrance and the soldiers forced Astrain and Esmeralda to get off. These are the prisoners Lord Kalahar commanded. You can take them from here, One of the soldiers said to the guards at the main entrance. The guards armed with halberds forced Astrain and Esmeralda to walk in front of them. The interior of the palace was made out of polished marble pillars and floors and some very expensive looking furniture and carpets adorned the halls. The guards forced Astrain and Esmeralda up some stairs and up to some large wooden doors, gilded with gold, which led to the throne room. More guards waited outside the throne room doors. We will take them to Kalahar

371

now. You may leave, One of the throne room guards said coldly. The other two guards left Astrain and Esmeralda behind and walked back to their posts. No one ever gets to see inside the throne room. Kalahar only ever allows his elite guard inside. They really get on my nerves, The door guard said as he walked down the stairs with his partner. They think they are so much better than everyone else. I do wonder sometimes. What exactly does Kalahar have to hide? The other door guard said. Astrain could not help but overhear their gossip. Come inside. Kalahar has been expecting you, The throne room guard said, he turned around and flung open the large wooden doors. Astrain now saw why Kalahar had the need for secrecy. The throne room was not the mere political seat of an earthly king but the advanced magical laboratory of a sorcerer. Astrain looked at all the mystical diagrams and magical circles and tried to recognize some of the symbols, a lot of them eluded him despite his own knowledge of magic.

Ishmar silently watched over Elizabeth, who was still in a deep sleep. They were still Kalahars captives, though they did not find themselves in some cell. Kalahar gave them one of the best rooms in the palace fit for the nobility of Kandum. Elizabeth lay sleeping on a bed covered with expensive coloured silks. The room had large seating areas covered with soft silken pillows. At the centre of the room, there was a large heated pool and near it, a table spread with a lavish banquet, refilled with fresh food daily and stocked with exotic fruits from all over the kingdom of Kandum. The large, open plan room opened onto a balcony, which overlooked the city and surrounding lands. Columns and soft silken veils

372

provided the only barrier between outside and in, an ideal layout to keep cool in the warm desert conditions. Ishmar gently looked at Elizabeth and he took her hand in his own. She had been drifting in and out of consciousness lately and Ishmar hoped that she would soon be awake and well. According to the reports from Kalahars physicians, Elizabeth was doing better each day. Ish Ishmar, Elizabeth said, slowly opening her eyes. What happened? The last thing I remember is a big snake thing in the water and only strange dreamlike flashes after that. Elizabeth was surprised as Ishmar suddenly pressed her tightly against him in a long drawn out hug. I am so glad you are ok. I was so worried, Ishmar said. Where are we? Elizabeth asked as she noticed the luxurious room they were in. We are being held prisoner in Kalahars palace. Safe for the moment at least, Ishmar said. Kalahar? What does he intend to do with us then? Elizabeth asked. She slowly recalled the events that had transpired in Maligor. He took the dagger and he is now waiting for your brother to come and find you. He is planning something I do not know what exactly, Ishmar said. Astrain? Here? I dont know, but Kalahar says he has plans for me and you as well We need to get out of here somehow. I have thought about any possible avenues of escape but Kalahar has guards everywhere. He has guards watching these doors and there are more of them outside on the balcony, Ishmar said.

373

So no way we are getting out of here, Elizabeth said. Listen, whatever happens. I want you to know how much this time with you has meant for me, Ishmar said, he gently brushed a strand of hair aside from Elizabeths forehead and with a gentle caress moved down her cheek. He gently placed his hand on the back of her neck and leaned in for a kiss. There was a loud knock on the door... The Lord Kalahar demands your immediate presence! A guard called from outside the door. Elizabeth smiled warmly at Ishmar. They did not have time to share further words as the guard burst into the room and pointed his halberd at them. Come!

Astrain was studying the ritual chamber with keen interest, looking for any recognizable occult tools and symbols. His eyes glistened when he saw a shelf with ancient Zakkarian scrolls on magic and ritual. A large ancient book on a pedestal drew his attention. He noticed a red crystalline dagger on another nearby pedestal. He could sense great magical energy within it. Astrain figured it to be the Dath-Mer dagger that Tal-Mu mentioned. Esmeralda, you see those jars? Astrain said and pointed at another worktable filled with ceramic and brass jars and vessels. All of them covered in magical seals and symbols. Yes, I recognize those. Used in a form of spirit magic long forgotten and lost. Seems he has trapped a lot of spirits here, Esmeralda said. I can only imagine the kind of knowledge and power here in this room. Kalahar has access to many ancient texts here, thought long forgotten and lost. Not even Laurence knows about all these things, Astrain said. Esmeralda could hear the excitement in his voice.

374

Dont get excited just yet. He is keeping us prisoner here after all, Esmeralda said. A man with long white hair and beard emerged from a door at the back of the throne room. He had a talisman around his neck with a spirit sigil carved thereon and he was dressed all in white robes. Astrain! Esmeralda! I welcome you to Kandum. I am sorry I had to keep you waiting some preparations left to do, Kalahar said. The doors to the throne room opened and the guards brought Elizabeth and Ishmar inside. Ah! Everyone is here now! Guards, please leave us in peace now. Elizabeth! I am so glad to see you. I have so much I need to tell you, Astrain said and he hugged Elizabeth tightly. I have a lot to tell you as well. Elizabeth said and then she stood aside. This is Ishmar, Without him I would not have gotten far in this desert. Astrain and Ishmar shared a quick handshake in a gesture of greetings. Astrain motioned for Esmeralda to join them. Esmeralda and I have been travelling together for a while now too. She is a member of the Cephalorian coven, Astrain said. How heart-warming! A family reunion and an opportunity to make new friends. We however, have important and pressing matter to discuss and the reason why I have gathered you all here, Kalahar said. Everyone in the room looked at him with expectant stares. The Lord Jabal will soon walk this world in a physical form for the first time since the very dawn of this world. For our less enlightened friends Kalahar glared at Ishmar and Elizabeth. - This return does not entail the sweet blessings of paradise and the world of Talmar bathed in a warm glow of love. No, this return means the destruction of

375

Talmar and all life thereon. Jabal may choose to revert some of his created beings into his soulless slaves again. They will be devoid of emotion and reason. He will likely destroy anything that resists, Kalahar said. This is blasphemous madness you are talking about. The people of Kandum and Mallar take great comfort in their faith. Jalu is the preserver of order and the protector against the adversary, who is the destroyer, Ishmar said. You have seen these things with your own eyes and heard these things with your own ears. Did you not hear the Shukkabath of Maligor call upon Jabal as their lord? Jabal is the destroyer! In effect, Jabal or Jalu is the real adversary of Talmar, Kalahar said. Ishmar and Elizabeth were stunned at hearing his bold words. They had heard the words of the Shukkabath but did not want to believe it. Let me speak of further blasphemy. Jabal is the Veil Lord of conquest and war. He is one lord among other Lords of the vast Empire. The other lords still loathe him for his arrogance in proclaiming that he is the sole power in all the worlds. Moreover, had he succeeded long ago in capturing Talmar and its world stone he would have truly become the sole power in all the worlds - It is the stone he seeks above all else, Kalahar said. A sudden loud knock on the door interrupted Kalahar and one of the guards burst in. The uniform the man was wearing revealed he was of the highest ranks in the Kandum military. Lord Kalahar! Forgive my intrusion! This is a matter of urgency! You may continue Hassiri, Kalahar said. The city of Malluk has fallen and the forces have been forced into retreat. The vast Mallar force is heading towards Jukash even now. We suspect they will send

376

an air raid against the city and we are already preparing accordingly. The battle at Rasshun is faring badly as well and once the city has fallen, Jukash will be surrounded on all sides, Hassiri said. They will find Jukash a hard target. I suspect you have the air force on alert to shoot down any enemy planes. Have the anti-aircraft guns ready and be prepared to meet the Mallar forces outside the walls. Have men stationed on the walls. In the meanwhile, I want you personally to continue with our plans for Cephaloria - it will soon be the time to strike against Von Heilsig. He is no longer necessary, Kalahar said. Hassiri bowed and left the throne room. Now back to the matter at hand. We must defeat Jabal! Kalahar said. Ishmar and Elizabeth could not believe what they were hearing. They thought Kalahar was indeed mad. How could a man claim to strike at God? He is only just beginning to reach his apex of power in this world. All my plans were necessary up until now. I even helped the empire reach this point of power. I helped them start the war that would help Jabal enter this world. He grows strong through the killing in his name and the veil between our world and the Empire is fading fast. Now is the time to turn the tide of this war! Now is the time to turn the tide to our advantage! As Kalahar spoke these words, the battle reached Jukash. Kandum fighter planes intercepted Mallar air attackers on their way to Kandum and managed to bring some of them down. Two Mallar planes evaded the retaliation and managed to drop bombs on Jukash, causing damage to a temple and a civilian living quarter. Derrick and Christopher were marching with the Mallar forces on their way to Jukash, they heard the next wave of air fighters approaching overhead. Ahead of them, they saw the Kandumoth forces gathering outside Jukashs walls, ready to defend their holy city. Hassiri looked out from his station in one of the towers of

377

the palace and saw a vast Mallar force quickly approaching. He shuddered, he knew the ancient defensive walls of the city would not stand long against the tanks and siege weapons fast approaching. In Kalahars throne room, everyone felt the effects of the blasts ripping through the city. It seems we are going to have to speed up our procedure! Kalahar said and he touched the bronze talisman around his neck. I am the only one now with the knowledge and power to stop Jabal. I have been planning for this moment for many centuries. We need four components for our victory, Kalahar pointed at the book and the dagger on their respective pedestals. The Dath-Mer dagger, it has the power to kill a member of the immortal races. Subsequently, it has the spiritual power of intimidation and threat over these otherworldy creatures. The dagger is formed from the substance of the world stone and like its source, it bends worlds. Through the dagger, the power of an immortal will drain into the void and to all intents and purposes, their current form will be destroyed, Kalahar said. You want to use the dagger on Jabal? Astrain asked. No, the dagger will serve as a symbol to compel Jabal to come here for our purposes. Which brings me to the second component needed, Kalahar held up the talisman with the sigil for Astrain to see. The true name of Jabal is embodied in this sigil - at least a part of the sacred name. I learned the holy name through my many travels, through the worlds, Kalahar said. Astrains eyes widened and Kalahar recognized the look. You have the True Name of the Creator of Talmar? You know what this means? How could you have possibly obtained that? Astrain asked.

378

I have my ways and my secrets. I negotiated with the Veil Lord Kalashroh, Jabals older brother. This happened many years ago. I outwitted Kalashroh who in turn tricked Jabal. It is only a part of the sacred name since no Veil Lord would ever carelessly reveal his sacred name and thereby give up his entire essence of power. However, even this part is more than enough for our purposes here, Kalahar said. He then pointed at the book on the pedestal. The Book of Tual, the most powerful book on ancient Zakkarian magic. Written by the great sorcerer Tual himself. It contains the most powerful rituals and circles of binding. Tual devised rituals to capture the most powerful spirit beings. He had access to the older Zakkarian rites used to bind Nin-Gursai himself, Kalahar said and then pointed at the large ritual diagram traced on the floor of the throne room. This is one of those circles of powerful binding magic, Is that the fourth component? Astrain asked. Certainly an important part of the ritual we are about to perform but no. I will get to the fourth component in a moment. I may need to explain what will happen first...The Brotherhood in Cephaloria are still conducting the summoning rituals to call Jabal into this world even now. Their rituals are fuelled and powered by the faith of the people of Talmar and by the blood spilled as sacrifice in the war. The rituals will be completed in a few days and Jabal will fully manifest in this world. He is now using Von Heilsig as his avatar, an aspect of his power and anchor in this world. We are to tap into this power for ourselves. We are to summon Jabal here to us! More explosions shook through the city and the palace. The explosions felt closer this time. We are to summon Jabal and then what. Do we end it all and stab him with the Dath-Mer dagger? Esmeralda asked.

379

No. I will have him reveal the final secret of his True Name and through it I shall control the creator of Talmar. Through his power I we will seize the world heart! Kalahar said. Tal-Mu said that mortals cant access the world stone it reacts badly to such attempts, Esmeralda said. And that is why we need to take Jabals power! Through it, we can control the worldstone. Through the worldstone we can strike against the empire and any threat they may still hold. Through the worldstone we can shape and change the world of Talmar in the new dawn age! And this brings us to the fourth component necessary, Kalahar said. He looked at Astrain and Elizabeth. It is you. The both of you. Twins. Children of Kaleiha. Two parts of one whole. Before the god of magic left this world permanently, he left behind his seed in humanity to usher in their rebirth. He must have never foreseen that twins would be born from the union. You both share the same power source and only when you are together can it be truly complete! Kalahar said. Kaleiha?! What are you talking about? I know who my father is! Elizabeth said. You mean who your father was. You would have heard eventually that your whole family was killed in the recent cataclysm. Not to worry, you will join them very soon, Kalahar said. Ishmar felt his rage burning as he heard the way Kalahar spoke to Elizabeth. Seeing an opportunity and Kalahar undefended without his guards by his side, he quickly grabbed the Dath-Mer dagger from its pedestal. I will not let you hurt her! Ishmar said. He grabbed Kalahar and pointed the dagger at his throat.

380

You wait your turn, Kalahar said with a calm demeanour. With a gesture from his hand, Ishmar was pushed back and then lifted up into the air. Go wait in the ritual triangle I will deal with you shortly. Ishmar floated through the air and landed in the ritual triangle painted on the floor and outside the large circle, he found some force prevented him from escaping the triangle. My form will be reborn in a new body. This old shell is spent and I need a new youthful body if I am to contain the power of Jabal, Kalahar said. You bastard! Elizabeth said and Kalahar quickly seized her in a psychic grip as well. Elizabeth felt some force drag her body into the ritual circle. Ishmar still clenched the Dath-Mer dagger and with a mere gesture from Kalahar, the dagger flew from his hand and towards Astrain who grabbed the dagger. Astrain looked at Kalahar, confused by the strange and risky gesture. We come to the very heart of the matter. To lure Jabal here with only a part of the name in our possession we will still need a great source of power and magic to conduct the ritual of summoning. You have the power to summon him, Astrain. You will read this incantation, Kalahar said and he pulled a piece of parchment from the Book of Tual and handed it to Astrain. Jabal appreciates the potent life energy found in blood and so Elizabeth would make the perfect bloody sacrifice. You will need to stab her with the dagger at the opportune time in the ritual when I give the cue. Her blood will spill in the circle and Jabal will be drawn to the release of power. At the same time, the act of you killing Elizabeth will ensure that you will become whole and take her power into yourself! Kalahar noticed the hesitant and disgusted look on Astrains face. Think about what we can do, Astrain. I will take Jabals power and you will have the complete divine power of Kaleiha coursing through your veins. Both of us can control the worldstone. We can reform the world of Talmar. We can save it from

381

the dark, blind grip of faith and from the empire. You can even have Talmar for your own. You can make a world ruled by magic, by mages. A world ruled by the guiding light of spirituality! You will teach the Talmarians of the great potential they have within. You will guide them and finally counter the morass of dark blindness and greedy materialism that holds them in such a strong grip. The Talmarians are destroying themselves and their world. You will be their saviour! It is as the lord Kaleiha has intended it to be. Embrace your destiny! You have seen the unsullied truth! The whole palace shook as more bombs went off elsewhere in the city. Another blast shook through the palace, even closer. Kalahar noticed Esmeralda standing around with a terrified look on her face. My dear. You are most welcome to stay and watch if you like. You have some strong magic inside you as well. Unfortunately, you cannot participate here today. Stay quiet and do not try to interfere and you may keep your life, Kalahar said. He saw a glimmer he knew all too well in Astrains eyes as Astrain looked over the dagger in his hands. We have much more in common than you know, Kalahar said.

The soldiers of Mallar and Kandum clashed outside the walls of Jukash. Many of the Mallar soldiers were cut down as they tried to advance on the walls. The Kandumoth had the clear advantage as they fired from the battlements on the high walls. Christopher and Derrick were marching with another group of soldiers soon to join in the battle. Derrick! Look over there! Christopher said and pointed at the palace where a thick dark mist was gathering around it. What is that? Derrick did not have time to answer the question as more Mallar air fighters flew overhead and aimed their bombs for the walls and the ground defences around Jukash. Derrick did however, recognize the black mist for it was

382

something he had seen before and now it seemed to be taking on a physical substance.

Var-Lokkur! They are swarming through this city! They are drawn to the blood about to be spilt! Jabals hounds of war! We may have company soon. Nin-Gursai himself is present now and seeks entrance to our little gathering. Once we have Jabal in our grasp, Nin-Gursai will be no more. We need to hurry though. Start reading the ritual! I will deal with Ishmar, On the far end of the throne room, Kalahars attention was suddenly drawn to his magic mirror, which began to glow and swirl with lights. Kalahar! You betrayed us! The Lord sends you a gift! Nin-Gursai is now strong enough that your power cannot simply brush him aside! He will be with you shortly and you will all die. The Dath-Mer dagger will be destroyed and Jukash will be no more than a smouldering ruin! Von Heilsig said through the magic mirror. Gunfire could be heard out in the city as the battle between Mallar and Kandum erupted in full force. Next, everyone heard screams from the palace guards, which lasted mere seconds. A loud bashing noise followed the screams and the entire palace shook. Begin the ritual! Kalahar commanded Astrain. I know that this is what you want. This is for the greater good! Kalahar called to Astrain as he placed his hands on Ishmars forehead and began reciting magical words of his own. Ishmar screamed in agony. Astrain began reciting the words on the paper Kalahar had handed him. He intoned the ancient Zakkarian words. Ates Mawel Haebok Vederen Cetalrenec Pegenes! He held the Dath-Mer dagger in his right hand and the paper he read from in his left. He walked into the magic circle and approached Elizabeth. Jabal, Jabal, Ates Mawel Haebok Vederen Cetalrenec

383

Pegenes Jabal! Kalahar motioned with his free hand towards Astrain as a signal that the part of the ritual requiring the blood had come. Elizabeth closed her eyes as Astrain approached with the dagger and slowly lifted it up. Speak the true name of Jabal written on the paper as you stab Elizabeth! I will be with you in a few moments. Ishmar is trying to resist me! Kalahar said. He continued chanting and Ishmar fell down on his knees. Again, he screamed in agony. Astrain, listen to me. If this can save many lives, you need to get on with it. If Nin-Gursai gets in here we are all dead anyway. You have the chance to stop him now, Elizabeth said as tears welled up in her eyes. She heard Ishmars screams. It sounded as if he was in a lot pain. Kalahar looked at Astrain and was pleased to see him lift up the dagger in preparation. Elizabeth fell down on her knees and awaited her death. She closed her eyes. Astrain lifted the dagger higher. Kalahar was looking at him. Kalahar smiled and turned his attention back to Ishmar. I am sorry, Astrain said. He quickly moved away from Elizabeth. He went over to the table with the many spirit vessels and turned it over. With a loud clatter, the ceramic vessels shattered and some of the seals on top of the brass vessels broke or came off. Hearing the noise, Kalahar left Ishmar and quickly moved over to the magic circle. Swirling mists began to rise from the shattered vessels and Kalahars eyes widened in terror. Let us see you deal now with all these angry spirits you bound against their will! I am sure some of them will be looking for vengeance! Astrain said and he noticed the look of sheer terror on Kalahars face. What have you done? Stupid, foolish boy! Do you realize what you have just unleashed? Some of the creatures contained here were among the worst monstrosities in the multiverse. They come from dark worlds you cannot even

384

begin to fathom! These creatures and the worlds they come from even give the empire pause! Among them was a a soul reaver. The the Lord of the Soul Reavers himself! You have no idea what you have just done, Kalahar said, he bent down and frantically examined the ruined vessels. Gathering up pieces and seeing which of the vessels were still intact. Kalahar turned pale as he picked up the shattered lid of one of the vessels. You have doomed Talmar now! You have doomed many worlds beyond. My death will not end this war and you have no more hope of repelling Jabal! Now, even worse terrors than Jabal are free to continue their own zealous quest, Kalahar said. The entire chamber turned cold. The very flames of the candles and torches burned blue. A figure began to materialize behind Kalahar. The features of the creature remained hidden under a large black robe covering its face and body. Kalahar shivered as he slowly turned around. Astrain noticed that the creature had no hands but occasionally strange tentacles would move in the hems of the robe. Kalahar, The robed figure said. Everyone in the room had to cover their ears as they heard the creatures voice. The very sound of its voice caused pain, headaches, and dark images of death and destruction to well up in their minds. Finally, justice has come for you. You were quite a bold mortal to have imprisoned me for all these years. Now it seems I will claim you as one of my own. Your magic and rituals cannot protect you now! The robed figure said. Kalahar also covered his ears and screamed as agonizing pain filled his entire body. A tentacle emerged from the hem of the dark robe and a luminescence began to move out of Kalahar and towards it, almost as if it was sucking the very life out of Kalahar. Kalahar seemed to be ageing rapidly as the light moved out of him. His screams faded as his flesh began to rot, dry and turn to dust - Soon only his skeletal frame remained which rapidly collapsed and turned to a pile of dust. My quarrel is not with the rest of you - for now. At least now, the Empire will

385

have more of their old enemies to contend with. We will meet again. Perhaps your descendents will be the ones to face us. Your planet like all other things will then return to the formless void, The robed creature said and then slowly began to fade from sight. Esmeralda moved over to Astrain and hugged him tightly while Elizabeth helped the recovering Ishmar up from the triangle. They joined the other two. I had no choice. He wanted me to kill you, Astrain said. He was shaking and sounded distraught. You did the right thing. Thank you! Elizabeth said and hugged her brother. More bashing sounds came from outside and the whole palace shook. Svarok! Esmeralda said as she saw the blue, many-armed form of Svarok begin to materialize. It is good to see you again Esmeralda. I am sorry for not answering the call of the Cephalorian coven. As you can see however, I was here enjoying Kalahars hospitality, Svarok said, he turned to Astrain. I am in your debt. You should also know that Kalahar would have destroyed you as soon as you had helped him. He was never one to share power, Svarok said and again the walls of the palace shook violently. Can you help us escape this place? Astrain asked. I have long relished facing my old foe, Nin-Gursai, again! I will rip him from this world! At the very least, it will buy you some time to escape. Kalahar has secret escape tunnels running under his palace. The tunnels will lead you out into the desert and you will emerge near one of the desert settlements, Svarok said. The sound of walls shattering could be heard from outside the throne room. Kalahar was wrong. You may still have time to stop Von Heilsig. You have the dagger now

386

and the Book of Tual. The sound of guards opening fire, followed by screams came from right outside the doors. The two large doors to the throne room burst asunder as Nin-Gursai violently threw the two throne room guards through them. With a roar, Nin-Gursai burst into the room, his form even larger than before. You will find the entrance to the tunnels through the basement - The small door under the stairs in the entry hall. Find a hidden lever behind some stacked crates! Nin-Gursai hesitated a moment when he saw Svarok. Nin-Gursai! You will pay for your crimes against my people! Svarok moved towards Nin-Gursai at great speed and seized him by the throat, they both crashed through what remained of the large doors and walls, through the entry hall and to the outside. Kalahar! Come in, Kalahar! What is happening? I have just sensed a great disturbance! A voice said from within the magic mirror. Astrain walked over to the mirror and saw Von Heilsig with a worried expression on his face. We are coming for you next. You Svagging Bastard! Astrain said. He lifted up the Dath-Mer dagger and hit the mirror with it. Von Heilsig eyes widened in terror for a moment before the mirror shattered. Astrain grabbed the Book of Tual from the pedestal near the circle. He also noticed the talisman with the sigil in the pile of dust that used to be Kalahar and quickly picked it up. He grabbed a cloth bag from Kalahars worktable in which to store the items and the Dath-Mer dagger. More planes could be heard flying overhead. We need to go! It sounds like another air raid, Ishmar said and indeed more explosions went off through the city. Another bomb hit the palace directly. Part of the throne room collapsed, debris flying everywhere. Flames engulfed

387

Kalahars scrolls and paraphernalia. Astrain frantically tried to gather up some of the ancient scrolls in Kalahars shelves. All this knowledge will be lost forever! We need to do something! Astrain said. That almost hit us! We need to get below ground, Ishmar said. He heard more planes approaching. Astrain grabbed what he could and along with the others ran from the throne room and down the stairs. Svarok was still fighting NinGursai outside in the gardens. Svarok had him pinned underneath and the VarLokkur struggled against his grasp. Svarok then seized the Var-Lokkur by the throat. Let us take this fight to other realms! At least Talmar will have some respite from your malice! Svarok said and with Nin-Gursai still in his grasp they both disappeared. At the bottom and to the side of the stairs Ishmar noticed the small wooden door to the basement fortunately unlocked. He found a light switch along the wall and they descended the stairs. The large basement was filled with all sorts of supplies and spare items used in the palace. Astrain looked behind a pack of stacked crates along the wall and found a hidden lever just as Svarok had instructed. As he pulled the lever, a fake stack of crates moved aside to reveal the hidden passage and stairs going down. The companions moved down the dark stair until they reached the tunnel running under the palace. Overhead lighting turned on to illuminate the passage and Astrain noticed another lever along the wall, which sealed the entrance behind them again. I will feel better once we have put some distance between ourselves and this place. Let us keep moving, Ishmar said. The group ran down the long hallway and once they had put some distance between themselves and the palace, they paused to catch their breaths.

388

Astrain eagerly searched through the Book of Tual as best he was able in the dim lighting. He read old rituals powerful enough to cheat death and he saw designs of magic circles similar to the one Kalahar wanted to use on Jabal - Magic powerful enough to contain the strongest of the immortal races as the book itself indicated. Kalahar certainly had access to some powerful stuff. Stuff long thought lost to the world. How did he become a holy man in the Kandumoth faith with all his magical knowledge? Astrain said. Kalahar was not all he appeared to be. We may never know who he really was now. He claimed to have existed on the world of Talmar for hundreds of years. He was powerful and corrupt and his death will be a boon to all Talmar. He was no holy man but a charlatan who used the people of Kandum and their faith for his own ends, Ishmar said. Astrain continued scanning through the book and noticed long lost rituals with powerful effects that could alter the very fabric of reality. There were rituals to open physical doors that could span worlds and rituals to render the physical form invisible or even change the physical form into any desired form. This book has some powerful stuff inside. They must have worked once with full effect when the reality of Talmar was less settled than it is now. Fortunately, it seems things are changing rapidly now. Perhaps the failure of the veil protecting Talmar is a good thing in the end, Astrain said. He looked at the Dath-Mer dagger. If this dagger does indeed weaken and bend the veil around it. It may actually make these rituals work, Be careful with that Astrain. The sorcerer Tual, like Kalahar, was not well known for his compassion and restraint. He was certainly powerful but he misused his power to enslave and harm others. I do not know how much stock I put in those

389

old stories myself, but that Book has always had a sinister reputation. It is as feared as Tual, the dead lord of Maligor himself, Ishmar said. He is right Astrain. I can sense tremendous power emanating from the book itself. Just be careful with it, please, Esmeralda said. What Kalahar said about mum and dad it was true? Elizabeth said with a shaky voice. She had been quiet for quite a while. I am sorry Elizabeth. All of Illium is gone. Destroyed by a tornado Astrain said, he looked down and avoided eye contact with Elizabeth. Ishmar put his arm around her. The group continued in silence through the dimly lit passage. All that stuff he said about Jabal and about this world. Was that true as well? Elizabeth asked. Astrain started telling Ishmar and Elizabeth all about their recent discoveries and ordeals, on occasion Esmeralda helped him out by adding details. They then revealed the things Tal-Mu had told and shown them. Our entire history is a lie? Our world a mere dream generated by this stone and a vision Jabal beheld? Elizabeth asked. Yes. The stone is the tablet of creation. Jabal desires its full power along with revenge on the Talmarians whose ancestors betrayed him. Von Heilsig has become Jabals physical anchor in this world and soon he will manifest fully, Astrain explained. We need to get to Cephaloria and stop Von Heilsig, How can we be certain Tal-Mu is not pulling some kind of trick? She could be the force of evil behind all of this. She could have been manipulating you all along, Elizabeth said. She felt uneasy about the prospect of moving against Jabal. She pondered Astrains words. She knew that she still had trouble letting go of ideas ingrained from her religious upbringing.

390

Jabal has proven his intentions towards us. He struck the first blow. There is no going back now, Astrain said. We can still listen to your words. However, the people of Talmar will likely kill you on the spot if you come to them with such blasphemous ideas. They will never listen to these words, Ishmar said. Von Heilsig has spread the word around that I am the prophesied Adversary. They are definitely not going to listen. It will not be easy. We need to end this war and stop Jabal, before he can control the stone at the apex of its power. Taking the fight to Von Heilsig seems to be our best chance right now, Astrain said. I dont know. Something about this makes me somewhat uneasy. Can one truly fight and defeat a god? What if we are being misled and will be punished for our deviance? Elizabeth said. Elizabeth recalled the creatures from the desert acknowledging Jabal as their god. The idea made her uneasy and yet somehow, things made sense. Regardless of whether you are coming along or not, we need to make our way to Cephaloria. The former vice-president of Mallar, John Sephira is leading a revolt against Von Heilsig and we are to meet up with him. With a small force on our side, we may have a chance of getting close to Von Heilsig, Astrain said. The group continued down the long, dimly lit corridor, moving silently, each with their own thoughts. Elizabeth was lost in thought. She had always had nagging questions about the Book of Mallar. She felt a tinge of fear as she considered the possibilities Astrain revealed to her. Ishmar was uncertain of what to make of everything himself. The first priority on his mind was getting them to safety. Elizabeth broke the silence. I know that Book of Mallar has some horrendous

391

parts. I have read all the stories about violent conquests and wars in Jabals name. There are also spiritual jewels in the Holy Book. True seeds of wisdom, Elizabeth said. She still tried to make sense of things. Both holy texts were constructed and written over thousands of years with many different authors. Perhaps there were differing views on the divine and spirituality that did creep in over the years, Astrain said. The notion of Jabals wrath frightened Elizabeth. The thought of Jabal as the deceiver was difficult to digest. She wondered if the Talmarians had any allies at all and if there truly was good in the world. I think there may be a power even beyond Jabal? Even beyond the empire, TalMu and Kaleiha. Tal-Mu spoke about the Source of All. Perhaps we are not really alone and without guidance, Astrain said. Elizabeth felt he had read her mind. Ishmar thought about Kalahars words. Could he truly be the heir to the throne of Kandum? With Kalahar gone, all of Kandum would rightfully be his. Ishmar pondered the possibility of peace and of ending the war.

Chapter 16 Nin-Gursai and the Battle of Rash Lokkar. Von Heilsig was quite pleased so far with the reports coming in from the battlefield. He had just received news that the siege of Jukash was well underway and that Rashun itself was about to fall. The aspect of Jabal inside him experienced a pleasurable tingle of power as it sensed the war far away in Jukash. At that very moment, a group of Kandumoth civilians had tried to take refuge in a temple when the Mallarim bombs came from above. The terrified worshippers called upon Jalu for mercy as they were incinerated in the name of Jabal. Jabal could feel the power from the act flow into him, strengthening him

392

further. He knew that the war would soon be obsolete. Jabal turned his vast awareness to the west where he could sense the pulse of the world stone beckoning to him. The robed figure of Bruno hesitantly entered the room. We have much to discuss, Von Heilsig said. He stood up from the chair at his desk and walked over to the large window overlooking Cephaloria. For years these Talmarians have been killing each other in my name. Modern warfare just makes it all so much more efficient. Dont you think? Yes my Lord Bruno said. He bowed. Jabal was growing stronger. The time has come to move the Chosen to Tal-Mu. Go and complete the rituals there. I will soon join you and I will arrive at the right hand of the Lord Jabal, who will fully walk this world. I need the chosen to be safe and continue the rituals as best they are able. I fear that our enemies are massing against us. They are like insects in their final desperate onslaught against vast powers they cannot even begin to fathom. What do you have to report? Von Heilsig said. John Sephira and his insurgents are using guerrilla tactics against us. They are trying to cut off our supply lines to the war effort in the north and have waylaid several shipments, in Port Lyonas and Heilgstadt. Kalahars forces are still active in cities along the south and east coasts, apparently Kalahar had terror cells in several of our own cities with orders to act should we attack Kandum, Bruno said. These things are no longer of any consequence. The only threat I can still perceive is Astrain. He now has the Dath-Mer dagger in his possession. He may seek the aid of John Sephira in their final desperate attempt to delay the Lords return. I do not know what else that treacherous snake Kalahar may have

393

revealed and neither can I see what prompted Kalahar into his sudden and bold move. He has always been power hungry and ambitious. But to think he can face a god and live? Von Heilsig said. We can stop Johns rebellion before they have the chance to aid Astrain. I have some news that may be of help in finding the rebel hideout. The girl from the coven, Crystal, has arrived in Cephaloria and we have her in one of the holding cells. We can interrogate her and perhaps pry the location of John Sephira out of her. Laverney has also been captured and he is on his way here, Bruno said. Leave the interrogation to me. Bring the girl to me and I will show her what it means to fall into the hands of the living god! Von Heilsig said. Very well my Lord, Bruno said. He bowed and left the room. After a few minutes he returned with Crystal, she had her hands cuffed behind her back. Release her bonds, then you may leave us Bruno, Von Heilsig said. Bruno undid the cuffs and left the room after a bow. Crystal noticed that Von Heilsig emanated tremendous power as the presence of Jabal increased in the world. You have the taint of magic on you, mortal. However, we can deal with that later. I need to know the location of John Sephiras base of operations, Von Heilsig said. I have no idea. Why dont you just use your omniscience and find them yourself? Crystal said. Insolent child. You would mock a Lord of the Veil? If you do not want to comply I will pry the information out of you! Von Heilsig snapped his fingers and Crystal felt her whole body wracked with pain. Crystal collapsed on the floor clutching her stomach and clenching her teeth as the severe pain moved through her entire body.

394

I ask again. Tell me the whereabouts of John Sephiraa base of operations, Von Heilsig said. His eyes glowed with an intensifying light. I told you already, I dont know! Crystal said. The pain receded for a moment. However, the respite was short. The pain returned and Crystal screamed. Fine, if you will not reveal this information to me. I will pry it from your very mind and memory, Von Heilsig said. Crystal could hear him reciting some magical words. I dont know anything! Please! Crystal pleaded. She felt Von Heilsigs intrusion into her mind. The intrusion caused tremendous pain and visions welled up from her subconscious depths. Crystal tried to steer her mind away in an attempt to drive off Von Heilsigs intrusion, however her mind revealed a vision of the Cephor forest and the Arathos Mountains. You spoke the truth. You do not know the exact location of the rebel base. Thanks to you however, we can narrow down our search. It will only be a matter of time before we find those rebels now. I will dispatch forces to search through the Cephor Woods immediately. So close to Cephaloria, who would have ever thought? Von Heilsig said. Crystal stood up from the floor and wiped the blood coming out of her nose with her arm. The others are coming for you Von Heilsig. Astrain and Esmeralda will succeed in finding the Dath-Mer dagger. I can sense that the spirit inside you feels an amount of fear at the mere mention of this name, Crystal said. Your friends will soon all be dead and any who try to oppose me now will be eliminated, Von Heilsig said. Crystal noticed that he suddenly clutched his forehead. Von Heilsig grabbed onto his desk as his knees gave way and then he collapsed to the floor. Wha- What is happening? Bruno! Bruno rushed into the

395

office at hearing Von Heilsigs weak beckoning. Take her back to the cell. Something is happening...we need to speed things up. Go with the Chosen and complete the rituals, Von Heilsig said. Bruno bowed at his command and cuffed Crystal again. He escorted her from the office. He moved Crystal back down to the basement and to the old prison cells under the mansion. You know the Patriarchs used to have big torture chambers down here to deal with heretics. Those certainly were the days. It is good we finally have a chance to employ these rooms again. You and all your unbelieving friends will soon be dealt with, as all heretics should. You should have just embraced truth and the love of the Lord when you had the chance, Bruno said. He threw Crystal into the cell and locked the door behind her, leaving her in darkness. She heard him ascending the stairs and the door shutting behind him.

Astrain, Esmeralda, Ishmar and Elizabeth made their way along the long secret tunnel underneath Jukash. Occasionally the ground would shake as bombs went off overhead - the war had fully reached the city. Eventually, after a long walk the passage came to a dead end with an ascending staircase ending abruptly at the roof of the tunnel. Astrain searched along the wall and found another lever. He pulled the lever and the roof of the tunnel flung open to reveal a door. Astrain emerged from the passage to scan the area. To his horror, three of Kalahars elite soldiers were sitting under a nearby tree. The soldiers were equally startled when, all of a sudden, they heard one of the large boulders behind them move. Astrain quickly signalled for the others down below to get back into the passage and seal the door. The soldiers had already seen Astrain. One of them pointed his gun at the strange figure from the mountains. Astrain slowly left the tunnel entrance and lifted his hands into the air. Wait! I recognize this one. This one is

396

wanted in both Mallar and Kandum - The Adversary! One of the soldiers said. Astrain noticed the look of terror upon their faces as they frantically pointed their guns at him. The very devil itself has emerged from the mountains. It can only mean our doom is at hand! The soldier said, readying his weapon. The Adversary has come to blight our lands and to steal our souls. Grab him! We must cleanse ourselves of this taint now! Another of the soldiers said. Guns may not be enough to kill it. The Book of Kandum says that one must smash the skulls of the servants of the Adversary or cut off their heads! The soldier said and he grabbed a nearby machete. Astrain pulled the Dath-Mer dagger from his backpack. He hoped the Book of Tual would have something he could use. He slowly lifted up the dagger for the soldiers to see. Stay back! This dagger has potent magic within and with it I can summon powerful djinn that will tear you to shreds! Astrain said. The soldiers stood back. They were apprehensive of the powers of the Adversary. Now, leave this place or face my wrath! The adversary is also a great deceiver. You will not trick us with your lies and illusions! One of the soldiers said and he moved towards Astrain with the machete. Astrain ran to a nearby restroom, used by the soldiers, and quickly hid in one of the stalls as the soldiers pursued him inside. Astrain pulled out the Book of Tual. I really do hope this is going to work! Astrain said. He quickly paged to the passage he had seen that dealt with rituals of invisibility and altering the perceptions of others. He translated the Zakkarian as best he was able and grasped the Dath-Mer dagger as he recited the words of power. La Se Okubah Pedun Rec! Astrain felt a strange sensation as he read the words in the magical form of Zakkarian. He heard the soldiers kicking in the stall doors one by one.

397

We will find you and send you back to the pit! One soldier called as he continued down the hall, kicking in stall doors. Astrain could hear they were getting closer. However, the ritual did not seem to be working as Astrain still found that he was quite visible. Damn, this old Zakkarian is a little harder to translate than I thought, Astrain could figure out another passage, which in rough translation referred to shape changing. Astrain recited the words At Esemy Walo Ea Fened Pubeh Rag, He experienced a quick twinge of pain and a strange sensation as the whole world around him seemed to melt and shift. Astrain noticed his perspective had changed entirely and he found himself looking up, apparently much smaller than before. He emerged from a pile of his clothes and ran underneath the stall door. A Rat! One of the unclean animals of the adversary! Grab it! The beast must have changed its form! One of the soldiers said. Astrain quickly ran for cover as the soldiers frantically tried to catch the rat. Astrain heard a loud bang as the door to the restrooms flung open and another soldier entered. The man seemed surprised at the spectacle in the bathroom. The other soldiers seemed to be chasing some invisible foe and waving their weapons at nothing. What are you men doing in here? The soldier asked. From his lowly perspective, Astrain could see that this man was of higher rank than the others were. Sir! The adversary has emerged from the mountains! He comes to curse us! He has transformed into a rat. We will catch him and bring him to justice, One of the three soldiers quickly explained. Astrain ran back into one of the stalls. He hoped he was out of sight.

398

You expect me to believe this ridiculous fairytale? Afraid of a little rat are you? The desert sun must be getting to you. General Hassiri demands your immediate presence. The Mallar forces have taken the city of Rashun and a vast force is moving through the desert on the way to Jukash. We must take the battle to them or Jukash will be surrounded on all fronts. Hurry! Move! The man commanded. He noticed that one of his subordinate soldiers stopped to stare suspiciously at one of the stalls. I said, move it! The man commanded again. Astrain heard the men leave the room. He ran back to the stall with his clothes. The Book of Tual had fallen when he had changed his form. Astrain knew he had to find the spell to reverse the effects of the shape change. He felt a twinge of panic as he found that the Book of Tual was no longer open on the correct page. Despite his efforts, he could not lift the Book of Tual or turn the pages in his current form.

Elizabeth was pacing. Astrain was taking too long. He is going to get himself killed, Elizabeth said. She cussed at Astrain for his bravado. He was going to get himself killed in his attempt to lure the soldiers away from them. Esmeralda sat against the wall in silence. She was worried too. I will go and see if it is safe to go outside, Ishmar said. He pulled the lever to open the door and saw the soldiers leaving the area with a high-ranking officer. I think it is clear. We can leave now. No sign of Astrain anywhere, Ishmar said. He emerged from the tunnel followed by Esmeralda and Elizabeth. Astrain ran from the stall and found his progress blocked by the main restroom door. He could not get the door open.

399

I will go and check the restrooms there. The men came from that direction, Ishmar said. He slowly pushed open the door, half expecting to find Astrains dead body. A rat suddenly ran past him and moved in between his legs. Esmeralda, who stood behind him, screamed as the rat ran past her. He searched the restroom stalls for any sign of Astrain and found the pile of clothes, the dagger and the book. Elizabeth noticed the rat run past them again. Despite her revulsion, she observed that the rat was behaving strangely. She saw the rat run back into the restroom and then came back to them as if beckoning them inside. She thought it seemed as if the rat was telling them something. This is very strange. Astrain left his clothes and stuff behind and yet there is no sign of him anywhere, Ishmar said as he emerged from the stall. The rat ran back and forth between them and the stall. Elizabeth could not believe what she was about to suggest. She remembered that Astrain mentioned shape shifting in the Book of Tual. What if he used the Book of Tual. What if he changed his form, Elizabeth said. She knew it sounded crazy. Ishmar picked up the Book of Tual and scanned the pages. He saw a spell to achieve shape shifting and the formula to reverse its effects. We can at least try, Ishmar said. Elizabeth saw the rat running into the stall with the clothes as Ishmar read the words in the book. At Esemy Walo Ea Fened Pubeh Rag. They waited a while. Astrain are you all right? Elizabeth called. To her surprise, she heard a response. Just a second. I need to get dressed. Moments later, he emerged from the stall. At least we know that the magic in the Book of effective. The dagger did indeed seem to enhance its power, Astrain said. Elizabeth felt like slapping him for being so cool about everything. It sounded like a simple experiment to him. Elizabeth ran over to Astrain and hugged him

400

tightly. She did not want to lose him as well. That was irresponsible and dangerous, Elizabeth scolded. You could have been killed by those soldiers or stuck as a rat forever. Promise me you will be more careful in the future. Astrain was excited over the fact that the Book of Tual seemed to work so effectively. He picked up the Dath-Mer dagger and wanted to delve into the full extent of its power. I have found the missing keys to the full system of Zakkarian magic. It is what I have been searching for, for all these years, Astrain said. Just be more careful, okay, Elizabeth said. She was certain that Astrain was not going to listen to her. I will try and be more careful, Astrain said. Where are we anyway? Esmeralda asked. She looked around. They were in a mountainous area and judging by the arid conditions, somewhere near the desert. It was clear that soldiers were recently stationed in the area. Their camp was now left silent and abandoned. We must have emerged near the village of Rash-Lokkar. I recognize this infamous training camp. We should go to the village and see if we can find some means to reach Cephaloria, Ishmar said. I heard the soldiers mention that a large Mallar force is on its way here through the desert. The village should be relatively undefended, Astrain said. He thought about getting to Cephaloria and realized that it would take a substantial amount of time should they travel through the desert. He thought about the supposed date given by the Zakkarian calendar for the end of the cycle and realized that it was less than two weeks away. If Tal-Mu was correct, Jabal would fully manifest in the world somewhere during this period of time. Very little time

401

remained. Astrain felt sick as he thought about their peril. He knew he would somehow have to face Von Heilsig and Jabal before it was too late. The four travellers left the training camp, following a dry dirt road. They soon came upon the ancient desert settlement of Rash-Lokkar. The villagers were going about their daily chores as best they were able under the circumstances. As the strangers entered the village, villagers left their chores behind and ran into their homes. They feared that foreign invaders had come. The vast looming towers of Jukash, burned on the distant horizon. Smoke filled the skyline to the west. The travellers walked to the village centre. Two village women busy drawing water from the well, instantly abandoned their chores and ran. One dropped the bucket of water she was carrying and the liquid was instantly slurped up by the dry ground. Near the village centre was a building. It was of interest because civilian guards stood at the ready to defend the building. It was clear that the elderly men guarding the building were afraid of the strange travellers and yet they did not abandon their posts. The men menacingly brandished pitchforks to keep the travellers at bay. Elizabeth peered into the window of the building and was surprised to see Maran and the rest of the rest of the Baku from Maligor. Mr. Patterson sat there among them. Elizabeth grabbed Ishmar by the arm and pulled him along to show him what she had just seen. The two old men guarding the building did not seem impressed. They mumbled threats and swore at the intruders. Ishmar approached the guards. Why are you keeping these people captive? Ishmar asked. We have instructions from General Hassiri to keep watch over these prisoners. Kalahar fears that the Bakus allegiance does not lie with him. General Hassiri has commanded us to watch these prisoners under pain of death, The elderly guard said.

402

I demand you release these prisoners! Ishmar commanded. We did not ask to be recruited for this job. We do however, fear Hassiris and Kalahars wrath, The elderly guard said. General Hassiri has no more jurisdiction in Kandum. Kalahar is dead and his tyranny is at an end! Ishmar said. The two guards stared in disbelief. They had heard no recent news from Jukash. As the last surviving member of the royal line of Kandum I demand you release these prisoners now, Ishmar said in an authoritative tone. Elizabeth was surprised to hear his words. The guards laughed. If Kalahar is truly dead it would be a glorious day for all of Kandum. Yet, Hassiri remains and we would not want to cross him. With Kalahar and Rashdan dead, there is no other surviving heir. You have spent too much time in the desert sun. The guards laughed. Ishmar had no weapon left with which to intimidate or threaten. Kalahars guards had disarmed him. Astrain pulled out the Book of Tual and the guards stared in terror as they noticed the Zakkarian lettering on the cover. Open the door or we will use the ancient magic against you, Astrain threatened. The rural desert inhabitants knew all the ancient stories about the magic of the desert. Some of them still clung to the old superstitions, while others did not. Despite some scepticism, it was not something that they would dare to mess with. Astrain pulled out the Dath-Mer dagger. It was clear that the guards were terrified at the sight of the ceremonial Zakkarian dagger. Their eyes widened in terror. Open the door! Astrain commanded again. This is not worth it. We never asked for this job. Take the Baku prisoners and get out of here! We dont want that devilish taint in our village! The elderly

403

guard shook as he handed the keys of the prison over to Ishmar. Ishmar unlocked the door and Marans face lit up at seeing him. Maran jumped up and hugged Ishmar. He saw Elizabeth and ran over to her. He hugged her tightly. I am so glad to see you, Maran said. The Baku streamed out of the prison. I thought you were dead, Maran added. Mr. Patterson came out of the prison. He was happy to see a familiar face. Elizabeth! It is so good to see you again. I have been praying all this time. Now you have come to rescue me, Johannes said. He noticed Astrain was there with them. He pulled up his nose. The Lord does indeed work in mysterious ways. Nice to see you Astrain, Johannes said. Astrain acknowledged him with a nod of his head. Johannes, Johannes wanted to lecture Astrain on calling him Sir, Doctor or Mister and not by his first name. Under the circumstances, he decided to let it slide. Maligor fell silent shortly after you disappeared the demons did not return. The Baku can now return home and rebuild, Maran said. A Baku man emerged from the prison and waited nearby. This is Akkalbar, chieftain of the Abu-Bal Baku, Maran said, introducing the man. I am not sure if it is really safe for the Baku to return home yet. The war is coming to the desert. Mallar forces are headed towards Jukash, Ishmar said. We will need to take our chances in the desert. We have no quarrel with the Mallar forces. We will only fight to defend our homes, if needed, Akkalbar said. The Mallar soldiers consider all Kandumoth as their enemies. They will likely attack all in their way, Astrain said. He knew that it was most likely the Mallar soldiers could not even distinguish between Baku and other Kandumoth. To them they were all enemies to slaughter. We may need to brave the route through the desert if we are to make our way to Cephaloria, Astrain said.

404

You can travel with us. We will take route near the Aruk Mountains, Akkalbar said. Maran how did you escape Maligor? Elizabeth asked. Kalahars soldiers returned and opened up the entrance. They brought us all here after that, Maran explained. Maran turned to Ishmar. He was excited to share the news. They pulled the Desert Voyager out of there too. They kept it here in the village, Maran said. Ishmar was happy to hear the news. He could not help but smile. That trusty old truck had been with him through many ordeals. Elizabeth introduced Maran to Astrain and Esmeralda. Maran was intrigued to hear that Esmeralda came from the western islands. He had always wondered what it was like there. He listened with interest as Astrain told him the story of the Dath-Mer dagger - Elizabeth added some details as to how she and Ishmar came to find it and what happened after they had split up. So this dagger and Nin-Gursai was why the creatures were drawn to Maligor? Maran asked. It can really kill the desert demons? Yes. The desert should be quiet from now on, Elizabeth answered. Maran beckoned to Astrain to show him the dagger. Be careful with it. It is rather sharp, Astrain said. He handed the dagger to Maran, who examined. Where can we find the Desert Voayger, Ishmar interrupted. Maran pointed Ishmar to the shed where the Desert Voyager was stored. Ishmar took Elizabeth with him. He hoped they could have a moment to themselves. Ishmar walked around the vehicle to examine it and assess any damage. Everything seemed intact. Ishmar climbed inside and Elizabeth joined him. He was relieved when the ignition started without problems. The Kandum soldiers and the villagers had not

405

tampered with it. Was it true what you told that guard? Are you really the heir to the throne of Kandum? Elizabeth asked. I do not know. Kalahar was the one who told me this, Ishmar said. He told Elizabeth everything Kalahar had revealed to him. You know what it could mean if this is true? Elizabeth asked. Ishmar remained silent. He knew proving his right to the throne, even if true, would be a difficult and daunting task. You can put a stop to this war. We can finally have peace, Elizabeth said. She knew that according to what Astrain had told them earlier, ending the war would also put a stop to Jabals plans. Control of Kandum will now fall into the hands of Kalahars war mongering generals. Proving it will be difficult. If Kalahar had any proof, it went up in flames with the rest of the palace, Ishmar said. With the advances of science these days I am sure there is some way that they can confirm your lineage, Elizabeth said. She did not know too much about the Kandumoth faith but she remembered seeing a documentary once about the sacred rights of the Kings of Kandum. The royal families were descended from the prophet of the faith himself. Perhaps you can invoke your sacred rights. Surely, they will then have to listen to you and examine your claims, Elizabeth said. It will still take considerable time, Ishmar said. He stared at the burning horizon of Jukash. He heard a glimmer of hope in Elizabeths words. At that moment however, he could not see any chance of Kandums survival. The Mallarim were winning the war. He desired peace for his beloved country. He wanted to see Rashdans dreams fulfilled. The prospect however, appeared bleak at that moment. Kalahar and Astrain made it sound as if we are facing a problem of

406

world ending proportions. Who knows what will be left to come back to after all this, Ishmar said. Elizabeth did not like to hear his pessimism. She wanted to believe things would get better again. Ishmar looked at Elizabeth and smiled. He thought that at least there is still some beauty left in the world and some things are worth fighting for. He wondered if Elizabeth would ever be his queen. Ishmar leaned in to kiss Elizabeth. She had actually been waiting for him to end his moaning and make a move. She felt happy to be with him. Ishmar noticed a storm brewing over the desert in the east. The sky had suddenly turned dark. Within moments, the storm reached Rash-Lokkar, strong winds blew through the village and rocked the Desert Voyager. Esmeralda knocked on the trucks window. You guys may want to come and see this. Something is happening, Esmeralda said. She was pale and sounded out of breath. Ishmar and Elizabeth followed Esmeralda. They noticed that the air had suddenly turned icy cold. They followed Esmeralda to the plateau of Rash-Lokkar. The entire village had gathered there to watch the developing storm. The storm in the east was growing. The dark clouds began to move in a spiral motion. The villagers stared in terror as they watched Var-Lokkur, in full physical form, gathering and swarming within the dark clouds. Something is about to happen, Esmeralda said. She could feel it. A lookout from the village called out a warning as he saw soldiers from Jukash fast approaching. The villagers ran to their houses. They feared the wrath of General Hassiri for freeing the Baku. A battalion of soldiers along with General Hassiri entered the village. Hassiri approached the gathered Baku. He noticed Ishmar and Elizabeth among them. How did you manage to get out of the prison? Hassiri asked and he approached the Abu-Bal chieftain. The soldiers pointed their weapons at the crowd. It is of no matter. The Mallar forces are fast approaching and they will be here soon. We will march out to meet them in the desert. We need every able bodied man to take up arms. You

407

will come with us, Hassiri said. His men searched the village houses and dragged out all the men able to fight. If anything you can distract the enemy as a first line of defence, Hassiri said as he looked over the men from the village. Most of the remaining men in the village were old and frail. Tanks and transports arrived in the village from Jukash. Soldiers distributed weapons to the villagers. Hassiri approached Ishmar and Akkalbar. You will either help us or we will have to kill you now, Hassiri said. He took Ishmar aside. I know all about you Ishmar. We had gathered quite a bit of intelligence on you. I know all about you and your lineage. I will have you know that Kandum will be mine. I will deal with you soon, Hassiri said. He turned to address the fighters and new recruits. The outer layer of Jukash has been breached. It is up to us to stop the forces of Mallar or Jukash will fall. The forces from Mallar will be here within two days. We will march out to meet them and draw the battle away from Jukashs eastern walls, Hassiri said. Elizabeth grabbed Ishmars hand. She was afraid of what was going to happen. The Var-Lokkur seemed to be biding their time and waiting for something as hordes of the creatures ominously flew overhead. We need to escape. He is going to kill you, Elizabeth said. She watched Hassiri closely. Akkalbar approached them. I overheard your words back at the prison, Ishmar. What Hassiri has just said confirms it then. You are indeed the true ruler of Jukash. The Abu-Bal Baku will stand with you. We will stand up to this tyranny, Akkalbar said and nodded. He was planning something.

Inquisitor Bruno desperately tried to the door of Von Heilsigs office after he heard terrible screaming. Your eminence, are you all right? Bruno called. He noticed a glow of bright light on the other side of the door. After some effort, the door finally opened. Bruno entered to see Von Heilsig floating above his desk.

408

Light issued from his eyes and mouth. The light subsided and Von Heilsig sank back down to the floor. It is I who am god. It is I who am the one, Von Heilsigs voice crackled with energy. It took on a deeper tone and the bright light within his eyes remained. He seemed a hollow vessel filled with nothing but light. Bruno prostrated himself on the floor before the figure. Rise mortal. You have served me loyally. Your rituals are almost complete. Talmar will be cleansed. Let my enemies face the wrath of the one true god! Von Heilsigs voice thundered and Bruno felt the mansion shaking. All is ready for the final phase. I will join the chosen on Tal-Mu now. We will eagerly await your final coming, Bruno said. He remained down on the floor. He kept his face down and dared not look up. He felt tears streaming from his eyes. Laurence Laverney has arrived in Cephaloria. I will need to leave for Tal-Mu soon. There is a storm brewing over Cephaloria, Bruno said. I require some final things from you, slave of Jabal. I can clearly see through the darkness of your world now. I can see that I need to deal with Astrain one final time. I want him and the Dath-Mer dagger brought to me. I can see that Astrain has a weakness. Tell Von Heilsigs general to bring Derrick Defoe and Christopher Walker to me as soon as possible. They will serve in my personal guard from now on, Jabal said. Bruno thought the request rather strange. He could only wonder why Jabal would desire two unknown soldiers as his personal servants. I need to speak to Laurence. I have unfinished business with him. Make a public announcement that Laurence Laverney and Crystal Conley will be burned at the stake, Jabal said. Bruno thought that burning at the stake would send out a clear message to any who would oppose him. It had a traditional sanction to it.

409

Yes my Lord. You command and I will obey, Bruno said. He was still careful not to look Jabal directly in the eyes. It will take me a few days to fully settle into your world. Wait for me on Tal-Mu, Jabal commanded. Von Heilsig lifted his hands into the air. I can feel that the Veil is almost depleted. It is ready to collapse! Let the invasion commence! Jabal said through his vessel. Bruno shook as he stood up. He bowed and left the room.

The siege at the western wall of Jukash still raged on. Derrick and Christopher along with other soldiers advanced into the city when the outer wall had finally fallen. As the Mallar forces pressed the attack, the Kandumoth forces offered strong resistance. The whole of Jukash was ablaze. The screams of civilians along with constant bombs and gunfire merely added to the chaos and confusion. The soldiers dashed through the narrow streets of the ancient city on the way to lend aid to their comrades. Get down! Snipers! A soldier called from somewhere nearby. Several men in the squad with Derrick and Christopher were cut down at the sudden surprise shots from the inner walls of Jukash. Derrick! Move! Christopher called when he saw a red dot on Derricks back. Christopher pushed Derrick out of the way, though it was too late and the shot went off the bullet missed but grazed Derricks shoulder. Christopher helped him back to cover. He examined the wound as they waited for help to arrive. Dont worry. Everything will be fine. We need to get you to safety, Christopher said. He applied pressure to the wound. Is this what Jabals halls of torment are like? Derrick said. Christopher noticed he was losing consciousness.

410

Stay with me Derrick. I will get you to safety soon. Hang in there! Christopher said. Derricks thoughts and life blurred and meshed before him in that strange liminal state as still he clung to life. Derrick thought about Astrain and he felt comforted at the thought of the close friendship they once shared. Derrick! Derrick! He heard a familiar female voice call to him. He opened his eyes and noticed that the battlefield had fallen completely silent. No more soldiers remained and no more Jukash for that matter either, merely a charred ruin where once stood a mighty city. The woman in white walked among the ashen ruins and charred remains of soldiers and civilians. See the world that Jabal seeks to create. This is the only promised paradise he will grant to his faithful worshippers. He will feed off them and their belief. He turns them against each other and drives them to destructive ends. Once he is done with them he will destroy them all, Tal-Mu said. You are a monster. You are a deceiving serpent! Leave me alone. I will not listen to your lies! Derrick said. Var-Lokkur appeared and they searched through the ruined buildings. Derrick was horrified as he heard screams coming from a nearby building. The Var-Lokkur had found survivors. I can see you feel conflicted. I can see that you feel guilty. You feel that what you are doing is wrong, Tal-Mu said. The woman in white transformed into a dragon formed from light. Derrick thought the ethereal dragon was a beautiful being. It did not look as grotesque as before. Jabal is influencing you and all these soldiers. He holds power over his servants. You are strong Derrick. Break the cycle. Let go of the hate and anger, Tal-Mu said. Derrick wanted to listen but at the same time a vision of Jabal flashed into his mind and he felt nothing but terror. He felt that he needed to renounce Tal-Mu. The vision changed to reveal a vast fiery pit. Derrick recognized a bloody Christopher, still in uniform, chained to the walls of the pit.

411

Flames leapt up from below. Derrick recognized other soldiers writhing in agony as the flames burned them. The flames did not kill the prisoners. Derrick watched as the flesh melted from Christophers body. He noticed a bright light emerge from Chritsopher, which rapidly evaporated. Derrick watched as Christopher regenerated only to be tortured again in the same manner. He stared in horror as Christopher called upon Jabal and turned into a Var-Lokkur himself. Tal-Mu appeared within the scene and pulled Derrick out of the pit. They were back in the futuristic Jukash. Get away from me. You will have all of us sent to that place, Derrick said. He backed away from the ethereal dragon. Such things did not come from me. Jabal has shown you what he does to those that transgress against him, Tal-Mu said. Scenes from the siege of Jukash flashed into Derricks mind. He had witnessed terrible things when the Mallar forces invaded the poor quarter of the city. Women and children died. Pleas for mercy went ignored. Citizens taking refuge in a temple of Kandum were cut down. Derrick remembered how Kandumoth civilians attacked them in a suicidal attempt to drive them back. Many of his fellow soldiers fell. The Kandumoth were just as relentless, they dragged the bodies of the soldiers through the streets. Derrick was repulsed at the scenes replaying before him. Derrick. My time is almost over. I am using the last of my strength because we need your help. You will soon get close to Von Heilsig. You will have an opportunity to strike at Jabal. You must be brave and strong. Jabal is arrogant, boastful and tends to exaggerate. It is up to you whether you will use your chance, Tal-Mu said. Derrick thought back to the dark pit and the torment. He was afraid. He looked around at the ruined Jukash. I may be a monster but it is

412

not in my name that you have done these things. You must make your own choice, Tal-Mu said and then faded away. Christopher entered the medical tent to check up on Derrick. He seemed to be sleeping soundly. Christopher sat with him for a while. Derrick finally opened his eyes. What is going on? Derrick asked. He was still barely conscious. The memories of the dreams and visions came flooding back. He wished he did not have to wake up as he realized that the battle still raged on around them. I have some good news, Christopher said and smiled. We have been recalled from the battlefield. We are to join Von Heilsig in his mansion as his personal guard, Christopher said. Derrick was confused. Why would Von Heilsig choose them? The order came from Von Heilsig himself. He wants us there. He is even sending a helicopter to come and pick us up, Christopher said. Derrick was relieved that they were going to get away from the battle. Christopher was a little disappointed. He wanted to fight the Kandumoth in the final glorious battle. He wanted to fight for his nation and his faith. He did think that Derrick had turned out to be rather weak. How does the battle fare? Derrick asked. Our forces are falling back. The inner walls are too heavily defended. Once the forces from the east arrive, Jukash will certainly fall, Christopher said. Derrick sat upright and found that his shoulder was bandaged. How long was I sleeping? Derrick asked. You were out for an entire day, Christopher said. They heard the sound of helicopter nearby.

413

I think our ride is here, Christopher said. He helped Derrick up. He found that he was able to walk on his own. They approached the helicopter waiting to take them to Cephaloria.

Hours later in Cephaloria, Jabal sat waiting for his mortal guards to bring Laurence Laverney before him. The guards brought Laurence and Crystal before Von Heilsig and forced them down onto their knees. They then left the room. Crystals clairvoyant vision saw a vast being of light standing before them. The figure was too bright to look at. Jabal was almost fully in the world of Talmar again. Laurence stared in horror as he saw the bright glow through the hollow sockets of Von Heilsigs eyes. Laurence Laverney, we meet again. All that stands between my final victory and me are some minor insects. Minor insects I will soon crush. My divine consciousness can see all over this world. Many obstacles and problems are too small for a god to be concerned about. Yet, a few things remain that do indeed bother me. The only potential threats that remain are Astrain, his sister and the Dath-Mer dagger. Kaleiha has long tried to foil my plans, Jabal paused a moment. His consciousness expanded. He tried to locate John Sephira and yet again, he was frustrated in his efforts. John Sephira and his rebels still remain hidden from my sight. Something or some power conceals them. Laurence thought that Jabal did not have his full abilities yet and that he was likely limited while he had to use a physical vessel. He wondered why Von Heilsig feared John Sephira so much. He realized that Jabal must fear losing his anchor into the world. If anything should happen to Von Heilsig, Jabal would never reach the stone in time. Laurence felt a glimmer of hope that they could still stop Jabal from reaching the stone. You will help me find John Sephira. Von Heilsig has

414

sent mortal servants to search the Cephor woods and so far, they have found nothing. I need to know the location of his hidden base, Jabal said. You really think I will tell you this, Laurence said. I have my ways of extracting information, Laurence felt a strange sensation. His head began to hurt. He understood that Jabal was trying to probe his mind. Laurence stood firm. Years of meditation had helped him to develop mental discipline. If your mind is strong. Your body will eventually break. Tell me where the hidden base is located or I will deliver you into the hands of the Cephalorian mob. They have called for your blood. They long to see a good old-fashioned burning of heretics. The burning flames will simply be a taste of the eternal torment you will endure, Jabal said. The light within him grew brighter. He was growing impatient with the bold mortal before him. You can kill me. You will never know John Sephiras location, Laurence said. He was afraid but he knew that he could not betray the little hope that remained. He had seen the Cephalorian crowds gathered outside the mansion as he travelled with the police escort. The people called for his blood and the police had to fend off their continuous attacks. They were completely consumed by their religious fervour. I thought you would say that. I will have you know that your son is on his way here. Will you watch him endure excruciating torment as I turn him into one of my special servants? Jabal asked. You have my son? Laurence asked. He was desperate to hear news of his son. His guardians had his name changed. Christopher will be here with us soon. If you help me, you can be reunited with your son, Jabal said. Laurence felt as if he wanted to break down and cry. Guards! Jabal called and two strong looking

415

men entered the office. Take them back to the holding cells. Ponder my words Laurence. I look forward to hearing your decision, Jabal said. Jabal felt nothing but disgust as the guards removed Crystal and Laurence from the room. He hated having to deal with mortals. They all needed to grovel before him in fear. Jabal looked out the window to see a helicopter landing. Derrick and Christopher had arrived. Jabal focussed his will upon Astrain The time had come to send him a message...

General Hassiri and the Kandomoth forces bided their time in Rash-Lokkar. Hassiri looked up at the ominous storm overhead. The storm had grown and VarLokkur flew through the dark clouds. They seemed to be waiting for something. Hassiri looked out over the desert. In the distance, he could see the forces of Mallar approaching. The time had come to face them. They had little time to train the civilian recruits from Rash-Lokkar but the situation was desperate. They would move out at dawn to face the forces of Mallar. The Baku were forced to return to the prison after the day of training. Ishmar and all the others that Hassiri considered insurgents were locked up with them. They had all their weapons confiscated. The Dath-Mer dagger was among the confiscated weapons. Astrain was asleep next to Esmeralda. He had a dream about Laurence and Crystal, languishing in a dark cell. They called to him for help. Derrick appeared within the dream and Astrain saw that he was in pain. Astrain saw VarLokkur tormenting Derrick. He screamed as a black mist entered his mouth. Astrain called out to Derrick. He wanted to help him. He was powerless to stop the Var-Lokkur from entering the body of his friend. Derrick arose with his eyes filled with blackness. The creature smiled at Astrain. Astrain then saw how Laurence and Crystal were burned alive upon stakes as the crowds of Cephaloria

416

cheered. Laurence called out to him in agony. Help us Astrain! Bring the DathMer dagger and end this once and for all, Laurence called from amidst the burning flames. Astrain wanted to wake up. The images were horrific. He tried to convince himself mentally that he was dreaming. Help us Astrain! You have the power within you! Crystal called. Astrain woke up. He was sweating. Esmeralda opened he eyes. I heard you talking in your sleep, Esmeralda said. Laurence and Crystal are in danger. I need to find some way to help them, Astrain said. Crystal is alive!? Esmeralda said. She smiled at hearing the news. She knew Astrains psychic visions were usually accurate. She was happy that Crystal was alive and yet the news sounded grim. She will not be safe for long. I saw that Von Heilsig intends to kill her and Laurence, Astrain paused a moment as the images from the vision flashed into his mind. The scene was horrific and very real. I saw them burning at the stake, Astrain said. He thought about how he could possible reach Cephaloria in time to save his friends. I need the Dath-Mer dagger. The only way I can reach them is by using the magic in the Book of Tual. Neither Astrain nor Esmeralda could go back to sleep. They knew they had to do something to help their friends and yet Hassiri still held them captive. Ishmar was still awake. He could not sleep at all. He looked through the bars of the prison window and saw that the sun was rising. Elizabeth was still asleep next to him. He wished he could take her away to a safe and faraway place. Free from war and all the evils they had to face. He knew that Hassiri would have him eliminated at the first opportunity he could find. Akkalbar approached Ishmar. I see you are awake. I have pledge the allegiance of the Baku to Hassiris cause.

417

We will fight with them in the coming battle. I will also have an opportunity to provide a diversion, Akkalbar said. I dont want you to endanger yourself or your people, Ishmar said. There may be a chance that you can bring peace to Kandum. You need to escape from here and claim your throne, Akkalbar said. Ishmar realized that even should they escape Hassiri, proving his right to the throne of Kandum would be still be a near impossible task. Hassiri looked at the Mallar forces gathered in the desert. The force was far larger than he had anticipated. The resources of Jukash were already stretched thin. The Jukash army and civilian recruits from the village gathered upon the platuae of Rash Lokkar as they prepared to meet the forces from Mallar. The moral among the men dropped as they saw the vast Mallar army headed their way. Hassiri was hesitant at first but finally gave the command. Go and fetch the Baku. The Baku men were brought from the prison and dragged before Hassiri. Ishmar, Astrain, Maran and Johannes were removed from the prison with the other men. Akkalbar, you gave me your word that you would serve your nation this day, Hassiri said. I gave you my word that we will serve the interests of Kandum. Our glorious nation, Akkalbar said. Arm these men, Hassiri commanded. Soldiers handed weapons to the gathered Baku. Hassiri stopped his men, as they were about to hand a weapon to Ishmar. Take those three to the well and shoot them. Let justice be done upon the Adversary, a foreign spy and a traitor to his own nation! Hassiri commanded. Soldiers approached and grabbed the three men. They were about to take them out of sight to the village centre and carry out the deed. Akkalbar knew he had

418

to act. He was close to Hassiri. Hassiri looked up at the Var-Lokkur moving through the dark clouds. The Lord will favour his true servants this day, Hassiri said. Akkalbar grabbed the general in a tight grip and kept his gun pointed at him. The soldiers from Jukash immediately responded and aimed to fire. They hesitated, as they did not want the general harmed. Let the prisoners go or the general dies! Akkalbar said. Without your commander this war will be lost. Baku scum! I have never trusted the desert dwellers! Hassiri said. Hear me! Ishmar is the rightful heir to the throne of Kandum! The tyrant Kalahar is dead! Akkalbar said. The soldiers shifted around in disbelief. They still feared Kalahar. They thought they were still following his orders. The soldiers holding Ishmar and the others released them. Ishmar ran over to the prison and unlocked the door for the other prisoners. Elizabeth and Esmeralda joined him. The Baku women and children rushed out through the doors. We need to get to the Desert Voyager! Ishmar said. The girls followed him. Astrain approached Hassiri. Where is my dagger? Astrain asked. Akkalbar poked Hassiri with his rifle when he did not respond. It is in my quarters, Hassiri said. Astrain quickly ran into the village home converted into the generals quarters. He found the Dath-Mer dagger on his desk. He ran back outside to join Ishmar and the girls at the Desert Voyager. Johannes and Maran joined them. Ishmar and the girls rode in front and the others jumped in the back. The Desert Voyager drove off and away from RashLokkar. The Abu-Bal Baku are raiders and thieves. Do not believe these lies, Hassiri said as he addressed his forces. Many among the Kandum soldiers felt hesitant after they had heard of Kalahars possible demise. He was not only a holy man and spiritual leader but also a feared tyrant. His promises of a coming paradise

419

seemed bleak. We fight for the one true faith this day. If the Mallar forces overrun Rash-Lokkur and then Jukash, Kandum will be no more. Jalu demands this war. With or without Kalahar it is our duty to fight this day! Hassiri said. Hassiri nodded at one of his soldiers, Husson. He knew he was loyal and a good shot. A shot fired and the horrified Baku watched as Akkalbar fell. The rest of you will come along or face the same fate, Hassiri said to the rest of the Baku. The forces of Jukash prepared to set out over the desert to face the army of Mallar. Hassiri looked up at the storm of Var-Lokkur. He only hoped that Jalu would indeed look with favour upon them. The Desert Voyager moved on across the desert. They reached the road that ran near the Aruk mountains. The storm to the east was growing in size, forming a large spiral cloud of darkness, and circling Var-Lokkur. Astrain was worried about Laurence, Crystal and Derrick. Johannes praying loudly for salvation next to him only added to his angst. The forces of Mallar were getting close to Rash-Lokkar. The forces from Jukash moved out to meet them in the desert. The two armies met and stood their ground, each biding their time. General Lafayette, himself emerged from among the Mallar forces. He was leading the attack himself. The soldiers on both sides stared at the clouds above them. Two glowing red eyes appeared within the dark funnel. Deep laughter filled the desert. General Lafayette was confused. He did not know what to expect from the mysterious spectacle in the heavens above them. He knew that his men feared the Var-Lokkur and the manifestation above them to the point of superstition. He only hoped that Von Heilsig was right and that Jabal did indeed favour them. He lifted up his hand and signalled for his men to fire the first shots. Shots went off and several Kandumoth soldiers fell. Laughter filled the surrounding desert again. These mortals have served their

420

purpose. It is over. The time of Talmar has come to an end. Slaughter all these mortals in my name. Nin-Gursai, complete your task. Let these slaves suffer for the insolence of their forebears! Let the invasion commence! The soldiers on both sides watched in horror and confusion. The funnelling cloud touched down upon the ground. The dark cloud came down right between the two armies. It spiralled and began to assume a shape. A black beast covered in leather like skin emerged from the darkness. Its eyes glowed red. The beast roared and the soldiers had to cover their ears. Nin-Gursai had issued the call of battle. The VarLokkur from above swooped down upon the mortal armies. In their confusion and terror, the soldiers on both sides opened fire. Gunfire proved ineffective against the shadowy Var-Lokkur. The bullets did not penetrate their shadowy forms. In the back of the Desert Voyager, Maran searched through some of their left over supplies. He found a bag of Grak jerky. He searched through the toolbox Ishmar kept in the back of the Voyager and found a utility knife with which to cut the meat. You want some, Maran offered to Johannes and Astrain as he cut slivers of the meat. No, thank you, Astrain shook his head. Johannes gladly accepted. They were hungry after their time in the Rash-Lokkur prison. Maran looked out the window and noticed the last rays of light disappear. The desert had turned dark. He saw the armies in the distance frantically fending off swarms of Var-Lokkur. It was chaos on the battlefield. We need to do something, Maran said. If we can reach Cephaloria we can take out the source behind all of this. What can we do against a force that vast, Astrain said. He looked out the window and shuddered. Nin-Gursai had grown huge. They need our help out there. We have the means to stop them. We have the Dath-Mer dagger, surely we must try to help them, Maran said. He understood

421

where Astrain was coming from but he was concerned about the imminent danger faced by the Baku and other warriors. He could not stand simply leaving them to their fate. Esmeralda turned around as she overheard their conversation in the back. Perhaps we can get close to Nin-Gursai. We can challenge him to a dual. He must accept the challenge as before, Esmeralda said. Astrain was worried about Laurence, Crystal and Derrick. If they turned around to the help the forces of Mallar and Kandum, there was a chance he would never reach Cephaloria in time. He did not want to face Nin-Gursai. They were lucky to have escaped him the first time. General Lafayette ordered his men in the front lines to unleash their full firepower upon Nin-Gursai. The bullets did not even penetrate his thick hide. He was unperturbed by all their efforts. Hassiri ordered his men to fire and NinGursai simply laughed at their efforts. The King of Var-Lokkur lifted up his hand to the heavens and a fiery flail appeared therein. He swung the large and heavy weapon and soldiers all around went flying through the air. Tanks from the Mallar side opened fire upon Nin-Gursai. Hassiri commanded his tanks to join them in their effort. The powerful blasts did not even seem to bother the lord of VarLokkur. Nin-Gursai smashed his mace down upon the tanks and crushed them. General Lafayette was about to give the order to fall back when the fiery mace struck him and surrounding soldiers. The general was killed instantly. Hassiri tried to flee and take shelter within a tank. Nin-Gursai waved his flail and the tank flew through the air. It crashed back down to the ground, killing the occupants. Meanwhile, the swarms of Var-Lokkur tore into the mortal armies. Soldiers on both sides screamed in horror as the claws of the Var-Lokkur ripped into them. The wounds burned horribly. The Var-Lokkur seized soldiers and lifted them up into the air, only to drop them from the heights.

422

Ishmar listened to the conversation in the back of the truck. He saw the bleak situation on the battlefield. It was time to take a stand and fight for the survival of his nation and of Talmar. I will challenge Nin-Gursai! Ishmar said. Give me the Dath-Mer dagger. Astrain hesitated a moment but then handed the dagger to Ishmar. Astrain felt bad for thinking it but a part of him felt that the soldiers deserved their fate. Their religious stupidity and hatred had helped bring about the current predicament. How could they not see the truth? Elizabeth was worried about Ishmar. She did not want him to go out and face Nin-Gursai. She recalled Lagors words about sacrifice and the dagger exacting a toll. Astrain heard Johannes praying aloud again. He begged for mercy and salvation. Ishmar suddenly felt an invisible force yank on the steering wheel of the Voyager. He tried to correct but something yanked the wheel again. The interior of the Voyager turned cold. Esmeralda saw vapours as she breathed out. The temperature was dropping fast. Johannes had suddenly stopped praying. He was breathing heavily. He looked up at Astrain and Maran. His eyes were black. NinGursai has unfinished business with the lot of you. His power is strong and he has taken control of this vehicle. He has heard a call of challenge and will deal with you one final time, The Var-Lokkur said through his vessel. Without warning, the Var-Lokkur jumped upon Maran and began strangling him. Maran felt the crushing strength of the Var-Lokkur around his throat. We have the Dath-Mer dagger! By its power leave this place! Astrain said. The Var-Lokkur let Maran go. He grabbed the utility knife that had fallen on the floor. Your friends await you in Cephaloria. Their stakes have been prepared and the scent of burning flesh will soon fill the air - You had best hurry. This mortal has prayed for salvation. I will grant his request. He is one of the lucky few. You will all suffer! The Var-Lokkur said.

423

No! Astrain called out in horror as he saw what the Var-Lokkur was about to do. Before he could act, the Var-Lokkur had slit Johanness throat with the utility knife. The Var-Lokkur left his body through his mouth and left the body there on the floor. Johannes gurgled and clasped his throat. Blood was streaming out. Astrain found a cloth and tried to stop the bleeding. It was too late. Johannes was dead. Ishmar found that he no longer controlled the Voyage. The truck was moving right into the middle of the battlefield. The occupants of the Voyager sat waiting in shocked silence. The vehicle stopped near Nin-Gursai. Quickly! Give me the dagger. I think I have an idea, Astrain said. Ishmar handed him the dagger. Nin-Gursai saw that the Desert Voyager had arrived. He lifted up his flail to strike. The occupants quickly jumped from the vehicle. They escaped as NinGursai smashed the Desert Voyager. Who will challenge me? Nin-Gursai bellowed. Astrain took his chance to look up and memorize a few passages in the Book of Tual. He had a chance to recite the Zakkarian ritual words to alter his form as Nin-Gursai awaited his challenger. Astrain did not want to turn into a rat again, or even worse into some random creature. He kept an image of the Roc firmly in his mind as he spoke the words of transformation. At Esemy Walo Ea Fened Pubeh Rag. Astrain transformed into the mighty bird of prey. He dropped the Dath-Mer dagger and Ishmar picked it up. Esmeralda took the Book of Tual and held it along with Astrains bag. She gathered up the clothes that Astrain had left behind and placed them in the bag for him. The Roc flew up into the air. Var-Lokkur attacked but proved no match for its mighty talons. They began to swarm around the Roc. I have challenged you, Nin-Gursai! Ishmar called out. He approached Nin-Gursai with the dagger in his hand. Nin-Gursai gave one swipe with his hand and Ishmar flew through the air. He dropped the Dath-Mer dagger. Elizabeth rushed over to him. She found he was alive but unconscious. Nin-Gursai had knocked the wind right out of him. The King of Var-Lokkur moved

424

towards the young couple. He lifted his flail and prepared to finish off both of them. Maran quickly seized the dagger. Nin-Gursai! I challenge you! I challenge you to combat! Maran said. Nin-Gursai laughed. His flail smashed down upon the ground where Maran was standing. The quick and nimble Maran ran in between Nin-Gursais legs. The king of Var-Lokkur did not realize what was happening. Maran moved too fast. Maran tried to strike at Nin-Gursai from the back. The dagger could not penetrate the creatures hide. He could only reach up to Nin-Gursais legs. The Var-Lokkur lord did not even realize that Maran was attacking him. He searched around for the little nuisance. He was not afraid of such a little insect. Nin-Gursai turned around and Maran was sure to remain behind him. He looked up and saw Astrain knocking Var-Lokkur from the air. Maran waved at the Roc. He had an idea. Astrain swooped down and gently picked Maran up with the mighty talons. Drop me on his head, Maran said. The Roc let Maran down on the head of the large Var-Lokkur. Nin-Gursai tried to seize the Roc but failed as the Roc moved away too fast. Nin-Gursai frantically reached out to grab the nuisance on his head. Maran evaded his grasp and flitted from one side of the head to the other as Nin-Gursai tried to seize him. The lumbering giant began to stagger as he tried to grab Maran. Maran almost fell but hung onto one of Nin-Gursais horns. He climbed back up. He reached down and readied the dagger. He stabbed the dagger into Nin-Gursais hollow eye socket. It was the only open and undefended part of the creatures body. Maran lost his balance as he struck at Nin-Gursai. He fell down to the ground. Nin-Gursai staggered backwards. The thick armour around him began to rupture and bursts of light issued forth from the crumbling exterior. Nin-Gursai roared. His horned helm began to crack and light spilled forth from the cracks. The surrounding mortal armies watched in amazement at what was happening. The Var-Lokkur stopped their attacks. They flew back up into the air. They became disorganized,

425

agitated, and dashed aimlessly through the clouds. Nin-Gursai roared as he felt his form dissipating. He thought it impossible. He was immortal. He was eternal and mighty. With an explosion of light and energy, Nin-Gursai was gone. The burst of light expanded and then began to contract. The contraction affected the frantic Var-Lokkur above. The imploding light drew them in. They tried to resist its grasp. They tried to fly away. The force proved too strong and the remaining Var-Lokkur were sucked up into the rift left behind by Nin-Gursai. With a final burst of light, the rift was gone and the desert fell silent. The minions of the Empire were gone. The forces of Mallar and Kandum cheered. Ishmar opened his eyes. He was not badly hurt. Elizabeth was relieved to see that he was all right. She helped Ishmar up and they rushed over to Maran. He was lying in the sand. Ishmar checked his pulse. He was alive. Astrain, in the form of the Roc, swooped down towards Esmeralda. She realized what he was going to do. Be careful. This may be a trap. I dont want anything to happen to you, She placed the bag with Astrains items around the birds neck. She picked up the Dath-Mer dagger and placed it in the bag with the other essential items. Go and save them, Esmeralda said. Astrain flew up into the air and left the battlefield behind. Esmeralda watched as the fast moving bird flew into the distance. Maran struggled to regain his consciousness. He was aware of everything that was happening around him. He was out of his body and the fading Nin-Gursai had a grasp upon his soul. The King of Var-Lokkur tried to drag him along into oblivion. Maran resisted the pull. He forced his way back into his body. Within the astral world, Nin-Gursai roared one final time and then disappeared forever. Maran opened his eyes. His body was still sore from the fall. Elizabeth smiled at him. She was relieved that he was alive. She hugged Maran. Ishmar was so

426

happy that he joined them in their hug. Maran was a true hero. Nin-Gursai is free now. His purpose is complete. He will find peace in time, Maran said. He was still a little hazy. Ishmar and Elizabeth looked at each other. They had no idea what he was talking about. The soldiers from Mallar and Kandum sat around. They were glad to be alive and yet they felt disillusioned and lost. They could not understand what was happening. The war seemed to be over. No one had the will left to fight. The Mallar forces preparing for the final siege at the western wall of Jukash began to fall back. They waited for the command from General Lafayette, which never came. There had been no word from Von Heilsig either for quite a while and the soldiers were rapidly losing their morale. The defenders of Jukash were relieved to see the Mallar forces falling back. They would not push the attack without orders from Hassiri or Kalahar.

Jabal experienced an alien emotion as he waited in his office. He tried to hide his fear from the mortals before. He felt the passing of Nin-Gursai. Something impossible had happened. An immortal had died. Jabal shuddered. Derrick and Christopher entered Von Heilsig office, he had sent for them earlier. They were surprised to see Laurence Laverney in the office. He was waiting there with a younger woman. Laurence recognized the one young soldier. He had grown up quite a bit since he had last seen him. He wanted to embrace his son. Derrick and Christopher stared as they noticed Von Heilsigs glowing eyes. The stakes have been prepared and these heretics will burn! Tell me the location of the rebel base and I may spare you, Jabal said. Laurence remained silent. You

427

may not care for your own life. Let us see if you care about your sons, Jabal said. Christopher! I have been trying to find you for all these years. I am so sorry, Laurence said. He was near tears. Christopher stared in confusion. You are my father? I remember the coordinates of the bases location! Spare my son and I will give it to you, Laurence said. He gave Von Heilsig fake coordinates but still a location he knew to be in the Cephor Woods. Axarxes, Karoxin! Take care of your new vessels, Jabal said. From a shadowy corner of the office, a black mist emerged. The mist split into two parts and the substance entered the mouths of Derrick and Christopher. These loyal servants of mine are particularly viscous and merciless towards their human hosts. They enjoy causing a fair amount of pain upon entrance, Jabal said. Derrick and Christopher groaned in pain. Derrick thought back to Tal-Mus words. He tried to resist the intrusion. His pain intensified as he fought the Var-Lokkur. What are you doing? I told you where the base is located, Laurence protested. He could not bear to hear the cries of agony from Christopher. You thought you could lie to me! Foolish mortal! You still have a chance to reveal the location to me. Take them to the stake! Jabal commanded. His Var-Lokkur soldiers seized Crystal and Laurence. Your son will watch as he kills you with his own hands. He will live with the torment and the guilt, Jabal said. Let Crystal go! She does not deserve this fate, Laurence pleaded. The people of Cephaloria call for the blood of the witch and the heretic. I would hate to disappoint them, Jabal replied. Christopher and Derrick forced the two prisoners to get up. They prepared to take them to the St. Conrads square where the stakes were waiting.

428

Save your miserable life by telling me truth. You can still save Crystal, Jabal said. Laurence, dont tell him anything, Crystal said. She looked directly at Von Heilsig and looked him in the eyes. She looked at Jabal. I can sense that underneath the confident facade, he feels fear. The light within Von Heilsigs eyes burned brighter. His voice thundered. Remove these goymar from my sight! In a few hours, they will burn as the heretics of old! He will kill us anyway, whether we tell him the truth or not, Crystal told Laurence as Derrick and Christopher removed them from the room.

Chapter 17: Liberation

Raleigh and Frank continued through the Cephor Forest on their way to the secret base. They spent their nights camping in the woods and they were fast running out of supplies. Their journey proved difficult, as they had to stay off the roads. Police and military patrols on the forest roads had increased. They seemed to be searching for something. Something else was stirring in the forest as well. The days were growing darker and the forest shadows writhed and moved. Raleigh and Frank spent their nights in fear as they heard horrifying sounds from within the forest. Animal sightings grew less frequent. Even the animals seemed to be hiding. The two men reached the road. Raleigh pointed out a landmark to Frank. A rock formation high in the mountains called Turtle rock. Frank looked up at the

429

strangely shaped rock that indeed looked like a turtles shell. The secret base was somewhere nearby. They ducked out of sight when they heard a vehicle approaching. It was a military patrol. They waited for the vehicle to pass by them. Suddenly, they heard a screeching call. Two winged creatures dashed from out of the forest. The creatures seized upon the patrol vehicle. They shook it and forced it off the road. The driver lost control and the vehicle crashed into a ditch off the side of the road. The two men heard screams and then all fell silent again. They cautiously approached the site of the crash. Bodies of soldiers were strewn about. The bodies were viciously clawed and torn. They heard the screeching call again. Run! Raleigh said. Frank followed him. They ran through the trees and Frank was sure he heard branches moving and breaking above them. Something was following them from above. They reached a clearing in the forest and stopped to catch their breath. Whatever was behind them was gone. They had nowhere else to run anyway. There was a sheer cliff before them. Frank looked around the inconspicuous clearing and he was surprised to see Ceppak runes, in red paint upon the cliff wall. This is the spot, Raleigh said. Frank could see no sign of a hidden base or even any kind of entrance. Raleigh felt along the cliff wall. Frank watched him closely. A part of the stone wall was fake. Raleigh lifted up a panel and Frank was surprised to see a small computer with a scanner. Raleigh entered a code and placed his thumb on the scanner surface. To Franks surprise, the cliff wall began to move to reveal an entrance. Stairs descended downwards. We have arrived, Raleigh said. They entered the passageway and armed guards immediately came to greet them. The vice-president has been expecting you. Please follow me, One of the guards said. He pressed a button and the secret entrance sealed behind them. Frank was surprised at the sheer size of the secret base. He saw rooms where weapons and tanks were stored and rooms were soldiers were undergoing

430

training. They moved on through the well-lit metallic hallways and reached the central control station. The guard escorted them inside. The room had a large oval table and strategic maps, diagrams, and a big television screen upon the wall. They moved into an adjacent room filled with computers and many screens. The screens revealed surveillance from the nearby forest. Vice-President John Sephira was pointing out an anomaly on one of the screens to one of his attendants. He turned away from the screens when his guests entered the room. The guard left the men to their meeting. Raleigh! It is good to see both of you again. We have much to discuss, John said. He turned to Frank. Are you the only one who made it here? I have heard some recent news of the whereabouts of the others. Let us go and sit down. John escorted them to the conference chamber and they took their seats around the table. Frank was eager to hear any news. He was very worried about Crystal. I have received reports from Raleigh these last few days. Tell me all about what you found in Tal-Mu. I know that Astrain and the girls followed a lead in Jukash. Unfortunately, we know nothing of their current whereabouts, except for Crystal, John said. Where is Crystal? Is she safe? Frank asked. He needed to know. She is safe for the moment, John said. It was hard to break the news. Von Heilsig has her and Laurence in custody. He is going to have them executed today. Executed? Frank asked. He found it hard to talk and only blurted out one word. He was stunned. He wanted to save Crystal and yet he felt powerless to help her. We will rescue her. We are going to launch the attack on Cephaloria today. You need to tell us about what you found in Tal-Mu and if it can be of any use, John said. Frank told him all about the things that Tal-Mu had revealed to them. John listened with interest as Frank told him about the Dath-Mer dagger. This dagger

431

is the only weapon that can actually kill Von Heilsig once the metamorphosis is complete, Frank said. One of my best agents in Cephaloria, tried to take a shot at Von Heilsig. If only we had succeeded then, John said. He was not sure he could believe everything that he heard from Frank. It sounded too incredulous. On the other hand, he had seen some weird things himself the last few days. He had seen Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur with his own eyes. They even captured one of the female creatures and interrogated her. We can no longer deny the existence of the otherworldly creatures that threaten our world. They appeared out of nowhere a few days ago and their numbers increase daily. They have attacked the patrols from Cephaloria under Von Heilsigs command. They are no friends of Mallar. We have watched their movements and we believe they are moving in on Cephaloria. They are waiting for something there, John said. It is in Cephaloria where Von Heilsig will undergo his transformation. He will likely move on to Tal-Mu soon. He will then seize the worldstone, Frank said. He was curious to hear what other news John had to share. We have received word from the north that the war there is over. Both the Mallar and Kandum forces came under attack from the creatures. It seems that Kalahar has disappeared. We do know that some of his forces remain and they are still loyal to his cause, John said. Are they still a threat? Raleigh asked. We captured and interrogated some of Kalahars elite warriors en route through the forest. We have learned that Kalahar had obtained some kind of new weapons technology. The delusional prisoner described it as something otherworldly. He believes it will cause widespread devastation. Before his

432

disappearance, Kalahar gave the order to his men to continue with a secret attack on Cephaloria. It seems he wanted to strike directly at Von Heilsig, John said. And some of Kalahars terror cells are still at large? Raleigh asked. Yes. We do not know the exact nature of the threat but they may still be planning an attack on of their own on Cephaloria. They want the presidential mansion destroyed. Our informant said Kalahar commanded Cephaloria cleansed of sin so the Kandumoth could rebuild upon its ruins, John said. How about your invasion of Cephaloria? Frank asked. He would gladly fight through the remnants of the Mallar army to save Crystal. Things have changed drastically these last few days. Our war is not against the government in Mallar anymore. It is almost as if there had been a sudden change in rule from the inside. Von Heilsig used to have strong defences around Cephaloria. A few days ago, the defences in Cephaloria suddenly became lax. The forces loyal to Von Heilsig have become fearful. Some have defected from his ranks. Soldiers from Mallar die every day at the hands of the otherworldly invaders. They do not know whom they serve anymore or what they are fighting for, John said. So, Cephaloria is weak and open to attack, Raleigh said. Yes. Our primary objective with the invasion of Cephaloria however, is to rescue the civilians left behind there. If the creatures attack, they will slaughter anyone they find. We interrogated one of the creatures, known as a Shukkabath and she made it clear that they intend to cleanse Talmar of all life, John said.

433

Maran had recovered from his ordeal. He was feeling much better. The soldiers from Mallar and Kandum had ended their fighting. The men and women left behind were left aimless and leaderless. Maran had overheard a discussion between Ishmar and Elizabeth. He knew that Ishmar was the true leader of Kandum. Ishmar however, was reluctant to take charge. Getting the forces of Mallar and Kandum to listen to him would be a near impossible task. These people are waiting for a leader. We can move on to Cephaloria. We can stop this invasion, Maran said. He climbed up upon a nearby tank and called the surrounding armies to listen. He was the hero who stopped Nin-Gursai and saved their lives. Ishmar joined him. It was time to take action. Maran nudged Ishmar to make a speech. Warriors of Talmar. You have seen the face of your true enemy. An enemy that threatens our very existence. You have also seen that they can be beaten. This enemy is the foe of both the Kandumoth and the Mallarim the enemy of all Talmarians. The true adversary of Talmar waits for us in Cephaloria the holy city of both faiths. It is time we make a stand. It is time we unite and face a common enemy. We must put aside our differences if we are to survive, Ishmar said. The crowds did not seem convinced and they were growing restless. Why should we unite with unbelievers? A Mallar soldier called out. This enemy does not care what you believe. They have come here to kill us all. You have seen them with your own eyes. The Var-Lokkur are no friends of Talmar, Ishmar said. A ruckus broke out amongst the gathered armies. They knew that the Var-Lokkur were divine beings mentioned in the holy books. They also knew that the VarLokkur did not favour either side. They attacked all of them mercilessly. If they took a stand, would they go against Jabal or Jalus will? What if the destruction of

434

Talmar was His will after all? On the other hand, they saw for themselves how Nin-Gursai was defeated. They heard how they were declared as enemies to be slaughtered. All is not as it appears. If we do not make a stand, our world will be no more. We only have only ourselves to rely on now, Ishmar said. We saw you with the Adversary. You seek to lead us to our doom! A Kandumoth soldier called out in an accusatory tone. You saw for yourselves that the so-called Adversary helped us against the beast. We are alive because of his aid. Join us and let us face the true Adversary of Talmar! Ishmar said. To his surprise, many soldiers from both sides approached to join them. Their instinct of self-preservation had kicked in. Talmar was the world they knew and their only home. It was time to fight for what they had. Their holy leaders had proven wanting and their words and promises had proven to be empty. Not everyone among the crowds seemed pleased with the state of affairs. Soldiers on both sides remained unconvinced that an allegiance with unbelievers was a good idea. Fortunately, the detractors had little fight left in them. Let us move on to Cephaloria! Ishmar said. The gathered forces of Mallar and Kandum prepared the remaining tanks and transports. Under Ishmars command, the forces moved out across the desert.

Derrick and Christopher moved the captives through the gathered crowds of Cephaloria. The people screamed profanities and insults as the heretics passed them by. A group of women brought a basket of rotten fruit to throw at the unbelievers. They took great delight in inflicting torment on the sinners. The women laughed and cheered as they managed to hit Crystal and tomato goo dripped from her face. One of the women walked up to Crystal and spat in her face. Witch! Whore! Where is your master now? The woman mocked. She knew

435

that unbelievers were the worst kind of stupid imaginable. Crystal began crying and Laurence grasped her hand. They finally reached the stakes prepared for them. Derrick was still aware as he watched in horror. He could not control his own body. He tried to fight. He tried to regain control. He had to do something. Von Heilsig arrived on the scene with his limo. He walked up to the stakes. Tie them up! Jabal commanded. Derrick and Christopher took the captives to the wooden poles, prepared amidst pyres of straw and wood. Christopher began to tie Laurence to the pole, while Derrick tended to Crystal. Derrick tried to resist the controlling Var-Lokkur again. He had to be strong. His head began pounding but he resisted every effort made by the Var-Lokkur to fasten Crystals bonds. Derrick clenched his teeth and fought mentally. He tried to move his hand and found that he could move it slightly. He strained in his effort. Derrick was surprised as he regained a sudden control of his body. The Var-Lokkur cursed at him from within his own mind. Run when you have the chance, Derrick whispered to Crystal. He did not fasten her bonds. Christopher had finished tying Laurence to the stake. Christopher! Listen to me! I love you. I am your father. Dont do this! Laurence pleaded. Christopher stared at him with empty black eyes and laughed. Jabal saw that the prisoners were fastened to their stakes. He turned to the crowds. They went wild with excitement. They longed to see the heretics punished. My faithful Mallarim! Let us watch these heretics burn! Listen to their cries of pain! Know that this pain is nothing compared to the pain they will endure in the eternal fire! Let the fire consume the enemies of the truth! The crowds cheered and sang praises. A crowd of Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur began to gather above the city. Jabal looked over the crowd of humans and at the servants of the empire gathered above. He smiled. He nodded at Derrick and Christopher. It was time for them to pour gasoline over the pyres. Derrick purposefully missed and spilled as much as he could. He had to bide his time. He

436

was not going to let Crystal or Laurence die. Set them alight! Jabal commanded. Derrick hurried over to Christopher. Stop. Dont do this. You can fight this. I know you are still in there, Derrick said. The Var-Lokkur within Christopher growled. What trickery is this? The Var-Lokkur demanded to know. Christopher. You can fight this! You have finally found your father. Resist the Var-Lokkur, Derrick begged. Jabal turned around and the light within him erupted with his growing rage. What is the meaning of this delay? Derrick looked Christopher straight in the eyes. All he could see was the empty blackness but he knew that Christopher was still somewhere in there. He touched Christopher on the shoulders and shook him gently. Christopher! You know me. Listen, you do not have to do this, Derrick said. Christopher responded to the words. Derrick noticed a change in his eyes as he snapped out of his possessed trance. Derrick was relieved to see Christopher resisting but the crowds were booing them. The enraged crowd now called for their deaths. Jabal rushed towards the boys. The crowd watched in amazement as Jabal picked Derrick up and threw him through the air. Christopher desperately tried to untie Laurence. Jabal pushed him out of the way and he crashed down to the ground a distance away. I will do this myself! Jabal said. He waved his hand and a spontaneous fire started burning upon the pyres. Thick smoke soon filled St. Conrads Park. Crystal shook off the ropes around her. She jumped from the pyre and watched the flames rapidly spreading. She ran over to Laurence but stood back as the flames around him leapt high. The fire was too hot to get close to him.

437

Astrain flew through the dark clouds around Cephaloria. He would face an occasional Var-Lokkur but the mighty claws of the Roc made short work of them. He passed over the mountains and finally saw Cephaloria down below. He noticed a crowd congregating in the St. Conrads square. He saw smoke rising from two pyres. He swooped down upon the scene. He crashed through a gathering of Shukkabath, desperate to get to his friends. Jabal looked up to see the mighty bird swoop from above. Attack now! Jabal commanded. Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur swept down from above and attacked the mortals in the crowd. A group of Shukkabath swarmed around the Roc. Astrain shook them off but more kept coming. They tried to pull him from the air as they latched onto his wings and clawed at him. Astrain mentally called the words of protection. A burst of light sent the Shukkabath away. He was enraged as he saw Von Heilsig down below. The Roc focussed upon the holy man and swept down with its claws out. Astrain grabbed Von Heilsig and sunk his talons into his shoulders. He lifted Von Heilsig up and then threw him with great force into the burning pyre where Laurence was tied up. Von Heilsig screamed as the flames engulfed him. He staggered up and desperately tried to put out the fire. Astrain could hear Crystal calling for help. She was trying to reach Laurence. In the form of the roc, Astrain flew towards the pyre. He braved the heat but he could not reach Laurence. The heat and smoke proved too much. He flew back upwards to try again. He flew back into the heat and flames. The feathers of the Roc caught fire within the inferno. Astrain found that Laurence was unconscious. He pulled him from the pole and found that the fire had weakened the ropes. Astrain placed Laurence down on the ground and Crystal ran towards them. The Roc flapped its wings to get rid of the burning flames thereon. Crystal helped to smother and douse the remaining flames. Laurence was not waking up. The burn wounds on his body were not excessive but he had inhaled a lot of smoke. Crystal checked his pulse

438

and his breathing and found both to be absent. She tried to resuscitate Laurence but her efforts did not work. She tried repeatedly. Laurence however, was already dead. Crystal was devastated. She wept. She held Laurences hand. She hoped that he could still wake up at any moment. Chaos erupted among the surrounding crowd as Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur attacked the fleeing citizens. They desperately tried to find shelter. A lucky few reached their homes and shut themselves in - A temporary respite. Derrick stood up. His whole body ached. He went over to where Christopher was lying and found that he was still alive. The fall had knocked him unconscious. Derrick approached the mourning Crystal and the mysterious bird. He was shocked to see that Laurence did not make it. Astrain quickly flew into some bushes and out of sight, as Derrick and Crystal looked on in surprise. He mentally called the words to reverse the spell of transformation. He found himself naked again. He took out the clothes Esmeralda packed for him and quickly got dressed. Derrick and Crystal were surprised to see Astrain emerge from the bushes where the Roc had disappeared. Crystal embraced him. She knew there was something familiar about the Roc. How did you Derrick asked. He was stunned. He could not understand what had just happened. Could Astrain really change his form? Derrick thought it impossible but then he realized that he had seen plenty of strange things already. Shape shifting would be no more ridiculous than mythical creatures attacking Cephaloria. Astrain was happy to see Derrick. He was relieved that he was safe. Astrain could not bear to look at Laurence. He felt ready to break down and cry. However, there was no time to mourn. Sorrow turned to rage as Astrain looked upon Von Heilsigs charred corpse. He took out the Dath-Mer dagger from his

439

backpack. Crystal immediately sensed great power emanating from the dagger. You found the dagger, Crystal said. It is time to finish this, Astrain replied. He approached Von Heilsig with the dagger in his hand. Derrick looked at Von Heilsig Is he The dagger will finish him off. It will put an end to everything, Astrain replied. Deep laughter filled St. Conrads Park. Von Heilsig began to stir. He slowly stood up. Astrain moved in to stab him but he grabbed Astrains arm. Astrain was surprised at the strength. He threw Astrain back through the air. Crystal and Derrick watched as Von Heilsigs skin began to regenerate. What a fool! You cant kill a god, Jabal said. Derrick and Crystal rushed to Astrains side. Shukkabath! Var-Lokkur! To me! Jabal commanded. The minions left the rest of the fleeing citizens behind and turned their attention to the Veil Lord. They approached the three mortals but kept their distance as they sighted the DathMer dagger. Do not fear the Dath-Mer dagger. This one does not have the strength to wield it! Jabal said. You need to get Crystal out of here! He is too strong. We cant fight him like this, Derrick said. He clutched his head and Astrain could see that he was in pain. What about you? Astrain asked. They wont attack me, Derrick said. His eyes turned black. I am one of them, Derricks voice suddenly changed. He fought to regain some control. I cant keep this Var-Lokkur contained for much longer. Take Crystal and go! We need another plan. Astrain realized that what he said made sense. Facing Jabal directly was not a good option. The Adversary is still cursed. The prophecy will come to pass. You will still die at the hands of the righteous servants of light. You are doomed! Kaleiha and Tal-Mu

440

could write around the destiny I wove - They could not undo it! Jabal said. He approached them. Astrain ignored his words. I can sense that your power is waning, Crystal said. Again, she sensed Jabals fear and uncertainty. Brace yourself! Hang on! Astrain said to Crystal. He put the dagger away for the time being. He recited the Zakkarian words to transform back into the Roc. He stood ready so that Crystal could climb on his back. People are losing faith in you! You must have thought your victory would be quick and decisive. You did not expect the people of Talmar to resist like this, Crystal called to Jabal. The light within Von Heilsig erupted. Many Talmarians still called to him for salvation and mercy at that very moment, yet he knew that Crystal was speaking the truth. For some reason he felt weaker than before. The Roc flew upwards with Shukkabath in pursuit. Crystal called the words of protection to throw them off their trail. Astrain flew away as fast as he could. He remembered the map and coordinates to the hidden base. Even with that information, it would still be hard to find. Axarxes! Karoxin! To me! Jabal commanded. He watched as Astrain and Crystal disappeared on the horizon. The Var-Lokkur within Derrick and Christopher responded. Christopher awoke and approached his master along with Derrick. Jabal wanted to deal with his weakly servants. He desired to punish them for their failure. He decided against punishment for the time being. He still needed them. You let these goymar get the better of you? Jabal asked. Derrick fell down on his knees. I am sorry master! The boy has stopped fighting. I will serve you loyally. Please, do not punish me! Axarxes pleaded through Derrick.

441

We have work to do. Tell the other Var-Lokkur to take hold of any mortal guards and soldiers still loyal to our cause. Bring them to my side. I must leave for TalMu as soon as possible. If you see that bird again, shoot it down immediately, Jabal said.

Frank was lying down in the private quarters that John Sephira had prepared for him. He found that he could not rest. He was too worried about Crystal. He heard a knock on the door. John needs to talk to us, He heard Raleigh say from the other side. He followed Raleigh to the briefing room where the Vice-President awaited them. Cephaloria has come under attack by the creatures. We need to take action now. The forces are prepared and ready to be dispatched. We must get the civilians out of there, John looked at Frank. Still no news of Astrain or the mysterious weapon. We will have to go ahead without it, John said. Follow me. He entered the adjacent control centre and entered a code into the computer. Sirens went off throughout the base. The base was opening up. Frank watched the screen. He saw another entrance to the base sliding open - Large mechanic doors hidden in the mountainside. Transport vehicles carrying soldiers moved out into the forest and onto the roads. Astrain was tiring. Crystal was getting heavier by the minute. He scanned the Cephor Forest for any signs of the secret base. He only knew he had to look for the landmark called turtle rock. He saw an array of Mallar military transports on the road below. He followed them to their source and saw a large entrance into the mountains. He landed nearby. Nearby soldiers stared at the strange spectacle of a bird thought to be extinct carrying a woman on its back. Frank still watched the screens in the control centre. He was amazed at the size of the force under the vice-presidents command. He noticed something strange

442

on one of the screens. He had to take a closer look. It is Crystal! Frank exclaimed. He was relieved to see her safe and alive. John quickly led him through the corridors to a large barracks where vehicles and planes were stored. They emerged through the large blast doors. Hesitant soldiers kept their guns pointed at the mysterious woman and the bird. She had to be taken for questioning. Frank pushed the soldiers aside and embraced Crystal. They hugged and shared a kiss. Crystal heard the Roc making noises and whining. Can we get some clothes for Astrain, She said. Astrain? Frank asked. He looked at the Roc. John instructed nearby soldiers to carry out the request. They returned with a blanket. The only thing they could find at short notice. Astrain resumed his human form and Crystal covered him. Where is Laurence? Frank asked. Crystal wept and Frank held her tightly. He understood. Laurence did not make it, Astrain said. He looked down. Let us get you inside, John said. Back in the briefing room, they waited for Astrain to join them. He was getting dressed. He entered the room and brought his backpack with him. He took out the Dath-Mer dagger for them to see. I have a plan to get to Von Heilsig. I need an opportunity to use the dagger. I have all that I need. The dagger, the book of Tual John interrupted him. What is the book of Tual? He had never heard of it before. It is a powerful book of Zakkarian magic, Astrain lifted up the bronze talisman with its engraved sigil. I also have a part of Jabals true name, Astrain said. While you go after Von Heilsig, we will get as many civilians out of Cephaloria as we possibly can. We will fight our way through his minions, John said. Good.

443

We need to prevent Von Heilsig from leaving Cephaloria. We need to keep him there at all costs. He must not reach Tal-Mu. An attack will provide a necessary diversion. It may buy me some time, Astrain said. John looked to Astrain. I will trust you to take care of things. You sure you dont need any help? It will be better if I go alone. It will be easier to remain undetected. I may have some help waiting on the inside, Astrain said. A soldier entered the briefing room and told the vice-president about a sighting of Kalahars elite soldiers near Cephaloria. This does complicate things, John said. He thanked the messenger and turned back to the meeting. We may have a limited amount of time to complete our plans. Some of Kalahars fanatical followers intend to destroy Cephaloria. We have no idea when they plan to strike. Will such a blast kill Von Heilsig? I dont think so. The Dath-Mer dagger is the only thing that can truly kill him as far as we know. Stopping him is the key to stopping this invasion, Astrain said. You are going to do this at great personal risk. We will try to intercept the Kandumoth insurgents as best we are able, John said. My friend is still in there. I need to help him. John nodded. He turned to Raleigh. I need you to contact the forces stationed at the mountain forts. They probably have no idea what is going on. See if they will join us. I have heard that a combined Mallar and Kandum force is headed this way from the desert. A man called Ishmar leads them. We could use their help, John said. Astrain was happy to hear the news. It meant that he would see Elizabeth. John dismissed the meeting. He and Raleigh had to take care of the final preparations for the invasion. They moved over to the control centre. Frank

444

and Crystal left for their private quarters. Astrain overheard Raleigh and John discussing some plans. He could also hear that they were discussing the future of Talmar. Once this war is over we need to rebuild our economy. It will take time but things will eventually get back to the way they were, John said. What about the religious cults and beliefs? We do not know what will happen with them once all this is over, Raleigh said. I only hope the world will finally be free of all of this primitive superstition. Religion and spirituality should be discouraged - perhaps even banned. You have seen where these primitive superstitions and myths eventually lead us. The sooner the people of Talmar forget all about spirituality the better, John said. Astrain could feel his temperature rising. He agreed on religion being an evil but the thought that John wanted to remove spirituality enraged him. The world would simply go on as it was. Strict Atheism is the only logical choice, Raleigh said.

On Uaperos, Katriona sat within her palace. She listened with pleasure as Jezebath endured torture for her failure. The Veil Mistress felt a sudden intrusion and in a flash of light, the Lord Kalashroh appeared before her. I am sorry to barge in on your world like this but the situation is dire, Kalashroh said. What is happening? Katriona asked. She had sensed that something was wrong. The Soul Reavers have returned. Their master has been unleashed. They are already launching their attack. They have picked up where they have left off. We are at war, Kalashroh said.

445

Katrionas light dimmed. She knew of the Soul Reavers only by reputation. They could destroy mortals and immortals alike. They destroyed everything in their path. They were the spiritual powers responsible for causing black holes. They consumed all things they came across. These zealots have already activated black holes near the worlds of Anorin and Lakalor. Billions of lives have been lost. They attack suddenly and unexpectedly and they seem to be targeting random locations, Kalashroh said. Katriona could sense his fear. I saw this in my visions. The end of the empire. The end of all things, Kalashroh said. Katriona knew the Soul Reavers to be fanatics. They believed they were on a special mission from the very Source of All to return all matter to formlessness. She understood that no one really knew or could even begin to comprehend the Source of All, not even the Soul Reavers. They were deluded zealots. The worldstone is now our final hope. The Empire must seize it, if we are to repel the threat, Kalashroh said. Katriona knew that the stone had far greater powers than simply altering reality. She also knew that the Soul Reavers feared the stone. They were an ancient race. They came into being long before the Veil Lords themselves. It was rumoured that they knew the secrets of the stone hidden on Talmar. We have failed in our plan to keep Jabal contained. Kalahar has betrayed us, as we feared. He sought to use the sacred name to obtain the stone for himself. He wanted to complete his apotheosis, Kalashroh said. Katrionas light erupted. Curse him! He was a traitor to all. He had always been ambitious and power hungry. Jabal merely tolerated him because he saw so much of himself in that old fool. He founded one faith on Talmar and ended up leading the other. He betrayed his own people and he betrayed all of us.

446

Kalahar was the one who originally managed to summon and contain KaranzinKahn. The beast killed him when it was set free. Now the Empire is in dire peril, Kalashroh said. Katriona only hoped that the secret of the True Name died with Kalahar. She had always been curious to learn how exactly Kalashroh had obtained it and how Kalahar had in turn pried it from him. We cant trust that Jabal will claim the stone for the Empire. He will likely use it to destroy the Soul Reavers and us. I will travel to Talmar myself. I will seize the stone for the empire! Katriona said. She knew that Jabal was power hungry and had ambitions of being the one true god. She also felt that he was weakening. She had sensed the release of power at the passing of Nin-Gursai. The VarLokkur were greatly weakened after his destruction. That will be the best course of action. Unfortunately, we cannot send more reinforcements to Talmar. We need our forces to repel the Soul Reavers as best as we are able. Our resources are spread thin, Kalashroh said. Have your priests prepare to open a rift for me. The Veil of Talmar is nearly gone. I should get there in time, Katriona said. Our very survival now depends on the stone. All will be ready in a while, Kalashroh said. He sensed that another world was under attack. These Soul Reavers will not rest until all the worlds are crushed back into nothingness. Until all form is destroyed a big crunch. Kalashroh disappeared in a flash of light.

Astrain met Frank and Crystal outside the base. He had everything prepared to go and face Von Heilsig and his indwelling spirit. John and Raleigh joined them. Do you have any advice that could help us in our assault? John asked. Astrain described the protection ritual to him. He asked for a piece of paper and a pen

447

and drew one of the Zakkarin runes thereon. This is Serok. It is a rune of warding. Trace it on your weapons and vehicles. Along with the protection ritual, it should at least help a bit. I will keep Von Heilsig busy, Astrain said. Crystal hugged Astrain and they all wished him luck. We will see you in Cephaloria when all this is over, Frank said. Astrain recited the Zakkarian words and transformed into the Roc. It is time to move out, John said. He gave the order and the forces of Mallar under his command, moved towards Cephaloria. He climbed in a transport vehicle with Frank and Crystal. As Astrain flew over Cephaloria, he saw swarms of Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath down below. They were searching through buildings, trying to find survivors. Astrain ignored them and flew towards the presidential mansion. Mallar soldiers possessed by Var-Lokkur stood at guard on the surrounding walls. Astrain landed near the mansion and remained out of sight. He assumed human form and gathered up his clothes and items. He checked the Book of Tual to find the ritual of invisibility. He hoped it would work at the second attempt. He tried a different pronunciation of the words he had struggled with before. He watched as his hands began to fade. It was working. Astrain slipped past two guards at the mansions gate. The front door of the mansion was open. He quickly slipped inside. Mortal guards with blackened eyes patrolled the hallway. Confidant in his invisibility, Astrain walked right past them. He had to find Derrick. You there! Stop! A guard called from behind. How could they see him? More guards approached from the front. Astrain was trapped. Be careful with this one. Seize the Dath-Mer dagger! The guard commanded. A soldier possessed by a VarLokkur approached and seized Astrains bag. Take him to the Lord. Do not even

448

think about uttering the words of protection. In this place, Jabals power is supreme. The guards escorted Astrain to Von Heilsigs office. They flung him to the floor before Jabal. Jabal seized the bag and put it aside on his desk. I can see through your invisibility and so can the can Var-Lokkur. Let me demonstrate how weak your magic really is, Jabal waved his hand and the spell was undone. Astrain found that he was visible again. You will suffer for all you have done, Jabal said. Astrain could feel an invisible grasp on his throat, chocking him. He lifted up into the air. The invisible force smashed him against the wall. You have brought the Dath-Mer straight to me. Astrain struggled to breathe as the crushing grip around his throat intensified. It is The office door opened and an out of breathe guard entered. Cephaloria is under attack! John Sephira is here, The Var-Lokkur said through its mortal vessel. They will be no match for the Shukkabath warriors, Jabal said. They are using some form of magic. They are fending off the attacks from the Shukkabath. Their weapons are proving effective. The Shukkabath cannot reform faster than they can shoot them. They are making headway into the city, The Var-Lokkur. It is time I deal with these rebels once and for all. Now they will bear witness to my full wrath, Jabal said. The light within Von Heilsig burst forth in bright radiance. Take this prisoner down below and put an end to his miserable life. Make it slow, Jabal said. He left the room. He walked to the outside of the mansion and stood on the cliffs overlooking Cephaloria. He could see the army under Johns command down below. They had transports ready and loaded citizens into them. The evacuation was well underway. Armed soldiers kept the Shukkabath at bay while others helped with the rescue mission. The rescue

449

teams moved through the streets Cephaloria and announced that survivors should join them. The Var-Lokkur guard escorted Astrain to the torture chambers underneath the presidential mansion. He threw him into a cell. Astrain heard the guard arguing with other Var-Lokkur on how to slowly torture and kill him. None of the methods sounded pleasant. Boil him alive! That is too humane for this one. We should tear him open and pour maggots into his wounds. Astrain continued to listen to their conversation with increasing horror. He could see no way out. Derrick and Christopher, with Axarxes and Karoxin within them, were on patrol in another part of the mansion. Axarxes was pleased to hear the news of the Adversarys capture. Derrick fought on from within. He tried to focus on his extremities again and tried to regain control. He focussed on his hand and exerted his will to try to move a finger. Derrick struggled and Axarxes resisted. This is my body! I command you to get out! Derrick said mentally. He struggled. He managed to move his hand to one side and Axarxes seized control and moved it to the other. It was a strange sensation as Derrick fought for control of his body.

Astrain waited in the cell as the Var-Lokkur guards continued their argument. One of the guards approached. We have decided how we are going to torture and kill you. First we will cut of your limbs with a hacksaw The guard stopped abruptly and turned around when he heard footsteps coming down the stairs.

450

Jabal has demanded that I deal with this prisoner. You are to report to the front lines of battle. You are needed there, Axarxes said. Why would he deprive us of this pleasure, One of the guards asked. My vessel knew this mortal in life. Apparently, meant a lot to him. It would only be right that I should be the one to torture and end his life, Axarxes said. The guards with their indwelling Var-Lokkur stood watching. Get to it! You would not want to keep the Lord waiting, Axarxes said. Derrick approached Astrains cell. Derrick! Astrain called. He was surprised to see that Derrick still had the empty blackness within his eyes. Dont worry. I think I have subdued the Var-Lokkur inside me. At least for a moment, Derrick said. He unlocked Astrains cell. His eyes turned back to its regular blue colour. Astrain and Derrick heard the door to the torture chamber opening. Someone else was coming. You can easily move through the palace. Von Heilsig is not in his office right now. I need you to gather my things, Astrain whispered. He told Derrick to look for his backpack. He described the book of Tual and then instructed Derrick to look for a specific ritual diagram within the book. The office will be the ideal spot for my plan to work. There is a carpet there, covering the floor. Lift the carpet and trace the diagram, Trace it? With what? Derrick asked. Search the offices. Look for chalk or anything you can use. Cover up the circle once you are done, Astrain said. Christopher came down the stairs. What are you going to do? Derrick asked.

451

Get the Dath-Mer dagger. We need it against the Var-Lokkur, Astrain said. He knew how strong the Var-Lokkur were even when constrained in a physical vessel. Bring the dagger back here. It would be best if you go alone, Astrain whispered. Christopher approached. What is the meaning of this? Karoxin asked. I have come to see the prisoner for myself. I wish to be the one to torture and kill him, Derrick replied. He controlled Axarxes and made his eyes go black. The Var-Lokkur within him protested and wanted to warn his brother. Will you watch the prisoner for me? Jabal has called to me. There is some trouble in another part of the palace, Derrick said. Very well, Karoxin replied. Something did not feel right. He knew however, that he could trust his brother. Derrick quickly moved out of the prison and through the halls. He went straight to Von Heilsigs office. He rummaged through Von Heilsigs drawers, afraid that either Von Heilsig or the Var-Lokkur would be on to him at any second. Derrick looked for chalk but the only thing he could find was a black permanent marker. It would have to do. Derrick was surprised to stumble upon an item he recognized. It was the protective amulet given to him by Astrain. Von Heilsig had confiscated it back at the camp. Derrick took the amulet. He then grabbed Astrains belongings from the desk and searched through the Book of Tual. He found the diagram Astrain described. It consisted of a double circle with Zakkarian lettering inside the band and a hexagram appeared within the inner circle. More glyphs and symbols adorned the points of the star. Derrick lifted up the carpet in the centre of the office and began tracing. He swore at the Zakkarians for being so intricate in their magical designs as he drew the complex glyphs. He only hoped he was doing it correctly.

452

The evacuation of civilians was proceeding well. John, Frank and Crystal watched from a distance as transport vehicles loaded with civilians prepared to depart. Armed soldiers escorted the transports through the city. Other fighters kept the minions of the empire at bay. The battle was going well. Jabal watched the Mallar forces from the cliffs above. Soldiers still searched through houses and buildings and called out to survivors. More survivors gathered in the St. Conrads Park, ready to be loaded into transports. Jabal had bided his time. He waited for the right moment. He wanted to put fear into the hearts of his enemies. He watched the growing crowd of civilians and soldiers down in the park. He lifted up his right hand. It was time to show them his wrath. The people down below in the park looked up as a deep laughter came from the direction of the cliffs. Von Heilsig held his right hand out and splayed his hand. It began to glow. What is he doing? John asked. He saw the glowing figure in the distance. The light from Von Heilsigs hand increased in brightness and intensity. A sudden burst of bright light issued forth and the humans down below in the park were engulfed within the sudden blast. Within seconds, the light receded. Everyone caught in the blast was dead. Only bones and burned out vehicles remained. Hundreds of men, women and children were killed in an instant. John gaped in horror. Jabal had obliterated half of his army in a mere second. Jabal turned around as four soldiers possessed by Var-Lokkur approached him. I am sorry my Lord. Axarxes said that you needed us, One of the soldiers said. Axarxes! The weak fool! Jabal said. He could not contain his rage. The four soldiers fell down dead and the Var-Lokkur within them dissolved. Jabal turned to

453

where John Sephira was standing. It was time to deal with him and his rebellion one final time... Derrick steadied his hand to trace the last bit of the ritual diagram. He was nervous. Axarxes within him was putting up a fight again. He tried to prevent Derrick from completing the circle. Derrick fought him. Get out of my body! Derrick commanded. He grasped the protective amulet and placed it on his forehead. I command you! Get out now! Axarxes protested in the form of a severe headache. Derrick searched through Astrains bag and took out the DathMer dagger. He immediately felt that Axarxes was horrified. He could feel his heart beating faster and he could feel the nervous twists in his stomach. You are afraid of this dagger? Get out of my body! I command you, begone! Derrick clutched his head in severe pain. He fell down on his knees and a black mist came out of his mouth. The wispy blackness floated before him. The Var-Lokkur took on a physical form. Derrick picked up the dagger and kept it pointed at Axarxes. Axarxes felt the need to tear Derrick to shreds. He kept his distance. Derrick had a protective amulet and the Dath-Mer dagger. Axarxes backed away. I need to warn Jabal, Axarxes said. He transformed into a black mist and sped out of the office. Derrick quickly traced the last of the diagram. He had to get back to Astrain and Christopher.

Jabal lifted up his hand again and the glow returned. John Sephira! You will feel the full extent of my wrath! Fall down on your knees and praise my name! Acknowledge me as your one true god and I may show you mercy this day. Let your men kneel before and sing my praises, Jabal said. His voice thundered

454

through the city. John gave his answer in the form of silence. He was relieved to see transport vehicles with many civilians already out of the city. Fall back! John commanded the soldiers on the field of battle. They began to retreat with Shukkabath in pursuit. It is time worms know their place, Jabal said.

Derrick hurried back to the dungeon. Karoxin immediately sensed that Axarxes was no longer present. What is happening? How can you be free of Axarxes? Karoxin asked. He could not understand how a mortal could resist a Var-Lokkur. It was something unheard of. Get out of that body! I am taking my friends and leaving this place! Derrick said. Christophers eyes widened as Derrick pulled out the Dath-Mer dagger. Karoxin was afraid. The protective magic around Derrick prevented him from attacking. His honour and his spirit would be broken if he fled. A black mist escaped from Christophers mouth. He fell down to the floor, unconscious. Astrain opened his cell and took his items from Derrick. Now what are we going to do? Derrick asked. You finished the circle? I hope I did it right, Take Christopher and leave this place. There may be an attack at any moment. You need to get out of Cephaloria, Astrain said. Derrick was hesitant to leave him. Please just go. I need to face Jabal. I need to finish this. Astrain looked down. I dont know what is going to happen after this. He looked at Derrick. I wish things could have worked out differently. We are cool? No more bad feelings? Derrick asked.

455

Everything is cool, Astrain turned to leave. He knew that there was no time for lengthy goodbyes. He did not want to be around Derrick for too long anyway. Good luck my friend, Derrick said. He helped Christopher up and supported him. Christopher was still weak and struggled to walk on his own. Astrain moved to Von Heilsigs office. He checked the ritual diagram and saw that all was ready. He placed the bronze amulet with the True Name sigil around his neck. He looked up the True Name that Kalahar had written down as part of the incantation they were to use. Astrain struck the sigil with the Dath-Mer dagger in an act of sympathetic magic. The True Name was the embodiment and representation of Jabal. In a magical context, what was done to the sigil would be done to Jabal. Jabal! Atbash-Jabul-Bal-Abgetzor! I know thee! I know thy name! I summon thee to me!

The light around Jabal grew brighter. The remaining Mallar soldiers would never escape in time. Frank embraced Crystal and held her tightly. They closed their eyes. John Sephira braced himself for death. My Lord! Jabal turned around to see Axarxes. He feared Jabals wrath but he knew he had to warn his Lord of the imminent danger. He never had the chance to give the warning as Jabal instantly destroyed him in his fit of rage. Jabal would tolerate no further failure. He prepared to wipe out the last of the Mallar defenders. A sudden nagging pain caused him pause. This is not possible! The Mallar forces awaited death and they were surprised when they heard screams coming from the cliffs above. The light was gone. The Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur on the field of battle stopped to stare in confusion. It sounded as if

456

Jabal was in pain. The impossible was happening. The minions of the empire were afraid and began to scatter. Jabal quickly moved to his office. He staggered as he felt more crippling pain through his body. He barged into the office to see Astrain waiting with the DathMer dagger. How are you doing this? Jabal asked. Astrain lifted up the sigil for Jabal to see. I command thee spirit. I know thee! I know thy name! Astrain struck the sigil again and Jabal screamed in agony. This is not possible! No one can know my name! Jabal thought back to events that transpired millennia ago. Betrayal! Jabal approached Astrain. He wanted to tear his heart from his chest but he could feel himself weakening. He walked over the carpet and stepped into the magic circle. He felt a magical barrier blocking his further movement. He was trapped. The light within Von Heilsig erupted. He began to understand the full extent of Astrains trickery. You had a chance to kill me before. Von Heilsigs body was near death. It took me a while to regenerate, Jabal said. I know. Everything has worked out as I planned. I can now face you on my terms. I am going to extract the full extent of your power. You will reveal the whole of your True Name to me. I will be the saviour of Talmar. I will bring the light of true spirituality to the people of Talmar. I will free this world from the dark grip of faith, Astrain said. This circle will not hold me forever! Jabal said. Jabal knew that the circle could contain spirit but it could not contain flesh. Von Heilsig could leave the circle but Jabal would remain trapped. Jabal knew that he was intimately bound to Von Heilsig through the Chosens rituals. He could not separate from his physical vessel without killing the host. Losing Von Heilsig at that stage meant losing his grip on Talmar. The circle will hold long enough, Astrain struck the sigil with

457

the Dath-Mer dagger. Jabal howled in pain. I command you! Tell me your True Name! Astrain commanded. He struck the sigil again.

Chapter 18: The Fall of Cephaloria

A cadre of Kalahars elite guards, led by a man named Salladin were surprised to find the presidential mansion undefended. The creatures were scattering and the Mallar forces were preoccupied with fending off their last spirited attacks. Salladin praised Jalu as he watched the Mallar forces fighting the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur. The Lord was yet on their side and he had paved the way for them. Two of the men under Salladins command carried a large device. Salladin did not understand its workings but he knew it to be a powerful weapon. It was a bomb that would cause mass devastation. Cephaloria would be cleansed of the taint of sin. Salladin had heard strange rumours about the army from the north siding with unbelievers. He cursed the traitors. He would gladly die for his faith. The Kandumoth group moved into the mansion unseen. All was silent. They paused when they heard screams coming from one of the rooms. It did not sound human. Move on! Salladin commanded. They found their way to the basement and the dungeons below. The device was ready. They would have revenge on Mallar. Revenge for the attack on Kandum and the killing of innocents and revenge for the Kalahars dissapearance.

458

We need to get out of here! John Sephira commanded. He needed to get his men and civilians to safety. The forces of Mallar began to withdraw. Transports with civilians were leaving the city in a steady stream.

Jabal was cornered. He loathed being in such a vulnerable position. With the power of the True Name, Astrain was in control. Astrain struck the sigil again. Jabal howled in pain. I command you to reveal the whole of your name, Astrain said. Never! Jabal replied. Astrain struck the sigil several times. It is over Jabal. I have the upper hand now. You have no choice but to obey. Only when you reveal your name will you be free, Astrain said. I will not surrender my power to you! You will die! I have cursed the Adversary! I have doomed Kaleihas plots to fail, Jabal said. Astrain struck the sigil again. Jabal felt how the Chosen still performed their rituals on Tal-Mu. They fed him strength and power. He sensed that loyal followers were somewhere in the mansion calling upon his name at that very moment. He focussed his awareness upon them. It was Kalahars men. The people of Talmar will never listen to you, Jabal said. They will listen once I have the stone. They will embrace truth, Astrain replied. Jabal laughed. He and Astrain had more in common than he had ever thought. Astrain struck the sigil again. The light in Von Heilsig erupted. Certain laws constrain me as I am bound in this circle. Were it not for this magic, I would be tearing out your intestines, Jabal said.

459

Save it. You do not frighten me anymore, Astrain struck the sigil. You are in no position to make threats, I will be free soon, Jabal said. Astrain struck the sigil again. He struck it several more times. I bind and constrain you Jabal. I bind you to reveal the truth. I bind you to reveal your name! Astrain struck the sigil several more times and Jabal cringed in pain. Reveal your name! Astrain commanded. Jabal felt the magic constraining him. He felt himself losing control. He began to utter the name against his will. He had to act quickly. Kalahars men would strike at any moment. Atbash-Jabul-BalAbgetzor-Kalim-Xerxon-Jehe-Ningash-Bathar! A burst of light issued forth from Von Heilsig as the name was uttered. The ground began to shake and thunder rolled in the clouds above. All of Talmar seemed to tremble at the utterance of the name. The bright explosion of light and energy lit up the entire mansion. The light spread outwards over all of Cephaloria. Observers had to either look away or cover their eyes due to the immense brightness. The Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath watched as the light spread. They dissolved instantly as the light engulfed them. Derrick was still struggling to get Christopher to safety. He watched from a distance as the explosion of light came from the mansion. A terrible roar followed the burst of light. Jabal was enraged. His power was rapidly waning. It was over. He grabbed the knife that Von Heilsig always carried in his trouser pocket. He jumped out of the circle. Astrain could not bear to look upon Jabal during the release of energy. He was surprised to see Von Heilsig staggering towards him. He had escaped the circle. In that brief moment before death, Von Heilsig plunged his dagger right into Astrains abdomen. Astrain looked down at the dagger protruding from his stomach. His face contorted into a gesture of surprise and pain. He pulled the

460

dagger out. His hands were covered in blood and more blood poured from the wound. The pain worsened. He was so close to victory. As blood poured from the wound, he began feeling lightheaded. Astrain realized victory was slipping from his grasp. He watched Von Heilsig smile before he, himself collapsed and died. The spirit of Jabal was forced from his body and the violent separation had killed him. Astrain tried to leave the office but he was weakening. He collapsed onto the floor. He weakly tried to call upon the True Name. He could use it to escape death.

For Jalu! For the Kandumoth! Salladin called as he pressed the button that would detonate the bomb. He and his men sat around and closed their eyes as the fiery blast killed them instantly. Astrain did it! Jabal is fading! Crystal said. They watched as the light from the mansion subsided. The joy of victory was short lived as they watched the sudden explosion rip through the mansion. Frank had to hold Crystal as they realized what had happened. Astrain had sacrificed his life to save them. The explosion from the mansion took two whole blocks of the city with it. The Academy of Knowledge, parliamentary buildings and town hall were all destroyed in that single blast. Derrick was tiring as he helped Christopher along. He looked back to see the explosion. The force from the blast sent them flying. They were not seriously hurt. They had escaped the area just in time.

It is over, John said. Cephaloria fell silent. The last of the Mallar forces were leaving the city. The entourage of military vehicles and transports moved to a newly erected camp. John had ordered the camp to be set up for the refugees. It

461

was set up on the hills outside Cephaloria. John took some time to discuss matters with his men. He returned to Frank and Crystal with news. My men are still searching for any remaining Shukkabath or Var-Lokkur. So far, they have found nothing. The creatures seem to be gone. The war is over now. We can celebrate our victory and honour our fallen comrades. We will not forget Astrain for his sacrifice. I will not forget the role you played in all this either, John said. Frank had to hold and support Crystal. They were sad that Astrain had to die but at the same time, they believed that he had done a noble deed, worthy of honour. There was no time for sadness in the camp as the survivors began to feel the celebratory spirit. It was time to celebrate victory and toast fallen comrades. The prophesied end of the world never came. They would live to see a new dawn.

Chapter 19: Days of Peace

The dark clouds around Cephaloria were gone. The sun shone down on the camp. It had been two long days of celebration. Frank and Crystal were still asleep in their tent when they heard a man calling to them. The president would like a word with you. They got up and got dressed. They joined John in his tent. We have a lot of work ahead if we are to renovate and rebuild. Lots of people have lost their homes, John said.

462

I have cleared all charges against my name. I have proof I was nowhere near Cephaloria at the time of Daves death. I have also cleared all charges against you. Your names and characters are free of any stain. With Von Heilsig gone, I have been sworn in as president of Mallar. The people look to me as their leader now, John added. Frank and Crystal stood listening. They hoped John would have some news about Astrain. They did not expect that he could have survived but they still hoped. I have had people searching through the rubble left by the explosion. We identified some of the remains we uncovered. Von Heilsig is among the dead, John said. Astrain? Crystal quickly interrupted. Nothing yet. However, we found the Dath-Mer dagger amidst the rubble, John placed it on the table in front of him. The dagger was unharmed. Strangely enough, we found that strange book. Astrain called it the Book of Tual or something. Somehow, it survived the explosion, John placed the book on the table with the dagger, John could see that the uncovered artefacts were little consolation. I am sure we will uncover something soon. We must be on the right track if we found these items.

Frank had planned to spend the entire day with Crystal - Just the two of them. He took her to a nearby meadow where they could spend the day in privacy. It was a welcome respite. Crystal listened to birds singing and the rustling of a nearby brook. They lay down on the grass and watched the clouds roll by in the azure sky above. All was peaceful and quiet. Frank longed to get back to his apartment. He had a surprise waiting for Crystal there a ring. He had wanted to

463

ask her to marry him even before all the troubles began. Perhaps now, he would have the chance. Only five days left before the cycle ends, Crystal said. She thought about how the transition would go about quietly. The world would continue as it was and the people of Talmar would not even realize that they had gone through a transition. Crystal wondered what it would feel like - whether they would feel anything at all. She was happy she could be with Frank.

The forces led by Ishmar finally reached the border. Ishmar was worried as to how the Mallar forces stationed at the mountain forts would respond. They may not take too kindly to an armed force moving through the desert on the way to Cephaloria. A small force awaited them near the mountain pass. It was a contingent from the Fort of Kalvu. Commander Hastings of Kalvu stepped forward as Ishmar approached him. You must be Ishmar. President John Sephira welcomes you to Mallar. He would like to speak with you as soon as possible, Commander Hastings said. Ishmar was taken aback at the friendly welcoming. We have come to aid you against the forces in Cephaloria, Ishmar said. The war is over already. The creatures have left our world, Ishmar looked at Elizabeth. She smiled at him. They were both happy to hear the news. They could finally have some time together. Elizabeth wondered where Asrain was. She had a nasty feeling and could not quite place where it was coming from. The contingent from the forts escorted Ishmars forces through the mountain passes. Mallar and Kandum marched together on their way to Cephaloria. It was the first time in history that the two nations worked side by side.

464

Later during the day, Frank and Crystal prepared to return to the camp. Walking past the medical tent, Crystal was happy to see Derrick. He had saved her life. She approached him and embraced him. I never had a chance to thank you for saving my life. You are my hero, Crystal said. Derrick blushed. Crystal looked into the medical tent and recognized Christopher. He was among the injured. How is he doing? He had been out for a while. The possessing Var-Lokkur and his fathers death have taken its toll on him, Derrick said. Crystal quickly excused herself as she thought of Laurence. He had finally found his son, only to die horribly. She wiped forming tears away. Frank shook Derricks hand and thanked him for his brave actions. Frank and Crystal returned to their tent. They were surprised to see Esmeralda. Crystal called and waved to her old friend. They shared a hug. Crystal noticed that Esmeraldas eyes were red. She had been crying. Esmeralda took the couple to meet Ishmar, Elizabeth and Maran. Ishmar was in the presidents tent talking to John. Elizabeth sat outside crying. Maran was with her, trying to provide consolation. She had just heard the news about Astrain. Your brother did a brave thing. He has saved us all. He saved our entire world, Crystal said. It is an honour to have known him and to have called him a friend, Frank added. Elizabeth knew that people meant well when they gave their condolences but at that moment, she wanted to be alone. She wanted her brother back and words did not really help to lessen the pain. Astrain was the only family she had left. She was alone now. President John and Ishmar emerged from the tent. Ishmar pressed Elizabeth against him and held her tightly. Excavations have been ongoing. No sign of Astrain as of yet, John said. It was hard to break the news to the group of friends. Derrick joined the group. He wanted to know about

465

Astrain. He gave Elizabeth a hug. He quickly left her embrace as he felt his own tears forming. He did not want to cry in front of everyone. Elizabeth was happy to see a familiar face. Derrick told the group about what had happened in the mansion and how Astrain had gone to face Jabal.

The sun had set and the camp was ready to celebrate their victory for yet another night. Soldiers from Mallar and Kandum drank and celebrated together in the uneasy truce. John made a speech and a toast in memory of the dead. He also praised Astrain for his sacrifice. He announced that it was safe to return to Cephaloria. Citizens were overjoyed to hear that they could return to their homes. It would be a time to rebuild. After the speech, John joined Ishmar around the bonfire. Amidst the jovial atmosphere, they took the time to discuss the future of Talmar. Ishmar explained the situation with the royal lineage and John vowed to help him in any way possible. The prospect of peace between Mallar and Kandum had become a reality. There would be peace for the first time in thousands of years.

Elizabeth awoke the next morning feeling listless. She had just had a terrible dream about Astrain. He was in pain and calling for help. She saw him trapped under mounds of debris. She felt ill as she stood up. The dream had left her with a terrible feeling. She recalled the image of a monstrous creature that reeked of death and decay. She went outside the tent that she shared with Ishmar. She fell on her knees and threw up. Ishmar awoke to find Elizabeth gone. He joined her outside and helped her up. What is wrong?

466

Something is happening. I saw an ugly monster succeed in taking the worldstone, Elizabeth said. Ishmar thought about her words. He remembered Astrain saying that the worldstone was the reason why the whole invasion was launched in the first place. Ishmar held Elizabeth. It was only a bad dream, Ishmar said reassuringly. John Sephira emerged from his tent and came towards them. Ishmar noticed that he was pale. I need to talk to you. Help me get everyone together, John said. The couple went around the camp and found everyone they could think of. They hoped that there was news of Astrain. Soon Crystal, Frank, Derrick, Esmeralda and Maran joined them in the presidents tent. No news of Astrain yet. However, there is another matter we need to discuss. It seems some of the creatures have emerged again. There have been attacks on Lyonas and Port Ys, John said. That is near Tal-Mu, Frank said. A severe storm surrounds the island. The navy in Lyonas could not approach it. We know nothing about what is happening there, John said. He paused a moment. There is more. Several navy personnel in Lyonas were found dead this morning. Only their skeletal remains were uncovered, John said. We saw Jabal do that to people. He could kill in an instant like that, Crystal said. John nodded. Thunder rolled outside. The sunny days were over and a storm was brewing. I thought you found Von Heilsigs body, Ishmar said. We found some remains, John replied. The tent shook as the wind outside intensified.

467

Come quickly! Bring the Dath-Mer dagger! The worldstone is under attack! A female voice announced. The womans screams followed her announcement. What is happening? John looked around. He wondered where the sudden voice was coming from. Tal-Mu, Frank said. He recognized the voice. Time is running out! The female voice called again and yet again, more tortuous screams followed. The screams faded, followed by a new sound. Everyone in the room could hear an audible high-pitched humming noise. Maran covered his ears to try to block it and it did not seem to help. The sound seemed to be in his mind and not from any external source. What is that noise? John asked. He tried covering his ears. It is the worldstone. I can feel it, Elizabeth said. The humming noise was not only heard in the presidents tent, it was heard all over Talmar. All living inhabitants of the world could hear the maddening tone. The worldstone was under siege.

468

Chapter 20: The Power of the Stone

John turned to the group after speaking on the phone. I have just spoken to Admiral Grimwald of the Mallar Navy. They have sent boats to Tal-Mu to try to investigate the anomaly. The thick storm that surrounds the islands instantly incinerated several of their vessels. Same happened with aircraft approaching the island. Wait Something is happening, Crystal said. She could sense that there was a presence in the room with them. It was trying to manifest. Four columns of coloured light appeared within the tent. They were red, blue, green and yellow in colour. The coloured lights began to solidify and take on more defined shapes. Humanoid figures began to appear. The figures materialized further. Elizabeth recognized Lagor, the King of Fire. He acknowledged her with a nod. A woman emerged from the blue light. She wore a blue robe; her clothes appeared liquid rather than solid. It seemed to flow and swirl around her. She carried a conch shell amulet around her neck. Upon her head, she wore a crown of coral. She had numerous silver bracelets on her arms. I am Hlermu, Queen of water. Mistress of Undines, she said with a bow. John could not help but stare. Not only was he astounded at the sight of creatures materializing out of thin air but he also found Hlermu to have an enchanting beauty. She had long blonde hair and eyes of blue. The yellow light turned into a muscular male form. The figure wore a white

469

toga. He had filament like wings on his back. He glowed with an intense brightness. His form was the least stable. He seemed to move in and out of existence. Appearing one minute and fading out the next. I am Karos, Lord of Air. King of Sylphs, the figure said. He faded out for a while. The green light turned into a short, stocky character. It was a dwarf. He had a long beard and a lot of hair all over his body. He wore armour made of gold. His eyes were green. I am Arthos, Lord of Earth, King of Gnomes, The figure said in a gruff voice. I am Lagor, King of Fire, Lord of Salamanders. Ages ago, the people of Zakkar lived in peace and harmony with the elemental kingdoms. We formed an alliance with humans in those times. We pledged to help them protect the stone. We pledge to aid them against the Empire. We are bound to the stone and the stone now threatens us all, Lagor said. He turned to John and to Ishmar. Will you accept our aid? John was still dumbfounded. He could not find his words. We will gladly accept, Ishmar answered. We can help you breach the magical storm that surrounds Tal-Mu. We had best hurry, Karos said. He faded in and out again. We can help you against the attacks that come through the elements. As the Veil has weakened, our powers can manifest physically again. We will deploy our forces to aid in this war. This is a war for the very survival of our world, Hlermu said. Do you know anything about what is happening at the stone? Elizabeth asked. A divine force has seized the stone. There is some form of dark necromancy surrounding this threat. We dont know much more, Arthos said.

470

We will go ahead and begin to launch an attack of our own. We will weaken the storm and give you a chance to approach Tal-Mu, Karos said. We will meet again on Tal-Mu. We will face this threat together, Lagor said. The four figures began to fade from sight. They gradually dematerialized until only the coloured lights remained. The lights faded away as well. We must go to battle one last time, John said. He turned to Ishmar. We can rely on Kandums allegiance, Ishmar nodded. The two leaders shook hands. Then we will march on Tal-Mu together. Whatever lurks in Tal-Mu will face the united power of Talmar. It will be sorry it ever came to this world, John said.

Beyond the Veil of Talmar, on Uaperos, Katriona watched as Kalashrohs priests, the Malogim performed their rituals. She watched the four priests chanting, each sat at a corner of the square diagram. Katriona did not understand the intricate patterns and mystical symbols inscribed within the diagram, only Kalashroh still understood such ancient mysteries. The diagram was on a square platform accessed only by a stone bridge. The whole chamber was surrounded by water. Katriona crossed the bridge and approached the chanting priests. In the centre of the diagram, the fabric of the world began to ripple. A portal was opening. Katriona could see another world beyond. The Veil of Talmar still prevented the Lords from directly travelling into that world. The Veil had become weak enough however, that it could be circumvented. They could open a temporary doorway. Kalashroh appeared behind Katriona in a flash of light. You ready to travel to Talmar and claim the stone? Kalashroh asked. I am ready. A pity about Jabals failure. You will take his position in the council of Lords?

471

Jabal has lost all favour with the other Lords. He has lost his honour. He became a thrall to a mortal by losing his True Name, Kalashroh said. We never expected it would come to this. The partial True Name was meant to intimidate and keep him in check should he prove treacherous. Astrain now wields great power, Katriona said. Taking the stone will be difficult. However, our very survival depends on it. I will remain with the council and fend off the Soul Reaver attacks as long as we are able. I am still curious. How did you acquire such a secret? My True Name is my most guarded secret. How did Kalahar get the name from you? Katriona watched the portal opening further. Her means of travel would soon be ready. I relied on Jabals arrogance that he could not be beaten or bested. We made a friendly wager. It involved a race of mortals on a remote world called Angorlax. Angorlax was not always a fiery pit as you well know. Katriona watched the portal. It was a brief window. Kalashroh would have to make it quick. The world was ruled by a priest-king called Nin-Gursai, Kalashroh said. Katriona did not know that Nin-Gursai was once a mortal priest-king. She listened with interest. They were loyal and fanatical worshippers of Jabal. I made a wager that if we unleashed disaster after disaster upon their world, they would eventually lose their faith. I bet Jabal I could get Nin-Gursai to curse his name and tear down his temples, Kalashroh continued. Did they lose their faith? Katriona kept peering at the portal. The priests chanted faster. No. Unfortunately, they became even more fanatical. I then entered their world as an old beggar. Revealed myself as a prophet. I revealed that their pain was

472

simply the result of a wager between divine powers. I revealed how they were being toyed with. I told them they were mere pawns in a game, Kalashroh said. Katriona giggled at the thought. She knew what happened next but she never knew the full history. Jabal believed his followers loved him. He never thought they could turn against him. I had to get Nin-Gursai to curse his god. I succeeded. So that was why he threw that temper tantrum and obliterated that entire world. I always wondered what had happened there. How did Kalahar obtain the name? Katriona asked. He travelled to my world once. I was impressed by the mortals audacity in requesting an audience with me. We discussed Jabal and his ambitions at length. I then revealed the secret of the True Name to him. I thought that it could keep our sibling in check. I never knew how sly Kalahar was. His knowledge of conjuration and summoning ran far deeper than I had thought. I never thought that he would try to obtain the full True Name, Kalashroh said. I am sorry about Jabal. However, we do know that he intended to betray us and take the Empire for himself. Astrain is the only problem we had not foreseen, Katriona said. She watched the portal widening. It was almost time to leave. She felt apprehension at the thought of facing Astrain. She did not know what to expect. Jezebath and the Shukkabath under her command have defected from my ranks. They escaped Uaperos and then travelled to Tal-Mu. They claim a new power is being born on Talmar. A supreme power that will overthrow the Empire, Katriona said. The last remnants of the Var-Lokkur have joined this new power as well. Astrain holds Jabals power and the Var-Lokkur are still drawn to it, Kalashroh said. Both Veil Lords watched the portal with anticipation. Time was running out. You must

473

not fail. If we lose the stone, the Soul Reavers will destroy everything. And I doubt Astrain will show us any leniency, Kalashroh said.

Astrain floated in an empty void. He was within the world of the stone. He began to tap into the stones power. He needed to ensure his survival and the survival of Talmar. No one else would possess the stone again. His rule would be eternal. He began to merge with the stone. His consciousness became vast. It spread out all over Talmar and touched every part of the world. He felt connected to every living thing and to the land itself. He would become the new heart of the world. I have the truth. I have the way. I know the only path. I am Talmars saviour. I will bring the light of true spirituality to all. I now embrace my destiny, Astrain felt himself melding with the stone... He thought back to his death three days ago. It was all becoming blurry. His body was trapped under the rubble of the mansion. Astrain remembered how his spirit remained in its vicinity. He refused to move on. He would survive to guide Talmar into the future. Astrain recalled seeing Jabal nearby. He had become nothing but a shadowy spirit. Astrain saw his astral form aglow with bright light as his magical power intensified. He knew he had the power to cheat death. He knew only he could save Talmar from itself. Talmar needed to be saved of blind faith and it needed to be saved from the grip of materialism and atheism. Astrain felt he had the answers to all of Talmars problems. He remembered how he could see scenes from his life replaying before him. He thought he was losing his connection to the world. He felt a newfound rage as he saw what religion had done in his life. He saw the hatred and the wars again. He saw the people he loved taken from him by death or separated from him by the barriers created by faith. Astrain recalled his tremendous anger at seeing these

474

scenes. His hatred sustained his connection to the mortal world. As he lay there under the rubble, he uttered the True Name of Jabal. The astral world around him trembled at the might of the utterance. He remembered the Book of Tual. He had spent time memorizing the rituals, including Tuals methods to defy death. He recited the Zakkarian words as his power intensified. In a blast of magical energy, he had emerged from the rubble. He felt the divine power course through his veins. He could take the stone. He could show Talmar the way to the truth. He and Jabal had merged into a new being of vast power. Astrain recalled how he had soon learned why Tual described his methods as imperfect. He had cheated death and yet he had become a creature neither living nor dead. He had become some form of undead creature. Astrain remembered his hunger for life energy. He seemed to draw in the life energy of the world around him. He changed back into the Roc and flew straight to Tal-Mu. He noticed Mallar soldiers below him in the Lyonas naval base as he flew overhead. He could not control his hunger for life energy. He obliterated the soldiers in a burst of light and fed upon their life essences. He only hoped that reaching the stone would help to rectify his imperfection. Astrain recalled how the last remnants of the Chosen were gathered around the stone in fervent prayer. Bruno rushed to greet the Lord. Astrain remembered the surprised looks as he showed up instead of Von Heilsig. He gave them the reward Jabal had intended for them and they were consumed in his light. The stone was his. Astrain began to dream. It was a dream of the perfect world. The world of the stone began to change. It became a vision of Talmar perfected. It was a vision of paradise. The old forests re-grew and the cities of Talmar floated in the sky above. Humans lived in harmony and balance with nature. The true light of spirituality would guide the Talmarians on their path of evolution. Astrain looked

475

upon his creation and smiled. He had his blueprint ready and once the stone reset, the world of Talmar would be reborn as paradise.

John called all the companions together for another meeting. He and Ishmar were ready to deploy their forces and face the Adversary of Talmar on Tal-Mu. The Navy in Lyonas was ready to launch an offensive. Are you all coming along? John asked. We were drawn into this from the very beginning. We are going to help end this, Frank said. He thought about his life before him. A life he could share with Crystal. He had discussed the matter with Crystal and she had outright refused to leave him again. Esmeralda was not leaving her friends either Count me in, Esmeralda said. I was the one who found the dagger. I am going along, Elizabeth said. She took the Dath-Mer dagger from the table and held it. She knew some strange destiny bound her to it. Ishmar did not want her to accompany them. He would rather know that she was somewhere safe. On the other hand, he knew she had also proven herself numerous times. You are not going anywhere without me, Maran said. Derrick was uncertain. He had had enough of battle and war. He wanted to wait for Christopher to awaken from his coma. He was worried about his friend. The presidents tent turned cold all of a sudden. The gathered companions could hear a voice speaking to them. Come and witness paradise. Talmar reborn! I have the stone. Talmar will be made to see the truth. Elizabeth sensed a terrible energy surrounding them. The voice sounded vaguely familiar. It was a deep voice although it sounded distant and garbled. It left Elizabeth feeling cold. Who are you? Elizabeth asked.

476

The Lord and saviour of Talmar. Astrain. Elizabeth saw goose bumps erupt on her skin. Astrain? What have you done? What happened, Elizabeth asked. I will embrace my destiny and bring the light of truth to all of Talmar. Come to me. Witness the wonders of paradise. All will share in the light of truth. Embrace truth or despair, Astrain said. Elizabeth was near tears. She was happy to hear her brothers voice, yet something seemed terribly wrong. What do you mean Talmar will be made to listen? Elizabeth asked. The others in the room remained silent. They had to deal with their own shock. There is but one truth. Talmar must be cleansed of false faiths and materialistic atheism. I bring the light of spirituality to all, Astrain replied. Where is Jabal? Jabal is within me. I have taken his name. I have taken his power. Elizabeth cried as she grasped the Dath-Mer dagger. She knew Astrain was a good person. She could only think that he meant well and yet some of his words had left her cold. Come and find me in Tal-Mu. I will show you the light, Astrain said. The heavy atmosphere lifted and the presence was gone. John broke the silence. I cant think of a better team to handle this situation appropriately. We need to find out exactly what Astrain intends to do. Perhaps we can negotiate with him, John said. He knew that Astrains intentions did not seem friendly at all. He had already taken several lives to realize his dreams of peace and paradise. The appearance of a red glow in the tent indicated the presence of Lagor. The fire king materialized. I bring word from Tal-Mu. Hlermu and Karos managed to weaken the storm to an extent. The navy in Lyonas had a chance to attack the

477

island. We made no progress in penetrating the islands defences, however, Lagor said. He looked at the Dath-Mer dagger. You will need to bring the dagger. Every Var-Lokkur or Shukkabath we killed simply reformed near the stone. The mortal forces had to fall back. Even with the use of the runes of protection, the attacks were relentless, Lagor said. We will join you soon, John said. All was ready for the journey to the coast. Hlermu and Karos only managed to temporarily weaken the storm. The master of the stone fought back with newfound fury. The storm intensified and several lives were lost in the process. Once you arrive, we will open the way for you, Lagor said. Travelling by air is out of the question and too risky. You can even feel the effect of the storm this far inland, Lagor added. John thought for a moment on how long it would take them to reach the coast. Only three days remained before the stone would reset. With any luck, they could reach the stone just in time. They would still have a day left to launch the invasion on Tal-Mu. We will need to set out immediately, John said. We will aid you as best as we are able. The stones master may try to use his growing power over creation to work against you, Lagor said. He began to fade from sight. Ishmar, our forces are ready? John asked. Ishmar nodded in response. All was ready. It will take two days to reach the coast. Let us just hope we will reach the stone in time, Ishmar said. John turned to Derrick. Are you coming along soldier? He asked. Derrick did not answer him before.

478

Yes sir. I think I may be able to get through to Astrain, Derrick said. Very well then. Let us move out immediately, John said. The forces of Mallar and Kandum were at the ready to travel to the coast. Transport vehicles carrying soldiers left the camp. They would need to move fast. There would be no time to rest on the way. It was all planned in advance. Drivers would relieve each other in shifts and all the necessary fuel and supplies would be taken along for the journey. John and his assembled team climbed into one transport and set off with the rest. They would take the shorter route through the Cephor forest.

Hours into the journey, Elizabeth looked out the window of the transport to see the storm intensifying. It rained even harder. They were moving along a mountain pass and Elizabeth looked up at the dark sky. She was sure that she saw Astrains face in the clouds for a mere second. They had spent most of the journey in silence. They all had a lot to deal with, especially Elizabeth. She did not know what to make of Astrain. She did not want him to get hurt. She only hoped that he would listen to reason. She knew he would at least listen to her. Ishmar grasped her hand and held it tightly. She smiled at him. She looked up at the mountain when she heard a rumbling noise. Everything happened quickly. Elizabeth still tried to figure out where the intensifying rumble was coming from when boulders came crashing down from the mountain. A boulder smashed into one of the transport vehicles at the front of the convoy and sent it rolling down the mountainside. A large boulder landed on top of one of the vehicles and crushed it. More rocks crashed down on it. After a terrible clamour of crashing boulders and screeching breaks, the convoy came to a halt. It was hard to see what was going on. Rain and dust limited visibility. John and Ishmar climbed out

479

to see what had happened. They saw a burning wreck in the ditch down below. As they moved to the front of the convoy, they could see that the landslide had blocked their path. John communicated with Raleigh through a microphone. They had to deploy medical personnel and search for survivors. The convoys progress was halted as rescue workers tried to reach the wrecked vehicles. They found no survivors. Clearing the road will take hours. We will have to find another route, John said. Ishmar agreed. John gave the command to Raleigh that it was time to turn around and find another route.

A few hours later, the convoy moved through the forested roads in the Cephor Park. John heard Raleigh say something about a roadblock through his earpiece. The convoy had stopped again. What is happening, Raleigh? John asked. Everyone in the van with him looked out the windows to see if they could see anything. It was misty and hard to see anything outside. The animals are behaving strangely, Raleigh replied. John did not know what to make of the cryptic message. Crystal saw a large elk standing near the road. It simply stood there watching them. What are you talking about Raleigh? John asked. They seem to be blocking the road. What the svag Raleigh suddenly broke up and John could hear smashing noises. Crystal watched the elk outside. She thought it was wonderful for the creature to move so close to them without fear. She screamed when the next moment the elk stormed the vehicle. It smashed the window with its antlers and tried to get at the occupants inside. It was

480

aggressive. It seemed mad. Crystal backed away from the window. The animal groaned angrily. John, the animals are attacking us! More keep coming, Raleigh said. Frank remembered how the elemental rulers had offered their aid. Perhaps it was time to call upon them. He figured that Arthos would likely be the one able to help them. He was the one who controlled all things on land. Arthos! We need some help here! Frank called. The earth king responded when he heard his name called. He gradually appeared within the vehicle. Help us! The forest animals have gone mad, Frank said. The dwarfish being closed his eyes. I can feel their pain. The stones master has driven them to this madness. They feel his rage and anger. They are filled with it. I am trying to sooth their aggression, Arthos said. The elk backed away from their vehicle and ran into the forest. John could hear growling through his microphone. Wolves and bears! Raleigh called. John heard screams through the earpiece. He looked to Arthos who was in some kind of trance. Elizabeth called out to Astrain in her mind. She grasped the Dath-Mer dagger. She did not know if he could hear her but they were connected after all. Astrain, please, there has been enough pain and death. Let us come to Tal-Mu. I will be there for you. I will help you in any way I can. Do not hurt any more innocent people, Elizabeth said in her mind. Elizabeth thought she heard a whispered voice saying the words Not innocent and Refiners fire. The animals seem to be backing away, Raleigh said. Arthos came out of his trance. The angry spirit has withdrawn from them. They will bother you no more. Arthos faded from sight. The convoy continued onwards.

481

The next morning, the storm was still raging. All around Talmar, frightened citizens watched the sky turning red. The convoy continued its journey. Soldiers from both sides were frightened by the appearance of the ominous portent. Their morale fell. The sun was setting when the convoy from Cephaloria reached the port city of Lyonas. John met with Admiral Grimwald in the Lyonas Naval Base and discussed the plans for the assault on Tal-Mu. Soon thereafter, John sent for the companions to meet with him in the briefing room. The appearance of glowing coloured lights indicated the presence of the elemental kings. The four beings materialized to listen to the plans. The men need some rest. We will launch the offensive on the island at first light, John said. At the moment you are ready to attack. We will work on weakening the storm. It will be but a brief window, Hlermu said. John turned to Ishmar and Elizabeth. Our forces will keep the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur occupied. You will need to take the chance and make your way to the stone. Face Astrain and deal with this threat, John said. Our own minions will manifest in this world to aid you. We need but divert the minions of the Empire. Once the source of the disturbance has been dealt with we should all be safe, Lagor said. Elizabeth did not like the way in which they spoke of her brother as some problem to deal with. She knew she could save him. It was late at night when Ishmar and Elizabeth retired to the quarters reserved for them. The red hue remained in the sky. It was hard to tell the difference between night and day. Elizabeth could not sleep. She stood on the balcony

482

overlooking the sea to the west. The ocean was tumultuous. A storm raged on in the distance. She closed her eyes and felt the pulsating beat of the worldstone. She was sure that she could hear her brother whispering her name. Ishmar approached her from behind. He wanted to spend all the time he could with her. No one knew what to expect from the assault on Tal-Mu. Ishmar pulled Elizabeth into his embrace and they stood there on the balcony for a few precious moments longer.

The next morning, under the red sky, the ships from the Mallar navy were ready in the Lyonas harbour. The soldiers of Kandum and Mallar were prepared as well as they could be under the circumstances. It was time to assault Tal-Mu itself. The companions travelled in one of the transport ships along with John and Admiral Grimwald. John gave the order and the Mallar fleet set sail into the eye of the storm. Hlermu and Karos worked their magic. Through their control of the elemental powers, they weakened the unnatural storm. John observed the clouds dissipating from the deck of the ship. The storm ceased and they had a chance to reach the island. John watched the clouds moving. They dissipated and then seemed to gather and thicken again. There seemed to be a war in the heavens between titanic and ancient powers. John knew they would have a limited time in which to launch the assault on the island.

Chapter 21: The Battle at Tal-Mu

Astrain was within the stones chamber he had constructed. He was a part of the stone. He was growing into it and becoming one with it. All around the chamber

483

grew glowing red crystals and they pulsated with energy. Astrain extended red crystalline filaments around the chamber. He knew he was the heart of the world. He extended his vast consciousness. Astrain could sense the approaching threat from his position in the alternate world. He had to divert his attention when he sensed that there was magical interference with his defensive storm. Astrain could sense that soldiers had set foot on the island. He telepathically sent out a command to his Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur to deal with the intruders. More ships were approaching the island...

John sighed with relief when he saw that a few of the transport ships had reached land safely. He watched as a swarm of Shukkabath appeared. The creatures attacked the soldiers on the island. Another swarm appeared and attacked the boats. Guns and anti-aircraft weaponry proved marginally effective against the creatures. At least it could stop them temporarily. John thought the battle was going well for a moment. The next moment, he watched in horror as any Shukkabath that fell dissolved into dust, this very dust then moved as if still aware. The deceased Shukkabath simply reformed near the stone. Their numbers were limitless. The elemental kings appeared on the shores of Tal-Mu. They wanted to distract the Shukkabath and keep them away from the fleet. Arthos waved his hand and golems, formed from earth and clay, arose from the soil of Tal-Mu. These creatures hurtled boulders at the Shukkabath and sent a few crashing to the ground. Lagor waved his staff and small lizard-like creatures appeared. These creatures were wreathed in flames. They formed fireballs in their hands and threw it at the Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur above. Karos flew up into the air and raised strong winds to keep the Shukkabath away from the ships. The battle between the former minions of the empire and the elemental powers

484

seemed to be going nowhere. The creatures were immortal and every one that fell was simply reformed. The fighting stopped for a moment when the worldstone began glowing. Astrain spoke, and every single creature could hear his voice. Talmar still holds many secrets - Secrets long hidden and forgotten. I have seen these secrets. Now they will come to my aid! The elemental kings looked at each other. They had no idea what Astrain was talking about and they anxiously anticipated his next move. Lerek Sebokah! Habo Erec! Astrains words echoed through the island and the surrounding seas. The soldiers of Mallar and Kandum waited in silence. Arise! Beast from the depths! Destroy all who will oppose the will of the Lord of Talmar, Astrain said. After these words, the ocean seemed quiet and calm. The tranquillity lasted a brief moment. Something was stirring in the water. It was something huge. Nervous soldiers on the TS 443 observed a large shape underneath their boat. Panic ensued as they noticed that their boat was lifting up into the air. From the deck of the TS 557 John observed some large creature in the sea. He realized that some of the ships were in danger. He ordered the men to get out of the area. It was too late, however. The ships TS 443 and 445 were lifted into the air on the back of some huge creature. The boats crashed down into the water. John watched as crew members were flung out in the process. A black shape began to emerge from the water. Water gushed down its sides as it moved to the surface. John noticed a serpentine shape, writhing through the water. More humps emerged from the briny depths. Ishmar, Elizabeth and the other companions emerged from below the deck to see the source of the commotion. The head of the creature then began to emerge. It had horns upon its head. It was black and green in colour and it had a mane that seemed formed of

485

seaweed. Elizabeth recognized the beast. She saw a smaller version or species of it in the caverns of Maligor. The huge sea beast also had spikes along its back. Unlike its underground counterpart, this one did not appear to be blind. The creature hissed and seized the TS 466 in its enormous maw. It crushed the boat and then promptly flung it away. The creature hissed again. It was observing the fleet of boats in the water before it. The beast was planning its next attack. Hlermu immediately moved towards the water. She took the conch shell around her neck and blew into it. No creature of the water would deny the call of her horn. The sea monster looked at Hlermu for a brief moment. It hissed and lunged back down to seize a ship in its maw. The creature was not going to obey her call. Hlermu blew on the horn again. The creature ignored her. It hissed even louder than before. It no longer heeds my call. The Lord of the stone has driven it mad, Hlermu said. She blew on her horn again and this time killer whales along with larger blue whales emerged from the depths. Under the command of the queen of the sea, the ancient marine animals attacked the huge serpent. They caused more annoyance than damage, but at the very least, they drew attention away from the Talmarian fleet. Hlermu blew on her horn and Undines emerged from the water. Go and save those men from drowning. Bring them to shore! Hlermu commanded. The Undines who appeared as youthful girls instantly dashed out to drag drowning soldiers from the depths. They could only save a few. The battleships of the Mallar Navy opened fire upon the sea monster. The bullets could not penetrate its massive hide and the creature hissed and roared. It bobbed its head down into the frothing ocean, thick with foam and blood. The whales were starting to hurt it. The monster seized a blue whale within its jaws. It crushed the whale and then sent it hurtling through the air.

486

With the monster temporarily distracted, more Talmarian transports had reached the island. The monster from the depths looked towards the TS557. Astrain needed that boat to sink. The Dath-Mer dagger was on board. There was no time to deal with the minor distractions. John and the companions were startled as the creature looked directly at their ship. It hissed at the sight. The creature moved through the water with tremendous speed and it was coming towards them. The elemental kings knew that once the Dath-Mer dagger was gone, Astrains minions would have the upper hand. They needed to save that ship. Mallar battle cruisers opened fire and only succeeded in temporarily distracting the beast. Fire always beats the powers of water, Lagor said. Hlermu glared at him. She hated it when he always bragged about fire as the superior element. I will unleash the full might of elemental fire upon this beast, Lagor said. His fellow rulers realized the implications of what he was suggesting. As the king of fire, he was the pure essence of flame. You will die if you revert to your true form. It will take you many years to return in any form, Karos said. I need to do this. This may be the only way to stop the beast, Lagor replied. He knew that if he released the power of fire the force would destroy everything in a large vicinity. He had to contain the power somehow. Arthos, I will need some of your golems. Salamanders, follow me! Hlermu, blow on your horn and try to gain some control. Draw the monster towards the shore, Lagor said. Lagor and his salamanders moved closer to the water. Fire! Lagor commanded. In response, his salamander threw balls of flame at the sea monster. The golems

487

flung large boulders out to sea and a few of the stones managed to hit the sea creature. Lagor formed a large ball of flame between his hands. The fiery ball kept growing in size. He flung the ball at the sea monsters head. The fire had singed it and it turned towards its attacker on the shore. The constant bombardment of fireballs and boulders served to agitate it further. Lagor commanded his salamanders to continue in their mockery of the creature. The creature began moving closer to the shore. As Lagor prepared another ball of fire, the angry sea monster lunged downwards and swallowed Lagor and a few salamanders with one gulp. The fire king moved down the throat and ended up within the beasts cavernous stomach. Whalebones and other remains were slowly dissolving in the acidic juices of the stomach. The stench was terrible. Lagor knew he had to move quickly. He uttered his secret and hidden name and unleashed the full might of elemental fire. The sea monster roared as it felt the severe pain in its insides. A blast of light and fire was burning it up from the inside. Fire erupted from the creatures mouth, boils and blisters formed on its skin. Steam erupted from its hide. The Mallar and Kandum forces watched as the sea creature stopped moving. It began to sink back into the depths. The soldiers felt their spirits lifting at the sight of the victory. The creature was dead. The remaining salamanders disappeared in puffs of smoke. Without their king, they had no connection to the mortal world and could not sustain their forms. The other elemental kings knew that Lagor would not be seen again on Talmar for many years. The remainder of the Talmarian fleet finally reached the island. The last of the transport ships docked on the shores. John Sephira and the companions disembarked. Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur turned their attention towards the human soldiers again. They fought with a newfound fury. Bullets temporarily stopped the Shukkabath. The protection ritual and runes of warding helped against the Var-Lokkur. It was all a temporary respite. No true victory

488

could be had while Astrain was perilously close to seizing the stone. Ishmar took the Dath-Mer dagger from Elizabeth and decided to hang onto it. We will keep the creatures busy. Get to that stone! John commanded. Ishmar looked up at a swarm of Shukkabath surrounding the stone. You are going to need to stop killing them once we reach the stone. They are congregating around it, Ishmar said. John nodded. He would instruct his men to rely on the rituals rather than their weaponry when the time came. The Shukkabath and Var-Lokkur were distracted in their dealing with the Talmarian fighters and the elementals. The companions hurried through the fray on their way to the stepped pyramid of Zakkar. The ancient plaza before the pyramid was silent. The only noises came from screeching Shukkabath as they reformed at the stone and returned to the battlefield. Elizabeth wondered if Astrain knew they were coming. It almost seemed too easy. They ascended the steps of the pyramid and had a long gruelling climb before them. Look! Maran called when they were halfway up the stairs. He pointed at the battlefield where something strange was happening. At one spot, the physical reality of Talmar seemed to behave as if it were a fluid. The reality of Talmar was rippling and distorting. It appeared as ripples on water. I can sense a terrible energy. Something is happening, Crystal said. They continued their ascent up the ancient structure. They reached the apex and the small shrine constructed for the stone. On the battlefield, John gave his men the command to stop killing the Shukkabath. One Shukkabath however, lingered by the stone. She stepped forward as the companions approached. Elizabeth recognized the Shukkabath. It was Jezebath. Do you know what happened to me for my failure? How mistress Katriona tortured me? Jezebath asked. She bore her fangs at the companions. I will have my revenge! Jezebath screamed. She opened her mouth and sang a

489

few tones. Ishmar found it a hauntingly beautiful sound. She had a beautiful voice. He could only listen. He never wanted it to end. Maran and Frank had the same reaction. They were unable to move. All they wanted to do was protect Jezebath, be with her and listen to that beautiful voice forever. Ishmar dropped the Dath-Mer dagger. Jezebath looked over Ishmar. This one has feelings for you. You will watch as I tear out his throat and feast on his blood! Jezebath said. She moved towards Ishmar. Sisters! To me! Jezebath called. Three Shukkabath flew down to aid her. They saw that the men were enchanted and no longer a threat. They seized the three girls and held them tightly. Let them watch as we kill their beloved men! Men are weak! Elizabeth struggled as she watched Jezebath grab Ishmar. Jezebath was ready to sink her fangs into Ishmars throat. Derrick was confused. The other men seemed unable to move. The Shukkabath made an effort to constrain the girls and yet, there he stood, completely ignored. He eyed the Dath-Mer dagger. He quickly grabbed it. Jezebath fangs lightly pierced Ishmars throat. She lapped up the few rapidly forming drops of blood, tasting her prey. She turned to her sisters when she heard them scream. Derrick had passed by them and had swung the Dath-Mer towards them. Jezebath turned around to see Derrick stand behind her with the dagger. Her eyes widened in terror. She never expected a man could resist her power. Derrick plunged the Dath-Mer dagger into her chest. Thick black blood oozed from the wound and from her mouth. She fell down transformed into her human form. Derrick removed the dagger and swung it towards the other Shukkabath. They had dropped the girls and tried to approach him. They kept their distance. They looked at their dead commander on the ground. How is this possible? A man can resist our magic, One of the Shukkabath said. A roaring sound came from the battlefield. It came from the rippling anomaly. A rift! Katriona! One of the Shukkabath called. They immediately fled. You are dead. I am glad not

490

see Katrionas wrath, Jezebath said. She blurted the words through her bloodfilled mouth. Her head fell down limply. She was dead. Her form dissolved into particles of glowing dust. A wind arose and the particles were blown away. Jezebath would not reform again. Derrick collapsed. He could feel the energy draining from his body. Elizabeth rushed to his side to support him. He clutched his head and felt dizzy. That dagger sure has a recoil. It was like a shock just moved through my body, Derrick said. Ishmar and the other men had snapped out of their trances. They observed everything that had happened and yet they were powerless to do anything. Ishmar was relieved that Jezebath was finally gone. Elizabeth was safe from her. He wondered if Lagor was mistaken about the use of the dagger carrying a cost. It did not seem to exact a heavy toll after all. He did not want to say anything to Elizabeth but he had been pondering the possibility that he would have to use the dagger on Astrain. Elizabeth helped Derrick up. He seemed to be fine after a few moments. Another roar came from down amidst the battle. The rippling effect increased. The Talmarian forces stopped to stare. With a flash of light, a large being emerged from the vortex. John saw the most beautiful woman he had ever seen. He could not help but stare. The woman had dark black hair and green eyes. Her upper body was nude. She would be the most beautiful woman he had ever seen were it not for the fact that her lower body was that of a black widow spider. She had a long scorpions tail at the back. Katriona sang a song in a strange language and in a haunting voice and the Talmarian fighters stood entranced. They could not move against her. Shukkabath appeared around her. They had to fend off the attacks of their former sisters. Meanwhile, Astrain had sensed the threat and instructed his minions to deal with it. The remaining elemental kings observed the situation from a distance. We need to buy some time. The others must reach the stone

491

before Katriona. These mortals stand no chance against such a foe! Hlermu said. I have plan sister, Arthos responded. The elemental rulers of water and earth approached Katriona. The Veil Mistress tore through a group of Talmarian soldiers. She sent them flying through the air by a flick of her tail. No one would stop her from reaching the stone and claiming it for the empire. Arthos and Hlermu stood before Katriona, blocking her path. Meanwhile, the way to the stone was clear. Where is Astrain? Elizabeth asked. She did not understand what was going on. The stone just seemed to sit there. He is likely inside the stone, Esmeralda said. Inside? Ishmar asked. Place your hands on the stone, Esmeralda instructed. The others complied. Nothing happened. The companions could hear Katriona roaring down below as she tore through more soldiers. They needed to hurry. Balash used some words and called upon the name of Tal-Mu, Crystal said. Esmeralda called upon Tal-Mu to grant them access and again nothing happened. I dont understand, Esmeralda said. Elizabeth mentally called to Astrain. We are coming to see you. Can you allow us in? With a flash of light, the world of Talmar faded away. The companions found themselves in a new location. It was sunny and warm. They were in a forest and they could hear a stream flowing nearby. Birds sang and a gentle wind was blowing. The sky above was blue and clear. The red sky was gone. Red crystals protruded from the ground throughout the area. Elizabeth recognized mountain peaks in the distance. They were in the Hernestein Forest. The forest had regrown...

492

Only a few hours remained before the stone would reach the end of the cycle...

Katriona looked up at the stone when she saw the flash of light. A divine power had given the mortals access to it. She was desperate to make her way there. Hlermu and Arthos stood before her, blocking her path. We will not let you and your ilk access the stone! Hlermu said. Fools! The very survival of all life depends upon the stones capture, Katriona replied. Hlermu and Arthos did not believe her. They had dealt with the Veil Lords before. They waved their hands and combined their powers. Katriona was surprised to find the surface she was walking on had turned to mud she was sinking. Katriona tried to escape from the muddy pool. The more she struggled, the deeper she sank. Arthos waved his hand and the mud solidified. Katriona was encased within the mud. Only her human upper-body remained free. This will keep you busy for a while, Arthos said.

Chapter 22: Inside the world of the stone

Here before you, witness Talmar reborn - The dream and the vision that will soon become the new reality. The companions could hear Astrain talking to them. They looked around but could not see anyone present. Astrain? Elizabeth asked. Come and meet me in New Cephaloria. Gaze upon the wonders of the Zakkarian past. Gaze upon the new earth, Astrain said. Esmeralda spotted a young deer running past them. She loved the new world. It was all so peaceful. She listened

493

to the bubbling stream and the sounds of the surrounding forest. A droning noise moved through the forest, followed by a rumble that sounded like lightning. Everyone looked around. Esmeralda had disappeared. Esmeralda?! Crystal called. She knew that Esmeralda was standing right next to her. She was there one moment and gone the next. Crystal was growing concerned. Esmeralda is with me. In her heart, she desires this paradise. On the shores of Lake Muelo, you will find the means to reach New Cephaloria. I will await you there. Enjoy the vision of paradise. Soon pain and tears will be no more. War will be a thing of the past. Religion and all false divisions will be undone, Astrain said. Esmeralda has had a crush on Astrain ever since she first met him. She felt he was ignoring her. He has gotten into her mind, Crystal said. Frank embraced Crystal. He knew how close the two of them were. We will find Esmeralda and Astrain, Frank reassured. Derrick began to lead the group in a direction. He seemed to know where they were. If we are to make it to Laku Muelo we can follow the Arath River, Derrick said. It will take us a week to get there on foot, Frank said. Not having any other available options, the companions followed the small stream. Eventually, the stream flowed into the Arath River. They followed the river northwards along its banks. You will meet a few old friends here. I have brought them here to await the new dawn. When the cycle begins anew, they will be reborn. They will become immortal, Astrain said. The companions continued their journey. A man approached them. As he came closer, Crystal

494

recognized Laurence. She ran towards him. Laurence! She called. She embraced her old friend. Youre alive? Frank asked. Not exactly. I was about to move on to greater mysteries. Astrain drew me here and now I cannot seem to find my way back. He wants to bring us back to life. He wants to undo the damage that has been done, Laurence said. He paused a moment. Crystal thought he looked sad. I saw the wonders of the beyond. I was ripped away from its glory. All of this looks good on the surface, but I know how Astrain will establish his empire of peace, Laurence said. What is he going to do? Elizabeth asked. He will remove the free will of all Talmarians. He seeks to become the controlling mind at the centre of a hive. The Talmarians will become mere extensions of his will, Laurence said. Elizabeth felt sick. There will be peace because there will be no more free will. Astrain has been driven mad, Laurence added. How can we get to him in time? The cycle is about to end, Frank said. I can sense that he fears you. He knows there are still forces capable of stopping him. He may try to tempt you with the vision of paradise, Laurence said. He grasped his head, I cannot stay, Astrain is calling me back, Laurence? Crystal said. She could see that Laurence was in pain. Wait! Crystal still had many questions she wanted to ask him but he had suddenly disappeared. The companions continued their journey along the riverbank. They heard the same roaring sound they had heard before. Looking around they

495

noticed that Derrick was gone. What is going on? Elizabeth asked. She wondered who would be next. She was afraid that Astrain was coming for her next. Astrain took him, Frank said. Elizabeth knew that Derrick had always had a close bond with Astrain. Derrick would have been an easy target. We have to push on. We can find them when we find Astrain, Elizabeth heard a dog barking in the distance. She recognized the distinctive bark - it was Arthos. The Golden Retriever came rushing towards her, its tail wagging. He was overjoyed to see his old mistress. The dog ran ahead and kept looking back. Elizabeth thought that Arthos wanted her to follow him. We will be right behind you, Ishmar said. Elizabeth followed Arthos to a forest clearing. She was surprised to find a young couple having a picnic. She recognized her parents, although they seemed to be young again and full of life. Elizabeth! Her mother called and she beckoned to Elizabeth to join them. Elizabeth thought her mom was beautiful in her youth. She had long brown hair and green eyes. Elizabeth embraced her parents. She was sad and happy at the same time and could not help but cry. She never even had a chance to say goodbye. Elizabeth thought about Kalahars words. She remembered that he said she had another father. Elizabeth sat pondering the implications. Her mother stared at her. I know you found out about your origins, Beth said. It was as if she could read Elizabeths thoughts. Elizabeth was shocked. We are your real family Elizabeth. You should not forget that. You must help Astrain. Steer him back to reason. Correct the mistakes we all contributed to, David said.

496

Our family had many secrets you never even knew about, Beth said. Secrets? Elizabeth asked. Dark secrets. I thought I was done with the past. I thought I could escape the bargain I had made, Beth said. Elizabeth was feeling uneasy. Her mothers words sounded dark and strange. She never heard her mother speaking like that before. Your grandmother was a witch. A very powerful witch and a member of the Mystrill coven. They used to conduct their rituals in the Hernestein forest. They were worshippers of the Lord Kaleiha. We knew him as a lord of cunning and of plots, Beth said. Elizabeth had heard about Kaleiha a few times before. We? I was a part of that coven in my youth. Your grandfather wanted to take me away from that life. He feared your grandmother was an Adversary Worshipper with a dark agenda, Beth said. You never told us much about her, Elizabeth said. No. I wanted to forget the past. I wanted to be done with it. I was to be a member of that same coven. I was to become as enmeshed in Kaleihas plots as your grandmother had been. Elizabeth could not believe what she was hearing. As far as likely candidates for witches went, her mother was the least likely. On my eighteenth birthday, I was to be initiated into their sisterhood. I took their vows and swore oaths before the cunning one. I never knew that such things would have been so binding, Beth said. What happened, Elizabeth asked. Your grandfather was furious. He took me away from them, Beth said. Elizabeth noticed that her mother was pale. I always feared their rituals. I

497

always feared Kaleiha. He would sometimes appear at their gatherings as an old bearded man - I was one of the few who could see him, Beth explained. What does this have to do with my origins? Elizabeth asked. She did not like where things seemed to be going. It was a lot to take in already. Your grandfather took my away. He left your grandmother at this time and he forbade me to see her. I converted to the Mallarim faith. Like so many new converts, I was fervent in my new faith. The new faith seemed so much better as opposed to all the fear and secrecy. I thought I was done with the past, Beth said. She hesitated for a moment. Kaleiha exacted his payment when you were conceived. I do not know if this will ultimately be for good or for ill. Elizabeth was too shocked to speak. I never even knew what had happened. I only learnt the truth upon my own death, Beth said. Elizabeth remained silent. Dave turned to his daughter. He could see that she was shocked to learn the truth. I am still your father. Kaleiha used me as well. He used me as his conduit. I understand now that his energy and essence had to flow into this world. It had to become flesh. Only through these means could he return the full force of magic to the mortal world. It had to become a part of this world again, David said. You have a divine essence coursing through you. You are one who can stand among the immortals. You have a destiny before you. It is your choice whether to embrace it or not. I do know that Astrain is hoarding the light he was meant to share with the world. He is selfishly hoarding the light you both draw from, Beth said. You need not forget who you are or where you came from. Remember these things and you will be fine, David instructed. Ishmar and the others stood nearby. They did not want to interrupt the emotional reunion. There is more you need to know, Beth bowed her head. I told you that your grandmother was

498

dead. Elizabeth could see that her mom was having a hard time telling her the truth. She had lied to them for quite some time. Your grandmother is still alive, Alive?! The realization dawned on Elizabeth that she still had family on Talmar. We never found her in the beyond. You are not alone in the world, Beth said. She smiled at her daughter. Beth saw Ishmar nearby. He was hesitant to approach. We have been watching you and Ishmar. He is a good man. He will make you very happy. We have seen this, Beth said. Ishmar approached the gathered family. It was always hard meeting the parents and gaining their approval, more so under such strange circumstances. You have our blessings Ishmar, David said. He smiled. Beth looked around the clearing. Astrain was calling them back. Our time is up. You need to escape this place. We have already said too much. If you fail, the world will become stagnant. All life will become thralls of Astrains will, Beth said. She smiled at Elizabeth and her friends. Against Astrains wishes, we can help you, Beth waved her hand and the companions found themselves in a new location. The couple were gone. The companions were no longer in the forest but on the shores of Lake Muelo. They looked up at the sight of a city floating in the sky, high above the lake. The lake was surrounded by forests. No sign of the old city of Cephaloria remained. The only man made structure nearby was a small wooden hut, farther along the shore. Elizabeth felt she would give anything just to have had a moment longer with her parents. A sound of rolling thunder came from above as Astrain prepared to make another announcement.

499

Gaze upon New Cephaloria. Humans will live in harmony and balance with nature. The world will be preserved and restored to its former glory. Magic will flow freely once more. The empty core of man will be filled by the magical essence - The birthright of all. The powers of the human soul will have come full circle. Ishmar looked around the area. He wondered how they could get to the floating city. We need to find a way to get up there, Ishmar said. He walked towards the small hut and the others followed. As they approached, they could see wooden boats docked on the shore. The boats had the prows of dragons and wooden wings on the sides. A man emerged from the hovel. Ishmar immediately recognized Rashdan. He was no longer wearing his royal regalia but was dressed as a commoner. The brothers embraced. I never knew the truth Ishmar. I never knew I had a brother, Rashdan said. How did you get here? Ishmar asked. I was in a place of warmth, light and love. Something however, pulled me from there and I awoke here. I was told that I would soon have a chance to live again. A voice told me that I could have a chance to be with my brother, Rashdan smiled. Ishmar could see that Rashdan was sad all of a sudden. This seems so easy - this paradise and its wondrous offers. Rashdan paused a moment. You need to go back to Talmar. You will go back without me. You will be a good king. You will guide our people into the future. They will need your help. Tempting as this shortcut may appear the people of Talmar need to grow. They need to find the truth for themselves, Rashdan said. Ishmar hugged his brother again. You need to get up there and free us from this dream, Rashdan pointed at the boats. Use the boats. They are supposed to serve as ferries to the city.

500

Thank you, Ishmar said. Astrain is calling me back. We will meet again Ishmar, Rashdan said. Ishmar wanted to embrace his brother one last time but with a whooshing sound, Rashdan was gone. Maran was examining the boats. He wondered if he should try to push the boat out into the water. There were no oars nearby. Climb into one of the boats. They are enchanted and will bring you to New Cephaloria, Astrain said. The companions climbed into one of the dragon boats. To their surprise, the boat lifted up into the air. The wings began to flap and the boat moved towards the floating city. When the boat reached the city, it stopped near the docking station built for it. The companions disembarked and looked around the restructured Cephaloria. More sky boats flew overhead, transporting residents to various parts of the city. Every tall building had its own docking stations for the boats. The companions moved through the quiet street of the city. They passed by many parks, filled with trees and flowing streams. Numerous reunited families spent their time in the parks. They were laughing and having fun as they went about their activities. The people of New Cephaloria emanated a glow around them. Tame wild animals walked among them in the parks and no one seemed afraid. Elizabeth recognized a family from Illium. They were near one of the ponds, busy feeding swans. Everything appeared so quiet and peaceful. The companions followed the broad central street that moved through the city. As they neared the centre of the city, they could see a domed temple in the city centre. Four straight roads led from the palace in the four cardinal directions. The companions approached the temple from the southbound road. More parks and streams surrounded the palace. A couple in one of the nearby parks were joking and laughing as they sat near a large fountain. The woman stopped laughing as the companions

501

approached. She glared at the intruders. Elizabeth looked at the woman and smiled at her. To Elizbeths surprise, the woman jumped up and stormed her. She grabbed Elizabeth and shook her. You want to take this from us! I have a chance to see my husband again. I lost him in the war, The woman screamed. She began clawing at Elizabeth. Elizabeth had to block the blows and protect herself. Ishmar stepped in to intervene. He pulled the hysterical woman away from Elizabeth. Calm down, Ishmar said. The womans husband approached the ruckus and held his wife. She calmed at his presence. Please. I cannot bear to lose my love again, the woman said amidst her sobs. You will be with your love regardless. This place is an illusion. You will be reunited again in the beyond, Crystal said. The Lord of Talmar promised us eternal life. He said we would never feel pain or sorrow again, The woman said. This paradise comes at a great price. He will remove all your emotion and your free will. He will turn all of you into drones, Crystal said. The woman sobbed and her husband pressed her tightly against him. The Lord of Talmar wishes to you see now in his palace. You can go to him now, The man said. He led his wife away and sat down with her near the fountain again. The companions reached the doors of the palace. They flung open as they approached. The interior of the temple was empty, except for the centre of the chamber where Astrain was merged with the stone. Thin crystal-like filaments spread out from the stone and through the entire chamber. The companions had noticed the same filaments all through New Cephaloria, in a couple of places red crystals grew from them. The top of the dome had an opening through which the

502

light of the sun shone down upon Astrain. Esmeralda lay before Astrain. She was unconscious. In another part of the chamber, a red crystalline block held Derrick encased. Tal-Mu was strapped to one of the pillars at the periphery of the chamber. The crystalline filaments held her tight. The temple doors slammed shut as soon as the companions were inside. Ishmar grasped the Dath-Mer dagger. It was time to face Astrain...

Katriona roared and struggled to free herself from the mud encasing her body. The mud began to crack. She looked up at the stone. It was glowing brighter than before. The humming noise from it grew louder. I need to get to the stone. Kalashroh alone knows how to defeat the Soul Reavers. The Empire needs to take the stone if any of us are to survive, Katriona said. Arthos and Hlermu ignored her pleas. They knew well how deceptive the Veil Lords could be. The stone is far more than anyone has ever realized. Kalashroh has seen this, Katriona said. The glow from the stone grew even brighter. It is almost time, Karos said as he approached his two fellow rulers. The elementals watched as the Talmarian soldiers collapsed where they stood. They fell into a deep slumber. All around Talmar, all living creatures fell into a deep sleep. Creation was about to be reset. I believe we bought our friends enough time. The fate of Talmar is in their hands now, Arthos said. The reality of Talmar began to ripple and distort. The elemental kings knew that their time in the world was growing short. They were connected to the stone and to the reality of Talmar. Arthos transformed into a block of stone. Hlermu melted into a puddle of water. Karos simply wafted away as a gentle breeze. Katriona struggled anew. With the elemental rulers gone, she had a chance to escape. The thick concrete-like substance around her was

503

weakening. She exerted her full power and in a blast of light, she was freed from her stony prison. None of the Shukkabath or Var-Lokkur dared to move against the Veil Mistress. They kept their distance as she approached. Katriona moved through the hordes of unconscious soldiers and made her way to the stepped pyramid of Zakkar. She quickly ascended the stairs and reached the stone. The stone responded to her divine touch and allowed her inside...

Chapter 24: At Faiths End

Katriona used her power to arrive at a point near the stone. She could see Astrains temple in the distance. She felt the stones pulse of power. The time had come to reclaim the stone for the empire... The companions cautiously approached Astrain at the centre of the chamber. Elizabeth was happy to see her brother. She stopped when she saw the signs of decay on his body. She found the sight sickening. Astrain seemed to be growing into the stone. Only a part of his upper body and his arms still protruded from the stone. His eyes were red and glowing. What have you done? Elizabeth asked. This condition is a temporary setback. Once the cycle begins anew, I will be restored. I have become one with the stone. I am the heart of the world, Astrain replied. The companions approached the stone as Astrain kept a close watch. Crystal helped Esmeralda up. She was still dazed and confused. I had to survive. I did what needed to be done. I will save Talmar! I will bring the light of truth to all! The Talmarians will embrace their birthright and their divine potential! Astrain said.

504

Tal-Mu groaned weakly. She lifted her head. At the cost of their free will? This is not how it is supposed to be, Tal-Mu said. The world will be free of materialistic greed and machinations of false gods. Humankind will acknowledge the divine within! Right now, these animals cannot think for themselves. See how easily blind faith enthralled them! They found every excuse to divide themselves and hate each other. Astrain saw Ishmar holding the Dath-Mer dagger. Lay down your weapons! Embrace the truth! I will show you mercy. You will find the transition painless. Tal-Mu is right. Should the people not be free to choose for themselves? Elizabeth said. Relinquish your control of the stone. Let the world go on as it is supposed to, Ishmar said. Astrain laughed. It is a little late to relinquish the stone. I have become a part of it. Elizabeth could hear a womans voice whispering to her. She looked around and no one else seemed to hear it. Elizabeth. It is Tal-Mu. I am sorry that it has come to this. Astrain has gone mad. You need to end this. Use the dagger. Free him. Astrain turned towards Tal-Mu. The red glow in his eyes burned brightly. You think you can send out telepathic messages in my domain? He turned back to the companions. She has been deceiving us! Form her position in the stone; she could see numerous possible futures. She could have easily warned us and steered things in a different direction. She wanted events to unfold the way they did. She was manipulating all of us since the very beginning! Astrain said.

505

The companions turned to Tal-Mu for answers. I could only foresee those events that the stone revealed to me. Even if I did foresee alternate paths, it is not in my nature to interfere with the free will of mortals, Tal-Mu said. Tell them where the sea monster and its lesser brethren came from, Astrain said. Tal-Mu groaned weakly. She was passing in and out of consciousness. Those creatures are the offspring of Tal-Mu and Karanzin-Kahn, the lord of Soul Reavers! When Tal-Mu first came to Talmar, the world was not truly empty. It was here that she encountered Karanzin-Kahn for the first time. She violated her sacred oaths and spawned abominations upon this world! Only half truths... Tal-Mu blurted out the words. Her head fell back down. Like the Reavers, Tal-Mu believes that all life should have its end - That the universe should have its inevitable expiry date. In their arrogance, they believe they know the will of the Source of All No one can know truly know the Source of All. Ultimately, the Soul Reavers seek to destroy the stone. It holds the very key to putting an end to their designs I have foreseen this. Tal-Mu moaned weakly. I am the saviour of Talmar. I know the one truth and the one way. I will preserve Talmar as an eternal paradise. I will overthrow the remnants of the Empire and then I will crush the Soul Reavers. I will bring peace and prosperity to countless worlds. What is wrong with seeking the preservation of life? Why do you find the quest for immortality so repugnant? Talmar will prevail! Elizabeth could see Tal-Mus suffering. The woman in white was weakening she had lost consciousness. Elizabeth looked into Astrains eyes. The glowing red orbs terrified her. She could no longer read her brother. The Astrain she once knew was gone. It was true - he was mad.

506

Ishmar looked at Elizabeth. He saw a tear streaming down her cheek. Elizabeth nodded in acknowledgement. It was time to release Astrain from his madness. Talmar will finally be united. We will finally stand together as one, Astrain said. The forces of Talmar have joined forces. They stand united against you and Jabal. You have become the threat they share in common, Elizabeth said. Ishmar lifted up the Dath-Mer dagger. He rushed towards Astrain. He was ready to stab the dagger into Astrains chest. A powerful burst of telekinetic force sent him flying back through the air. Ishmar dropped the Dath-Mer dagger. He slammed against one of the pillars at the back of the chamber. He fell down to the ground and did not get up. Elizabeth wanted to hurry over to his side. She desperately wanted to know if he was still alive. You dare to raise a hand against me? The cycle is at its end. I will deal with you when this is done, Astrain said. Frank quickly grabbed the Dath-Mer dagger from the floor. He approached Astrain. Stop! Astrain commanded. Immediately, Frank turned to red crystalline stone. The Dath-Mer fell to the floor. Frank! Crystal called. She ran over to her love. As she touched him, she transformed into the same crystalline substance. Astrain turned to the remaining companions. You can go now! You will reawaken on the reborn world, Astrain said. He waved his hand and Maran and Esmeralda lifted up into the air. They screamed as a powerful suction pulled them right through the temples dome. Elizabeth listened to their fading screams. She reached out to grab the Dath-Mer dagger. Astrain turned towards her. I still have plans for you. A force pulled the dagger across the floor and away from Elizabeths grasp. There was a banging sound on the doors and the entire temple shook. The banging grew louder. The doors to the temple burst asunder and Katriona entered the chamber. Enough of this! The stone belongs to the Empire!

507

Katriona said. She screamed and rushed towards Astrain. Elizabeth had to get out of Katrionas way. She quickly grabbed the Dath-Mer dagger and ran. She ran and hid behind one of the columns. Brother! You can fight this goymar. Your will can still prevail! Katriona said. The intensity of the brightness in Astrains eyes increased. I command the True Name! Astrain said. He could feel Jabal resisting him. I will tear you from that stone if I have to! Katriona roared. Astrain realized that only a few minutes remained before the cycle would reset. He only needed to delay Katriona. The Veil Mistress stormed the stone. Astrain sent out a telekinetic force that blasted her back. She flew through the air and slammed against one of the chamber columns. The Veil Mistress was unperturbed. She stood up and her eyes were glowing. She screamed with a newfound fury and rushed in for the kill. She would tear Astrain from the stone by force. Crystalline filaments emerged from the stone and wound around Katrionas spidery legs. The filaments held her fast. She struggled against Astrains restraints. More filaments emerged to entwine the rest of her body. Elizabeth stood panting behind the column. She clasped the Dath-Mer dagger. She gathered up her courage and peered into the centre of the chamber. Astrain focussed on restraining the Veil Mistress. He never even saw Elizabeth slipping past. End it now! Release Astrain and free the stone. Elizabeth could hear the voice of Tal-Mu speaking to her in her mind. The woman in white gathered the last of her strength. She lifted up her head. Jabal! It seems your prophecy is about to be fulfilled, Tal-Mu said. Astrain turned towards Tal-Mu while still restraining Katriona. Silence! Your time is through, Astrain said. Mere seconds remained before the cycle would come to its end. Astrain turned back to Katriona. He was surprised to see Elizabeth emerge right in front of him. She held the Dath-Mer dagger in her hand. I am the one true god! I have all the answer! I can preserve Talmar! Astrain said. Elizabeth could not tell whether it

508

was Astrain or Jabal speaking. The voice was deep and did not sound like Astrain. Nothing lasts for forever. I am sorry, dear brother, Elizabeth said. She could not hold back her tears. She hesitated and paused to gather her courage. She gathered her strength and lifted the dagger. The world around her began to ripple and distort. I will set you free. Elizabeth stabbed the Dath-Mer dagger into Astrains chest. Astrain yelped in pain. Light burst forth from the wound. No! Katriona screamed. Elizabeth was sure she could see a tear roll down Katrionas cheek. Elizabeth felt her consciousness slipping. She collapsed down onto the floor. Astrain struggled to pull out the dagger. Out of desperation, he tried to stop the flow of blood with his hands. The light emanating from the wound grew in intensity. The wound was opening wider. The stone began to crack and it emitted more shafts of light. Light issued forth from the orifices in Astrains head, as the divine power he carried within was unleashed in a singular burst of power. Jabal was terrified. He could feel his end approaching. He felt his immortal existence ending. As Astrains power faded, his hold over the others in the temple began to wane. Katriona was released from her bonds. The filaments around Tal-Mu receded and she fell down onto the ground. Frank, Crystal and Derrick escaped their crystalline imprisonment. Katriona knew she had one final opportunity to seize the stone. She was surprised to hear the voice of Kalashroh calling to her. Katriona! Leave the stone! I can sense that its power is broken. The Soul Reavers have opened up a black hole near Uaperos. I need you here! With these words, Katriona lifted up into the air. She zipped through the skylight in the dome. Frank and Crystal watched her disappear into the sky. Ishmar stood up and ran towards Elizabeth. He gently lifted her head onto his lap. Her pulse was weak. Stay with me Elizabeth! You can fight this! Resist it, Ishmar said. Astrain

509

moved his dying body. The intensity of the light issuing forth from his wounds intensified. More cracks spread through the stone. I created you. I gave you form. I am the one true god, Jabal said. He felt his power draining away. Tal-Mu stood up. She regained a portion of her power as Jabals power faded. You violated the balance. You made slaves to fulfil your own selfish desires. You tried to blind the Talmarians to their true origins, Tal-Mu said. Back on Talmar, the Talmarian forces awoke to feel violent tremors shake through the island of Tal-Mu. Astrains Var-Lokkur and Shukkabath servants had simply disappeared. With Astrain and Jabal gone, they had no further foothold in the world of Talmar. John felt uneasy as more tremors shook through the island. Something must have happened. He gave the order for his men to fall back and retreat to the boats. Elizabeth found herself outside her body. She looked down upon her weakening body. She felt her life slipping away. She experienced an influx of power as the power from Astrain flowed into her. She became whole. Her astral form glowed with light and magic. The full glory of Kaleiha burst forth from within her. Elizabeth looked down at Ishmar. He supported her body and pleaded with her not to leave him. Elizabeth wanted to be with Ishmar. She did not want to leave him behind. She heard a whooshing sound behind her. A vortex opened up and sucked the unleashed divine light of Jabal into it. Elizabeth sensed Jabals fading presence. In a final desperate attempt at survival, the Veil Lord latched onto her soul. If his power was to drain into the void, he was taking Elizabeth with him. Elizabeth resisted his power. She felt the core of magic inside her. She knew she could cheat death. She understood she could live again and that she could be with Ishmar. She exerted the full force of her will to return to her body. Jabal strengthened his grip on her. His power was almost gone.

510

Elizabeth realized that if she used the magical force to return to her body, Jabal would have the means to latch onto the world of Talmar. He would be able to defy the power of the Dath-Mer dagger. A bright light appeared from above and shone upon Elizabeth. It filled her with warmth and a sense of great love and understanding. In a brief moment, Elizabeth understood the interconnectivity of all things. She knew that she could break her ties with the mortal world. She could let go of the magic and unleash it upon all the people of Talmar. She could go to a place where the power of Jabal could no longer have a hold on her. Elizabeth looked down at Ishmar. She saw that he was crying as he grasped her body. I am sorry Ishmar. This is the only way to finally stop Jabal. Elizabeth turned towards the light above. I release the magic! Let the seed of Kaleiha return to the world of man! A burst of light and energy issued forth from Elizabeth she was gone. Jabal let out a final roar as the last remnants of his power disappeared into the vortex. Ishmar cried as Elizabeth died in his arms. He did not want to let her go. The cracks within the worldstone grew wider. It is going to blow! Get out of here! Tal-Mu said. She disappeared in a flash of light. Crystal, Frank and Derrick fled the temple. Ishmar followed, carrying Elizabeth. With a final explosion of light and energy, the worldstone shattered. The domed temple exploded and the fleeing mortals narrowly escaped the blast. The floating city shook and its buildings began to crumble. With a violent tremor, the city began to tilt. The magic that sustained the city was gone. Ishmar tried to cling onto Elizabeths body as he and the others were flung from New Cephaloria. To their surprise, an invisible force seized them and prevented their fall. Ishmar had lost his grip on Elizabeths body, however. He watched as she fell to the ground. The city of New Cephaloria crashed down. In an instant, a fiery blast levelled the re-grown forests of Talmar. Dust and debris from the impact site filled the sky and blocked out the

511

light of the sun. I need to take you from here now, The voice of Tal-Mu announced. With a flash of light, the alternate world of Talmar faded away... Ishmar and the others found themselves back on Talmar and at the top of the Zakkarian pyramid. Maran and Esmeralda stood waiting for them. Ishmar turned around as he heard a cracking sound from the worldstone behind them. Light issued forth from the newly formed cracks. The island of Tal-Mu shook. Buildings collapsed and in parts of the island, the ground split asunder. Maran looked around for any sign of Elizabeth. He could see that Ishmar had been crying. He wiped away his own rapidly forming tears. Crystal had to hold Esmeralda as she wept. Astrain was gone. We need to get out of here, Frank said. The group descended the stairs of the pyramid. In the distance, they saw the Talmarian forces loading onto the boats. The island shook again. This time, even more violently than before. Hurry! Frank said. Maran had to nudge Ishmar to get a move on. Ishmar had not spoken a single word ever since they had emerged from the stone. Maran was worried about him. As the group reached the bottom of the stair, they found their path blocked by Tal-Mu. She had assumed her original form. She appeared as a dragon formed of light. My work is done now. Talmar is free from the grip of Jabal. The worldstone is lost. It will explode and wipe out all life on Talmar. I will use the last of my power to contain the destruction. It is time for me to return to the Source of All, Tal-Mu said. What will happen to Talmar without the stone? Crystal asked. When the people of Talmar received their divine sparks, they became a sentient race. They have a destiny to fulfil. You and your world are no longer bound to the stone and its fate, Tal-Mu explained.

512

What about the Soul Reavers and the Empire? Frank asked. The Empire will be preoccupied with fending off the attacks of Karanzin-Kahn and his minions. It will be years before they pose any threat to Talmar again. Jabals power is gone and with it the restrictions on magic. There is no more need for the strengthened veil. Magic will flow freely and the Talmarians will learn of the divine power they carry within them. The powers of the human soul will blossom and grow. In time, the Talmarians will know the true meaning of all things, Tal-Mu turned towards Frank, Esmeralda and Crystal. You will be there to guide them and teach them how to use their birthright. Tal-Mu turned towards Ishmar. There is much to rebuild. A new era of peace will come to Talmar. Tal-Mu could sense Ishmars sorrow. Elizabeth made a noble and selfless sacrifice. It did not work out exactly as Kaleiha had intended. Now however, the world of Talmar is free from the burden of all prophecy. Your destiny is now your own, Tal-Mu said. The dragon began to fade from sight. Hurry, you need to leave this place, Tal-Mu said. The island shook again. The ground splintered and cracked. Parts from the island broke off and the ancient Zakkarian buildings near the shore sank into the depths. The companions ran to the transport ships as the unstable ground of Tal-Mu tore apart. John Sephira was about to give the command that the boats should move away from the island when he saw the companions approaching. He gave the command to wait. Soon the companions were on the boat. Looking back, the cracked worldstone glowed brightly. The boats left the shore of Tal-Mu and moved back in the direction of the mainland. The companions looked back to the glow from the worldstone intensifying. A vast Tal-Mu appeared. She was much bigger than before. She wrapped the entire island in the span of her wings. The worldstone exploded in a burst of magical energy. The form of Tal-Mu absorbed the impact of the violent explosion. In a burst of light, both the island and the dragon had vanished.

513

Chapter 25: Gnosis

The fleet of ships moved on slowly towards the mainland, the sky of Talmar was blue once again. Ishmar stood on the deck of the TS 557 looking out over the sea back in the direction of Tal-Mu. He was thinking about Elizabeth and sighed. Nearby, Frank and Crystal were holding hands. Frank could not wait to get back to the mainland and to Cephaloria. He was going to ask Crystal marry him. John Sephira joined Ishmar on deck. He was curious to learn what had happened at the stone. Ishmar told John everything. He had a hard time talking about Elizabeth and about her sacrifice. We will honour her as a true hero. Her sacrifice will be remembered, John said. Ishmar did not want to discuss Elizabeth. He knew nothing was going to bring her back. Jabal is really gone? John asked. Ishmar nodded. It will take a while for him to truly die in the hearts and minds of his followers, Ishmar said. What do you think we should do with these subversive belief systems? John asked. I have seen how these beliefs and their holy books can twist people with otherwise good intentions into hate-filled monsters. We have seen the destructive side of these things. We will not be able to remove faith completely from Talmar, however. Perhaps we should focus on the good things that we can learn from these religions. We can focus on education and teaching the believers about the full context and origin of texts. We can avoid the pitfalls of fundamentalist belief through education. Who knows, in time, the Talmarians

514

may no longer need faith as a crutch, Ishmar said. John agreed with him. He also knew that they should rebuild the Academy of Knowledge and focus on scientific study again. The world could continue in its search for truth. Sounds like Astrain had an ideal paradise planned for us, John said. This world may not be perfect but we can make the most of what we have. We can work on building a better world for everyone, Ishmar said. First, we need to put a final end to this war, John said. For our part, there will be peace between Mallar and Kandum, Ishmar said. He was silent for a moment as he thought back to the bloody history of Kandum and the wars with Mallar. I think this is going to be a historical first, Ishmar said. It is going to take time to repair all the damage and heal all the rifts. Perhaps we can finally have a shot at it though. The Mallar fleet reached the port of Lyonas. The citizens were already celebrating the victory. The fear and the terror were gone. The sun was shining again and the sky was clear and blue. The world had returned to normal. The citizens of Lyonas welcomed the victorious forces amidst celebration and cheer. Mallar and Kandum marched together as the crowds cheered them on for their bravery and sacrifice. Together, Mallar and Kandum had won a victory.

Meanwhile, near Uaperos, Katriona joined Kalashroh on the moon of Erotok. She arrived just in time to see Uaperos torn apart by the gravitational forces from a nearby black hole. Millions of Shukkabath lost their lives during the destruction. All is lost. This will be the end of all things. The time of the empire is over, Katriona said.

515

We are too late to safe Uaperos. We are not too late to stop Karanzin-Kahn, Kalashroh said. What do you mean? Katriona asked. She thought only the worldstone had the power to repel the Soul Reavers. Not all may be lost after all, Kalashroh said. His light shone brighter. We need to call upon the Council. I have foreseen an alternate future, Kalashroh said. Katriona was surprised to learn of this. Kalashroh was the one who believed that the worldstone was essential. Jabal and Astrain changed something essential, Kalashroh said. He could sense Katrionas confusion. In time I will reveal all. For now, we have to hide from Karanzin-Kahn. In a flash of light, Katriona and Kalashroh had disappeared. It was time to find the other Veil Lords and re-assemble the council.

Upon the return to Cephaloria, John and Ishmar signed the peace treaty between the two nations. Ishmar and Maran stayed in Cephaloria a few more days to attend Frank and Crystals wedding ceremony. After this, they travelled back to Kandum where Ishmar had to begin the long arduous task of rebuilding his own nation. With Johns help, he soon proved that his claim to the throne was legitimate. The people of Kandum welcomed their new ruler and his promise of peace. Kandum was unified under a single ruler. Maran returned to the Baku. He was hailed as a hero and took his fathers place as chieftain. Ishmar undertook a building campaign in Rashun. He erected a palace to honour the memory of Elizabeth. He

516

even commissioned a large statue of Elizabeth to be erected in the courtyard. It was to be a monument to honour her bravery and sacrifice.

In Cephaloria, John had the Academy of Knowledge rebuilt and Frank took over as head of the Historical and Archaeological Department. He would work on preserving the Talmarian past and he wrote a controversial book about their discoveries in the ancient Zakkarian capital. Christopher Laverney took some time to recover from his ordeal. When he awoke from his coma, Derrick was there for him. Christopher admitted that he had feelings for Derrick and Derrick responded in kind. Derrick returned to the Academy of Knowledge to start his degree in medicine. He was going to become a healer as he had originally intended. Derrick and Christopher were happy together. Esmeralda and Crystal started a new department at the Academy of Knowledge, dedicated to learning about mysticism and magic. President John Sephira sanctioned the project as rumours increased about children born with strange abilities. The new department was to investigate these abilities and train the Talmarians on how to use their powers safely. Esmeralda started a coven of her own including all female witches. The coven served as a safe environment for young girls who discovered their abilities.

The years rolled by. A chapter in the history of Talmar had ended. As time passed, more and more children were born who discovered their magical talents later in life. John, Crystal and Esmeralda founded a council of mages that eventually sought political influence in Mallar. They were to advice the president

517

on matters of a mystical nature. The divisions between Kandum and Mallar faded with time. Without religion to enforce their differences and uniqueness, the lines between the two nations began to blur. Without the religious trappings and mythology attached to Cephaloria, the old struggles surrounding the city diminished. Cephaloria became a capital where Talmarians of various backgrounds and persuasions could live together in peace. With Jabal gone from the world, the penchant from extremism waned. In time, religion on Talmar did indeed begin to fade. The end of the world had never come as prophesied and the people of Talmar grew disillusioned. Without religious text that supposedly had all the possible answers written down, the Talmarians were free to once again pursue a quest for knowledge and discovery. As Ishmar grew older, he eventually had to cave in to the political pressure of having to produce an heir. He married a noblewoman from Jukash and they had a son. Ishmars son succeeded him to the throne. Years later, the monarchy in Kandum was deemed as outdated and unnecessary.

More years passed...One day, a young girl called Stephanie went with her family to see the grand palace built for Elizabeth and the nearby tomb of the former Emperor, Ishmar. The girl was playing by a fountain near Elizabeths statue while her family were off exploring the other sites within the palatial complex. Stephanie soon realized that she was alone in the courtyard. She felt a sense of unease as she looked upon the ancient statue of someone long dead. Stephanie stared at the sculpture and goose bumps erupted on her arms. She felt as if something was there in the courtyard with her. She looked around and saw no other people. The courtyard was completely silent. Stephanie suddenly heard a womans voice whispering to her. The voice came from the statue. Stephanie.

518

Hear my words. You will recite them to the people of Talmar. You are the one I have chosen to record my words. The end of Talmar comes. Stephanie looked up at the statue and saw red tears streaming from its face. Stephanie ran from the courtyard and hurried to find her family. We need to leave, Stephanie nagged her mother. Her mother was concerned to see her daughter so pale. Stephanie tried to forget the events of that day. She never wanted to go near that place again. Little did anyone on Talmar know that soon the seeds of faith would sprout anew...

The End

519

520

521

522